A Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament - Part 3

Mysteriengedanken in der christl. Antike: Vorträge der Bibl. Warburg II 2, ’25, 139ff; Herm. Wr. 1, 29 ἐτράφησαν ἐκ τοῦ ἀμβροσίου ὕδατος) Rv 21:6; 22:1, 17. βεβάμμεθα ἐν ὕδασι ζωῆς GOxy 43f. ζωῆς πηγαὶ ὑδάτων springs of living water Rv 7:17.—SEitrem, Opferritus u. Voropfer der Griechen u. Römer ’15, 78ff, Beiträge z. griech.

Religionsgesch. III ’20, 1ff; MNinck, Die Bed. des Wassers im Kult u. Leben der Alten ’21; ArchdaleAKing, Holy Water: A Short Account of the Use of Water for Ceremonial and Purificatory Purposes in Pagan, Jewish, and Christian Times ’26; TCanaan, Water and the ‘Water of Life’ in Palest. Superstition: Journ. of the Palest. Orient. Soc. 9, ’29, 57-69.—LGoppelt, TW VIII, 313-33. M-M. B. 35. ὑετός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; PPetr. II 49a, 13 [III BC]; LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 8, 106; 18, 285; Sib. Or. 3, 690) rain Ac 14:17; 28:2; Hb 6:7; Js 5:7 t.r., 18; Rv 11:6. M-M. B. 68.* υἱοθεσία, ας, ἡ (Diod. S. 31, 27, 2 ed. Dind. X 31, 13; Diog. L. 4, 53. Oft. inscr. [Dit., Syll.3 index; Dssm., NB 66f-BS 239; Rouffiac]; pap. [PLeipz. 28, 14; 17; 22 al.; POxy. 1206, 8; 14 al., both IV AD; Third Corinthians 3:8; Preisigke, Fachwörter ’15; PMMeyer, Jurist. Pap. ’20 no. 10 introd. p. 22]) adoption (of children), lit. a legal t.t.; in our lit., i.e. in Paul, only in a transferred sense.

1. of the acceptance of the nation of Israel as son of God (cf. Ex 4:22; Is 1:2 al. where, however, the word υἱοθ. is lacking; it is found nowhere in the LXX) Ro 9:4.

2. of those who turn to Christianity and are accepted by God as his sons τὴν υἱοθεσίαν ἀπολαβεῖν Gal 4:5. Cf. Eph 1:5. The Spirit, whom the converts receive, works as πνεῦμα υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15 (opp. πν. δουλείας=such a spirit as is possessed by a slave, not by the son of the house). The believers enter into full enjoyment of their υἱοθεσία only when the time of fulfilment releases them fr. the earthly body vs. 23.—Harnack (s. παλιγγενεσία 2); TWhaling, Adoption: PTR 21, ’23, 223-35; Astrid Wentzel, Her. 65, ’30, 167-76; ADieterich, Eine Mithrasliturgie ’03, 134-56; LHMarshall, Challenge of NT Ethics ’47, 258f; WHRossell, JBL 71, ’52, 233f; DJTheron, Evangelical Quarterly 28, ’56, 6-14. M-M.* υἱός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; loanw. in rabb.) son.

1. in the usual sense—a. quite literally—α. of the direct male issue of a person τέξεται υἱόν Mt 1:21. Cf. vs. 23 (Is 7:14) and 25; 10:37 (w. θυγάτηρ); Mk 12:6a; Lk 1:13, 31, 57; 11:11; 15:11 (on this JEngel, Die Parabel v.

Verlorenen Sohn: ThGl 18, ’26, 54-64; MFrost, The Prodigal Son: Exp. 9th Ser. II ’24, 56-60; EBuonaiuti, Religio 11, ’35, 398-402); Ac 7:29; Ro 9:9 (cf. Gen 18:10); Gal 4:22 al. W. gen. Mt 7:9; 20:20f; 21:37a, b; Mk 6:3; 9:17; Lk 3:2; 4:22; 15:19; J 9:19f; Ac 13:21; 16:1; 23:16; Gal 4:30a, b, c (Gen 21:10a, b, c); Js 2:21. Also ἐγὼ Φαρισαῖός εἰμι υἱὸς Φαρισαίων Ac 23:6 is prob. a ref. to direct descent. μονογενὴς υἱός (s. μονογενής) Lk 7:12. ὁ υἱὸς ὁ πρωτότοκος (πρωτότοκος 1) 2:7. β. of the immediate offspring of an animal (Ps 28:1 υἱοὺς κριῶν; Sir 38:25. So Lat. filius: Columella 6, 37, 4) ἐπὶ πῶλον υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου Mt 21:5 (cf. Zech 9:9 πῶλον νέον). b. in a more extended sense—α. of one who is not a direct offspring descendant Ἰωσὴφ υἱὸς Δαυίδ Mt 1:20 (cf.

Jos., Ant. 11, 73); s. 2a below. υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ (Ἰσραήλ 1) Mt 27:9; Lk 1:16; Ac 5:21; 7:23, 37; 9:15; 10:36; Ro 9:27; 2 Cor 3:7, 13; Hb 11:22 al. οἱ υἱοὶ Λευί (Num 26:57) Hb 7:5. υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ Lk 19:9. υἱοὶ Ἀδάμ 1 Cl 29:2 (Dt 32:8). β. of one who is accepted or adopted as a son (Herodian 5, 7, 1; 4; 5) Ac 7:21 (cf. Ex 2:10).—J 19:26. c. fig.—α. of a pupil, follower, or one who is otherw. a spiritual son (Dit., Syll.3 1169, 12 οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ θεοῦ=the pupils and helpers [40] of Asclepius; sim. Maximus Tyr. 4, 2c.—For those who are heirs of guild-secrets or who are to perpetuate a skill of some kind, however, some combination w. παῖδες is the favorite designation. Pla., Rep. 3 p. 407E, Leg. 6 p. 769B; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verbi 22 p. 102, 4 Us.—Rdm. [’04] ῥητόρων παῖδες; Lucian, Anach. 19, Dial.

Mort. 11, 1 Χαλδαίων π.=dream-interpreters, Dips. 5 ἱατρῶν π., Amor. 49; Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 13 σοφῶνπ.); the ‘sons’ of the Pharisees Mt 12:27; Lk 11:19. Peter says Μᾶρκος ὁ υἱός μου 1 Pt 5:13 (cf. Μᾶρκος).

As a familiar form of address by a spiritual father or teacher Hb 12:5 (Pr 3:11). υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες B 1:1. β. of the individual members of a large and coherent group (cf. perh. the υἷες Ἀχαιῶν in Homer; also Dio Chrys.

71 [21], 15; LXX) οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ λαοῦ μου 1 Cl 8:3 (scripture quot. of unknown origin). υἱοι γένους Ἀβραάμ Ac 13:26. οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων (Gen 11:5; Ps 11:2, 9; 44:3; Test. Levi 3:10, Zeb. 9:7) the sons of men Mk 3:28; Eph 3:5; 1 Cl 61:2 (of the earthly rulers in contrast to the heavenly king). γ. of those who are bound to a personality by close, non-material ties; it is this personality that has promoted the relationship and given it its character: those who believe are υἱοὶ Ἀβραάμ, because Abr. was the first whose relationship to God was based on faith Gal 3:7. In a special sense the devout, believers, are sons of God (cf. Dio Chrys.

58[75], 8 ὁ τοῦ Διὸς ὄντως υἱός; Epict. 1, 9, 6; 1, 3, 2; 1, 19, 9; Sextus 58; 60; 135; 376a; Dt 14:1; Ps 28:1; 72:15; Is 43:6 [w. θυγατέρες μου]; 45:11; Wsd 2:18; 5:5; 12:21 al.; Jdth 9:4, 13; Esth 8:12q; 3 Macc 6:28; Sib. Or. 3, 702) Mt 5:45; Lk 6:35; Ro 8:14, 19; 9:26 (Hos 2:1); 2 Cor 6:18 (w. θυγατέρες); Gal 3:26 (cf. PsSol 17:27); 4:6a, 7a, b (here the υἱός is the κληρονόμος and his opposite is the δοῦλος); Hb 2:10 (JKögel, Der Sohn u. die Söhne: Eine exeget. Studie zu Hb 2:5-18, ’04); 12:5-8 (in vs. 8 opp. νόθος, q.v.); Rv 21:7; 2 Cl 1:4; B 4:9. Corresp. there are sons of the devil (on this subj. cf. Hdb. on J 8:44) υἱὲ διαβόλου Ac 13:10. οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ (masc.) Mt 13:38b. In υἱοί ἐστε τῶν φονευσάντων τοὺς προφήτας Mt 23:31 this mng. is prob. to be combined w. sense 1bα. On the view that υἱοὶ θεοῦ Mt 5:9 (not the confirmation of an existing relationship, but a promise for the future. S. Köhler and Windisch below); Lk 20:36 signifies angels (Ps 88:7; θεῶν παῖδες as heavenly beings: Maximus Tyr. 11, 5a; 12a; 13, 6a.—Hierocles 3 p. 424 the ἄγγελοι are called θεῶν παῖδες) cf. KKöhler, StKr 91, ’18, 198f; HWindisch, Friedensbringer-Gottessöhne: ZNW 24, ’25, 240-60). δ. υἱός w. gen. of the thing, to denote one who shares in this thing or who is worthy of it, or who stands in some 999

other close relation to it, oft. made clear by the context; this constr. is prob. a Hebraism in the main (Bl-D. §162, 6; Mlt.-H. 441; Dssm., B p. 162-6 [BS 161-6]; Papers of the Amer. School of Class. Stud. at Athens II 1884, no. 2 υἱὸς πόλεως [time of Nero]; Inschr. v. Magn. 167, 5; 156, 12) οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου (αἰών 2a) Lk 16:8a (opp. οἱ υἱοί τοῦ φωτός vs. 8b); 20:34. τῆς ἀναστάσεως υἱοί (ἀνάστασις 2b) 20:36b. υἱοὶ τῆς ἀνομίας (ἀνομία 1; cf.

CD 6, 15) Hv 3, 6, 1; AP 1:3; τῆς ἀπειθείας (s. ἀπείθεια) Eph 2:2; 5:6; Col 3:6 t.r.; τῆς ἀπωλείας AP 1:2. ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας of Judas the traitor J 17:12 (cf. similar expressions in Eur., Hec. 425; Menand., Dyscolus 88f: FWDanker, NTS 7, ’60/’61, 94), of the Antichrist 2 Th 2:3. υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας (βασιλεία 3g) Mt 8:12; 13:38a. υἱοὶ βροντῆς Mk 3:17 (s. Βοανηργές). υἱὸς γεέννης (s. γέεννα) Mt 23:15; τ. διαθήκης (PsSol 17:15) Ac 3:25; εἰρήνης Lk 10:6. υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος (s. νυμφών) Mt 9:15; Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34. υἱὸς παρακλήσεως Ac 4:36 (s. Βαρναβᾶς). υἱοὶ (τοῦ) φωτός Lk 16:8b (opp. υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου); J 12:36. υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας 1 Th 5:5 (EBuonaiuti, ‘Figli del giorno e della luce’ [1 Th 5:5]: Rivista storico-critica delle Scienze teol. 6, ’10, 89-93).

2. in various combinations as a designation of the Messiah and a self-designation of Jesus—a. υἱὸς Δαυίδ son of David of the Messiah (PsSol 17:21) Mt 22:42-5; Mk 12:35-7; Lk 20:41-4; B 12:10c. Specif. of Jesus as Messiah Mt 1:1a; 9:27; 12:23; 15:22; 20:30f; 21:9, 15; Mk 10:47f; Lk 18:38f.—WWrede, Jesus als Davidssohn: Vorträge u.

Studien ’07, 147-77; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 ’21, 4, Rel.3 226f; ELohmeyer, Gottesknecht u. Davidssohn ’45, esp. 68; 72; 77; 84; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 251-6; WMichaelis, Die Davidsohnschaft Jesu usw., in D. histor.

Jesus u. d. kerygm. Christus, ed. Ristow and Matthiae, ’61, 317-30; LRFisher, ECColwell-Festschr., ’68, 82-97. b. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, υἱὸς θεοῦ (the) Son of God (there is no firm evidence of usage as messianic title in pre-Christian Judaism [cf. Dalman, Worte 219-24 (Eng. tr. DM Kay, ’02, 268-89); Bousset, Kyrios Christos2 53f; EHuntress, ‘son of God’ in Jewish Writings Prior to the Christian Era: JBL 54, ’35, 117-23]. In the pagan world, on the other hand, sons of the gods in a special sense are not only known to myth and legend, but definite historical personalities are also designated as such. Among them are famous wise men such as Pythagoras and Plato [HUsener, Das Weihnachtsfest2 ’11, 71ff], the deified rulers, above all the Roman emperors since the time of Augustus [oft. in inscr. and pap.: Dssm., B 166f-BS 166f, LO 294f-LAE 346f; Thieme 33]. According to Memnon [I BC/I ZAD] no.

434 fgm. 1, 1, 1 Jac., Clearchus [IV BC] carried his boasting so far as Διὸς υἱὸν ἑαυτὸν ἀνειπεῖν. Also, persons who were active at that time as prophets and wonder-workers laid claim to the title υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, e.g. the Samaritan Dositheus in Origen, C. Cels. VI 11 [cf. GPWetter, ‘Der Sohn Gottes’ ’16; Hdb. exc. on J 1:34]. S. also Clemen2 76ff; ENorden, Die Geburt des Kindes ’24, 75; 91f; 132; 156f; EKlostermann, Hdb. exc. on Mk 1:11 [4 ’50]; M-JLagrange, Les origines du dogme paulinien de la divinité de Christ: RB 45, ’36, 5-33; HPreisker, Ntl. Zeitgesch. ’37, 187-208; HBraun, ZThK 54, ’57, 353-64; ADNock, ‘son of God’ in Paul. and Hellen. Thought, Gnomon 33, ’61, 581-90 [=Essays on Religion and the Anc. World II, ’72, 928-39]—originality in Paul’s thought): Ps 2:7 is applied to Jesus υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε Lk 3:22 v.l.; GEb 3; Ac 13:33; Hb 1:5a; 5:5; 1 Cl 36:4. Likew.

Hos 11:1 (w. significant changes): Mt 2:15, and 2 Km 7:14: Hb 1:5b. The voice of God calls him ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός (s. ἀγαπητός 1) at his baptism Mt 3:17; Mk 1:11; Lk 3:22; GEb 3a, b and at the Transfiguration Mt 17:5; Mk 9:7; Lk 9:35 (here instead of ἀγαπ.: ἐκλελεγμένος); 2 Pt 1:17. Cf. J 1:34. The angel at the Annunciation uses these expressions in referring to him: υἱὸς ὑψίστου Lk 1:32 and υἱὸς θεοῦ vs. 35. The centurion refers to him at the crucifixion as υἱὸς θεοῦ Mt 27:54; Mk 15:39; GP 11:45; cf. vs. 46 (CMann, ET 20, ’09, 563f; JPobee, The Cry of the Centurion-A Cry of Defeat, CFDMoule-Festschr. ’70, 91-102). The high priest asks εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mt 26:63. Jesus is asked to show that he is God’s Son 27:40, even to the devil 4:3, 6; Lk 4:3, 9. On the other hand, the demons do not doubt that he is the Son of God Mt 8:29; Mk 3:11; 5:7; Lk 4:41; 8:28; and the disciples testify that he is Mt 14:33; 16:16. S. also Mk 1:1 v.l. (SCELegg, Ev. Sec. Marc. ’35).—Jesus also refers to himself as Son of God, though rarely apart fr. the Fourth Gosp.: Mt 28:19 (the Risen Lord in the trinitarian baptismal formula); Mt 21:37f=Mk 12:6 (an allusion in the parable of the vinedressers).—Mt 27:43; Mk 13:32; Rv 2:18. The main pass. is the so-called Johannine verse in the synoptics Mt 11:27=Lk 10:22 (s. PWSchmiedel, PM 4, ’00, l-22; FCBurkitt, JTS 12, ’11, 296f; HSchumacher, Die Selbstoffenbarung Jesu bei Mt 11:27 [Lk 10:22] ’12 [lit.]; Norden, Agn. Th. 277-308; JWeiss, Heinrici-Festschr. ’14, 120-9, Urchristentum ’17, 87ff; Bousset, Kyrios Christos2 ’21, 45ff; EMeyer I 280ff; RBultmann, Gesch. d. synopt. Trad.2 ’31, 171f; MDibelius, Die Formgeschichte des Evangeliums2 ’33, 259; MRist, Is Mt 11:25-30 a Primitive Baptismal Hymn?: Journ. of Religion 15, ’35, 63-77; TArvedson, D. Mysterium Christi: E. Studie zu Mt 11:25-30, ’37; WDDavies, ‘Knowledge’ in the Dead Sea Scrolls and Mt 11:25-30, HTR 45, ’53, 113-39; WGrundmann, Sohn Gottes, ZNW 47, ’56, 113-33; JBieneck, Sohn Gottes als Christusbez. der Synopt. ’51; PWinter, Mt 11:27 and Lk 10:22, NovT 1, ’56, 112-48; JJocz, Judaica 13, ’57, 129-42; OMichel and OBetz, Von Gott Gezeugt, Beih. ZNW [Jeremias-Festschr.] 26, ’60, 3-23 [Qumran]).—Apart fr. the synoptics, testimony to Jesus as the Son of God is found in many parts of our lit. Oft. in Paul: Ro 1:3, 4, 9; 5:10; 8:3, 29, 32; 1 Cor 1:9; 15:28; 2 Cor 1:19; Gal 1:16; 2:20; 4:4; Eph 4:13; Col 1:13; 1 Th 1:10. Cf. Ac 9:20. In Hb: 1:2, 8; 4:14; 5:8; 6:6; 7:3, 28; 10:29.

In greatest frequency in John (s. on this Herm. Wr. 1, 6 the Λόγος as υἱὸς θεοῦ. Likew. Philo, Agr. 51 πρωτόγονος υἱός, Conf. Lingu. 146 υἱὸς θεοῦ) J 1:49; 3:16-18 (s. μονογενής), 35f; 5:19-26; 6:40; 8:35f; 10:36; 11:4, 27; 14:13; 17:1; 19:7; 20:31; 1J 1:3, 7; 2:22-4; 3:8, 23; 4:9f, 14f; 5:5, 9-13, 20; 2J 3, 9.—B 5:9, 11; 7:2, 9; 12:8; 15:5; Dg 7:4; 9:2, 4; 10:2 (τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ); IMg 8:2; ISm 1:1; MPol 17:3; Hv 2, 2, 8; s 5, 2, 6 (ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ ἀγαπητός); 8; 11; 5, 4, 1; 5, 5, 2; 3; 5; 5, 6, 1; 2; 4; 7 (on the Christology of the Shepherd s. Dibelius, Hdb. on Hs 5, also ALink and JvWalter [πνεῦμα 5cα]); s 8, 3, 2; 8, 11, 1. Cf. 9, 1, 1; 9, 12, 1 ff.—In trinitarian formulas, in addition to Mt 28:19, also IMg 13:1; Epil Mosq 4; D 7:1, 3.—The deceiver of the world appears w. signs and wonders ὡς υἱὸς θεοῦ D 16:4.—EKühl, Das Selbstbewusstsein Jesu ’07, 16-44; GVos, The Self-disclosure of Jesus ’26.—EDBurton, ICC Gal ’21, 404-17; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 211-36; MHengel, The Son of God (tr.

JBowden) ’76. c. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου the Son of Man, the Man (Jewish thought contemporary w. Jesus knows of a heavenly being looked upon as a ‘son of Man’ or ‘Man’, who exercises Messianic functions such as judging the world [symbolic, 1000

pictorial passages in En. 46-8; 4 Esdr 13:3, 51f.—Bousset, Rel.3 352-5; NMessel, D. Menschensohn in d. Bilderreden d. Hen. ’22; ESjöberg, Kenna 1 Henok och 4 Esra tanken på den lidande Människosonen? Sv. Ex. Årsb. 5, ’40, 163-83, D. Menschensohn im äth. Hen. ’46]. This concept is in some way connected w. Da 7:13; acc. to some it derives its real content fr. an eschatological tradition that ultimately goes back to Iran [WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis ’07, 160-223; Reitzenstein, Erlösungsmyst. 119ff, ZNW 20, ’21, 18-22, Mysterienrel.3 418ff; Clemen2 72ff; CHKraeling, Anthropos and Son of Man: A Study in the Religious Syncretism of the Hellenistic Orient ’27]; acc. to this tradition the First Man was deified; he will return in the last times and usher in the Kingdom of God). In our lit. the title υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου is found predom. in the gospels, where it occurs in the synoptics about 70 times (about half as oft. if parallels are excluded), and in J 12 times (for more exact figures s. EKlostermann, Hdb. exc. on Mk 8:31). In every case the title is applied by Jesus to himself. Nowhere is it found in an address to him, in a saying or narrative about him: Mt 8:20; 9:6; 10:23; 11:19; 12:8, 32, 40; 13:37, 41; 16:13, 27f; 17:9, 12, 22; 18:11 v.l.; 19:28; 20:18, 28; 24:27, 30, 37, 39, 44; 25:13 t.r., 31; 26:2, 24a, b, 45, 64; Mk 2:10, 28; 8:31, 38; 9:9, 12, 31; 10:33, 45; 13:26; 14:21a, b, 41, 62; Lk 5:24; 6:5, 22; 7:34; 9:22, 26, 44, 56 t.r., 58; 11:30; 12:8, 10, 40; 17:22, 24, 26, 30; 18:8, 31; 19:10; 21:27, 36; 22:22, 48, 69; 24:7.—John (FWGrosheide, Υἱὸς τ. ἀνθρ. in het Evang. naar Joh.: ThSt 35, ’17, 242-8; HDieckmann, D. Sohn des Menschen im J: Scholastik 2, ’27, 229-47; HWindisch, ZNW 30, ’31, 215-33; 31, ’32, 199-204; WMichaelis, ThLZ 85, ’60, 561-78 [Jesus’ earthly presence]) 1:51; 3:13, 14; 5:27 (BVawter, Ezekiel and John, CBQ 26, ’64, 450-58); 6:27, 53, 62; 8:28; 9:35; 12:23, 34; 13:31.—Outside the gospels: Ac 7:56; Rv 1:13; 14:14 (both after Da 7:13). The quot. fr. Ps 8:5 in Hb 2:6 prob. does not belong here, since there is no emphasis laid on υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου. In IEph 20:2 Jesus is described acc. to both sides of his nature as υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου καὶ υἱὸς θεοῦ.

Differently B 12:10 Ἰησοῦς, οὐχὶ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἀλλὰ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Jesus, not son of man but Son of God.—HLietzmann, Der Menschensohn 1896; Dalman, Worte 191-219 (Eng. tr. DMKay, ’02, 234-67); Wlh., Einl.2 123-30; PFiebig, Der Menschensohn ’01; NSchmidt, The Prophet of Nazareth ’05, 94-134, Recent Study of the Term ‘son of Man’: JBL 45, ’26, 326-49; FTillmann, Der Menschensohn ’07; EKühl, Das Selbstbewusstsein Jesu ’07, 65ff; HHoltzmann, Das messianische Bewusstsein Jesu, ’07, 49-75 (lit.), Ntl. Theologie2 I ’11, 313-35; FBard, D. Sohn d.

Menschen ’08; HGottsched, D. Menschensohn ’08; EAAbbott, ‘The Son of Man’, etc., ’10; EHertlein, Die Menschensohnfrage im letzten Stadium ’11, ZNW 19, ’20, 46-8; JMoffatt, The Theology of the Gospels ’12, 150-63; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 ’21, 5-22 (the titles of the works by Wernle and Althaus opposing his first edition [’13], as well as Bousset’s answer, are found s.v. κύριος, end); DVölter, Jesus der Menschensohn ’14, Die Menschensohnfrage neu untersucht ’16; FSchulthess, ZNW 21, ’22, 247-50; Rtzst., Herv der Grösse ’19 (see also the works by the same author referred to above in this entry); EMeyer II 335ff; HGressmann, ZKG n.s. 4, ’22, 170ff, D. Messias ’29, 341ff; GDupont, Le Fils d’Homme ’24; ASPeake, The Messiah and the Son of Man ’24; MWagner, Der Menschensohn: NKZ 36, ’25, 245-78; Guillaume Baldensperger, Le Fils d’Homme: RHPhr 5, ’25, 262-73; WBleibtreu, Jesu Selbstbez. als der Menschensohn: StKr 98/99, ’26, 164-211; AvGall, Βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ’26; OProcksch, D. Menschensohn als Gottessohn: Christentum u. Wissensch. 3, ’27, 425-43; 473-81; CGMontefiore, The Synoptic Gospels2 ’27 I 64-80; ROtto, Reich Gottes u. Menschensohn ’34, Engl. transl. The Kgdm. of God and the Son of Man, tr. Filson and Woolf2 ’43; EWechssler, Hellas im Ev. ’36, 332ff; PParker, The Mng. of ‘son of Man’: JBL 60, ’41, 151-7; HBSharman, Son of Man and Kingdom of God ’43; JYCampbell, The Origin and Mng. of the Term Son of Man: JTS 48, ’47, 145-55; HRiesenfeld, Jésus Transfiguré ’47, 307-13 (survey and lit.); TWManson, Coniect.

Neot. 11, ’47, 138-46 (Son of Man=Jesus and his disciples in Mk 2:27f); GSDuncan, Jesus, Son of Man ’47, 135-53 (survey); JBowman, ET 59, ’47/’48, 283-8 (background); MBlack, ET 60, ’48f, 11-15; 32-6; GAFKnight, Fr. Moses to Paul ’49, 163-72 (survey); TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 237-50; TWManson [Da, En. and gospels], Bulletin of the JRylands Library 32, ’50, 171-93; ThéoPreiss, Le Fils d’Homme: Études Théol. et Religieuses 26, no. 3, ’51 and Life in Christ, ’54, 43-60; SMowinckel, He That Cometh, tr. Anderson, ’54, 346-450; GIber, Überlieferungsgesch.

Unters. z. Begriff des Menschensohnes im NT, Diss. Heidelb. ’53; ESjöberg, D. verborgene Menschensohn in den Ev. ’55; WGrundmann, ZNW 47, ’56, 113-33; HRiesenfeld, The Mythological Backgrd. of NT Christology, CHDodd-Festschr., ’56, 81-95; PhVielhauer, Gottesreich u. Menschensohn in d. Verk. Jesu: GDehn-Festschr. ’57, 51-79; EMSidebottom, The Son of Man in J, ET 68, ’57, 231-5; 280-3; AJBHiggins, Son of Man-Forschung since (Manson’s) ‘The Teaching of Jesus’; NT Essays: TW Manson memorial vol. ’59, 119-35; HETödt, D. Menschensohn in d. synopt. Überl. ’59 (transl. Barton ’65); JMuilenburg, JBL 79, ’60, 197-209 (Da, En.); ESchweizer, JBL 79, ’60, 119-29 and NTS 9, ’63, 256-61; BMFv Iersel, ‘Der Sohn’ in den synopt. Jesusworten, ’61 [community?]; MBlack, Bull. of the JRylands Libr. 45, ’63, 305-18; FHBorsch, ATR 45, ’63, 174-90; AJBHiggins, Jesus and the Son of Man, ’64; RECFormesyn, NovT 8, ’66, 1-35 [barnasha=I]; SSandmel, HSilver-Festschr., ’63, 355-67; JoachJeremias, Die älteste Schicht der Menschensohn-Logien, ZNW 58, ’67, 159-72; GVermes, MBlack, Aram. Approach3, ’67, 310-30.—Various authors, TW VIII 334-492: υἱός, υἱὸς τ. ἀνθρώπου, ὑιὸς Δαυίδ. M-M. B. 105. ὕλη, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.; Sib. Or. 8, 378)—1. wood, both standing, as a forest (Hom.+; Jos., Ant. 18, 357; 366), and cut down, specif. firewood, wood used for building etc. (Hom.+; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 110) Js 3:5 (cf. Sir 28:10; Ps.-Phoc. 144).

2. material, matter, stuff (Hom.+; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 191) in our lit. only earthly, perishable, non-divine matter φθαρτὴ ὕλη (as Philo, Post. Cai. 165; Jos., Bell. 3, 372), fr. which idols are made (Maximus Tyr. 2, 3a) PK 2 p. 14, 15; Dg 2:3. Men, too, are made of such material 1 Cl 38:3 (Philo, Leg. All. 1, 83 ὕ. σωματική. Cf. Epict. 3, 7, 25 ἀνθρώπου ἡ ὕλη=τὰ σαρκίδια). W. the connotation of that which is sinful, hostile to God (as in Philo and Gnostic lit.)

IRo 6:2. M-M. B. 46.* ὑμει̂ς s. σύ.

1001

Ὑμέναιος, ου, ὁ (esp. in mythol., also Dialekt-Inschr. 251, 5) Hymenaeus, handed over (w. Alexander) to Satan because of defection fr. the true faith 1 Ti 1:20. Acc. to 2 Ti 2:17 his error and that of Philetus consisted in maintaining that the resurrection had already taken place (cf. Acta Pauli [et Theclae] 14 p. 245 Lips.; Justin, Apol. I 26, 4 [of Menander]; Irenaeus 1, 23, 5). M-M.* ὑμέτερος, α, ον (Hom.+; pap.; LXX quite rarely; not at all in Ep. Arist. and Test. 12 Patr. In Joseph. e.g. Ant. 16, 38 al.) possessive pron. of the second pers. pl. your (largely replaced by the gen. of the pers. pron.; Bl-D. §285, 1; Rob. 288), in our lit. only 15 times.

1. belonging to or incumbent upon you etc.; Lk 6:20; J 8:17 (ὑ. νόμος as Jos., Bell. 5, 402); Ac 27:34; 2 Cor 8:8; Gal 6:13; 1 Cl 47:7; 57:4 (Pr 1:26); MPol 13:3. ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος your time=the time for you to act J 7:6. ὁ λόγος ὁ ὑμέτερος your teaching 15:20. Perh. 1 Cor 16:17 (s. 2 below).—Subst. τὸ ὑμέτερον (opp. τὸ ἀλλότριον) your own property Lk 16:12 v.l. τὶς τῶν ὑμετέρων one of your own number ISm 11:3.

2. for the obj. gen. (Thu. 1, 69, 5 αἱ ὑμέτεραι ἐλπίδες. W-S. §22, 14b) τῷ ὑμετέρῳ ἐλέει by the mercy shown to you Ro 11:31. νὴ τὴν ὑμετέραν καύχησιν ἣν ἔχω by the pride that I have in you=as surely as I may boast about you 1 Cor 15:31. Perh. (s. 1 above) τὸ ὑμέτερον ὑστέρημα that which is lacking in you 16:17.—S. GDKilpatrick s.v. ἐμός, end. M-M.* ὑμνέω impf. ὕμνουν; fut. ὑμνήσω; 1 aor. ὕμνησα—1. trans. (Hes., Hdt.+; inscr.; PGM 13, 628; 637; 21, 19; LXX; Sib. Or. 5, 151) sing the praise of, sing hymns of praise to τινά someone God (Xenophanes [VI BC] 1, 13 Diehl2 θεόν; X., Cyr. 8, 1, 23 θεόν; Dio Chrys. 80[30], 26; Alciphr. 4, 18, 16 Διόνυσον; Dit., Syll.3 662, 10ff τοὺς θεοὺς ὕμνησεν; LXX; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 102 al.; Jos., Ant. 7, 80; 11, 80 τὸν θεόν) Ac 16:25; Hb 2:12 (Ps 21:23).

2. intr. sing (a hymn) (Ps 64:14; 1 Macc 13:47; En. 27, 5; Jos., Ant. 12, 349; Test. Jos. 8:5a) ὑμνήσαντες after they had sung the hymn (of the second part of the Hallel [Ps 113-18 Heb.], sung at the close of the Passover meal) Mt 26:30 (EBammel, JTS 24, ’73, 189 [P64]); Mk 14:26.—GDelling, TW VIII, 492-506: ὑμνέω, ψάλλω, etc.

M-M.* ὕμνος, ου, ὁ hymn or song of praise (Hom.+), also in honor of a divinity (ὕμνος θεῶν Aeschyl., Cho. 475; Pla., Leg. 7 p. 801 D; Athen. 14 p. 627F.—Pla., Rep. 10 p. 607A; Athen. 1 p. 22B; 14 p. 626B; Arrian, Anab. 4, 11, 2; Dit., Syll.3 449, 2 τοὺς ὕμνους τοῖς θεοῖς; 450, 4 θεῷ ὕμνον; 695, 29, Or. 56, 69; PGiess. 99, 8 [II AD]; POxy. 130, 21; RWünsch, Pauly-W. IX 1, 141f.—Ps 39:4; Is 42:10; 1 Macc 13:51; Philo; Jos., Ant. 7, 305[w. ᾠδαί] al.; Sib. Or. 3, 306; loanw. in rabb.) w. ψαλμοί (Jos., Ant. 12, 323), ᾠδαί πνευματικαί Eph 5:19; Col 3:16 (Diod. S. 5, 46, 3 ὕμνοι μετʼ ᾠδῆς in praise of the πράξεις of the gods and of their εὐεργεσίαι εἰς ἀνθρώπους; Test. Gad 7:2).—JKroll (s. ᾄδω); same author: Antike 2, ’26, 258ff and Gnomon 5, ’29, 30ff; JQuasten, Musik u. Gesang in d.

Kulten der heidn. Antike u. christl. Frühzeit ’30; Ruth EMessenger, Christ. Hymns of the First Three Cent.: Papers of the Hymn Soc. 9, ’42, 1-27; GSchille, Früchristliche Hymnen, ’62. M-M.* ὑπάγω impf. ὑπῆγον (Hom.+, but predom. trans. [=‘bring under’, etc.] in secular writers; so also Ex 14:21). In our lit. (though not found at all in Ac, Paul, Hb; most frequently in John) only intr. (so Hdt., Eur., Aristoph.+; oft. pap.; JKalitsunakis, ByzZ 29, ’29, 228ff) go away, withdraw, go (only the pres., mostly in the imper., and the impf. are found.—Bl-D. §101 p. 43 under ἄγειν; 308: it tends more and more to mean simply ‘go’ in colloq. speech; so in Mod. Gk.).

1. go away in the sense ‘leave a person’s presence’ (Epict. 3, 23, 12) ὕπαγε σατανᾶ be gone, Satan! Mt 4:10; combined w. ὀπίσω μου ibid. v.l.; 16:23; Mk 8:33; Lk 4:8 t.r. ὑπάγετε ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ 2 Cl 4:5 (saying of Jesus, fr. an unknown source). μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε ὑπάγειν; do you, too, want to go away (fr. me)? J 6:67.—ὕπαγε go (away) (PGM 4, 348; 371; 36, 354), esp. go home (Epict. 3, 22, 108) Mt 8:13; 19:21; 20:14; Mk 2:9 v.l.; 7:29; 10:52. on ὕπαγε εἰς εἰρήνην Mk 5:34 or ὑπάγετε ἐν εἰρήνῃ Js 2:16 cf. εἰρήνη 2. In other moods than the imper. in the general sense go away J 18:8; Hs 8, 2, 5; 9, 10, 4; go away=leave Mk 6:33. ὑπάγουσα λέγει as she went she said Hv 1, 4, 3. ἄφετε αὐτὸν ὑπάγειν let him go (prob.=go home) J 11:44. Naturally the boundary betw. go away and go (elsewhere) is not fixed; cf. e.g. οἱ ἐρχόμενοι καὶ οἱ ὑπάγοντες people coming and going Mk 6:31.

2. go (in a certain direction) w. the goal indicated by εἰς w. the acc. (Epict. 3, 22, 108; Suppl. Epigr. Gr. VIII 574, 19 [III AD]; PLond. 131, 155; 218 [I AD] al. in pap.) Mt 9:6; 20:4, 7; Mk 2:11; 11:2; 14:13; Lk 19:30; J 6:21; 7:3; 9:11; 11:31; Hv 4, 1, 2; s 8, 3, 6; 9, 11, 6. Also symbolically of stones that go into a building=are used in its construction Hv 3, 5, 1 and 3; 3, 6, 2; s 9, 3, 3f. Fig. εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν ὑπάγειν go into captivity Rv 13:10; εἰς ἀπώλειαν 17:8, 11. ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα Mt 26:18; cf. Mk 5:19 (ὑπάγειν πρός τινα as PTebt.

417, 4; 21). ὑπαγειν μετά τινος (PTebt. 422, 9 ὕπαγε μετὰ Μέλανος πρὸς Νεμεσᾶν) Mt 5:41=D 1:4; μετά τινος ἐπί τινα Lk 12:58. ἐκεῖ J 11:8. ποῦ (=ποῖ) 3:8; cf. IPhld 7:1; J 12:35. ὅπου ἂν ὑπάγῃ Rv 14:4 (cf. POxy. 1477, 2 ὅπου ὑπάγω; Test. Levi 13:3 ὅπου ὑπάγει). W. inf. of purpose ὑπάγω ἁλιεύειν J 21:3.—The imper. ὕπαγε, ὑπάγετε is followed by another imper., in the NT almost always without a connective (Epict. 3, 21, 6; 22, 5; 23, 12 al.; Vi. Aesopi W c. 44 ὕπαγε, δός) ὕπαγε ἔλεγξον Mt 18:15; cf. 5:24; 8:4; 19:21; 21:28; 27:65; 28:10; Mk 1:44; 6:38; 10:21; 16:7; J 4:16; 9:7; Rv 10:8. W. the conjunction καί (PTebt. 417, 5f [III AD] ὕπαγε καὶ εἴδε) ὑπάγετε καὶ ἐκχέετε 16:1; cf. Hv 3, 1, 7; 4, 2, 5; s 8, 11, 1; 9, 10, 1.—Abs. go (the context supplies the destination) ὑπαγετε Mt 8:32; cf. 13:44; Lk 10:3; J 15:16. ἐν τῷ ὑπάγειν αὐτόν as he was going Lk 8:42; cf. 17:14.—J 12:11 (P66 om. ὑπ.); Hv 3, 10, 2.

3. used esp. of Christ and his going to the Father, characteristically of J. ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πέμψαντά με J 7:33; 16:5a; πρὸς τὸν πατέρα vss. 10, 17. ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν καὶ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὑπάγει 13:3. οἶδα πόθεν ἦλθον καὶ ποῦ ὑπάγω 8:14a; cf. b (GPWetter, E. gnost. Formel im vierten Ev.: ZNW 18, ’18, 49-63). ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς 1002

οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν vs. 21b, 22; 13:33; cf. vs. 36b. Abs. ἐγὼ ὑπάγω I am taking my departure 8:21a. ὑπάγω καὶ ἔρχομαι I am going away and returning again 14:28. S. in addition 13:36a; 14:4, 5; 16:5b; 1 J 2:11.—ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει Mt 26:24; Mk 14:21 places less emphasis upon going to be w. God; it is rather a euphemism for death the Son of Man is to go away=he must die. M-M. B. 694.* ὑπακοή, ῆς, ἡ (2 Km 22:36; Test. Jud. 17:3; pap. fr. VI AD, e.g. PStrassb. 40, 41)—1. obedience—a. gener., the obedience which every slave owes his master εἰς ὑπακοήν=εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν to obey Ro 6:16a. b. predom. of obedience to God and his commands, abs. (opp. ἁμαρτία) Ro 6:16b. Cf. 1 Cl 9:3; 19:1. διʼ ὑπακοῆς obediently, in obedience (toward God) 10:2, 7. Of Christ’s obedience Hb 5:8.-W. subjective gen. of Christ’s obedience to God Ro 5:19 (opp. παρακοή); of men’s obedience to the will of God as expressed in the gospel Ro 15:18; 16:19; of obedience to God’s chosen representatives, the apostle and his emissaries 2 Cor 7:15; 10:6 (opp. παρακοή); Phlm 21.—W. the objective gen. ὑπ. τοῦ Χριστοῦ obedience to Christ 2 Cor 10:5; 1 Pt 1:2 (where Ἰησοῦ Χρ. goes w. ὑπακοήν). ὑπ. τῆς ἀληθείας vs. 22. Perh. εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως Ro 1:5; 16:26 is to be taken in this sense to promote obedience to the message of faith. But it may be better to render it more generally with a view to (promoting) obedience which springs from faith (so GHParke-Taylor, ET 55, ’44, 305f; gen. of source). On τέκνα ὑπακοῆς 1 Pt 1:14 s. τέκνον 2f β; on τὸν τῆς ὑπακοῆς τόπον ἀναπληροῦν 1 Cl 63:1 s. ἀναπληρόω 3.—OKuss, D. Begriff des Gehorsams im NT: ThGl 27, ’35, 695-702; HvCampenhausen, Recht u. Gehors. in d. ältest. Kirche: ThBl 20, ’41, 279-95—2. (obedient) answer GP 10:42. M-M.* ὑπακούω impf. ὑπήκουον; fut. ὑπακούσομαι; 1 aor. ὑπήκουσα (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 44; Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) listen to.

1. obey, follow, be subject to w. gen. of the pers. (Hdt. 3, 101 al.; so predom. in pap. and LXX; Test. Gad 8:3) B 9:1 (Ps 17:45 v.l.; the text has μοι). W. dat. of the pers. (Thu., Aristoph. et al.; Philo, Mos. 1, 156; Jos., Ant. 13, 275; Test. Jud. 1:4; 18:6 θεῷ; in pap. and LXX the dat. is less freq. than the gen. Bl-D. §173, 3; 187, 6; cf. Rob. 507; 634): parents Eph 6:1; Col 3:20; masters Eph 6:5; Col 3:22; cf. Ro 6:16; husband (cf. Philemo Com. 132 K. ἀγαθῆς γυναικός ἐστιν μὴ κρείττονʼ εἶναι τἀνδρός, ἀλλʼ ὑπήκοον; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 201) 1 Pt 3:6; bishop IEph 20:2, cf.

IMg 3:2 v.l. Funk (Sb 7835, 10 [I BC] in the charter of the cult-brotherhood of Zeus Hypsistos: ὑπακούειν πάντας τοῦ ἡγουμένου); Christ Hb 5:9 (cf. Ael. Aristid. 50, 86 K.=26 p. 527 D.: τῷ θεῷ; EKamlah, Die Form der katalogischen Paränese im NT, ’64 [moral exhortation]). The pers. is supplied fr. the context (cf. PTebt. 24, 26; Ep. Arist. 44; 2 Ch 24:19 v.l.) Phil 2:12; 1 Cl 7:6; 57:4 (Pr 1:24). ὑπακούσωμεν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 58:1 marks the transition to the next usage (w. things).—W. dat. of the thing to which one is obedient or which one embraces in full surrender (cf. Athen. 6 p. 247D ὑπ. δείπνῳ=accept the invitation) ὑπακούειν τῇ πίστει Ac 6:7; τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ Ro 10:16; 2 Th 1:8; τῷ λόγῳ ἡμῶν 2 Th 3:14; τῇ βουλήσει αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ θεοῦ) 1 Cl 9:1; 42:4; τοῖς προστάγμασι 2 Cl 19:3 (Aeschines 1, 49 and Dit., Syll.3 785, 18 τ. νόμοις; Demosth. 18, 204; Jos., Ant. 3, 207τ. λεγομένοις; 5, 198); ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ θνητοῦ σώματος ὑμῶν) Ro 6:12. ὑπηκούσατε εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαξῆς vs.

17 (παραδίδωμι 1b, end).—Foll. by the inf. which shows what the obedience results in (Gen 39:10) Ἀβραὰμ ὑπήκουσεν ἐξελθεῖν Abr. went out obediently Hb 11:8.—Also of the enforced obedience of the demons ὐπακούουσιν αὐτῷ they are forced to obey him Mk 1:27; of the elements Mt 8:27 (OBetz, ZNW 48, ’57, 49-77, esp. 70-2); Mk 4:41; Lk 8:25; of a tree that must yield to a higher power 17:6 (cf. Hippocr., Epid. 3, 8; Galen VI 354 K., who speak of diseases that ὑπ.=‘must yield’ to a remedy [dative]).

2. hear, grant one’s request (of God Diod. S. 4, 34, 5 τοὺς ἀθανάτους ὑπακούσαντας; Vi. Aesopi I c. 5 of Isis; Is 65:24; Jos., Ant. 14, 24.—X., Cyr. 8, 1, 18 of a judge who hears the plaintiff) 1 Cl 39:7 (Job 5:1).

3. technically of the door-keeper, whose duty it is to listen for the signals of those who wish to enter, and to admit them if they are entitled to do so, simply open or answer (the door) (Pla., Phaedo 59E ὁ θυρωρός, ὅσπερ εἰώθει ὑπακούειν, Crito 43A; X., Symp. 1, 11; Theophr., Char. 4, 9; 28, 3; Lucian, Icarom. 22 et al.) προσῆλθεν παιδίσκη ὑπακοῦσαι Ac 12:13. M-M.* ὑπαλείφω 1 aor. pass. ὑπηλείφθην (Aristoph., X.+) anoint (from below) fig. (Aristoph., Ach. 1029 εἰρήνῃ τινά) ἐμὲ ἔδει ὑφʼ ὑμῶν ὑπαλειφθῆναι πίστει I needed to be anointed by you with faith IEph 3:1.* ὕπανδρος, ον under the power of or subject to a man ἡ ὕπανδρος γυνή the married woman (Polyb. 10, 26, 3; Aelian, N.A. 3, 42 p. 77, 3; Artem. 1, 78 p. 74, 6; Athen. 9 p. 388C; Heliod. 10, 22; Num 5:20, 29; Pr 6:24, 29; Sir 9:9; 41:23) Ro 7:2. M-M.* ὑπαντάω impf. ὑπήντων; 1 aor. ὑπήντησα (Pind., X.+; inscr., pap., LXX) (come or go to) meet τινί someone (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 111 §406; 4, 134 §566; PStrassb. 101, 4 [I BC] ἡμῖν; Tob 7:1 BA; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 135; Jos., Ant. 2, 279)Mt 8:28; 28:9; Mk 5:2; Lk 8:27; 17:12 v.l.; J 4:51; 11:20, 30; 12:18; Ac 16:16 (freq. interchanged in NT mss. w. ἀπαντάω, q.v.); MPol 8:2; Hv 4, 2, 1.—Also in a hostile sense oppose (X.; Appian, Illyr. 23 §68; 26 §75, Bell. Civ. 4, 115 §480; Jos., Ant. 7, 128; Test. Benj. 2:4) Lk 14:31. M-M.* ὑπάντησις, εως, ἡ coming to meet (Ptolem., Apotel. 3, 11, 16; 32; 4, 9, 1; Appian, Bell. c. 4, 6 §22; Jos., Ant. 11, 327; Dit., Syll.3 798, 16; 23 [37 AD]) in our lit. only in the expr. εἰς ὑπάντησιν to meet τινί someone (Ps.-Callisth. p. 116, 23; PGiess. 74, 6 [II AD] εἰς ὑπάντησιν Οὐλπιανῷ [acc. to the rdg. recommended by FPreisigke, Wörterbuch s.v. and accepted by M-M.]; 1 Ch 14:8 A; Pr 7:15 B) Mt 8:34; J 12:13. Also τινός (Jdth 2:6 S; 1 Macc 9:39 S) Mt 25:1.—NSvensson, Bull. de corr. hell. 50. ’26, 527ff. M-M.* 1003

ὕπαρξις, εως, ἡ (Aristot.+; Philo; Jos., Ant. 16, 48)—1. existence (Philodem, Piet. 114; Plut., Mor. 1067C et al.; Philo, Op. M. 170 θεοῦ) τὰ δοῦλα τ. ὑπάρξεως things that are subservient to (their) existence PK 2 p. 14, 16.

2.=τὰ ὑπάρχοντα that which one has, property, possession (Polyb. 2, 17, 11; Dionys. Hal. 5, 48; Diod. S. 20, 71, 1; Plut., Mor. 226C; Artem. 2, 24; POxy. 707, 15; 1274, 14; BGU 195, 22; PAmh. 80, 5 a1.; 2 Ch 35:7; Ps 77:48; Pr 18:11; 19:14; Jer 9:9; Test. Levi l7:9) Hb 10:34; Hs 1:5. Pl. possessions, belongings (w. κτήματα) Ac 2:45.

(W. ἀγροί and οἰκήσεις) Hs 1:4. M-M.* ὑπάρχω impf. ὑπῆρχον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.).

1. exist (really) , be present, be at one’s disposal (Pind., Aeschyl., Hdt.+) μηδενὸς αἰτίου ὑπάρχοντος since there is no good reason Ac 19:40. Cf. 27:21; 28:18; be (found) somewhere 4:34; 10:12; 17:27; Phil 3:20; 1 Cl 61:2; Epil Mosq 3. ἀκούω σχίσματα ἐν ὑμῖν ὑπάρχειν I hear that there are actually divisions among you 1 Cor 11:18.

W. dat. of the pers. ὑπάρχει μοί τι someth. is at my disposal, I have someth. (X., An. 2, 2, 11; PMagd. 9, 2 [III BC] ὑπάρχει ἐμοὶ Ἰσιεῖον; Sir 20:16; Jos., Ant. 7, 148)χρυσίον οὐχ ὑπάρχει μοι Ac 3:6. Cf. 4:37; 28:7; 2 Pt 1:8. τὰ ὑπάρχοντά τινι what belongs to someone, someone’s property, possessions, means (Dit., Syll.3 646, 25 [l70 BC]; very oft. in pap. since PHib. 94, 2; 15; 95, 12 [III BC]; Tob 4:7; Jos., Ant. 4, 261)Lk 8:3; 12:15; Ac 4:32. Subst. in the same sense τὰ ὑπάρχοντά τινος (Dit., Syll.3 611, 14; very oft. in pap. since PHib. 32, 5; 84, 9; PEleph. 2, 3 [III BC]; Gen 31:18; Sir 41:1; Tob 1:20 BA) Mt 19:21; 24:47; 25:14; Lk 11:21; 12:33, 44; 14:33; 16:1; 19:8; 1 Cor 13:3; Hb 10:34.

2. as a widely used substitute in H.Gk. for εἶναι (Bl-D. §414, 1; cf. Rob. 1121) w. a predicate noun (Dit., Or. 383, 48 [I BC] ὅπως οὗτος. . . ὑπάρχῃ καθιδρυμένος; Sib. Or. 3, 267, fgm. 1, 28) οὗτος ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς ὑπῆρχεν Lk 8:41. Cf. 9:48; Ac 7:55; 8:16; 16:3; 19:36; 21:20; 1 Cor 7:26; 12:22; Js 2:15; 2 Pt 3:11; 1 Cl 19:3 and oft. Very freq. in the ptc. w. a predicate noun who is, since he is, etc. (Test. Sim. 4:4 ἐλεήμων ὑπάρχων) οἱ Φαρισαῖοι φιλάργυροι ὑπάρχοντες Lk 16:14. Cf. 11:13; 23:50; Ac 2:30; 3:2; 16:20, 37; 17:24, 29; 22:3; 27:12; Ro 4:19; 1 Cor 11:7; 2 Cor 8:17; 12:16; Gal 1:14; 2:14; 2 Pt 2:19; 1 Cl 1:1; 11:1, 2; 25:2; B 5:10.—ὑπ. w. a prep.: ἐν (Jer 4:14; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 62; Jos., Ant. 7, 391): οἱ ἐν Mἱματισμῷ ἐνδόξῳ ὑπάρχοντες Lk 7:25; cf. 16:23; Ac 5:4; 14:9 D; Phil 2:6; 1 Cl 1:3; 32:2; 56:1. τοῦτο πρὸς τῆς ὑμετέρας σωτηρίας ὑπάρχει Ac 27:34 (s. πρός I).

M-M.** ὑπείκω (Hom.+) yield, fig. give way, submit to someone’s authority (Hom.+; 4 Macc 6:35) w. dat. of the pers. to whom one submits (Hom.; Pla., Leg. 4 p. 717D; Sextus 17; cf. Philo, Mos. 1, 156) Hb 13:17. M-M.* ὑπεναντίος, α, ον (Hes., Hdt.+) mostly opposed, contrary, hostile (Thu. 2, 2, 2; Pla., Theaet. 176A; Demosth.

24, 108 al.; inscr., pap.; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 180) τινί against someone Col 2:14. Subst. ὁ ὑπεναντίος the opponent (X.; Polyb. 1, 11, 14; Plut., Thes. 13, 2; inscr.; POxy. 1151, 55; LXX; predom. in pl.) οἱ ὑπεναντίοι the adversaries (X., Cyr. 1, 6, 38) of God Hb 10:27 (cf. Is 26:11). M-M.* ὑπενεγκει̂ν s. ὑποφέρω. ὑπεξέρχομαι 2 aor. ὑπεξῆλθον go out quietly or secretly (Pla. et al.; Plut., Lucullus 16, 7; Lucian, Dial. Mar. 2, 4; Cass. Dio 38, 17; Jos., Ant. 14, 16)MPol 5:1a. W. the destination given (Hdt. 8, 36 ἐς Ἄμφισσαν) εἰς ἀγρίδιον 5:1b.* ὑπέρ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) prep. w. gen. and acc. (lit. s.v. ἀνά, beg. In addition to this, for ὑπέρ: LWenger, Die Stellvertretung im Rechte der Papyri 1896; ATRobertson, The Use of ὑπέρ in Business Documents in the Papyri: Exp. 8th Ser. XVIII, ’19, 321-7) over, above, in out lit. not in a local sense (not in the LXX either), only in non-literal senses. The mss. oft. fluctuate between ὑπέρ and περί; see 1f below.

1. w. gen.—a. for, in behalf of, for the sake of someone or someth.—α. after words that express a request, prayer, etc. After the verbs δέομαι (q.v. 3), εὔχομαι (q.v. 1), προσεύχομαι (q.v.), ἐντυγχάνω (q.v. 1a; cf. b), ὑπερεντυγχάνω (q.v.), λιτανεύω (q.v.) etc. After the nouns δέησις (q.v., end), προσευχή (q.v. 1). Cf. also 1 Ti 2:1f. β. after words and expressions that denote working, caring, concerning oneself about. After the verbs ἀγρυπνέω (q.v. 2), ἀγωνίζομαι (q.v. 2b), μεριμνάω (q.v. 2), πρεσβεύω (q.v.) etc. After the nouns ζῆλος (q.v. 1), σπουδή (q.v.

2), ἔχειν πόνον (πόνος 1). ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διάκονος Col 1:7. γ. after expressions having to do w. sacrifice: ἁγιάζω (q.v. 2), ἁγνίζομαι (s. ἁγνίζω 2b). τὸ πάσχα ἡμῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἑτύθη Χριστός 1 Cor 5:7 t.r. ἕως οὗ προσηνέχθη ὑπὲρ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου αὐτῶν ἡ προσφορά Ac 21:26 (προσφέρω 2a).—Eph 5:2; Hb 9:7. δ. gener. εἶναι ὑπέρ τινος be for someone, be on someone’s side (PIand. 16, 8 τὸ νόμιμον ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐστιν.—Opp. εἶναι κατά τινος) Mk 9:40; Lk 9:50; Ro 8:31.—ἐπιτρέπεταί σοι ὑπὲρ σεαυτοῦ λέγειν Ac 26:1. ἵνα μὴ εἷς ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἑνὸς φυσιοῦσθε κατὰ τοῦ ἑτέρου 1 Cor 4:6. Cf. 2 Cor 1:11 a, b; 5:20b (δεόμεθα ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ=as helpers of Christ we beg you. Also poss. is we beg you by or in the name of Christ [Apollon. Rhod. 3, 701 λίσσομʼ ὑπὲρ μακάρων=by the gods, in imitation of Il. 22, 338.—Theaetetus—III BC—: Anth. Pal. 7, 499, 2]). τοῦτο φρονεῖν ὑπὲρ πάντων ὑμῶν to be thus minded in behalf of you all Phil 1:7 (perh. simply=about; s. 1f below); cf. 4:10 (think of me=care for, be interested in me). ε. after expressions of suffering, dying, devoting oneself, etc. ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπέρ τινος die for someone or someth. (ἀποθνῄσκω 1aα; also Jos., Ant. 13, 6)J 11:50-2; 18:14; Ro 5:7a, b. τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν ὑπὲρ τινος 1004

(cf. Jos., Bell. 2, 201;Sir 29:15) J 10:11, 15; 13:37f; 15:13; 1J 3:16b.—Ro 16:4; 2 Cor 12:15; Eph 3:1, 13; Col 1:24a.—So esp. of the death of Christ (already referred to at least in part in some of the passages already mentioned. S. also above 1 aγ and below 1 c) for, in behalf of mankind, the world, etc.: Mk 14:24; Lk 22:19f; Ro 5:6, 8; 8:32; 14:15; 1 Cor 1:13 (where the expr. μὴ Παῦλος ἐσταυρώθη ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν; was chosen for no other reason than its ref. to the redeeming death of Christ); 11:24; 15:3; Gal 2:20; 3:13; Eph 5:25; 1 Th 5:10 t.r.; 1 Ti 2:6; Tit 2:14; Hb 2:9; 6:20; 1 Pt 2:21 (περί P72 A); 3:18; 1J 3:16a; MPol 17:2a, b.—AMetzinger, Die Substitutionstheorie u. das atl. Opfer, Biblica 21, ’40, 159-87, 247-72, 353-77; EHBlakeney, ET 55, ’43/’44, 306. b. w. gen. of the thing, in which case it must be variously translated ὑπὲρ (τῶν) ἁμαρτιῶν in order to atone for (the) sins or to remove them Gal 1:4; Hb 5:1b; 7:27; 9:7 (here ὑπὲρ. . . τῶν ἀγνοημάτων); 10:12; B 7:3, 4 (prophetic saying of unknown origin), 5f.—ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς to bring life to the world J 6:51. ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ to reveal the glory of God 11:4. ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ (cf. Sb 7681, 7 [312 AD] ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου=in behalf of) to spread his name Ro 1:5; cf. 3J 7. ὑπὲρ ἀληθείας θεοῦ=in order to show that God’s promises are true Ro 15:8. ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν παρακλήσεως in order to comfort you 2 Cor 1:6a, b. Cf. 12:19. ὑπὲρ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν for the strengthening of your faith 1 Th 3:2. c. in place of, instead of, in the name of (Eur.; Polyb. 3, 67, 7; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 142;—in pap. very oft. ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ to explain that the writer is writing ‘as the representative of’ an illiterate pers.; Dssm. LO 285, 2 [LAE 335, 4]) ἵνα ὑπὲρ σοῦ μοι διακονῇ Phlm 13. Somet. the mng. in place of merges w. on behalf of, for the sake of Ro 9:3. οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι ὑπὲρ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Cor 15:29a is debated; cf. b (s. the lit. s.v. βαπτίζω 2bγ; also KBornhäuser, Die Furche 21, ’34, 184-7). εἷς ὑπὲρ πάντων ἀπέθανεν 2 Cor 5:14; cf. 15a, b, 21 (Eur., Alc. 701 κατθανεῖν ὑπέρ σου). d. to denote the moving cause or the reason because of, for the sake of, for (Diod. S. 10, 21, 2 τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων τιμωρίαν; schol. on Pind., Ol. 6, 154b), w. verbs of suffering, giving the reason for it ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος Ac 5:41; 9:16; 21:13; ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ Phil 1:29a, b; cf. 2 Th 1:5; ὑπὲρ θεοῦ ἀποθνῄσκω IRo 4:1. Likew. used w. nouns that denote suffering ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ for Christ’s sake 2 Cor 12:10.—εὐχαριστεῖν ὑπέρ τινος give thanks for someth. 1 Cor 10:30; Eph 5:20; D 9:2; 10:2 (cf. Sb 3926, 12 [I BC] τὸ κατεσκευασμένον ὑπὲρ [=in gratefulness for] τῆς ἡμετέρας σωτηρίας Ἰσιδεῖον). δοξάζειν τὸν θεὸν ὑπέρ τινος praise God for someth. Ro 15:9.—ὑπὲρ τούτου with reference to someth. (Synes., Ep. 67 p. 209C) 2 Cor 12:8. e. The mng. above and beyond is poss. in ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐδοκίας Phil 2:13 (εὐδοκία 1). f. about, concerning (about equivalent to περί [τινος], w. which it is freq. interchanged in the mss.; cf. Kühner-G. I p. 487 [w. class. exx.]. Also quite common in Polyb., Diod. S., Dionys. Hal., Joseph., inscr. and pap. [Schmidt 396]; Mlt. 105; Rdm.2 p. 140; Johannessohn 216-21; LDeubner, Bemerkungen z. Text der Vita Pyth. des Iamblichos: SAB ’35, XIX 27; 71), oft. at the same time in the sense ‘in the interest of’ or ‘in behalf of’ οὗτός ἐστιν ὑπὲρ οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον J 1:30 (t.r. περί). Ἠσαΐας κράζει ὑπὲρ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ Ro 9:27 (v.l. περί). Cf. 2 Cor 1:8 (v.l. περί); 5:12; 7:4, 14; 8:24; 9:2f; 12:5a, b (in all the passages in 2 Cor except the first dependent on καυχάομαι, καύχημα, καύχησις); 2 Th 1:4 (ἐγκαυχᾶσθαι). With reference to (Demosth. 21, 121) 2 Cor 8:23; 2 Th 2:1. ἡ ἐλπὶς ἡμῶν βεβαία ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν our hope with reference to you is unshaken 2 Cor 1:7 (ἐλπὶς ὑ. τινος ‘for someth.’ Socrat., Ep. 6, 5).

2. w. the acc., in the sense of excelling, surpassing over and above, beyond, more than κεφαλὴ ὑπὲρ πάντα the supreme Head Eph 1:22 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 74 §314 ὑπὲρ ἅπαντα). ὑπὲρ δύναμιν beyond one’s strength 2 Cor 1:8; cf. 8:3 t.r. (Dit., Or. II 767, 19f ὑπὲρ δύναμιν; Cyranides p. 63, 22 ὑπὲρ λόγον). Also ὑπὲρ ὃ δύνασθε 1 Cor 10:13. μὴ ὑπὲρ ἃ γέγραπται not (to go) beyond what is written 1 Cor 4:6 (s. WLütgert, Freiheitspredigt u.

Schwarmgeister in Korinth ’08, 97ff; ASchlatter, Die korinth. Theologie ’14, 7ff; OLinton, StKr 102, ’30, 425-37; LBrun, ibid. 103, ’31, 453-6; PWallis, ThLZ 75, ’50, 506-8; ALegault, NTS 18, ’71/’72, 227-31). ὑπὲρ ἃ λέγω ποιήσεις you will do even more than I ask Phlm 21. ὑπέρ τι καὶ καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπερευφραίνομαι I feel an exceeding and overwhelming joy B 1:2.—After an adj. in comp. or superl. for ἤ than: mostly so after the comp.

(Judg 11:25 B; 15:2 B; 18:26 B; 3 Km 19:4; Ps 18:11; Hab 1:8) τομώτερος ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν μάχαιραν Hb 4:12. Cf. Lk 16:8; J 12:43 v.l.; MPol 18:1. τοὺς ἀποστόλους ὄντας ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνομωτέρους the apostles, who were more lawless than (men who commit) any and every sin B 5:9; rarely after the superl. γλυκυτάτη ὑπὲρ τὸ μέλι Hm 5, 1, 6. Likew. after verbs that express the idea of comparison ἡσσώθητε (=ἐγένεσθε ἥσσονες) ὑπὲρ τὰς λοιπὰς ἐκκλησίας, were you treated worse than the other churches? 2 Cor 12:13.—‘More than’ also takes on the sense more exalted or excellent or glorious than; as the timeless one (άχρονος), Christ is called ὁ ὑπὲρ καιρόν the one who is exalted beyond time IPol 3:2. ὑπὲρ θάνατον exalted above death ISm 3:2. οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον a disciple is not superior to his teacher Mt 10:24a; Lk 6:40.—Mt 10:24b; Ac 26:13; Phil 2:9. οὐκέτι ὡς δοῦλον ἀλλὰ ὑπὲρ δοῦλον no longer as a slave, but as someth. better than a slave Phlm 16. τῷ δυναμένῳ ὑπὲρ πάντα ποιῆσαι to him who is able to do greater things than all (we can ask or imagine) Eph 3:20.—More than (Test. Gad 7:1) ἀγαπᾶν ὑμᾶς ὑπὲρ τὴν ψυχήν μου B 1:4; cf. 4:6; 19:5; D 2:7. φιλεῖν Mt 10:37a. b. ἀρέσει αὐτῷ ὑπὲρ μόσχον 1 Cl 52:2 (Ps 68:32). λάμπειν IEph 19:2. προκόπτειν Gal 1:14. στίλβειν Hs 9, 2, 2.

3. The adverbial use of ὑπέρ is, so far, almost unknown outside the NT (but cf. L-S-J s.v. ὑπέρ E; Ursing 49 cites fr. an Aesop-ms. ὅπερ ἔτι ὐπὲρ ἀπεδέξατο, where all the other mss. have μᾶλλον [Phil 3:4 ἐγὼ μᾶλλον]. On the adverbial use of other prepositions s. Kühner-G. I p. 526f). διάκονοι Χριστοῦ εἰσιν; ὑπὲρ ἐγώ are they servants of Christ? I am so even more (than they) 2 Cor 11:23 (W-H. accent ὕπερ). Wallis (s. 2 above) classes 1 Cor 4:6 here.—On ὑπὲρ ἄγαν, ὑπὲρ ἐκεῖνα, ὑπὲρ ἐκπερισσοῦ, ὑπὲρ λίαν s. ὑπεράγαν, ὑπερέκεινα, ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ (-ῶς), ὑπερλίαν. M-M. ὑπεραγάλλομαι dep. rejoice or exult greatly ὑπεραγαλλόμενος with the highest joy IPhld 5:1.* 1005

ὑπεράγαν adv. (ὑπέρ+ἄγαν: Strabo 3, 2, 9; Aelian, N.A. 3, 38; Vett. Val. p. 63, 5; Diog. L. 3, 26; 2 Macc 10:34.

Written separately as early as Eur., Med. 627.-Bl-D. §116, 3) beyond measure 1 Cl 56:2.* ὑπεραγαπάω 1 aor. ὑπερηγάπησα (Demosth. 23, 196; Aristot., Eth. Nic. 9, 7 p. 1168a, 1; Cass. Dio 77, 22, 1; Herodian 4, 7, 4; Aristaen., Ep. 1, 19; 2, 16 σε; Eunap. p. 67; Jos., Ant. 1, 222; 12, 195) love most dearly τινά someone (Plut., Ages. 35, 2; Ps.-Callisth. 2, 21, 2) B 5:8.* ὑπεραίρω (Aeschyl., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 223in var. mngs.) in our lit. only ὑπεραίρομαι rise up, exalt oneself, be elated (Aristaen. 1, 17; Anth. Pal. 5, 299, 5; 2 Macc 5:23 [w. dat.]) ἐπὶ w. acc. 2 Th 2:4. Abs. 2 Cor 12:7a, b (Byz. folk-song in Theophanes Conf. [VIII AD], Chron. 283, 19ff de Boor [cf.

KKrumbacher, Byz. Lit.2 1897, 792] δὸς αὐτοῦ κατὰ κρανίου, ἵνα μὴ ὑπεραίρηται). M-M.* ὑπέρακμος, ον (Soranus, Hesychius, Suidas) fr. ἀκμή=highest point or prime of a person’s development (ἀκ. in this sense in Pla., Rep. 5 p. 460E; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 10) 1 Cor 7:36. Depending on one’s understanding of this pass. (cf. γαμίζω 1), it may apply either to the woman past one’s prime, past marriageable age, past the bloom of youth (so Soranus p. 15, 8.—Diod. S. 32, 11, 1 speaks of the ἀκμὴ τῆς ἡλικίας of a woman and in 34+35 fgm. 2, 39 uses ἀκμή of the youthful bloom of a παρθένος.—Lycon [III BC] in Diog. L. 5, 65 commiserates the father of a παρθένος who, because of the smallness of her dowry ἐκτρέχουσα [=goes beyond] τὸν ἀκμαῖον τῆς ἡλικίας καιρόν) or to the man (Diod. S. 32, 10, 2 ἀκμή; Ps.-Clem., Hom. p. 8, 17 Lag. ἀκμαία ἐπιθυμία; Syntipas p. 10, 14 uses ἀκμάζω in that way), in which case ὑπέρ is not to be understood in the temporal sense, but expresses intensification (cf. ὑπέρ 2.

Diod. S. 36, 2, 3 ὁ ἔρως of a man in love ἤκμαζεν and became irresistible), with strong passions. M-M.* ὑπεράνω adv. (Aristot.+; inscr., pap., LXX) (high) above as improper prep. w. gen. (Bl-D. §215, 2; Rob. 646f) of place (Archimed. II 318, 6 Heib.; Eratosth. p. 46, 7; Ocellus Luc. c. 36 ὑπ. σελήνης; Diod. S. 20, 23, 1; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 2, 160b; Ezk 43:15; Jos., Ant. 3, 154)Eph 4:10; Hb 9:5.—Of rank, power, etc. (Lucian, Demon. 3; Dt 28:1; Philo, Conf. Lingu. 137; Test. Levi 3:4) Eph 1:21. M-M.* ὑπερασπίζω (Gen 15:1; 4 Km 19:34; Pr 2:7; Polyb. 6, 39, 6 al.; Dionys. Hal. 6, 12, 2; inscr.) protect, lit. ‘hold a shield over’ αὐτούς Js 1:27 P74.* ὑπερασπισμός, οῦ, ὁ (LXX; see ὑπερασπίζω) protection 1 Cl 56:16. B.-σις 1410.* ὑπερασπιστής, οῦ, ὁ (LXX; Philo, Ebr. 111; Jo. Lydus, De Mag. 1, 46 p. 48, 22 W.; Hesychius, Suidas) protector 1 Cl 45:7.* ὑπεραυξάνω (in trans. sense Andoc.+) intr. (Callisth. in Stob. V p. 871, 2 H.=Ps.-Plut., Fluv. 6, 2) grow wonderfully, increase abundantly fig., of faith 2 Th 1:3. M-M.* ὑπερβαίνω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 122; Philo, Joseph.)—1. lit. go beyond of the head of the risen Lord κεφαλὴν ὑπερβαίνουσαν τοὺς οὐρανούς that reaches up above the heavens GP 10:40.

2. overstep, transgress, break (laws and commandments: Pind., Hdt.+), also abs. trespass, sin (Il. 9, 501; Pla., Rep. 2 p. 366A) w. πλεονεκτεῖν τὸν ἀδελφόν 1 Th 4:6. M-M.* ὑπερβαλλόντως (Pla., X.+; Dit., Syll.3 685, 36 [II BC]; PGM 4, 649; Job 15:11) adv. of the pres. ptc. of ὑπερβάλλω: exceedingly, immeasurably, also comp. surpassingly, to a much greater degree (Philo, Plant. 126, Migr. Abr. 58) 2 Cor 11:23. M-M.* ὑπερβάλλω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) go beyond, surpass, outdo (Aeschyl., Pla., X.+; Philo, Mos. 2, 1; Jos., Ant. 2, 7; 8, 211) in an extraordinary constr. ἦν ὑπερβάλλων τὸ φῶς αὐτοῦ ὑπὲρ πάντα it went far beyond them all as far as its light was concerned, it surpassed them all in light IEph 19:2.—The ptc. ὐπερβάλλων, ουσα, ον surpassing, extraordinary, outstanding (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; Artem. 4, 72 ὑπερβάλλουσα εὐδαιμονία; 2 Macc 4:13; 7:42; 3 Macc 2:23; Ep. Arist. 84; Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 14)μέγεθος (Philo, Deus Imm. 116) Eph 1:19. πλοῦτος 2:7. χάρις 2 Cor 9:14. φιλανθρωπία Dg 9:2. δόξα 2 Cor 3:10. δωρεαί (cf. Philo, Migr. Abr. 106) 1 Cl 19:2; 23:2. Used w. the gen. of comparison (Alex. Aphr., An. Mant. p. 169, 17 Br. ὑπ. τούτων) ὑπερβάλλουσα τῆς γνώσεως ἀγάπη a love that surpasses knowledge Eph 3:19. M-M.* ὑπερβολή, ῆς, ἡ (since Hdt. 8, 112, 4; inscr., pap.) excess, extraordinary quality or character w. gen. of the thing (Diod. S. 4, 52, 2 εὐσεβείας ὑπερβολή; Epict. 4, 1, 17 ὑπ. τυραννίδος; Dio Chrys. 14[31], 117; 123; Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 234; 13, 244) ἡ ὑπ. τῆς δυνάμεως the extraordinary (quality of the) power 2 Cor 4:7. ἡ ὑπερβολὴ τῶν ἀποκαλύψεων the extraordinary revelations 12:7. ἡ ὑπ. τῆς ἀγαθότητος 2 Cl 13:4 (cf. Simplicius In Epict. p.

43, 9 Düb. ὑπ. τῆς θείας ἀγαθότητος; Ael. Aristid. 39 p. 743 D.: ὑπ. φαυλότητος).—καθʼ ὑπερβολήν to an extraordinary degree, beyond measure, utterly (Soph., Oed. R. 1195; Isocr. 5, 11; Polyb. 3, 92, 10; Diod. S. 2, 16, 2; 17, 47; 19, 86, 3; PTebt. 23, 4; 4, 25; PReinach 7, 4 [all three II BC]; 4 Macc 3:18) w. verbs 2 Cor 1:8 (w. ὑπὲρ δύναμιν); Gal 1:13; B 1:2; w. an adj. καθʼ ὑπ. ἁμαρτωλός sinful in the extreme Ro 7:13; w. a noun as a kind of adj. ἔτι καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὁδὸν δείκνυμι I will show (you) a far better way 1 Cor 12:31; in a play on words beside εἰς ὑπερβολήν (Diod. S. 14, 48, 2; Aelian, Var. Hist. 12, 1; Vi. Aesopi III p. 309, 7), which means essentially 1006

the same thing to excess, etc. (Eur., Hipp. 939 al.; Lucian, Tox. 12; Diog. L. 2, 51), beyond all measure and proportion 2 Cor 4:17. M-M.* ὑπερδοξάζω (Suidas) glory exceedingly, break out in rapturous praise abs. IPol 1:1.* ὑπερεγώ is the way Lachmann writes ὑπὲρ ἐγώ 2 Cor 11:23; s. ὑπέρ 3. ὑπερει̂δον 2 aor. of ὑπεροράω (q.v.). M-M. ὑπερέκεινα adv. (=ὑπέρ+ἐκεῖνα, cf. ἐπέκεινα. Thomas Mag. 155, 7 ἐπέκεινα ῥήτορες λέγουσιν. . . ὑπερέκεινα δὲ μόνοι οἱ σύρφακες [rabble].—Bl-D. §116, 3; Rob. 171; 297) beyond used w. gen. τὰ ὑπερέκεινα ὑμῶν (sc. μέρη) the lands that lie beyond you 2 Cor 10:16 (Bl-D. §184; Rob. 647). M-M.* ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ adv. (elsewh. only Da 3:22 Complutensian and Aldine editions; Test. Jos. 17:5.—Bl-D. §12 app.; 116, 3; Rob. 170f) quite beyond all measure (highest form of comparison imaginable) ὑπ. δεῖσθαι pray as earnestly as possible (to God) 1 Th 3:10.—5:13 v.l. (s. ὐπερεκπερισσῶς). W. gen. of comparison (Bl-D. §185, 1; Rob. 647) ὑπ. ὧν (=τούτων ἅ) infinitely more than Eph 3:20. M-M.* ὑπερεκπερισσῶς adv. beyond all measure, most highly w. ἡγέομαι (q.v. 2, end) 1 Th 5:13 (v.l. ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ, q.v.).—Mk 7:37 v.l.; 1 Cl 20:11.* ὑπερεκτείνω (Proclus, Theol. 59 p. 56, 35; Damasc., Princ. 284; Suidas) stretch out beyond ὑπερεκτείνομεν ἑαυτούς we are overextending ourselves (beyond the limits set by God) 2 Cor 10:14.* ὑπερεκχύν(ν)ω (=ὑπερεκχέω; s. ἐκχέω, beg.—The word is found Diod. S. 11, 89, 4; Aelian, N.A. 12, 41; Artem.

2, 27; Jo 2:24; 4:13; Pr 5:16; Jos., Bell. 1, 407)pour out over, in our lit. only pass. (Hero Alex. I p. 26, 4; Philo, Ebr. 32) overflow ὑπερεκχυννόμενον Lk 6:38. M-M.* ὑπερεντυγχάνω (Clem. Alex., Paed. 1, 6, 47, 4 p. 118, 21f Stählin) plead, intercede Ro 8:26; the t.r. adds ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν. M-M.* ὑπερεπαινέω (Hdt., Aristoph.+) praise highly τὶ someth. (Aelian, V.H. 9, 30) IEph 6:2.* ὑπερευφραίνομαι (Arrian, Cyneg. 7, 2; Lucian, Icarom. 2; Ps.-Lucian, Amor. 5; Acta Pauli [et Theclae] 7 p. 241, 1 Lips.) rejoice exceedingly ἐπί τινι (Jos., Bell. 7, 14)B 1:2.* ὑπερευχαριστέω (PTebt. 12, 24 [118 BC]=‘be overjoyed’; Euseb., Martyr. Palaest. 11, 26) give heartiest thanks τινί to someone B 5:3. M-M.* ὑπερέχω fut ὑπερέξω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 24, 3; Philo; Jos., Ant. 6, 25)rise above, surpass, excel—1. lit. (Polyaenus 2, 2, 1) τὶ someth (3 Km 8:8; Jos., Ant. 1, 89)ἀνὴρ ὑψηλός, ὥστε τὸν πὐργον ὑπερέχειν Hs 9, 6, 1.

2. fig.—a. have power over, be in authority (over) , be highly placed (οἱ ὑπερέχοντες=‘those in authority’, ‘superiors’ Polyb. 28, 4, 9; 30, 4, 1 7; Herodian 4, 9, 2; Artem. 2, 9 p. 92, 17; 2, 12 p. 102, 4; PGM 4, 2169; of kings Wsd 6:5) βασιλεῖ ὡς ὑπερέχοντι 1 Pt 2:13. ἐξουσίαι ὑπερέχουσαι governing authorities (Syntipas p. 127, 4) Ro 13:1. οἱ ὑπερέχοντες those who are in high position (cf. Epict. 3, 4, 3; Diog. L. 6, 78; Philo, Agr. 121) B 21:2, those who are better off (economically) Hv 3, 9, 5. ὑπερέξει λαὸς λαοῦ one people shall rule over the other B 13:2 (Gen 25:23). b. be better than, surpass, excel w. gen. (Ps.-X., Cyneg. 1, 11; Pla., Menex. 237D; Demosth. 23, 206; Diod. S. 17, 77, 3; Zen.-P. 11 [=Sb 6717], 6 [257 BC]; Sir 33:7; Test. Jud. 21:4) ἀλλήλους ἡγούμενοι ὑπερέχοντας ἑαυτῶν each one should consider the others better than himself Phil 2:3. W. the acc. (Eur., Hipp. 1365; X., Hell. 6, 1, 9; Da 5:11) of some angels who are greater than others ὑπερέχοντες αὐτούς Hv 3, 4, 2. ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ θεοῦ ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν Phil 4:7 (νοῦς 1). Abs. ὑπερέχων more excellent, superior Hs 9, 28, 3; 4. c. The neut. of the pres. ptc. as subst. τὸ ὑπερέχον the surpassing greatness w. gen. τῆς γνώσεως of personal acquaintance (w. Christ; s. γνῶσις 2, end) Phil 3:8. M-M.* ὑπερηφανέω 1 aor. ὑπερηφάνησα—1. intr. be proud, haughty (so Hom. and later wr. as Polyb. 6, 10, 8; BGU 48, 19 [III AD]; 2 Esdr 19 [Neh 9]: 10; Jos., Ant. 4, 38)IEph 5:3.

2. trans. treat arrogantly or disdainfully, despise w. acc. (Polyb. 5, 33, 8; Lucian, Nigr. 31; POxy. 1676, 16; PFlor. 367, 12 [both III AD]; 4 Macc 5:21; Jos., Ant. 16, 194)δούλους IPol 4:3. τὰ δεσμά μου ISm 10:2.* ὑπερηφανία, ας, ἡ (X., Pla. et al.; LXX; En. 5, 8; Ep. Arist. 262; 269; Philo, Virt. 171; Jos., Ant. 1, 195; 16, 4; Test. 12 Patr.; PGM 17a, 6) arrogance, haughtiness, pride w. ἀλαζονεία 1 Cl 16:2. W. ἀλαζονεία and other vices 35:5; Hm 6, 2, 5; D 5:1. W. other vices (without ἀλαζ.) Mk 7:22; B 20:1; Hm 8:3; βδελυκτὴ ὑπ. 1 Cl 30:1. ὑπερηφανίαν μεγάλην ἐνδύσασθαι Hs 8, 9, 1. M-M.* 1007

ὑπερήφανος, ον in our lit. only in an unfavorable sense (as Hes., Pla.+; Diod. S. 6, 7, 1-4 [a man who was ἀσεβής as well as ὑπ. is hated by Zeus, to whom he claims to be superior; cf. 13, 21, 4 τοὺς ὑπερηφανοῦντας παρὰ θεοῖς μισουμένους; 20, 13, 3; 23, 12, 1; 24, 9, 2]; UPZ 144, 50 [164 BC, of Nemesis, whom Zeus threatens]; POxy. 530, 28 [II AD]; LXX, Ep. Arist.; Jos., Ant. 4, 224)arrogant, haughty, proud Lk 1:51 (on the διανοίᾳ καρδίας αὐτῶν s. διάνοια 2; PLSchoonheim, NovT 8, ’66, 235-46); Ro 1:30 (w. ἀλαζών as Jos., Bell. 6, 172;in a list of vices as Test.

Levi 17:11; see also s.v. ὑβριστής); 2 Ti 3:2; D 2:6. Opp. ταπεινός (after Pr 3:34; cf. Ep. Arist. 263; Diod. S. 13, 24, 6 Tyche ταπεινοῖ τοὺς ὑπερηφάνους; Cleobulus of Lindos in Stob. III p. 114, 3f H.; Xenophon of Ephesus 1, 2, 1 the god Eros is inexorable toward the ὑπ.) Js 4:6; 1 Pt 5:5; 1 Cl 30:2; cf. 59:3; IEph 5:3. ὑπ. αὐθάδεια 1 Cl 57:2. οὐδὲν ὑπερήφανον (cf. Ep. Arist. 170) 49:5. M-M. B. 1146.* ὑπέρλαμπρος, ον exceedingly bright (of sound, Demosth. 18, 260. In the pap. the word is used as an honorary title) of light (Aristoph., Nub. 571 ἀκτῖνες) χῶρος ὑπέρλαμπρος τῷ φωτί AP 5:15.* ὑπερλίαν (Eustath. 1396, 42; 1184, 18) adv. (ὑπέρ+ λίαν; Bl-D. §12 app.; 116, 3) exceedingly, beyond measure, as adj. οἱ ὑπερλίαν ἀπόστολοι the super-apostles 2 Cor 11:5; 12:11. These are either the original apostles (so the older interpr., FCBaur, Heinrici, HHoltzmann; KHoll, SAB ’21, 925; 936; EMeyer III 456; Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 367ff; Schlatter; EKäsemann, ZNW 41, ’42, 33-71) or, perh. w. more probability, the opponents of Paul in Corinth (OPfleiderer, Das Urchristentum2 ’02, I 127; Schmiedel, Ltzm., Sickenberger, Windisch, H-DWendland; RBultmann, Symb. Bibl. Ups. 9, ’47, 23-30; WG Kümmel, Introd. to the NT, rev. ed. tr. HCKee, ’73, 284-6). M-M.* ὑπέρμαχος, ου, ὁ champion, defender (Archias [I BC]: Anth. Pal. 7, 147, 1; Inscr. Creticae I ’35 XIX 3, 29 [II BC]; LXX, Philo) of God (2 Macc 14:34; Philo, Abr. 232; Sib. Or. 3, 709) 1 Cl 45:7.* ὑπερνικάω (Hippocr., Hebd. 50 [WHRoscher ’13]; Menand., Monost. 299 Meineke καλὸν τὸ νικᾶν, ὑπερνικᾶν δὲ σφαλερόν; Galen XIX 645 K.; Ps.-Libanius, Charact. Ep. p. 39, 24; Socrat., History of the Church 3, 21; Tactics of the Emperor Leo [Migne, P. Gr. CVII p. 669-1120] 14, 25 νικᾷ καὶ μὴ ὑπερνικᾷ; schol. on Eur., Hipp. 426 ὑπερνικάω as expl. for ἀμιλλάομαι; Hesychius; Ps 42:1 Sym.; Da 6:3 Theod.) as a heightened form of νικᾶν: ὑπερνικῶμεν we are winning a most glorious victory Ro 8:37 (for the idea s. Epict. 1, 18, 22; Hermonax Delius [III or II BC] 2 p. 252 Coll.: νίκην κ. ὑπέρτερον εὖχος=victory and more than victory). M-M.* ὑπέρογκος, ον (X., Pla.+; LXX, Philo; Jos., Bell. 3, 471;Test. Ash.2:8) of excessive size, puffed up, swollen, also haughty, bombastic (Plut., Mor. 1119B) of words (Arrian, Anab. 3, 10, 2; Aelian, fgm. 228; Ex 18:22, 26; cf.

Himerius, Or. 69 [=Or. 22], 2 γλῶσσα ὑπέρογκος) λαλεῖν ὑπέρογκα Jd 16 (cf. Da 11:36 Theod.); cf. 2 Pt 2:18.

M-M.* ὑπεροράω fut. ὑπερόψομαι; 2 aor. ὑπερεῖδον (q.v.) (Hdt., Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.).

1. disdain, despise (Thu.+; PHamb. 23, 36; LXX) w. acc. (since Hdt. 5, 69; Lev 26:37) τινά someone B 3:3 (cf. the pass. on which this is based, Is 58:7, where ὑπ. is also used, but is not trans.); D 15:2. τὸν κόσμον Dg 1.

2. overlook, disregard (Aristoxenus [300 BC], fgm. 89 Wehrli [’45]; Dionys. Hal. 5, 52, 2; δέομαι μὴ ὑπεριδεῖν με: PPetr. II 32, 1, 31; PReinach 7, 26; PStrassb. 98, 5 [all III/II BC]; Josh 1:5; Ps 9:22; Philo, De Jos. 171; Jos., Ant. 6, 281; 14, 357) Ac 17:30.* ὑπεροχή, ῆς, ἡ projection, prominence, in our lit. only fig. (Pla.+; Polyb., Epict., Plut., inscr., pap. [Class.

Philology 22, ’27, p. 245 no. 191, 11; PGM 1, 215]; LXX, Ep. Arist.; Philo, Op. M. 109; Jos., Bell. 4, 171).

1. abundance. superiority ἦλθον οὐ καθʼ ὑπεροχὴν λόγου ἤ σοφίας I have not come as a superior person (κατά to denote kind and manner: κατά II 5bβ.—καθʼ ὑπεροχήν: Aristot., Hist. An. 1, 1, 4) in speech or (human) wisdom 1 Cor 2:1 (cf. Eunap., Vi. Soph. p. 32 ὑπ. σοφίας; 50 λόγων ὑπ.). καθʼ ὑπεροχὴν δοκοῦντες being pre-eminent in reputation 1 Cl 57:2 (s. Jos., Ant. 9, 3).

2. a place of prominence or authority of prominent officials οἱ ἐν ὑπεροχῇ ὄντες (Polyb. 5, 41, 3; Inschr. v.

Perg. 252, 19f; PTebt. 734, 24 [II BC]. Cf. 2 Macc 3:11; Jos., Ant. 9, 3)1 Ti 2:2. M-M.* ὑπερπερισσεύω 1 aor. ὑπερεπερίσσευσα—1. intr. be present in (greater) abundance (Moschio, De Pass. Mulier., ed. FODewez 1793 p. 6, 13) Ro 5:20.

2. trans. cause someone to overflow w. someth. pass. overflow ὑπερπερισσεύομαι τῇ χαρᾷ (on the dat. s. Bl-D. §195, 2 app.) I am overflowing with joy 2 Cor 7:4.* ὑπερπερισσῶς adv. (Bl-D. §12 app.; 116, 3; Rob. 297) beyond all measure Mk 7:37.* ὑπερπλεονάζω 1 aor. ὑπερεπλεόνασα be present in great abundance (Hero Alex. I p. 76, 14; Vett. Val. 85, 17) 1 Ti 1:14. Of a vessel run over, overflow Hm 5, 2, 5. M-M.* ὑπερσπουδάζω pf. ptc. ὑπερεσπουδακώς take great pains, be very eager (Menand., Sam. 4 J.; Lucian, Anach. 9; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 5, 26; Jos., Ant. 15, 69ὑπερεσπουδακώς) μανθάνειν to learn Dg 1.* ὑπέρτατος, η, ον (Hom.+; PStrassb. 40, 41) superl. of ὑπέρ uppermost, loftiest, supreme (Aeschyl., Suppl. 672 of Zeus) God’s ὑπερτάτη ὄψις 1 Cl 36:2. τῇ ὑπερτάτῳ (here as an adj. of two terminations) αὐτοῦ (i.e. God’s) 1008

βουλήσει 40:3.* ὑπερτίθημι 2 aor. mid. ὑπερεθέμην (Pind., Hdt. as act. and mid. [the latter is quite predom. in inscr., pap.; Philo, Op. M. 156; Jos., Vi. 239]) mid. set aside, do away w. τὶ someth. (Appian, Illyr. 15 §45; cf. Pr 15:22) IMg 10:2.* ὑπερυψόω 1 aor. ὑπερύψωσα (LXX; Cat. Cod. Astr. XII 146, 31)—1. act. raise τινά someone to the loftiest height (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 225A) Phil 2:9 (cf. Ps 96:9).—2. mid. raise oneself, rise 1 Cl 14:5 (Ps 36:35).* ὑπερφρονέω (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; 4 Macc; Ep. Arist. 122; Jos., Ant. 1, 194)think too highly of oneself, be haughty (Ael. Aristid. 50, 19 K.=26 p. 507 D.) Ro 12:3 (in a play on words w. φρονεῖν. Cf. X., Mem. 4, 7, 6 παραφρονεῖν—φρονεῖν; Maximus Tyr. 18, lc ἐσωφρόνει—ὑπερεφρόνει; Demetr. Phaler., fgm. 92 Wehrli ὑπερφρ.—καταφρ.). M-M.* ὑπερῷον, ου, τό (Hom.+; Suppl. Epigr. Gr. 2, 754; BGU 999 I, 6 [99 BC]; PFlor. 285, 12; LXX; Jos., Vi. 146 al.

Really the neut. subst. of ὑπερῷος [q.v.], sc. οἴκημα [Philo, Mos. 2, 60]) upper story, room upstairs, also of the ) built on the flat roof of the oriental house Ac 1:13 (here, too, a private house is meant tower-like room (‫ָהיּ ִל‬ [differently BBThurston, ET 80, ’68, 21f]); 9:37, 39; 20:8; 1 Cl 12:3.—FLuckhard, D. Privathaus im ptolem. u. röm. Ägypt. ’14, 72f. M-M.* ὑπερῷος, (α), ον (Dionys. Hal., Plut. et al.; inscr., pap.; Ezk 42:5; Philo, Mos. 2, 60; Jos., Bell. 5, 221)upstairs, in the upper story, under the roof δωμάτιον ὑπ. (s. δωμάτιον) MPol 7:1.* ὑπέχω 2 aor. ὑπέσχον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) in our lit. only as a legal t.t. δίκην ὑπέχειν undergo punishment (Soph.+ [δίκη 1]; PHal. 1, 163 [III BC]; PFay. 21, 25 [II AD] ὅπως τὴν προσήκουσαν δίκην ὑπόσχωσι; Wilcken, Chrest. 469, 10; Jos., Ant. 1, 99)Jd 7. Also ὑπ. τιμωρίαν MPol 6:2 (cf. 2 Macc 4:48 ζημίαν ὑπ.; Theophyl. Sim., Ep. 68 ὑπ. κόλασιν). M-M.* ὑπήκοος, ον (Aeschyl., Hdt.; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 254; Philo, Joseph.) obedient Phil 2:8. W. dat. (X., Cyr. 2, 4, 22, Hell. 6, l, 7; Dit., Syll.3 709, 13f; PPetr. III 53j, 10; PGM 5, 165 [the gen. is usual in secular writers]; Pr 4:3; 13:1; Philo, Op. M. 72) Ac 7:39 (ὑπ. γενέσθαι as Jos., Ant.2, 48); 1 Cl 10:1; 13:3; 14:1; 60:4; 63:2. εἰς πάντα in every respect 2 Cor 2:9. M-M. B. 1328.* ὑπήνεγκα s. ὑποφέρω. ὑπηρεσία, ας, ἡ (Thu., Aristoph.+; Ael. Aristid. 28, 81 K.=49 p. 518 D.: ἡ τῷ θεῷ ὑ.; Epict. 3, 24, 114: to God; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 16, 184)service, ministry 1 Cl 17:5; Dg 2:2.* ὑπηρετέω 1 aor. ὑπηρέτησα (trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., Wsd; Sir 39:4; Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.; Test. Jos. 14:3) serve, render service, be helpful w. dat. of the pers. (Hyperid. 3, 39; PSI 502, 30 [257 BC]) Ac 24:23; Hm 8:10; s 9, 10, 2. Δαυὶδ ὑπηρετήσας τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ βουλῇ Ac 13:36 (of obedience to God Aristaen., Ep. 1, 17 p. 148 H. ὑπ. θεῷ).—B 1:5. ἐν λόγῳ θεοῦ ὑπηρετεῖ μοι he is of service to me in the word of God IPhld 11:1. ὑπ. τί τινι offer someth. (in helpfulness) to someone (Epict. 4, 1, 37; Polyaenus 7, 23, 2; Lucian, Tim. 22; Jos., Ant. 14, 99)Dg 11:1.

W. dat. of the thing (Papyrus Revenue Laws of Ptolemy Philadelphus [ed. Grenfell 1896] 22, 1 [258 BC]) ταῖς χρείαις μου Ac 20:34 (cf. Jos., Ant. 13, 225).M-M.* ὑπηρέτης, ου, ὁ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.; loanw. in rabb.) servant, helper, assistant, who serves a master or a superior (e.g. a physician’s assistant: Hobart 88f; an adjutant: Arrian, Tact. 10, 4; 14, 4; the lictor beside the consul: Appian, Liby. 90 §424; the 20 senators with Pompey: Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 18 §67; the priest’s helpers: Diod. S. 1, 73, 3; the assistant to the ἡγούμενος of a cult-brotherhood: Sb 7835, 11 [I BC]) Dg 7:2. John (Mark) as ὑπ. of Paul and Barnabas Ac 13:5 (BTHolmes, Luke’s Description of John Mark: JBL 54, ’35, 63-72; WHadorn, D. Gefährten u. Mitarbeiter des Pls: ASchlatter-Festschr. ’22, 65-82; ROPTaylor, ET 54, ’42/’43, 136-8). Of the servants of a board or court (Diod. S. 14, 5, 1f and Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 31 §138 of servants of the court; Diod. S. 17, 30, 4 παρέδωκε τοῖς ὑπηρέταις. . . ἀποκτεῖναι; Maximus Tyr. 3, 2b), of the Sanhedrin (Jos., Bell. 1, 655παρέδωκεν τοῖς ὑ. ἀνελεῖν, Ant. 4, 37 πέμψας ὑ.; 16, 232) Mt 5:25 (Ael. Aristid. 45 p. 68 D.: ὁ δικαστὴς παραδίδωσι τ. ὑπηρέταις); 26:58; Mk 14:54, 65; J 7:32, 45f; 18:3, 12, 22; 19:6; Ac 5:22, 26. W. δοῦλοι (as Pla., Polit. 289C) J 18:18. Of a synagogue attendant (as prob. in the Roman-Jewish grave inscr.: RGarrucci, Dissertazioni archeologiche II 1865, p. 166 no. 22) Lk 4:20 (ὑπ. as a title of cult officials: Thieme 33. Also Paus. 10, 5, 6 acc. to ‘Musaeus’: Pyrcon as Poseidon’s ὑπηρέτης ἐς τὰ μαντεύματα; Dio Chrys. 19[36], 33 ὑπ. τῶν τελετῶν; PLond. 2710r., 11 [HTR 29, ’36, p. 40; 50]). Of a king’s retinue J 18:36. The apostles as servants of Christ Ac 26:16; 1 Cor 4:1 (Epict. 3, 22, 82 the Cynic as ὑπ. τοῦ Διός; Galen, Protr. 5 p. 12, 5 J.: Socr., Hom. et al. as ὑπ. τοῦ θεοῦ; Pythagorean saying: Wien. Stud. 8, 1886, p. 278 no. 105 τὸν εὐεργετοῦντά σε εἰς ψυχὴν ὡς ὑπηρέτην θεοῦ μετὰ θεὸν τίμα; Sextus 319). Believers gener. as θεοῦ ὑπηρέται (w. οἰκονόμοι [as 1 Cor 4:1] and πάρεδροι IPol 6:1 (cf.

PGM 59, 3; 5 (and Jos., Ant. 3, 16).Also w. the objective gen. of that to which the services are rendered (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 41 §169 τῆς πατρίδος ὑπ.; Wsd 6:4) ὑπηρέται τοῦ λόγου ministers of the word Lk 1:2. ἐκκλησίας θεοῦ ὑπηρέται servants of the church of God ITr 2:3.—On the obscure οἱ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ὑπηρέται B 16:4 cf.

1009

Windisch, Hdb. ad loc.—On the functions of the ὑπ. in Greco-Rom. Egypt, HKupiszewski and JModrzejewski, JJP vols. 11 and 12, ’57/’58, 141-66.—KHRengstorf, TW VIII, 530-44. M-M. B. 1334.* ὑπισχνέομαι mid. dep.; 2 aor. ὑπεσχόμην (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 11, 228, Vi. 111; Sib. Or. 3, 769) promise w. dat., foll. by the aor. inf. Pol 5:2. B. 1272.* ὕπνος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr.; Sb 4317, 3; LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) sleep lit. Mt 1:24 (a divine command in sleep, as e.g. Lind. Tempelchron. D, 68f; Diod. S. 1, 53, 9 Hephaestus κατʼ ὕπνον; 5, 51, 4); Lk 9:32; J 11:13; Ac 20:9a, b. Also symbol. (oft. Philo) ἐξ ὕπνου ἐγερθῆναι wake from sleep, i.e. bid farewell to the works of darkness Ro 13:11 (for ἐξ ὕπνου cf. Appian, Liby. 21 §88).—HBalz, TW VIII, 545-56: ὕπνος and related words. M-M. B. 268.* ὑπνόω 1 aor. ὕπνωσα intr. sleep, go to sleep (Hippocr., Polyb. et al.; BGU 1141, 35 [14 BC]; LXX; En. 100, 5; Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 208; Test. 12 Patr.) 1 Cl 26:2 (Ps 3:6).* ὑπό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) prep. w. gen. and acc., in our lit. not (cf.

Bl-D. §203; Rob. 634) w. dat. (Bl-D. §232; Rob. 633-6).—Lit. s.v. ἀνά, beg.

1. w. gen. (in our lit. as well as the LXX no longer in a local sense), denoting the agent or cause, by. a. w. the pass. of a verb—α. w. gen. of the pers. τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ κυρίου (cf. Gen 45:27; Dit., Syll.3 679, 85) Mt 1:22 (Jos., Ant. 8, 223ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τ. προφήτου); 2:15. Cf. vs. 16; Mk 1:13; Lk 2:18; J 14:21; Ac 4:11; 1 Cor 1:11; 2 Cor 1:4; Gal 1:11; Eph 2:11; Phil 3:12; 1 Th 1:4; 1 Cl 12:2; 2 Cl 1:2; Hm 4, 3, 6 and oft. Also w. the pass. in the sense ‘allow oneself to be. . . by’ Mt 3:6, 13; Mk 1:5, 9. β. w. gen. of the thing (cf. X., An. 1, 5, 5 ὑπὸ λιμοῦ ἀπολέσθαι; Diod. S. 5, 54, 3 ὑπὸ σεισμῶν διεφθάρησαν; Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 22 p. 342, 17 Jac. ὑπὸ φαρμακῶν διαφθαρείς; Appian, Liby. 35 §147 ὑπὸ τοῦ χειμῶνος κατήγοντο, Bell. Civ. 4, 123 §515; Longus 2, 18 a nose smashed ὑπὸ πληγῆς τινος; Herm. Wr. 10, 4b; UPZ 42, 9 [162 BC]) καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων Mt 8:24. Cf. 11:7; 14:24; Lk 7:24; 8:14; Ac 27:41; Ro 3:21; 12:21; 1 Cor 10:29; 2 Cor 5:4; Col 2:18; Js 1:14; 3:4a, b; 2 Pt 2:17; Jd l2; Rv 6:13; Hm 10, 1, 4. b. w. verbs and verbal expressions that have a pass. sense πάσχειν ὑπό τινος (πάσχωβ; b) Mt 17:12; Mk 5:26; 1 Th 2:14a, b. ὑπὸ χειρὸς ἀνθρώπων παθεῖν B 5:5. ἀπολέσθαι 1 Cor 10:9f (Jos., Ant. 2, 300; cf. Sb 1209 Ἀπολλώνιος ἐτελεύτησεν ὑπὸ σκορπίου). ὑπομένειν ἀντιλογίαν Hb 12:3. τεσσεράκοντα παρὰ μίαν λαβεῖν 2 Cor 11:24. ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀναστάς raised by God Pol 9:2. γίνεσθαι ὑπό τινος be done by someone (s. γίνομαι 2a) Lk 13:17; 23:8; Ac 20:3; 26:6; Eph 5:12. Cf. Ac 23:30 t.r. W. ὑπὸ γυναικός Hv 1, 2, 3 someth. like ‘it was brought about’ is to be supplied. c. w. nouns ἡ ἐπιτιμία ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν πλειόνων the punishment at the hands of the majority 2 Cor 2:6 (cf. X., Cyr. 3, 3, 2 ἡ ὑπὸ πάντων τιμή; Dit., Syll.3 1157, 10 διὰ τὰς εὐεργεσίας τὰς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ; Esth 1:20 ὁ νόμος ὁ ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως). d. When used w. an act., ὑπό introduces the one through whose agency the action expressed by the verb becomes poss. (Hdt. 9, 98; Pla., Phil. 66A ὑπʼ ἀγγέλων φράζειν=‘say through messengers’; cf. Herm. Wr. 9, 9 ὑπὸ δεισιδαιμονίας βλασφημεῖν) ἀποκτεῖναι ὑπὸ τῶν θηρίων Rv 6:8. ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου βλέπεις you see under the guidance of an angel Hs 9, 1, 2b; cf. a and s. Mayser II, 2, 511f; to the ref. there add PLeid. XI, 1, col. 1, 15.

2. w. acc.—a. of place under, below, in answer to the question ‘whither?’ or the question ‘where?’ α. answering the question ‘whither?’ ἔρχεσθαι 1 Cl 16:17; Hs 8, 1, 1. εἰσέρχεσθαι ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην Mt 8:8; Lk 7:6. συνάγειν 1 Cl 12:6. ἐπισυνάγειν Mt 23:37; Lk 13:34. τιθέναι Mt 5:15; Mk 4:21a, b; Lk 11:33. κρύπτειν (cf.

Job 20:12) 1 Cl 12:3. Also (below) at κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου Js 2:3. ὑπο τοὺς πόδας under the feet (Hdt. 7, 88) 1 Cor 15:25, 27; Eph 1:22. ὁ θεὸς συντρίψει τὸν σατανᾶν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας ὑμῶν God will crush Satan so that he will lie at your feet Ro 16:20. β. in answer to the question ‘where?’ (Il. 5, 267; Ael. Aristid. 39 p. 734 D.: τὰ ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον; Maximus Tyr. 35, 5b) Mk 4:32. ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν J 1:48. Cf. Ro 3:13 (Ps 13:3; 139:4); 1 Cor 10:1; Jd 6. ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν under heaven=on earth Ac 4:12; as adj. ὁ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν (found) under heaven=on earth (Demosth. 18, 270; UPZ 106, 14 [99 BC] τῶν ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν χωρῶν) 2:5; Col 1:23; Hm 12, 4, 2; ἡ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν (χώρα to be supplied. Cf. Ex 17:14; Job 28:24) Lk 17:24a; cf. b. ὑπὸ ζυγὸν δοῦλοι (ζυγός 1) 1 Ti 6:1. b. of power, rule, sovereignty, command, etc. under (Dit., Or. 56, 13 [237 BC] ὑπὸ τὴν βασιλείαν τασσόμενοι; PHib. 44, 2 [253 BC] al. in pap.) ἄνθρωπος ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν τασσόμενος (ἐξουσία 4a) Lk 7:8a; cf. Mt 8:9a; Hs 1:3 (Vett. Val. 209, 35 ὑπὸ ἑτέρων ἐξουσίαν ὄντας). ἔχων ὑπʼ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας (Polyb. 4, 87, 9 Μεγαλέαν ὑφʼ αὐτὸν εἶχεν) Mt 8:9b; Lk 7:8b (Dit., Or. 86, 11 [III BC] οἱ ὑπʼ αὐτὸν τεταγμένοι στρατιῶται). ὑπό τινα εἶναι be under someone’s power (Thu. 6, 86, 4; PSI 417, 36 [III BC] ὑπὸ τὸν ὅρκον εἶναι) Gal 3:25; 4:2; ὑφʼ ἁμαρτίαν Ro 3:9; ὑπὸ νόμον 6:14, 15 (both opp. ὑπὸ χάριν); 1 Cor 9:20a, b, c, d; Gal 4:21; 5:18; ὑπὸ κατάραν 3:10. ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα vs. 23. γενόμενος ὑπὸ νόμον Gal 4:4 (γίνομαι II 4a and Thu. 1, 110, 2 Αἴγυπτος ὑπὸ βασιλέα ἐγένετο). ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ἤμεθα δεδουλωμένοι vs. 3. συνέκλεισεν ἡ γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 3:22 (s. συγκλείω). πεπραμένος ὑπὸ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν Ro 7:14. ταπεινώθητε ὑπὸ τὴν χεῖρα τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Pt 5:6 (s. ταπεινόω 2b). οἱ ὑπὸ νόμον those who are under (the power of) the law Gal 4:5 (cf. X., Cyr. 3, 3, 6 τινὰς τῶν ὑφʼ ἑαυτούς). c. of time (class.; PTebt. 50, 18 [112 BC]; Jos., Ant. 14, 420.In LXX and our lit. quite rare) ὑπὸ τὸν ὄρθρον about daybreak Ac 5:21 (s. ὄρθρος). d. ὑφʼ ἕν at one stroke (Epict. 3, 22, 33; Wsd 12:9) B 4:4. ὑπὸ χεῖρα continually (see s.v. χείρ 2c) Hv 3, 10, 7; 5, 5; m 4, 3, 6.

1010

e. ὑπὸ τὰ ἴχνη IEph 12:2 is translated in the footsteps. Can ὑπό mean this, someth. like Ezk 13:8 (ed. JZiegler ’52 v.l.), where it stands for ‫ ?לַצ‬On the other hand, if it=‘under’, then τὰ ἴχνη would require a different interpretation. See ἴχνος 2. M-M. ὑποβάλλω 2 aor. ὑπέβαλον (Hom.+; inscr., pap.; 1 Esdr 2:14; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 154) instigate (secretly), suborn (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 74 §341 ὑπεβλήθησαν κατήγοροι; Test. Sim. 3:3; Da 3:9 Theod. v.l.—ὑπόβλητος=‘secretly instigated’ Jos., Bell. 5, 439)τινά someone Ac 6:11; MPol 17:2a. ταῦτα ὑποβαλλόντων Ἰουδαίων (they said) this because the Jews instigated them 17:2b. M-M.* ὑπογραμμός, οῦ, ὁ lit. model, pattern to be copied in writing or drawing (2 Macc 2:28; cf. ὑπογράφειν Pla., Protag. 326D), then example (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 4, 16; cf. Pla., Leg. 4 p. 711B πάντα ὑπογράφειν τῷ πράττειν) of Paul ὑπομονῆς γενόμενος μέγιστος ὑπο. 1 Cl 5:7. Mostly of Christ 1 Pt 2:21; 1 Cl 16:17; 33:8; τοῦτον ἡμῖν τὸν ὑπογραμμὸν ἔθηκε διʼ ἑαυτοῦ Pol 8:2. M-M.* ὑποδεής, ές inferior τὸ ὑποδεές τινος someone’s modesty (w. τὸ ταπεινόφρον) 1 Cl 19:1. In secular lit. (Hdt.+, likew. IG IV2 1, 91, 3 [III AD]; pap.) always in the comp. ὑποδεέστερος, α, ον, pl. οἱ ὑποδεέστεροι those who are inferior; so also Dg 10:5.* ὑπόδειγμα, ατος, τό (rejected by the Atticists in favor of παράδειγμα [Lob. on Phryn. p. 12]. It is found in X., Equ. 2, 2, b and Philo Mech. 69, 10, then fr. Polyb. on [exx. fr. lit. in FBleek, Hb II 1, 1836, 555]; Vett. Val.; Inschr. v. Priene 117, 57 [I BC]; Dit., Or. 383, 218; BGU 1141, 43 [I BC]; PFay. 122, 16; LXX; Ep. Arist. 143; Philo, Joseph.).

1. example, model, pattern (schol. on Nicander, Ther. 382=example) in a good sense as someth. that does or should spur one on to imitate it 1 Cl 5:1a, b (τὰ γενναῖα ὑποδείγματα). 6:1 (ὑπόδειγμα κάλλιστον.—Jos., Bell. 6, 103καλὸν ὑπ.; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 256); 46:1; 55:1; 63:1. ὑπόδειγμα ἔδωκα ὑμῖν J 13:15. W. gen. of the thing (Sir 44:16; 2 Macc 6:28, 31) Js 5:10.—In ἵνα μὴ ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ τις ὑποδείγματι πέσῃ τῆς ἀπειθείας Hb 4:11, ὑπόδειγμα refers not to an example of disobedience (as BGU 747 II, 14 [139 AD] ὑπόδιγμα τῆς ἀπειθίας), but to an example of falling into destruction as a result of disobedience. Cf. also ἀσεβείας ὑπ. Papias 3.—A warning example (Cornutus 27 p. 51, 16; Vi. Aesopi W c. 95 πρὸς ὑπόδειγμα=as a warning example; Jos., Bell. 2, 397)Sodom and Gomorrah are ὑπόδειγμα μελλόντων ἀσεβεῖν for the godless men of the future 2 Pt 2:6 (εἰς τὸ δεῖγμα P72).

2. copy, imitation ὑπόδειγμα καὶ σκιά Hb 8:5 (suggestion EKLee, NTS 8, ’61/’62, 167-9).—9:23. PKatz, Biblica 33, ’52, 525. M-M.* ὑποδείκνυμι or—ύω fut. ὑποδείξω; 1 aor. ὑπέδειξα (Hdt., Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or. 3, 555) show, indicate.

1. lit. τινί to someone ὑποδεικνύουσα αὐτοῖς ἐναλλάξ as she pointed in the wrong direction 1 Cl 12:4. Also of the visions of the martyrs to whom the Lord has shown the eternal blessings that no earthly eye can behold, pass.

MPol 2:3.

2. fig. show, give direction, prove, set forth τὶ someth. (Jos., Ant. 2, 21)B 1:8. Otherw. always w. dat. of the pers. τινί (to) someone: foll. by a rel. clause Ac 9:16; foll. by an inf. warn Mt 3:7; Lk 3:7; foll. by ὅτι (Test. Napht.

8:1; cf. Bl-D. §397, 4) Ac 20:35 (πάντα=‘at every opportunity’); foll. by indirect question Lk 6:47; 12:5. M-M.* ὑποδέχομαι mid. dep.; 1 aor. ὑπεδεξάμην; pf. ὑποδέδεγμαι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo) receive, welcome, entertain as a guest τινά someone (POsl. 55, 8 [c. 200 AD]; Jos., Ant. 1, 180al.) Lk 19:6; Ac 17:7; Js 2:25; ISm 10:1. τινὰ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν (Chio, Ep. 2 εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν ὑποδέχεσθαι αὐτόν) Lk 10:38; cf. Hs 8, 10, 3; 9, 27, 2 (ὑπ. τινα εἰς as 1 Macc 16:15). M-M.* ὑποδέω (Aristot. et al.; 2 Ch 28:15) predom. mid. in our lit. and elsewh. ὑποδέομαι (so Hdt., Aristoph.+) 1 aor. ὑπεδησάμην; pf. ptc. ὑποδεδεμένος; tie or bind beneath, put on (footwear-so the mid. since Alcaeus 21 Diehl2); w. the acc. either of what is put on the foot (Hdt.+; ὑποδήματα X., Mem. 1, 6, 6; Pla., Gorg. 490E; PGM 4, 934; 2123 σάνδαλα; 7, 729 ὑποδήματα) ὑπόδησαι τὰ σανδάλιά σου Ac 12:8; cf. Mk 6:9, or of the foot itself (Thu. 3, 22, 2 τὸν ἀριστερὸν πόδα ὑποδεδεμένος; Lucian, Hist. Conscr. 22; Aelian, V. H. 1, 18) τοὺς πόδας put shoes on the feet Eph 6:15. M-M.* ὑπόδημα, ατος, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Bell. 6, 85;Test. 12 Patr.) sandal, a leather sole that is fastened to the foot by means of straps. Pl. (τὰ) ὑποδήματα Mt 3:11; 10:10; Mk 1:7; Lk 3:16; 10:4; 15:22; 22:35; Hv 4, 2, 1 (on Mt 10:10; Lk 10:4 cf. FSpitta, ZWTh 55, ’13, 39-45; ibid. 166f; SKrauss, Αγγελος I ’25, 96-102; JAKleist, The Gospel of St. Mark ’36, 257f). The sing. as a collective footwear (Test. Zeb. 3:4f) J 1:27. W. gen. τῶν ποδῶν (cf. Ps.-Pla., Alc. 1, 128A ποδός) Ac 13:25. On holy ground τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν must be taken off 7:33 (cf. Ex 3:5; Josh 5:15.—Dit., Syll.3 338, 25); cf. JHeckenbach, De Nuditate Sacra ’11, 40ff; FPfister, ARW 9, ’06, 542; OWeinreich, Hessische Blätter für Volkskunde 10, ’11, 212f. M-M. B. 428.* ὑπόδικος, ον (Aeschyl.+; inscr., pap., Philo; Jos., Vi. 74) liable to judgment or punishment, answerable, accountable (Pla., Leg. 9 p. 871B et al.; inscr.; PFay. 22, 9 [I BC] τῷ ἀδικουμένῳ) τῷ θεῷ Ro 3:19. M-M.* ὑπόδουλος, ον (Physiogn. II 345, 15; Sib. Or. 12, 130) enslaved, subject as a slave γίνεσθαί τινι ὑπ. become 1011

enslaved to someone (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 8, 20) Hm 12, 5, 4.* ὑποδραμών s. ὑποτρέχω. ὑποδύομαι pf. ὑποδέδυκα; plpf. ὑποδεδύκειν (Hom.+; Jos., Ant. 15, 282al.) get under, take one’s place under ὑπό τι (under) someth. (Hdt. 1, 31) ὑπὸ τὰς γωνίας τοῦ λίθου under the corners of the stone Hs 9, 4, 1a. ἐκ τῶν πλευρῶν along the sides ibid. b.* ὑποζύγιον, ου, τό (Theognis, Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 14, 471al.) draught animal, beast of burden (lit. ‘under the yoke’), pack animal (acc. to X., Oec. 18, 4 oxen, mules, horses) in our lit. donkey, ass (as schol. on Pla. 260C; PHib. 34, 3; 5; 73, 9; s. Mayser II 1, 31; WBauer, JBL 72, ’53, 226) Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9); 2 Pt 2:16. M-M.* ὑποζώννυμι pres. ptc. ὑποζωννύς (Hdt.+; 2 Macc 3:19; Jos., Vi. 293) undergird, brace, nautical t.t.: provide a ship w. ὑποζώματα (Pla., Rep. 616C; Athen. 5 p. 204A=funibus Horace, Odes 1, 14, 6), i.e., w. cables that go around the outside of the hull, and in the case of merchantmen, under it (s. Casson below), to give the ship greater firmness in a heavy sea (the verb has this mng. in Polyb. 27, 3, 3; IG I2 73, 9) Ac 27:17.—ABoeckh, Urkunden über das Seewesen des attischen Staates 1840, 134ff; TDWoolsey, On an Expression in Ac 27:17, The American Biblical Repository 8, 1842, 405-12; JSmith, The Voyage and Shipwreck of St. Paul4 1880, 107ff; 204ff; Breusing 170-82; HBalmer, Die Romfahrt des Ap. Paulus ’05, 160-4; ESchauroth, Harvard Stud. in Class. Philology 22, ’11, 173-9; ChVoigt, Die Romfahrt des Ap. Pls.: Hansa 53, ’16, 728f; FBrannigan, ThGl 25, ’33, 182; HJCadbury, Beginn. I 5, ’33, 345-54; LCasson, Ships and Seamanship, etc., ’71, 91f, 211; EHaenchen, AG 633, 2. M-M.* ὑποκάτω adv. under, below (Pla.+) in our lit. only as an improper prep. w. gen. (Pla.+; Ocellus Luc. c. 37 ὑ. σελήνης; inscr., pap., LXX, En.; Jos., Ant. 9, 12; Test. Iss. 1:5.—Bl-D. §215, 2; 232, 1; Rob. 637) under, below, down at Mt 22:44; Mk 6:11; 7:28; 12:36; Lk 8:16; J 1:50 (ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν P66); Hb 2:8 (Ps 8:7); Rv 5:3, 13; 6:9; 12:1. M-M.* ὑποκάτωθεν adv. from below (Pla., Leg. 6 p. 761B; Cyranides p. 61, 9; LXX) as improper prep. w. gen. (from) under ὑπ. τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 Cl 53:3 (Dt 9:14).* ὑπόκειμαι defective dep. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 105; Philo).

1. lit.—a. lie or be underneath ὑπέκειτο αὐτοῖς πῦρ AP 7:22.—b. lie below, be found ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ in the eye Lk 6:42 D. 2. fig. be subject to, be exposed to (Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 6, 41 p. 252, 11 τῷ φόβῳ; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 9) κινδύνῳ 1 Cl 41:1.* ὑποκρίνομαι 1 aor. ὑπεκρίθην, Bl-D. §78 (Hom.+mng. ‘answer’=Attic ἀποκρ.; then in Attic ‘play a part on the stage’; Ep. Arist. 219; Philo, Conf. Lingu. 48; Joseph.) pretend, make believe (since Demosth.; Polyb.; LXX) foll. by the acc. and inf. (w. inf. foll.: Demosth. 31, 8; Polyb. 2, 49, 7; Appian, Hann. 16 §71; 4 Macc 6:15; Jos., Bell. 1, 520, Ant. 12, 216, Vi.36) Lk 20:20 (Bl-D. §157, 2; 397, 2; 406, 1; Rob. 481; 1036; 1038-40). Abs. play the hypocrite (Epict. 2, 9, 20; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 10, §34; Polyaenus 8, 29; LXX) Hs 9, 19, 3.—UWilckens, TW VIII, 558-71: ὑποκρ. and related words. M-M.* ὑπόκρισις, εως, ἡ (Hdt.+=‘answer’, then Attic ‘playing a part’) hypocrisy, pretense, outward show (Polyb. 15, 17, 2; 35, 2, 13; Diod. S. 1, 76, 1; Appian, Hann. 19 §83, Syr. 61 §319, Mithrid. 14, 48; Ps.-Lucian, Am. 3; Aesop 284 Halm=166 Hausr.; 2 Macc 6:25; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 43, DeJos.67; Jos., Ant. 16, 216; Test. Benj. 6:5) Mt 23:28; Mk 12:15; Lk 12:1; Gal 2:13; Js 5:12 t.r.; B 19:2; 20:1; 21:4; D 4:12; Hm 8:3. Pl. of the varied forms which hypocrisy assumes 1 Pt 2:1; D 5:1.—ἐν ὑποκρίσει ψευδολόγων by the hypocritical preaching of liars 1 Ti 4:2. ἐν ὑποκρίσει hypocritically (schol. on Soph., El. 164 p. 111 Papag.) Pol 6:3; Hv 3, 6, 1; m 2:5; s 8, 6, 2. Also μεθʼ ὑποκρίσεως 1 Cl 15:1. κατὰ μηδεμίαν ὑπόκρισιν without any hypocrisy at all IMg 3:2 (κατὰ ὑπ. as schol. on Soph., Oed. Col. 1232 p. 451). ἄτερ ὑποκρίσεως without hypocrisy Hs 9, 27, 2. M-M.* ὑποκριτής, οῦ, ὁ (Aristoph., X., Pla.+; inscr.; Zen.-P. 71 [=Sb 6777], 44 mostly in the sense ‘play-actor’; so also Ep. Arist. 219) hypocrite, pretender, dissembler (Achilles Tat. 8, 8, 14; 8, 17, 3; Artem. 2, 44 p. 148, 3 in the marginal note of a ms.; Jos., Bell. 2, 587ὑποκριτὴς φιλανθρωπίας.—Job 15:34 Aquila and Theod. of the godless [=LXX ἀσεβής]; 20:5 Aquila [=LXX παράνομος]) Mt 6:2, 5, 16 (in these three passages the mng. ‘play-actor’ is strongly felt); 7:5; 15:7; 16:3 t.r.; 22:18; 23:13-15, 23, 25, 27, 29; 24:51; Mk 7:6; Lk 6:42; 11:39 v.l.; 12:56; 13:15; Hs 8, 6, 5; 9, 18, 3; 9, 19, 2; D 2:6; 8:1f.—PJoüon, Ὑποκριτής dans l’Evang.: Rech de Sc rel 20, ’30, 312-17; DMatheson, ET 41, ’30, 333f; LHMarshall, Challenge of NT Ethics ’47, 60f; BZucchelli, ΥΠΟΚΡΙΤΗΣ, Origine e storia del termine ’62. M-M.* ὑπολαμβάνω 2 aor. ὑπέλαβον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX)—1.take up τινά someone (Jos., Ant. 11, 238)νεφέλη ὑπέλαβεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν a cloud took him up, out of their sight Ac 1:9.

2. receive as a guest, support (X., An. 1, 1, 7; Diod. S. 19, 67, 1; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 247) 3J 8.—3. abs. take up what is said=reply (ὑπολαβὼν ἔφη etc.; Hdt. 7, 101; Thu. 3, 113, 3; Diod. S. 9, 25, 2; 37, 13, 1 al.; 4 Macc 8:13) 1012

ὑπολαβὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν Lk 10:30 (ὑπολαβὼν ὁ. . . εἶπεν as Diod. S. 17, 37, 6 ὁ βασιλεὺς ὑπολαβὼν εἶπε with direct quot.; Prodicus in X., Mem. 2, 1, 29; Job 2:4; cf. Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 1, 36 p. 38, 8; Jos., Ant. 7, 184).

4. assume, think, believe, be of the opinion (that) , suppose (X., Pla. et al.; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 162; 250) Ac 2:15. Foll. by ὅτι (Pla., Phaedo 86B; Ps.-Callisth. 1, 46a, 9; En. 106, 6; Ep. Arist. 201; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 300) Lk 7:43; 1 Cl 35:9 (Ps 49:21); GP 8:30.—W. inf. and acc. (class.) Papias 2:4. M-M.* ὑπολαμπάς, άδος, ἡ occurs as a v.l. at Ac 20:8 where, instead of ἧσαν λαμπάδες ἱκαναὶ ἐν τῷ ὑπερῴῳ, D reads ἦσαν ὑπολαμπάδες κτλ. In its other occurrences the word seems to mean window (or similar opening; s. L-S-J s.v.) and nothing else (Phylarchus [III BC]: 81 fgm. 40 Jac.; inscr. fr. Delos: Dit., Syll.2 588, 219 [II BC].—HSmith, ET 16, ’05, 478; Mlt.-H. 328). This may be the mng. in our passage; if so, it would fit in better with a situation in daylight than at night. M-M.* ὑπόλειμμα (not ὑπόλιμμα, as W-H. spell it; cf. App. 154), ατος, τό (Hippocr., Aristot.+; PSI 860, 8 [III BC]; LXX) remnant Ro 9:27. M-M.* ὑπολείπω pass.: 1 aor. ὑπελείφθην; 1 fut. ὑπολειφθήσομαι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) leave remaining; pass. be left (remaining) (Hom.+; Phlegon: 257 fgm. 36, 1, 4 Jac.; Philo, Aet. M. 99; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 314) Ro 11:3 (3 Km 19:10, 14); 1 Cl 14:4 (Pr 2:21).M-M.* ὑπολήνιον, ου, τό (Demiopr. [cf. on this UKöhler, Her. 23, 1888, 397-401] in Pollux 10, 130; Geopon.; POxy. 1735, 5; LXX.—The adj. Dit., Or. 383, 147) vat or trough placed beneath the wine-press to hold the wine Mk 12:1.—AWikenhauser, BZ 8, ’10, 273. M-M.* ὑπόλιμμα s. ὑπόλειμμα. ὑπολιμπάνω (Dionys. Hal. 1, 23; Themist., Or. 10 p. 139 D; inscr.; PHib. 45, 13 [257 BC]; PSI 392, 4), a by-form of ὑπολείπω (on the by-form λιμπάνω cf. Mayser 402) leave (behind) τινί τι someth. for someone 1 Pt 2:21 (ἀπολιμπάνω P72). M-M.* ὑπολύω (Hom.+) lit. untie, then take off one’s sandals or shoes (Aeschyl., Aristoph.+; LXX) w. acc. of the pers. whose sandals one takes off τινά (Pla., Symp. 213B; Plut., Pomp. 73, 10; Jos., Ant. 4, 256ὑπ. αὐτὸν τὰ σάνδαλα; Test. Zeb. 3:5) ὑπολύειν ἑαυτόν take off one’s own sandals MPol 13:2.* ὑπομειδιάω 1 aor. ὑπεμειδίασα (Anacreontea 45, 14; Polyb. 18, 7, 6; Alciphr. 4, 14, 6 al.; Cat. of the Gk. and Lat. Pap. in the JRyl. Libr. III ’38 no. 478, 48; Philo, Abr. 151) smile quietly Hv 3, 8, 2.* ὑπομένω impf. ὑπέμενον; fut. ὑπομενῶ; 1 aor. ὑπέμεινα; pf. ptc. ὑπομεμενηκώς (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 175; Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. remain or stay (behind), while others go away ἐν w. dat. of place (Jos., Ant. 18, 328)Lk 2:43. ἐκεῖ Ac 17:14.

2. remain instead of fleeing (Pla., Theaet. 177B ἀνδρικῶς ὑπομεῖναι—ἀνάνδρως φεύγειν), stand one’s ground, hold out, endure in trouble, affliction, persecution, abs. Mt 10:22 (s. PJoüon, Rech de Sc rel 28, ’38, 310f); 24:13; Mk 13:13 (all three times w. εἰς τέλος); 2 Ti 2:12; Js 5:11; 1 Cl 35:3f; 45:8 (ἐν πεποιθήσει=full of confidence); 2 Cl 11:5 (ἐλπίσαντες=in joyful hope); IMg 9:2 (διὰ τοῦτο, ἵνα); MPol 2:2 (w. μέχρι and inf.), cf. 3; D 16:5 (ἐν τῇ πίστει αὐτῶν=in their faith, i.e. endure the fiery trial). Hence of Christ simply=submit to, suffer B 5:1, 12 (in both cases w. εἰς τοῦτο=for this purpose); cf. 5:6; 14:4: IPol 3:2 (both w. διʼ ἡμᾶς); Pol 1:2 (ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν). κύριος ὑπέμεινεν παθεῖν B 5:5a; cf. b; 2 Cl 1:2.—The purpose of the endurance is indicated by εὒς παιδείαν Hb 12:7 (cf. Nicander in Anton. Lib. 28, 1 εὒς ἀλκήν).—The affliction under which one remains steadfast is expressed in var. ways: τῇ θλίψει in tribulation Ro 12:12; 8:24 v.l. (here perh. ‘put up with’, cf. Plut., Mor. 503B).

By a ptc. (Jos., Ant. 12, 122)εἰ κολαφιζόμενοι ὑπομενεῖτε 1 Pt 2:20a; cf. vs. 20b. By the acc. of the thing (Hdt., Thu. et al.; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Cher. 2; Jos., Ant. 3, 53; Test. Dan 5:13) ταῦτα Dg 2:9. πάντα 1 Cor 13:7; 2 Ti 2:10; ISm 4:2; 9:2; IPol 3:1; Dg 5:5; of Christ πάντα διʼ ἡμᾶς Pol 8:1. σταυρόν Hb 12:2. τὰς βασάνους 2 Cl 17:7. δεινὰς κολάσεις MPol 2:4. τὸ πῦρ 13:3; cf. Dg 10:8. τὴν θλῖψιν Hv 2, 2, 7. τὴν ἐπήρειαν IMg 1:3. ἄθλησιν Hb 10:32. ἀντιλογίαν 12:3. παιδείαν vs. 7 t.r. πειρασμόν Js 1:12. ὑπομονήν Pol 9:1 Funk. τὴν ψῆφον τοῦ μαρτυρίου Phlm subscr.

3. wait for τινὰ someone (X., An. 4, 1, 21; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 81 §343; Sb 4369 II, 22; Ps 24:3, 5; 26:14; Jos., Ant. 5, 121)1 Cl 34:8.—PGoicoechea, De conceptu ὑπομονή apud s. Paulum, Diss. Rome ’65; FHauck, TW IV 585-93 (ὑ. and ὑπομονή). M-M.* ὑπομιμνῄσκω fut. ὑπομνήσω; 1 aor. ὑπέμνησα, pass. ὑπεμνήσθην (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.).

1. act.—α. remind τινά someone τὶ of someth. (double acc. as Thu. 7, 64, 1; X., Cyr. 3, 3, 37; Pla., Phileb. 67c al.; PFlor. 189, 3 [III AD]; 4 Macc 18:14; Test. Levi 9:6) J 14:26. Also τινὰ περί τινος (Pla., Phaedr. 275D; PMich.

100, 2 [III BC]; Jos., Ant. 14, 152)2 Pt 1:12. W. acc. of the pers. and ὅτι foll. (Jos., Ant.6, 131) Jd 5; B 12:2. W. acc. of the pers. and inf. foll. Tit 3:1. ἑαυτόν oneself 1 Cl 7:1. b. call to mind, bring up τὶ someth. (Soph., Philoct. 1170; Hdt. 7, 171; Pla., Phaedr. 241A al.; Wilcken, Chrest.

238, 1 [II AD] ὑπομιμνῄσκω τοῦτο; Wsd 18:22; Jos., Ant. 14, 384)ταῦτα 2 Ti 2:14; 1 Cl 62:3. ὑπομνήσω αὐτοῦ 1013

τὰ ἔργα I will bring up what he is doing 3J 10. c. abs., foll. by acc. and inf. remind someone that 1 Cl 62:2.

2. pass. (Aeschyl.+) remember, think of τινός someth. (Lucian, Catapl. 4; Philo, Mos. 1, 193) Lk 22:61.

M-M.* ὑπόμνησις, εως, ἡ (Eur., Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX)—1. act., of the (act of) remembering (Thu., Pla., pap.) Hv 3, 8, 9. ἐν ὑπ. by a reminder. i.e. as I remind you 2 Pt 1:13; 3:1.

2. pass. (X., Cyr. 3, 3, 38 ὑπόμνησίν τινος ἔχειν; Philo, Poster. Cai. 153; Jos., Ant. 4, 58)ὑπόμνησιν λαμβάνειν τινός receive a remembrance of=remember someth. 2 Ti 1:5. M-M.* ὑπομονή, ῆς, ἡ—1. patience, endurance, fortitude, stead-fastness, perseverance (Ps.-Pla., Def. 412c; Aristot., Stoics [Stoic. IV 150 index; Musonius; Epict.—PBarth, D. Stoa4 ’22, 119ff]; Polyb.; Plut.; LXX; Philo; Jos., Ant. 3, 16al.; Test. Jos.) esp. as they are shown in the enduring of toil and suffering Lk 21:19; Rom 5:3f (on the form of the saying cf. Maximus Tyr. 16, 3b τὴν ἀρετὴν διδόασιν οἱ λόγοι, τοὺς δὲ λόγους ἡ ἄσκησις, τὴν δὲ ἄσκησιν ἡ ἀλήθεια, τὴν δὲ ἀλήθειαν ἡ σχολή); 15:4f; 2 Cor 6:4; 1 Th 1:3; 2 Th 1:4; 1 Ti 6:11; 2 Ti 3:10; Tit 2:2; Hb l0:36; Js 1:3f; 2 Pt 1:6a, b; Rv 2:2f, 19; 1 Cl 5:5, 7; B 2:2; IEph 3:1; Hm 8:9; D 5:2. πᾶσα ὑπ. every kind of patience 2 Cor 12:12; Col 1:11. W. the subjective gen. ἡ ὑπ. Ἰώβ Js 5:11 (ACarr, The Patience of Job [Js 5:11]: Exp., 8th Ser. VI ’13, 511-17); αὐτοῦ (i.e. Χριστοῦ) the endurance that Christ showed Pol 8:2. Differently ἡ ὑπ. τοῦ Χριστοῦ a Christ-like fortitude, i.e. a fortitude that comes fr. communion w. Christ 2 Th 3:5 (OSchmitz, D. Christusgemeinschaft des Pls im Lichte seines Genetivbrauchs ’24, 139f. But s. also 2 below); cf. IRo 10:3 (s. also 2 below). W. the objective gen. ὑπ. ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ perseverance in doing what is right Ro 2:7 (Polyb. 4, 51, 1 ὑπ. τοῦ πολέμου). ὑπ. τῶν παθημάτων steadfast endurance of sufferings 2 Cor 1:6 (Ps.-Pla., Def. 412C ὑπ. λύπης; Plut., Pelop. 1, 8 ὑπ. θανάτου; Jos., Ant. 2, 7πόνων ὑπ.). ὁ λόγος τῆς ὑπομονῆς μου (λόγος 1bβ) Rv 3:10 (s. also 2 below). διʼ ὑπομονῆς with patience or fortitude Ro 8:25; Hb 12:1. διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς through his patient endurance MPol 19:2. ἐν ὑπομονῇ (PsSol 2:36; Test. Jos. 10:2) Lk 8:15 (LCerfaux, RB 64, ’57, 481-91). ἀσκεῖν πᾶσαν ὑπ. practice endurance to the limit Pol 9:1. ὧδέ ἐστιν ἡ ὑπ. τῶν ἁγίων here is (an opportunity for) endurance on the part of the saints (Weymouth) Rv 13:10 (s. JSchmid, ZNW 43, ’50/’51, 112-28); cf. 14:12.—WMeikle, The Vocabulary of ‘Patience’ in the OT: Exp. 8th Ser. XIX ’20, 219-25, The Voc. etc. in the NT: ibid. 304-13; CSpicq, Patientia: RSphth 19, ’30, 95-106; AMFestugière, Rech de Sc rel 21, ’31, 477-86; LHMarshall, Challenge of NT Ethics ’47, 91f.

2. (patient) expectation (Ps 9:19; 61:6; 2 Esdr [Ezra] 10:2) Rv 1:9 (on ὑπ. ἐν Ἰησοῦ cf. IHeikel, StKr 106, ’35, 317). Perh. (s. 1 above) 3:10 and 2 Th 3:5; IRo 10:3 might also be classed here.—S. ὑπομένω, end. M-M.** ὑπομονητικός, ή, όν (Hippocr.+; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 88) patient, showing endurance neut. subst. τὸ ὑπομονητικόν fortitude MPol 2:2.* ὑπονοέω impf. ὑπενόουν; 1 aor. ὑπενόησα (Eur., Hdt. +; pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) suspect, suppose (Hdt.+; pap.; Sir 23:21) w. acc. someth. (Hdt., Aristoph. et al.) Ac 25:18 (w. attraction of the rel.; cf. PLond. 1912 [letter of Claudius, 41 AD], 97f ἐξ οὗ μείζονας ὑπονοίας ἀναγκασθήσομαι λαβεῖν). Foll. by acc. and inf. (Bl-D. §397, 2; Rob. 1036.—Hdt. 9, 99 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 315; PRyl. 139, 14 [34 AD]) 13:25; 27:27; cf. Hv 4, 1, 6. M-M.* ὑπόνοια, ας, ἡ (Thu.+; pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 316; Philo; Jos., Bell. 1, 227;631) suspicion, conjecture ὑπόνοιαι πονηραί evil conjectures, false suspicions 1 Ti 6:4 (Sir 3:24 ὑπόνοια πονηρά). M-M. B. 1244.* ὑποπιάζω s. ὑπωπιάζω. ὑποπίπτω (Thu., Aristoph. et al.; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 214; Philo; Jos., Bell. 5, 382, Vi. 381; Test. Jos. 7:8) fall under or within a classification ὑπό τι (Aristot.; Iambl., Vi. Pythag. 34 §241 ὑπὸ τὴν προειρημένην τάξιν) ὑπὸ τὴν διάνοιάν τινος fall within someone’s comprehension (διάνοια 1) 1 Cl 35:2.* ὑποπλέω 1 aor. ὑπέπλευσα (Dio Chrys., Cass. Dio et al.) sail under the lee of an island, i.e. in such a way that the island protects the ship fr. the wind Ac 27:4, 7. M-M.* ὑποπνέω 1 aor. ὑπέπνευσα (Aristot., Probl. 8, 6=blow underneath) blow gently ὑποπνεύσαντος νότου when a moderate south (west) wind began to blow Ac 27:13.* ὑποπόδιον, ου, τό (Chares [after 323 BC] in Athen. 12 p. 514F; Lucian, Conscr. H. 27; Athen. 5 p. 192E; inscr.; PTebt 45, 38 [113 BC]; PRainer 22, 8; 27, 11 [both II AD]; LXX; loanw. in rabb.) footstool Js 2:3. Of the earth as God’s footstool (after Is 66:1; cf. Philo, Conf. Lingu. 98) Mt 5:35; Ac 7:49; B 16:2. τιθέναι τινὰ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν τινος make someone a footstool for someone, i.e. subject him to the other, so that the other can put his foot on the subject’s neck (Ps 109:1) Mt 22:44 t.r.; Mk 12:36 v.l.; Lk 20:43; Ac 2:35; Hb 1:13; 10:13; 1 Cl 36:5; B 12:10.

M-M.* ὑποπτεύω 1 aor. ὑπώπτευσα (trag., Thu.+; pap., LXX; Jos., Bell. 2, 617;3, 367) suspect τινά someone (Soph., Hdt., Thu. et al.) foll. by acc. and inf. IPhld 7:2.* 1014

ὑπορθόω (Sym.; Dositheus, Ars Gramm. 76, 1 p. 102) support τινά someone GP 10:39.* ὑπόστασις, εως, ἡ (Hippocr.+; Polyb. 4, 50, 10; 6, 55, 2; Diod. S. 16, 32, 3; 16, 33, 1; inscr., pap., LXX, in widely different meanings. See Dörrie below)—1. substantial nature, essence, actual being, reality (oft. in contrast to what merely seems to be: Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 395a, 29f; Plut., Mor. 894B; Diog. L., Pyrrh. 9, 91; Artem.

3, 14; Ps 38:6; Wsd 16:21; Philo, Aet. M. 88; 92; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 1; Test. Reub. 2:7) the Son of God is χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως αὐτοῦ a (n exact) representation of his (=God’s) real being Hb 1:3. Dg 2:1.

2. situation, condition (Cicero, Ad Attic. 2, 3, 3 ὑπόστασιν nostram=our situation), also specif. frame of mind (Dio Cass. 49, 9; Themist., Or. 13 p. 178B; Jos., Ant. 18, 24)2 Cor 9:4; 11:17; Hb 3:14 (Dörrie [see below], p. 39: the frame of mind described in Hb 3:6). The sense ‘confidence’, ‘assurance’ must be eliminated, since examples of it cannot be found (acc. to Dörrie and Köster [below]). It cannot, therefore, play a role in 3. Hb 11:1, where it has enjoyed much favor since Luther (also Tyndale, RSV; not KJ). Among the meanings that can be authenticated the one that seems to fit best here is realization (Diod. S. 1, 3, 2 of the realization of a plan; Cornutus 9 p. 9, 3 of the realization of mankind; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 1that of the Jewish people, both by a divine act): ἔστιν πίστις ἐλπιζομένων ὑπ.=in faith things hoped for become realized, or things hoped for become reality.—ASchlatter, Der Glaube im NT4 ’27, 614ff; MAMathis, The Pauline πίστις-ὑπόστασις acc. to Hb 11:1: Washington, Cath. Univ. of Amer. ’20; REWitt, Hypostasis: ‘Amicitiae Corolla’ (RHarris-Festschr.) ’33, 319-43; MSchumpp, D. Glaubensbegriff des Hb: Divus Thomas 11, ’34, 397-410; FErdin, D. Wort Hypostasis, Diss. Freiburg ’39; HDörrie, Ὑπόστασις, Wort-u. Bedeutungsgeschichte: Nachr. der Akad. d. Wissensch. in Göttingen 1955, no. 3, ZNW 46, ’55, 196-202; HKöster, TW VIII 571-88 (Köster prefers plan, project [Vorhaben] for the passages in 2 Cor, and reality [Wirklichkeit] for all 3 occurrences in Hb, contrasting the reality of God with the transitory character of the visible world). Cf. also the lit. s.v. πίστις 2a. M-M.* ὑποστέλλω impf. ὑπέστελλον; 1 aor. mid. ὑπεστειλάμην (Pind.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.)—1. act.

(Pind.+; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 71) draw back, withdraw (Polyb. 1, 21, 2 al.; Plut.) ἑαυτόν draw (oneself) back (Polyb.

1, 16, 10; 7, 17, 1 al.) ὑπέστελλεν καὶ ἀφώριζεν ἑαυτόν Gal 2:12; if ἑαυτόν does not go w. ὑπέστ., ὑποστέλλω is intr. here draw back (Polyb. 6, 40, 14; 10, 32, 3; Plut., Demetr. 47, 6; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 5).

2. mid.—a. draw back in fear (Aelian, Nat. An. 7, 19; Philo, Mos. 1, 83; Jos., Vi. 215) Hb 10:38 (Hab 2:4). b. shrink from, avoid because of fear (Demosth. et al.; Jos., Ant. 6, 86ὑπ. φόβῳ εἰπείν) οὐ γὰρ ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι I did not shrink from proclaiming Ac 20:27. c. keep silent about τὶ someth. in fear (Demosth. 4, 51; Isocr. 8, 41; Diod. S. 13, 70, 3; Dio Chrys. 10[11], 27 οὐδέν; Lucian, Deor. Conc. 2 οὐδέν; Zen.-P. 59 412, 24 [III BC]; BGU 1303, 10; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 35; Jos., Bell. 1, 387, Vi. 278 οὐδέν al.) οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τῶν συμφερόντων I have kept silent about nothing that is profitable Ac 20:20. M-M.* ὑποστολή, ῆς, ἡ shrinking, timidity (Asclepiodot. Tact. [I BC] 10, 21.—Jos., Ant. 16, 112of reserve or timidity in evil-doing) οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑποστολῆς we do not belong to those who are timid Hb 10:39. M-M.* ὑποστρέφω impf. ὑπέστρεφον; fut. ὑποστρέψω; 1 aor. ὑπέστρεψα (Hom.+) in our lit. only intr. (Hom.+; Thu.; pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.; Test. Gad 1:5) turn back, return w. εἰς and acc. of place (PGiess. 40 II, 8; Gen 8:9; Jos., Bell. 1, 229εἰς Ἱερος.) Lk 1:56; 2:45; 4:14 (cf. Jos., Bell. 1, 445); 8:39 (cf. Jos., Vi. 144 εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν); Ac 8:25; 13:13; Gal 1:17; GP 14:58. εἰς τὰ ἴδια Ac 21:6 (ἴδιος 3). εἰς διαφθοράν to corruption, i.e. the grave Ac 13:34. διά w. gen. of place 20:3. ἀπό w. gen. of place (Jos., Vi. 139) Lk 4:1; 24:9 or a corresp. expr. (Jos., Vi. 329 ἀπὸ τ. πολιορκίας ὑπ.) ἀπὸ τῆς κοπῆς τῶν βασιλέων Hb 7:1 (Gen 14:17 Swete). εἰς and ἀπό Ac 1:12. ἐκ w. gen. of place Ac 12:25. ἐκ τῆς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς turn away once more (s. ἐντολή 2f) 2 Pt 2:21. ἐπί τινα to someone Hm 4, 1, 7. Foll. by a final inf. Lk 17:18. Abs. return (Polyaenus 4, 2, 14; Lucian, Bis Acc. 17; Josh 2:23; Jos., Ant. 11, 30)Mk 14:40 v.l.; Lk 2:20, 43; 8:37, 40; Ac 8:28 al. M-M. ὑποστρωννύω=ὑποστρώννυμι (cf. στρωννύω, beg.—The word occurs Hom.+ [ὑποστορέννυμι, ὑποστόρνυμι]; LXX. In the form ὑποστρωννύω in Athen. 2 p. 48D; in the form ὑποστρώννυμι in Plut., Artax. 22, 10) impf. ὑπεστρώννυον; 1 aor. ὑπέστρωσα; spread τὶ someth. out underneath (PGM 5, 217 σινδόνα; 36, 151) ὑπεστρώννυον τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ they were spreading out their cloaks under him in the road Lk 19:36 (Jos., Ant. 9, 111ἔκαστος ὑπεστρώννυεν αὐτῷ τὸ ἱμάτιον; 18, 204; Charito 3, 2, 17; Aesop, Fab. 208 P.=378 H. ὑποστρώσας τὸ ἱμάτιον). σποδόν spread out ashes underneath oneself=make one’s bed in ashes as a sign of repentance B 3:2 (Is 58:5). Pass. κήρυκας ὑποστρωννύμενοι those with trumpet-shells (κῆρυξ 3) under them=those who were laid on trumpet-shells MPol 2:4. M-M.* ὑποταγή, ῆς, ἡ (Dionys. Hal. 3, 66, 3 act. ‘subjecting’) in our lit. only pass. subjection, subordination, obedience (Artem. 1, 73 p. 66, 14; Paradoxogr. p. 218, 7 Westermann ἐν ὑποταγῇ; Vett. Val. 106, 8; 11; 17; 24; 198, 28; BGU 96, 7 [III BC] τὸν ἐν ὑποταγῇ τυγχάνοντα; Wsd 18:15 A) ἡ ὑποταγὴ τῆς ὁμολογίας ὑμῶν εὒς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 2 Cor 9:13 (ὁμολογία 1). ἐν πάσῃ ὑποταγῇ subordinating herself in every respect 1 Ti 2:11. τέκνα ἔχειν ἐν ὑποταγῇ keep children under control 3:4. ἐν μιᾷ ὑποταγῇ κατηρτισμένοι made complete in unanimous subjection IEph 2:2. εἴξαμεν τῇ ὑποταγῇ (dat. of manner) we yielded in submission Gal 2:5. Of the members of the body ὑποταγῇ μιᾷ χρῆται they experience a mutual subjection 1 Cl 37:5. ὁ κανὼν τῆς ὑποταγῆς the established norm of obedience (Kleist) 1:3. M-M.* 1015

ὑποτάσσω 1 aor. ὑπέταξα. Pass.: perf. ὑποτέταγμαι; 2 aor. ὑπετάγην; 2 fut. ὑποταγήσομαι (Aristot., Polyb. et al.; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.; Sib. Or. 5, 19).

1. subject, subordinate—a. act., abs. Ro 8:20b; 1 Cl 2:1b. τινά bring someone to subjection (Herodian 7, 2, 9) IPol 2:1. τινί τινα or τι someone or someth. to someone (Epict. 4, 12, 12 of God ὑπ. τί τινι; cf. Da 11:39 Theod.; Test. Jud. 21:2; Menander Eph. in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 119; Sib. Or. fgm. 3, 12) 1 Cor 15:27c, 28c; Phil 3:21; Hb 2:5, 8b; Dg 10:2; Hm 12, 4, 2. In the same sense ὑπ. τι ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας τινός 1 Cor 15:27a; Eph 1:22; also ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν τινος Hb 2:8a (Ps 8:7). ὑποτάσσειν ἑαυτόν τινι subject oneself to someone (Plut., Mor. 142D to the husband; Simplicius In Epict. p. 33 Düb. to supernatural powers) Hs 9, 22, 3. b. pass.—α. become subject τινί to a pers. or a state of being Ro 8:20a; 1 Cor 15:28a; Hb 2:8c; 1 Pt 3:22; Dg 7:2; Pol 2:1; Hm 12, 2, 5. Abs. (Diod. S. 1, 55, 10; Aristobulus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 8, 10, 10 πάνθʼ ὑποτέτακται) 1 Cor 15:27b. β. subject oneself, be subjected or subordinated, obey abs. (Jos., Bell. 4, 175)Ro 13:5; 1 Cor 14:34; 1 Cl 2:1a; 57:2. W. dat. of actual subordination to persons worthy of respect (Palaeph. 38 p. 56, 15; 57, 2): toward the husband (s. Ps.-Callisth. 1, 22, 4 πρέπον ἐστὶ τὴν γυναῖκα τῷ ἀνδρὶ ὑποτάσσεσθαι, s. 1a above) Eph 5:22 v.l.; Col 3:18; Tit 2:5; 1 Pt 3:1, 5; parents Lk 2:51; masters Tit 2:9; 1 Pt 2:18; B 19:7; D 4:11; secular authorities (1 Ch 29:24) Ro 13:1 (CDMorrison, The Powers That Be—Ro 13:1-13, Diss. Basel ’56; EBarnikol, TU 77, ’61, 65-133 [non-Pauline]; Tit 3:1; 1 Pt 2:13; 1 Cl 61:1; church officials 1 Cl 1:3; 57:1; IEph 2:2; IMg 2; 13:2; ITr 2:1f; 13:2; IPol 6:1; Pol 5:3; νεώτεροι ὑποτάγητε πρεσβυτέροις 1 Pt 5:5. To God (Epict. 3, 24, 65 τ. θεῷ ὑποτεταγμένος; 4, 12, 11; Ps 61:2; 2 Macc 9:12) 1 Cor 15:28b; Hb 12:9; Js 4:7; 1 Cl 20:1; IEph 5:3; to Christ Eph 5:24. To the will of God, the law, etc.

Ro 8:7; 10:3; 1 Cl 34:5; Hm 12, 5. 1.—Of submission in the sense of voluntary yielding in love 1 Cor 16:16; Eph 5:21; 1 Pt 5:5b t.r.; 1 Cl 38:1.—The evil spirits must be subject to the disciples whom Jesus sends out Lk 10:17, 20. Likew. the prophetic spirits must be subject to the prophets in whom they dwell 1 Cor 14:32.

2. of literary compositions or documents: attach or append them to another literary work (oft. inscr., pap.; Jos., Ant. 16, 161)the letters of Ign. ὑποτεταγμέναι εὒσὶ τῇ ἐπιστολῇ ταύτῃ Pol 13:2. M-M.* ὑποτεταγμένως adv. fr. the pf. pass. ptc. of ὑποτάσσω submissively, obediently 1 Cl 37:2.* ὑποτίθημι 1 aor. ὑπέθηκα; 2 aor. inf. ὑποθεῖναι (Hom. +; inscr., pap., LXX).

1. act. lay down, risk τὶ someth. τὸν τράχηλον (Lucian, Enc. Dem. 41 ὑπ. τὴν ψυχὴν ταῖς τῆς πατρίδος τύχαις; cf. Seneca, Ep. 47, 4; POxy. 2722, 35 [commercial]) Ro 16:4; differently (somewhat as Test. Iss. 5:3 ὑπ. τὸν νῶτον) bow in submission 1 Cl 63:1 (see s.v. τράχηλος for both passages).

2. mid. (Hom.+) τινί τι suggest or point out someth. to someone (Hom.; Hdt. 1, 90; Pla., Charm. 155D; pap.) or enjoin, order someone (to do) someth. (Hdt. 4, 134; Philo, Poster. Cai. 12; Jos., Ant. 1, 76)or make known, teach someth. to someone (Pla., Hipp. Maj. 286B) ταῦτα ὑποτιθέμενος τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 Ti 4:6. M-M.* ὑποτρέχω 2 aor. ὑπέδραμον (Hom.+; PTebt. 24, 67 [117 BC]; Jos., Ant. 7, 31; 326 al.) run or sail under the lee of nautical t.t. (Plut., Mor. 243E ὅρμοις ‘run in’. Also ‘moor under’ ἄκραν Heliod. 8, 16; ἄκρᾳ τινί Longus 3, 21) νησίον τι ὑπ. Ac 27:16. M-M.* ὑποτύπωσις, εως, ἡ (Diog. L. 9, 78; Sext. Emp., Pyrrh. 2, 79; Pollux 7, 128; Philo, Abr. 71) model, example, rather in the sense prototype 1 Ti 1:16. Rather in the sense standard 2 Ti 1:13 (Philod., Mus. p. 77 Kemke [1884] ἀρετῶν; Synes., Dio 1 p. 38 Petav. ὁ λόγος [Δίωνος] ὑποτύπωσίς ἐστιν εὐδαίμονος βίου). EKLee, NTS 8, ’61/’62, 171f proposes outline for both passages, w. reff. M-M.* ὑπουργέω be helpful, assist (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; pap.; Test. Dan 3, 4; Philo, Vi. Cont. 72; Jos., Ant. 3, 7)εἴς τι in or at someth. (Eunap., Vi. Soph. p. 108) MPol 13:1.* ὑποφέρω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Bell. 6, 197)fut. ὑποίσω; aor. ὑπήνεγκα, inf. ὑπενεγκεῖν (Jos., Ant. 8, 213; for the aor. forms Bl-D. §81, 2 w. app.) bear (up under) , submit to, endure τί someth. (Hippocr., X., Pla.+; Sb 5238, 22 [12 AD]; LXX) Hv 3, 1, 9a, b; 3, 2, 1. διωγμούς 2 Ti 3:11. θλίψεις Hs 7:4-6. λύπας 1 Pt 2:19; cf. Hm 10, 2, 6. πόνους 1 Cl 5:4 (cf. X., Hipparch, 1, 3; Pla., Theaet. 173A; Isocr. 4, 64; 2 Macc 7:36). ὀργήν Hm 12, 4, 1 (cf. Pla., Leg. 9 p. 879C; Mi 7:9). κίνδυνον incur danger (Isocr. 3, 64) 1 Cl 14:2. ὕβριν bear up under mistreatment Hm 8:10. Abs. 1 Cor 10:13.—1 Cl 7:4 Funk for ἐπ. Gebhardt. M-M.* ὑποχθόνιος, (ία), ιον under the earth (Hes.+; Posidon.: 87 fgm. 47 Jac.) οἱ ὑποχθόνιοι the powers under the earth w. οἱ ἐπουράνιοι καὶ ἐπίγειοι (ἐπίγειος 2b) ITr 9:1.* ὑποχωρέω 1 aor, ὑπεχώρησα (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) go back, retreat, withdraw, also in a peaceful sense (as Philo, Abr. 22), retire.

1. of persons w. εἰς and acc. (Jos., Vi. 20; 246) εἰς πόλιν Lk 9:10. Used w. ἐν in the sense ‘retire to a place and spend some time there’ (cf. Kühner-G. I p. 541) ἦν ὑποχωρῶν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις he would steal away to (the) lonely places 5:16.—Lk 20:20 v.l.

2. of things (Jos., Ant. 1, 91; 11, 240) ὁ λίθος ὑπεχώρησεν παρὰ μέρος GP 9:37 (μέρος 1c, end). M-M.* ὑπωπιάζω (on the v.l. ὑποπιάζειν cf. W-S. §5, 19 note, end; Mlt.-H. 75) strike under the eye, give a black eye to (Aristot., Rhet. 3, 11, 15 p. 1413a, 20; Plut., Mor. 921f; Diog. L. 6, 89).

1016

1. lit. τινά someone, of a woman driven to desperation ἵνα μὴ ὑπωπιάζῃ με in order that she might not fly in my face Lk 18:5, unless it is used here in a weakened sense annoy greatly, browbeat (cf. L-S-J s.v. II, et al.).—JDM Derrett, NTS 18, ’71/’72, 178-91 (esp. 189-91): a symbolic expr. (common throughout Asia), blacken my face=slander, besmirch underlies ὑπ. here.

2. symbolically (Aristoph., Fr. 541 πόλεις ὑπωπιασμέναι) treat roughly, torment, maltreat 1 Cor 9:27 (of the apostle’s self-imposed discipline. But the expr. is obviously taken fr. the language of prize-fighting vs. 26). M-M.* ὗς, ὑός, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 13, 243al.) the female of the swine, sow (ὁ ὗς is the boar) in a proverb ὗς λουσαμένη εἰς κυλισμὸν βορβόρου a sow that has bathed herself, only to roll in the mud again 2 Pt 2:22 (βόρβορος 2).—On Lk 14:5 see the editor’s introd. to Papyrus Bodmer XIV ’61, 18-19; EWiesenberg, HUCA 27, ’56, 213-33 (swine). M-M.* ὑσσός, οῦ, ὁ (Polyb.+; Dionys. Hal. 5, 46, 2 [as long as a spear of moderate length]; Strabo, Plut. et al.) javelin, Lat. ‘pilum’ J 19:29 v.l. S. ὕσσωπος.* ὕσσωπος, ου, ἡ and ὁ, also ὕσσωπον, τό (in the secular wr. [Nicander—II BC—, Ther. 872; Alexiph. 603; Chaeremon 44, 6 al.; inscr., pap.] all three genders are quotable; for the LXX the masc. and fem. are certain; Philo, Vi. Cont. 73 excludes the neut. for that author; in Jos., Ant. 2, 312; 4, 80 the situation is not clear. In our lit. the neut. is certain only in ms. B.—‫ )בוֹז ֵא‬the hyssop, a small bush w. blue flowers and highly aromatic leaves; used in purificatory sacrifices (Ex 12:22; Lev 14:4; Num 19:6, 18.—Dit., Syll.3 1218, 16 [V BC], where the word is restored [correctly, beyond a doubt], the hyssop serves to purify a house in which a corpse had lain. Chaeremon also mentions its purifying power) Hb 9:19; 1 Cl 18:7 (Ps 50:9); B 8:1, 6.—In J 19:29 the hyssop appears as a plant w. a long, firm stem or stalk, which creates a good deal of difficulty. The conjecture by Joachim Camerarius (died 1574), ὑσσῷ (=javelin; ὑσσῷ is actually found in mss. 476 and 1242, both antedating the conjecture) προπεριθέντες, has been accepted by many (e.g.

Dalman, Jesus 187; Lagrange, JHBernard; Field, Notes 106-8; M-M.; Gdspd., Probs. 115f; w. reserve, Bultmann).

Against the conjecture it has been urged (by WBauer et al.; the cj. is not accepted by Weymouth, CCD, RSV) that the purifying effect of the hyssop (used acc. to Ex 12:22 specif. at the Passover) is the most important consideration here.—ILöw, Die Flora der Juden II ’24, 72f; 84-101, on J 19:29 esp. 99-101; LFonck, Streifzüge durch die biblische Flora ’00, 109; EbNestle, Zum Ysop bei Johannes, Josephus u. Philo: ZNW 14, ’13, 263-5; LBaldensperger and GMCrowfoot, Hyssop: PEF 63, ’31, 89-98. M-M.* ὑστερέω 1 aor. ὑστέρησα; pf. ὑστέρηκα; 1 aor. pass. ὑστερήθην (Eur., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph.).

1. act.—a. come too late (Phlegon: 257 fgm. 36, 1, 3 Jac.), through one’s own fault to miss, fail to reach, be excluded abs. Hb 4:1. ἀπὸ τινος be excluded from someth. (Aesop, Fab. 134 H. ἔριφος ὑστερήσας ἀπὸ ποίμνης) 12:15. b. be in need of, lack τινός someth. (Demosth. 19, 332 πολλῶν; Phalaris, Ep. 20 H.; Jos., Ant. 2, 7; Zen.-P. 45 [=Sb 6751], 5 [251/50 BC] ξύλων) Lk 22:35. Abs. be in need, be poor D 11:12. c. be less than, inferior to w. gen. of comparison (Pla., Rep. 7 p. 539E ἐμπειρίᾷ τῶν ἄλλων) τινός be inferior to someone 2 Cor 11:5; 12:11.—τί ἔτι ὑστερῶ; in what respect am I still inferior? what do I still lack? Mt 19:20 (cf. Ps 38:5). Abs. 1 Cor 12:24. d. fail, give out, lack (Socrat., Ep. 14, 9; Diosc. 5, 75, 13 ὑστερούσης πολλάκις σποδοῦ; Is 51:14 [marginal note in the Cod. Marchal.] καὶ οὐ μὴ ὑστερήσῃ ὁ ἄρτος αὐτοῦ; Zen.—P. 59 311, 5 [250 BC] ἵνα μὴ ὑστερήσῃ τὸ μέλι; BGU 1074, 7 [III AD] μήτε ὑστερεῖν τι ὑμῖν) ὑστερήσαντος οἴνου J 2:3. ἔν σε ὑστερεῖ you lack one thing Mk 10:21 (the acc. as Ps 22:1 οὐδέν με ὑστερήσει).

2. pass. lack, be lacking, go without, come short of w. gen. of the thing (Diod. S. 18, 71, 5; Jos., Ant. 15, 200)Ro 3:23; Dg 5:13 (opp. περισσεύειν); IEph 5:2. Also ἔν τινι 1 Cor 1:7. Abs. (Sir 11:11) Lk 15:14; 1 Cor 8:8 (opp. περισσεύειν); 2 Cor 11:9; Phil 4:12 (opp. περισς.); B 10:3. Ptc. 1 Cor 12:24. ὑστερούμενοι Hb 11:37. Subst. οἱ ὑστερούμενοι those who are poor or needy Hb 3, 9, 2; 4; 6; m 2:4. W. χῆραι s 9, 27, 2. W. widow(s) and orphan(s) Hm 8:10; s 5, 3, 7. M-M.* ὑστέρημα, ατος, τό (PTebt. 786, 9 [II BC]; LXX; Herm. Wr. 4, 9)—1. need, want, deficiency in contrast to abundance (cf. Judg 18:10; 19:19; Ps 33:10; Achmes 111, 4) ἐκ τοῦ ὑστερήματος αὐτῆς πάντα τὸν βίον ἔβαλεν Lk 21:4.—2 Cor 8:14a, b (opp. περίσσευμα in both instances; Eutecnius 4 p. 37, 17 opp. πλεονέκτημα). Oft. used w. ἀναπληρόω (q.v. 3) or προσαναπληρόω (q.v.) supply the need: ἀναπλ. αὐτοῦ τὸ ὑστ. supply his need 1 Cl 38:2. τὸ ὑστέρημά μου προσανεπλήρωσαν οἱ ἀδελφοί 2 Cor 11:9. Also pl. πρ. τὰ ὑστερήματα τῶν ἁγίων 9:12. To ἀναπλ. the ὑστέρημα of one person means to make up for his absence, represent him in his absence 1 Cor 16:17; Phil 2:30 (λειτουργία 2). Also used w. ἀνταναπληρόω (q.v.) Col 1:24.

2. lack, shortcoming as a defect which must be removed so that perfection can be attained, in the pl. (Herm. Wr. 13, 1; Test. Benj. 11:5) τὸ ὑστερήματα τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν 1 Th 3:10. Of moral shortcomings 1 Cl 2:6 (w. παραπτώματα); Hv 3, 2, 2a, b (w. ἁμαρτήματα).* ὑστέρησις, εως, ἡ (Aq. Job 30:3; Aesop 105 [ed. GH Schäfer 1810]; Achmes 83, 13f; Cat. Cod. Astr. X 146, 20; 147, 2) need, lack, poverty Mk 12:44. Pl. deprivations Hs 6, 3, 4.—καθʼ ὑστέρησιν because of need or want (κατά II 5aδ) Phil 4:11.* 1017

ὕστερος, α, ον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) in our lit. used as comp. and superl. (Bl-D. §62; cf. Rob. 294; 488; 662).

1. as adj.—a. comp. (1 Ch 29:29) ὁ ὕστερος the second one (of two, as Aristot., Pol. 1312a, 4; Aristopho Com. [IV BC] 5), the latter Mt 21:31. b. superl. (ὕστατος is not found in our lit.) ἐν ὑστέροις καιροῖς in the last times 1 Ti 4:1 (possibly in later, i.e. future times: Pla., Leg. 9 p. 865A ἐν ὑστέροις χρόνοις).

2. neut. ὕστερον as adv. (Hom.+)—a. comp. in the second place, later, then, thereafter (X., Mem. 2, 6, 7; Arrian, An. 7, 14, 10; Dialekt-Inschr. 1222, 4 [Arcadia] ὕστερον δὲ μή=later but no more; Pr 24:32; Jos., Ant. 1, 217; Test. Zeb. 10:7) Mt 4:2; 21:30, 32 (μεταμέλ. ὕστερον: Diod. S. 18, 47, 2 ὕστερον μετανοήσαντες. . . ἀπέσχοντο=later they changed their minds and refrained; Hierocles, In Carm. Aur. 18 p. 460 Mull.); 25:11; Mk 16:14; Lk 4:2 t.r.; J 13:36; Hb 12:11; MPol 18:1; Papias 2:15. b. superl. finally (Theophrast., Char. 5, 10; Aelian, Var. Hist. 9, 33; Jos., Ant. 16, 315; Test. Jos. 3:8) Mt 21:37; 26:60; Lk 20:32. ὕστερον πάντων last of all Mt 22:27; Lk 20:32 t.r. M-M.* ὑφαίνω (Hom.+; inscr.; POxy. 113, 9 [II AD]; 1414, 11; LXX; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 242al.) weave Lk 12:27 (κοπιᾷ P45 P75 et al.). M-M. B. 410.* ὑφαντός, ή, όν (Hom.+; PAmh. 133, 15 [II AD]; Ex; Jos., Ant. 3, 57)woven J 19:23. M-M.* ὑφίστημι fut. mid. ὑποστήσομαι; mid. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) resist, face, endure w. acc. (Eur., Cycl. 199; Thu. 1, 144, 5; 7, 66, 2; Diod. S. 16, 51, 1 [τοὺς κινδύνους]; Jdth 6:3; Pr 13:8; Jos., Ant. 12, 282)τίς αὐτοῦ τὴν παρουσίαν ὑποστήσεται; Dg 7:6.* ὑψηλός, ή, όν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) high.

1. lit. ὄρος a high mountain (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 103; Ezk 40:2; Test. Levi 2:5) Mt 4:8; 17:1; Mk 9:2; Lk 4:5 t.r.; Rv 21:10. τεῖχος (cf. Jos., Ant. 20, 191)vs. 12 (in both places w. μέγα). ὑψηλὸν σπήλαιον a lofty cave B 11:4 (Is 33:16). Also of human or human-like figures tall (Dio Chrys. 71[21], 1 νεανίσκος; Plut., Aemil. Paul. 18, 3; Jdth 16:6) Hs 8, 1, 2; 9, 3, 1; ὑψ. τῷ μεγέθει 9, 6, 1.—Comp. ὑψηλότερος w. gen. of comparison (Lucian, Nigr. 25; En. 26, 3) Hs 9, 2, 1. ὑψηλότερος τῶν οὐρανῶν γενόμενος raised to greater heights than the heavens Hb 7:26.

Moses stands on two shields ὑψηλότερος πάντων B 12:2.—μετὰ βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ Ac 13:17; cf. 1 Cl 60:3 (s. βραχίων).—Subst. (Appian, Liby. 130 §620 ἐφʼ ὑψηλοῦ=on a high place; Bell. Civ. 3, 28 §110 τὰ ὑψηλά=the high places; likew. Diod. S. 20, 29, 9) τὰ ὑψηλά the height (s) (Sb 6797, 33 [255/4 BC])=heaven ἐν ὑψηλοῖς on high (Ps 92:4; 112:5, cf. vs. 4) Hb 1:3.

2. fig. exalted, proud, haughty, subst. τὸ ἐν ἀνθρώποις ὑψηλόν what is considered exalted among men Lk 16:15. ὑψηλὰ φρονεῖν cherish proud thoughts, feel proud (Quint. Smyrn. [IV AD] 2, 327) Ro 11:20; 1 Ti 6:17 v.l. (ὑψ. φρονεῖν=‘think lofty thoughts’: Lucian, Hermot. 5; Philo, Ebr. 128). τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονεῖν strive after things that are (too) high, be too ambitious Ro 12:16 (cf. Palaeph., Exc. Vat. p. 94, 6; 1 Km 2:3, and on the contrast ὑψ.—ταπεινός: Περὶ ὕψους 43, 3). οἱ ὑψηλοί the proud, the haughty, the high and mighty (sing.: Philo, Mos. 1, 31) 1 Cl 59:3; B 19:6; D 3:9.—The neut. of the comp. as adv., in a good sense, of richer and higher progress in the fear of God ὀφείλομεν πλουσιώτερον καὶ ὑψηλότερον προσάγειν τῷ φόβῳ αὐτοῦ B 1:7. M-M. B. 852.* ὑψηλόφθαλμος, ον (hapax legomenon.—ὑψηλοὶ ὀφθαλμοί in the lit. sense Physiogn. I 327, 2) lifting up the eyes, perh. in pride, though the context calls rather for in lust or wantonness D 3:3 (v.l. in the 7th book of the Apost.

Constitutions ῥιψόφθαλμος).* ὑψηλοφρονέω (Pollux 9, 145; schol. on Pind., Pyth. 2, 91; schol. on Eur., Hippol. 728; Phot. and Suidas s.v. ὑψαυχεῖν; Bl-D. §119, 5 app.; Rob. 163 n.) be proud, haughty Ro 11:20 t.r.; 1 Ti 6:17.* ὑψηλοφροσύνη, ης, ἡ (Physiogn. II 225, 6; Hesychius s.v. φυσίωσις; Leontius of Neap. [VII AD] 28 p. 61, 5; 10 HGelzer [1893]) pride, haughtiness Hm 8:3; s 9, 22, 3.* ὑψηλόφρων, ον, gen. ονος (Eur., Pla., Cass. Dio 72, 8, 3=‘high-minded, high-spirited’) proud, haughty (so Pollux 9, 147; Eustath., Opuscula 23, 60 p. 209, 96; the adv. Pel.-Leg. 22, 31) Hs 8, 9, 1.* ὕψιστος, η, ον (Pind., Aeschyl.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jewish wr. [s. 2 below]; loanw. in rabb.) superl. of the adv. ὕψι; highest, most exalted.

1. in a spatial sense (Diog. L. 8, 31 ὁ ὕψιστος τόπος, acc. to Pythagoras, is the place to which Hermes conducts ; cf. IQM 14, 14; 17, 8) the pure souls) τὰ ὕψιστα the highest heights=heaven (Job 16:19; Ps 148:1=‫םי ִמוֹר‬ ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις grant salvation, (thou who art) in the highest heaven Mt 21:9; Mk 11:10 (Gdspd., Probs.

34f). δόξα ἐν ὑψ. Lk 2:14 (opp. ἐπὶ γῆς); 19:38 (ω. ἐν οὐρανῷ, which means the same). ὁ ὕψιστος ἐν ὑψίστοις the Most High in the highest (heaven) 1 Cl 59:3 (cf. Is 57:15).

2. ὁ ὕψιστος the Most High of God (Ζεὺς ὕψιστος: Pind., Nem. 1, 90; 11, 2; Aeschyl., Eum. 28; CIG 498; 503; 1869 al. [ABCook, Zeus I 2, ’25, 876-89; CRoberts, TCSkeat and ADNock, The Guild of Zeus Hypsistos: HTR 29, ’36, 39-88]. θεὸς ὕψιστος: inscr. fr. Cyprus in Bull. de corr. hell. 20, 1896 p. 361; Sb 589 [II BC]; 1323, 1 [II AD]; Dit., Or. 378 [I AD] θεῷ ἁγίω ὑψίστω; 755:756: PGM 4, 1068 ἱερὸν φῶς τοῦ ὑψίστου θεοῦ; 5, 46; 12, 63; 71.

Isis as ὑ. θεός: Isisaretal. v. Kyrene 7 P. Also simply Ὕψιστος CIG 499; 502. On the syncretistic communities of the 1018

σεβόμενοι θεὸν ὕψιστον cf. ESchürer, SAB 1897, 200-25, Gesch. III4 ’09 p. 174, 70; FCumont, Hypsistos: Suppl. à la Rev. de l’instruction publique en Belgique 1897, Pauly-W. s.v. Hypsistos; APlassart, Mélanges Holleaux ’13, 201ff; Clemen2 58-60. Here Jewish influence is unmistakably present, since ‘God Most High’ belongs above all to the relig. speech of the Jews: LXX; Dit., Or. 96, 5ff [III/II BC]; APF 5, ’13, p. 163 [29 BC] θεῷ μεγάλῳ μεγάλῳ ὑψίστῳ; En.; Philo, In Flacc. 46, Ad Gai. 278; 317; Jos., Ant. 16, 163; the Jewish prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 352ff-LAE 416; Dit., Syll.3 1181, 1f]; Sib. Or. 3, 519; 719; Ezek. Trag. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 9, 29, 14, Philo Epicus ibid. 9, 24) ὁ θεὸς ὁ ὕψ. Mk 5:7; Lk 8:28; Ac 16:17; Hb 7:1 (Gen 14:18). Also ὁ ὕψ. the Most High (oft.

Test. 12 Patr.) Ac 7:48; 1 Cl 29:2 (Dt 32:8); 45:7; 52:3 (Ps 49:14). ὁ μόνος ὕψ, 59:3 (s. 1 above, end). Also without the art. ὕψ. Lk 1:35, 76. υἱὸς ὑψίστου vs. 32 (of Christ); in the pl. of men (cf. Sir 4:10) 6:35. πατὴρ ὕψ. IRo inscr.

M-M.* ὕψος, ους, τό (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 119ὕ. , πλάτος al.; Test.

12 Patr.) height.

1. lit.—a. as a dimension 1 Cl 49:4 (perh. mng. 1b). W. other dimensions (τὸ μῆκος καὶ τὸ πλάτος) Rv 21:16. (πλάτος καὶ μῆκος καὶ βάθος) Eph 3:18 (βάθος 1).—Pl. ἀναφέρεσθαι εἰς τὰ ὕψη IEph 9:1. b. concrete height=high place (Sib. Or. 8, 235), mostly=heaven (Ps 17:17 ἐξ ὕψους; 101:20; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Λαοδίκεια: ἀφʼ ὕψους ὁ θεός) Lk 1:78 (ἀνατολή 3); 24:49; Eph 4:8 (Ps 67:19). τὰ ὕψη τῶν οὐρανῶν 1 Cl 36:2 (Diod. S. 4, 7, 4 ὕψος οὐράνιον; Aesop, Fab. 397b τὰ οὐράνια ὕψη).—τὰ ἐν ὕψεσι as someth. different from τὰ ἐν οὐρανοῖς Dg 7:2 (opp. τὰ ἐν βάθεσι).

2. fig.—a. of rank (Herodian 1, 13, 6; 1 Macc 1:40; 10:24.—Of degree: Pla., Ep. 7 p. 351E ὕψος ἀμαθίας the ‘height’ of ignorance; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6; Plut., Popl. 6, 5; Jos., Ant. 8, 126ὕψος εὐδαιμονίας) high position (opp. ταπεινός and ταπείνωσις) Js 1:9. τὸν ποιοῦντα ταπεινοὺς εἰς ὕψος who exalts the humble (unless εἰς ὕψ. means ‘upright’, as Apollod. [II BC]: 244 fgm. 107d, e Jac.) 1 Cl 59:3 (Job 5:11). b. of disposition pride D 5:1. ὕψος δυνάμεως arrogance in one’s power B 20:1.—JHKühn, Υψος ’41.

GBertram, TW VIII, 600-19: ὕψος and related words. M-M.* ὑψόω fut. ὑψώσω; 1 aor. ὕψωσα. Pass.: 1 aor. ὑψώθην; 1 fut. ὑψωθήσομαι (Hippocr.+; Dit., Syll.3 783, 45 [I BC]; LXX; Ep. Arist.; Jos., Bell. 1, 146;3, 171; Test. 12 Patr.) lift up, raise high τινά or τί someone or someth.

1. lit. (Batrach. 81; PGM 4, 2395; 2989f) Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν Moses lifted up the serpent by fastening it to a pole in the sight of all J 3:14a. In the same way Christ is lifted up on the cross vs. 14b (cf. Artem. 4, 49 ὑψηλότατον εἶναι τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον; 1, 76 p. 69, 11; 2, 53; Ps.—Callisth. 2, 21, 26 ἔσεσθε περιφανεῖς κ. διάσημοι πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἐπὶ τὸν σταυρὸν κρεμασθέντες [a play on words w. an ambiguous expr. which, by using the word ‘outstanding’, can mean social position as well as being lifted up on a cross before the eyes of all]); for J this ‘lifting up’ is not to be separated fr. the ‘exaltation’ into heaven, since the heavenly exaltation presupposes the earthly 8:28; 12:32 (ἐκ τῆς γῆς; CCTorrey, JBL 51, ’32, 320-2)—34 (Hdb. on J 3:14; CLattey, Le verbe ὕψ. dans St. Jean: Rech de Sc rel 3, ’12, 597f; CLindeboom, ‘Verhoogd worden’. In Joh. 3:14: Gereform. Theol. Tijdschrift 15, ’15, 491-8; MBlack, Aramaic Approach3 141; OCullmann, ThZ 4, ’48, 365f; WThüsing, Die Erhöhung und Verherrlichung Jesu im J, ’60). τῇ δεξιᾷ τοῦ θεοῦ ὑψωθείς exalted (to heaven) by the Power (δεξιός 2a, end) of God Ac 2:33. Marking the transition to sense 2 are passages in which ἔως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθῆναι is a symbol for crowning w. the highest honors (cf. PsSol 1:5) Mt 11:23; Lk 10:15.

2. fig. of enhancement in honor, fame, position, power, fortune, etc. (Polyb. 5, 26, 12 [opp. ταπεινοῦν]; Plut., Mor. 103E; LXX). God exalts τινά someone (Test. Jos. 1:7; 18:1) ταπεινούς (cf. Ezk 21:31; Ep. Arist, 263) 1:52; cf.

Js 4:10; 1 Pt 5:6. Pass. (Test. Reub. 6:5; Sib. Or. 3, 582) Mt 23:12b; Lk 14:11b; 18:14b; 2 Cor 11:7.—τοῦτον (i.e.

Christ) ὁ θεὸς ἀρχηγὸν ὕψωσεν God has exalted him as leader Ac 5:31. God τὸν λαὸν ὕψωσεν ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτου has made the people great (in numbers and in power) in Egypt 13:17.—ὑψοῦν ἐαυτόν exalt oneself consider oneself better than others (Test. Jos. 17:8) Mt 23:12a; Lk 14:11a; 18:14a; B 19:3; D 3:9; Hm 11:12; s9, 22, 3.

M-M.* ὕψωμα, ατος, τό (Plut., Mor. 782D; Sext Emp., Math. 5, 33; 35; LXX; Philo, Praem. 2; Ps.-Phoc. 73; Sib. Or. 8, 234) height, exaltation.

1. as an astronomical t.t. (Plut., Mor. 149A; Ptolem., Apotel. 1, 20, 1 ff; oft. Vett. Val.; PLond. 110, 14; Cat. Cod. Astr. XII 102, 25) of the space above the horizon Ro 8:39 (opp. βάθος, q.v. 1 and cf. Rtzst., Poim. 80; WLKnox, St. Paul and the Church of the Gentiles ’39, 106f).—OGerhardt, D. Stern des Messias ’22, 15.

2. πᾶν ὕψωμα ἐπαιρόμενον everything that rises up, prob.=all pride (every proud obstacle, RSV) that rises up against it 2 Cor 10:5 (Euthym.: ὑψηλοφρονία. But Chrysost. X 585B explains it by using πύργωμα, which would mean someth. like ‘towering fortress’; cf, PPetr. III 46, 3, 11 τοὺς ἐπαρθέντας τοίχους).M-M.*

1019

Φ φαγει̂ν, φάγομαι s. ἐσθίω. φάγος (so accented by Hesychius [s.v. τρώκτης] and Eustath., Od. 1630, 15, though Herodian Gr. I 140, 4 prefers φαγός), ου, ὁ (Zenob. Paroem. [II AD] 1, 73) glutton w. οἰνοπότης Mt 11:19; Lk 7:34.* φαιλόνης, ου, ὁ is to be spelled so, with t.r. (Bl-D. §25) as against the great uncials and critical editions, which have φελόνης (PFay. 347 [II AD]). This is a Lat. loanw. (paenula. Cf. Hahn p. 10, 8; EFraenkel, Zeitschr. für vergleich.

Sprachforschung 42, ’09 p. 115, 1; ESchwyzer, Museum Helveticum 3, ’46, 50-2; but see B. below), also in rabb. in var. spellings. Its original form was φαινόλας (Rhinthon [III BC] in Pollux 7, 61) or φαινόλης (Epict. 4, 8, 34; Artem.

2, 3p. 88, 10; 5, 29; Athen. 3 p. 97E; POxy. 736, 4; 1737, 9; 15; PGiess. 10, 21; PHamb. 10, 19 [II BC]), also φαινόλιον (POxy. 531, 14 [II AD]; 936, 18; 19). From these by metathesis (cf. CALobeck, Pathologiae Sermonis Graeci Elementa I 1853, 514; Bl-D. §32, 2; Mlt.-H. 81; 106; 155) came φαιλόνης (which is still quotable at least in its dim. form φαιλόνιον [-ώνιον]: POxy. 933, 30; PGiess. 12, 4 [II AD]; BGU 816, 24 [III AD]; cf. Mod. Gk. φελόνι) cloak (POxy. 531, 14 τὰ ἱμάτια τὰ λευκὰ τὰ δυνάμενα μετὰ τῶν πορφυρῶν φορεῖσθαι φαινολίων.

Likew. Epict.; Athen., loc. cit. Acc. to this the trans. ‘valise’ is excluded; s. Field, Notes 217f; also excluded is the interpretation in the direction of διφθέρα, the leather cover for papyrus rolls) 2 Ti 4:13 (cf. on the subject-matter POxy. 1489 [III AD] τὸ κιθώνιν [=χιτώνιον] ἐπιλέλησμαι παρὰ Τεκοῦσαν εἰς τὸν πυλῶνα. πέμψον μοι). M-M. B. 417, where φαινόλα is treated as the original fr. which Lat. paenula is borrowed, and not vice versa; cf. Mlt.-H. 106.* φαίνω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) act.: 1 aor. ἔφᾱνα (Bl-D. §72; Mlt.-H. 214f), subj. 3 sing. φάνῃ Rv 8:12; 18:23. Pass.: impf. ἐφαινόμην; 2 aor. ἐφάνην; 2 fut. φανήσομαι (cf.

Bl-D. §79; Mlt.-H. 262; the older φανοῦμαι only in the LXX—quot. 1 Pt 4:18).

1. act., in our lit. only intr. shine, give light, be bright (Aristoph., Nub. 586 of the sun; Pla., Tim. 39B; Theocr. 2, 11 of the moon; Gen 1:15, 17; En. 104, 2; Sib, Or. 5, 522; 8, 203) sun Rv 1, 16. Sun and moon 21:23. Moon PK 2 p.

14, 27; Dg 7:2. A lamp (1 Macc 4:50) 2 Pt 1:19; as a symbol J 5:35. Light Rv 18:23; as a symbol J 1:5; 1J 2:8. Day and night shine, in so far as the sun, or moon and stars give their light Rv 8:12 v.l.

2. φαίνομαι—a. of light and its sources shine, flash (Is 60:2) of stars, as a symbol Phil 2:15 (X., Cyr. 1, 6, 1) Mt 24:27. Of light Rv 18:23 t.r. Of a star appear Mt 2:7 (FBoll, ZNW 18, ’18, 45f). Of the day (Appian, Iber. 35 §143 φαινομένης ἡμέρας) Rv 8:12 in the text. b. appear, be or become visible, be revealed τότε ἐφάνη καὶ τὰ ζιζάνια Mt 13:26 (cf. 2 Macc 1:33 τό ὕδωρ ἐφάνη). τά ἔργα τῶν ἀνθρώπων 2 Cl 16:3. τό σημεῖον τοῦ υἱοῦ τ. ἀνθρώπου Mt 24:30. Cf. D 16:6. ἀτμὶς φαινομένη (opp. ἀφανιζομένη) Js 4:14. Cf. Hv 3, 2, 6a. ὁ ἀσεβὴς ποῦ φανεῖται; what will become of the godless man? 1 Pt 4:18 (Pr 11:31). οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως nothing like this was ever seen (=happened) Mt 9:33. τὸ φαινόμενον that which is visible (Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 270) IRo 3:3a. τὰ φαινόμενά σου εἰς πρόσωπον whatever is visible before your face (opp. τὰ ἀόρατα) IPol 2:2. φαινόμενα things which appear Hb 11:3 (cf. Sext. Emp., Hypotyp. 1, 138). Ign. explains: I will be a real believer ὅταν κόσμῳ μὴ φαίνωμαι when I am no longer visibly present in the world (because I have been devoured by the wild beasts) IRo 3:2. A play on words is meant to make this clear: Christ also, through the fact that he is ἐν πατρί and hence no longer visibly present in the world, μᾶλλον φαίνεται is all the more plainly visible as that which he really is, i.e. ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν 3:3b. c. appear, make one’s appearance, show oneself (Diod. S. 4, 6, 5 θεὸν φαίνεσθαι παρʼ ἀνθρώποις; 5, 2, 4 [divinity]; Charito 5, 7, 10 φάνηθι, δαῖμον ἀγαθέ; Sb 8141, 24 [inscr. I BC] δαίμονος τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ υἱὸς. . . ἐφάνη; Sib. Or. 5, 152) Hv 1, 4, 3. Elijah (Jos., Ant. 8, 319)ἐφάνη has made his appearance (as forerunner of God’s kingdom; Mal 3:22. Some consider that Jesus is Elijah come again) Lk 9:8. Of the first advent of Jesus Christ, who comes to our world fr. the great Beyond B 14:5; IMg 6:1; Dg 11:2; also w. dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 6, 43; Lucian, Dial. Deor.

20, 5; Ael. Aristid. 51, 25 K.=27 p. 540 D.: ἡ θεὸς ἐφάνη μοι) κόσμῳ 11:3. Of the risen Lord, w. dat. Mk 16:9. Of an angel, w. dat. (2 Macc 3:33; 10:29) Mt 1:20; 2:13, 19 (cf. Alcaeus [schol. on Nicander, Ther. 613 p. 48 Keil]: φανῆναι τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα καθʼ ὕπνους; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 289κατὰ τοὺς ὕπνους ἡ Ἶσις ἐφάνη τῷ Ἀ., Ant. 7, 147; 8, 196). ὄπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις in order to be seen by men Mt 6:5; w. ptc. to denote the role that one plays before men (Hyperid., fgm. 70, 1; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 4, 1; Ael. Aristid. 47 p. 428 D.) νηστεύοντες as fasting vs. 16; cf. 18.—Of the Antichrist φανήσεται ὡς υἱὸς θεοῦ he will appear in the same way as a son of God D 16:4. d. appear as someth., to be someth., made more definite by a predicate nom. (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 19; Cebes 5, 1; Arrian, Anab. 4, 30, 4 πιστὸς ἐφαίνετο=he showed himself to be trustworthy; Test. Reub. 5:7) φαίονται ὡραῖοι Mt 23:27. ἵνα ἡμεῖς δόκιμοι φανῶμεν 2 Cor 13:7. W. dat. of the pers. appear to someone as someth. (Lucian, Dial.

Mort. 25, 1) φαίνεσθε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις δίκαιοι Mt 23:28 (cf. Pr 21:2). αὕτη ἡ ὁδὸς ἡδυτέρα αὐτοῖς ἐφαίνετο Hs 8, 9, 1. W. ἐνώπιόν τινος instead of the dat.: ἐφάνησαν ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ὡσεὶ λῆρος τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα Lk 24:11.—Foll. by ὡς look as if (Test. Jos. 3:4) Hv 3, 2, 6b; s 9, 9, 7. e. to have the outward appearance of being someth. that one actually is but may not always seem to be, w. predicate nom. εἰ ἦσαν, ἐφαίνοντο ἂν κλάδοι τοῦ σταυροῦ if they (the false teachers) actually were God’s planting, then they would appear as branches of the cross ITr 11:2. οὐ φαίνονται they are not apparent Hs 3:2a, b, 3a, b. ἡ ἁμαρτία ἵνα φανῇ ἁμαρτία in order that sin might be recognized as sin Ro 7:13.

1020

f. appear to the eyes of the spirit, be revealed ὅπερ καὶ φανήσεται πρὸ προσώπου ἡμῶν, ἐξ ὧν ἀγαπῶμεν αὐτόν which also will be revealed before our face by the fact that we love him IEph 15:3. g. have the appearance, seem w. dat. and inf. (Hom.+) οἱ τοιοῦτοι οὐκ εὐσυνείδητοί μοι εἶναι φαίνονται IMg 4. W. dat. and ptc. φαίνεσθέ μοι κατὰ ἀνθρώπους ζῶντες ITr 2:1. τί ὑμῖν φαίνεται; how does it seem to you? what is your decision? Mk 14:64. ἐάν σοι φανῇ if it seems good to you Hv 2, 3, 4 (acc. to CHTurner, JTS 21, ’20, 198, a Latinism: si tibi videtur. Cf. POxy. 811 [I AD] εἴ σοι φαίνεται). Without a dat. (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 12) οὐδὲν φαίνεται κεκομμένον ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ nothing seems to have been cut from it (the tree) or apparently nothing has been cut from it (cf. Aristoxenus, fgm. 83 φαίνεται Ὄλυμπος αὐξήσας μουσικήν=O. has apparently enriched music) Hs 8, 3, 1.—RBultmann/DLührmann, TW IX, 1—11: φαίνω and many related words. M-M. B. 1045f.** , Gen 10:25 al.), ὁ, indecl. (in Joseph. Φάλεκ (also Φαλέκ, Φαλέγ, Φάλεχ 1 Ch 1:25 B; Hebr. ‫גֶלֶפּ‬in pause ‫גֶל‬ Φάλεγος, ου [Ant. 1, 148]) Peleg, son of Eber and father of Reu (Gen 11:16-19; 1 Ch 1:25), in the genealogy of Jesus Lk 3:35.* φανεροποιέω 1 aor. ἐφανεροποίησα (Hephaestio Astr. [IV AD] 3, 37; schol. on Aristoph., Eq. 1253; Joannes Sardianus, Comm. in Aphthonii Progymn. ed. HRabe ’28 p. 161, 23; pap. since VI AD) reveal, make known τὶ someth. τὴν τοῦ κόσμου σύστασιν 1 Cl 60:1.* φανερός, ά, όν (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr, , pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.)—1. adj; visible, clear, plainly to be seen, open, plain, evident, known τὰ φανερὰ ἕργα (opp. κρύφια) 2 Cl 16:3. Used w. εἶναι (Diod, S. 18, 55, 2 φανεροῦ ὄντος ὅτι=since it was clear that) οἱ καρποὶ φανεροὶ ἔσονται Hs 4:3; cf. 4:4. φανερόν (-ά) ἐστιν Ro 1:19 (ἐν αὐτοῖς; s. ἐν IV 4a); Gal 5:19; 1J 3:10 (ἐν τούτῳ by this); Hm 11:10; w. the dat. of the pers. in addition 1 Ti 4:15; B 8:7 (opp. σκοτεινά). Without the copula, which is to be supplied: w. ὅτι (X., Mem. 3, 9, 2; Teles p. 12, 4; 7) πᾶσιν φανερόν Ac 4:16 (D has the copula and at the same time the comp.: φανερώτερόν ἐστιν it is quite well known). φανερὸν τὸ δένδρον ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ αὐτοῦ the tree is known by its fruit (cf. Mt 12:33) IEph 4:2 (Vi. Aesopi I c. 3 φανερὸς ἀπὸ τῆς ὄψεως=clearly recognizable by its appearance).—Used w. γίνεσθαι (BGU 1141, 41 [14 BC]; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 46 §187 τοῦ κακοῦ φανεροῦ γενομένου; 1 Macc 15:9; 2 Macc 1:33; Jos., Ant. 2, 270; 6, 238) φανερὸν ἐγένετο τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Mk 6:14. Cf. Lk 8:17a (opp. κρυπτόν); 1 Cor 3:13; 11:19; 14:25; Hs 9, 12, 3; w. the dat. of the pers. added (Ael. Aristid. 29, 24 K.=40 p. 758 D.: φανεροὶ πᾶσι γίγνεσθαι) Ac 7:13. ὥστε τοὺς δεσμούς μου φανεροὺς γενέσθαι ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ πραιτωρίῳ καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς πᾶσιν Phil 1:13.—Used w. ποιεῖν (Hyperid. 4, 1; Menand., Epitr. 278; POxy. 928, 7; PTebt. 333, 12; 2 Macc 12:41) make (τι someth.) known (Jos., Ant. 12, 189; 204) 1 Cl 21:7. τινά make someone known as what he really is, reveal the identity of someone (Jos., Ant. 3, 73)Mt 12:16; Mk 3:12.

2. subst τὸ φανερόν the open, public notice (Hyperid. 1, 13, 11 εἰς τὸ φ. φέρειν; Polyb. 2, 46, 1) εὒς φανερὸν ἐλθεῖν come to light Mk 4:22; Lk 8:17b (a proverb? Constant. Manasse 7, 34f H.: ἐστὶ σκότιον οὐδὲν ὅπερ εὒς φῶς οὐχ ἥκει, οὐκ ἔστι κρύφιον οὐδὲν ὃ μὴ πρὸς γνῶσιν φθάνει). ἐν τῷ φανερῷ (opp. ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ as Ctesias, Pers. 10) Mt 6:4 t.r., 6 t.r., 18 t.r. (cf. Aeneas Tact. 426; Jos., Ant. 4, 34); preceded by an art. and used as an adj. ὁ ἐν τῷ φανερῷ Ἰουδαῖος the Jew who is one outwardly by reason of being circumcised Ro 2:28a; cf. b. M-M. B. 1233.* φανερόω fut. φανερώσω; 1 aor. ἐφανέρωσα; pf. πεφανέρωκα Pass.: perf. πεφανέρωμαι; 1 aor. ἐφανερώθην; 1 fut. φανερωθήσομαι (Hdt. 6, 122; Dionys, Hal. 10, 37; Cass. Dio 59, 18; 77, 15; PGdspd. 15, 19 [IV AD]; Jer 40:6; Philo; Jos., Ant. 20, 76)reveal, make known, show.

1. a thing—a. act. ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ J 2:11 (Jos., Vi. 231 φ. τὴν ὀργήν). ὁ θεὸς αὐτοῖς ἐφανέρωσεν God has shown them what can be known about him Ro 1:19 (cf. AKlöpper, ZWTh 47, ’04, 169-80).

Cf. 1 Cor 4:5; Tit 1:3; 2 Cl 20:5; Dg 8:11 (w. ἀποκαλύπτειν); 9:1, 2b; 11:5; IRo 8:2. φανεροῦν τινι ἀποκάλυψιν disclose a revelation to someone Hv 3, 1, 2. κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν φανεροῦν τινι make known or show to someone in a revelation MPol 22:3. τῷ θεῷ τὴν ὀσμὴν τῆς γνώσεως αὐτοῦ φανεροῦντι διʼ ἡμῶν to God who makes known through us the fragrance of the knowledge of himself 2 Cor 2:14. ὁ πατὴρ πάντα φανεροῖ περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ Ἰησοῦ B 12:8. (ὁ κύριος) πεφανέρωκεν ἡμῖν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν ὅτι κτλ. 2:4.—Make known by word of mouth, teach ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις J 17:6 (though here the teaching is accompanied by a revelation that comes through the deed.—HHHuber, D. Begriff der Offenbarung im Joh. ev.’34). ἐν παντὶ φανερώσαντες ἐν πᾶσιν εἰς ὑμᾶς in every way we have made this (i.e. τὴν γνῶσιν) plain to you, in the sight of all men 2 Cor 11:6.

Cf. Col 4:4. b. pass. become visible or known, be revealed Mk 4:22; J 3:21; 9:3; Ro 16:26; 2 Cor 4:10f; 7:12; Eph 5:13f; Col 1:26; 2 Ti 1:10; Hb 9:8; 1J 4:9; Rv 3:18; 15:4; B 7:7; IEph 19:2. Foll. by an indirect quest. 1J 3:2a. Foll. by ὅτι Dg 9:2a. χωρὶς νόμου δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ πεφανέρωται apart from the law, the righteousness which is sent from God has been revealed Ro 3:21.

2. a person—a. act. ἑαυτόν show or reveal oneself: of God (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 47) διὰ Ἰησοῦ IMg 8:2.—Of Christ φανέρωσον σεαυτὸν τῷ κόσμῳ J 7:4. Of the Risen Lord 21:1a; cf. 1b. Differently ἐφανέρωσεν ἑαυτὸν εἶναι υἱὸν θεοῦ he revealed that he was the Son of God B 5:9. b. pass.—α. be made known ἵνα φανερωθῇ τῷ Ἰσραήλ J 1:31. θεῷ πεφανερώμεθα we are well known to God 2 Cor 5:11a, cf. 11b; 11:6 t.r. W. ὅτι foll. become known, be shown (that) 3:3; 1J 2:1 9 (logically impersonal, as ἠκούσθη in Mk 2:1). β. show or reveal oneself be revealed, appear τινί to someone Hs 2:1. ἡμᾶς φανερωθῆναι δεῖ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 2 Cor 5:10.—Esp. of Christ; of his appearance in the world ἐφανερώθη ἐν σαρκί 1 Ti 1021

3:16; cf. B 5:6; 6:7, 9, 14; 12:10. θεοῦ ἀνθρωπίνως φανερουμένου IEph 19:3.—Hb 9:26; 1 Pt 1:20; 1J 1:2a, b. The purpose of the appearing is given by a ἵνα clause 1J 3:5, 8; B 14:5; 2 Cl 14:2.-Of the appearing of the Risen Lord τοῖς μαθηταῖς J 21:14; cf. Mk 16:12 (ἐν ἑτέρᾳ μορφῇ), 14. Without a dat. B 15:9. Of the Second Advent Col 3:4a; 1 Pt 5:4; 1 J 2:28; 3:2b.—ὑμεῖς σὺν αὐτῷ (i.e. Christ upon his return) φανερωθήσεσθε ἐν δόξῃ Col 3:4b. Of the church ἡ ἐκκλησία πνευματικὴ οὖσα ἐφανερώθη ἐν τῇ σαρκὶ Χριστοῦ 2 Cl 14:3. M-M.** φανερῶς adv. (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; pap.; 2 Macc 3:28; Philo, Joseph.) openly, publicly Mk 1:45. (Opp. ἐν κρυπτῷ.

Cf. Jos., Ant. 5, 213κρυπτῶς—φ.; Test. Jos. 4:2) J 7:10. (Opp. λάθρᾳ, as Pla., Symp. 182D) IPhld 6:3. Clearly, distinctly (Jos., Vi. 277) ἰδεῖν Ac 10:3. δειχθῆναι Dg 11:2.—The neut. of the comp. as adv. φανερώτερον (even) more plainly λέγειν B 13:4. M-M.* φανέρωσις, εως, ἡ (Aristot., De PlAnt. 2, 1; 9; Herm. Wr. 11, 1; Cat. Cod. Astr. VII 229, 23; 230, 20; VIII 1 p.

165, 6; pap. VIII AD) disclosure, announcement, w. objective gen. ἡ φαν. τῆς ἀληθείας the open proclamation of the truth 2 Cor 4:2. The syntax of the gen. in ἡ φανέρωσις τοῦ πνεύματος 1 Cor 12:7 cannot be determined w. certainty. Whether the gen. is subj. or obj. the expr. means the same thing as χάρισμα. M-M.* φανός, οῦ, ὁ (Aristoph., X.+; UPZ 5, 18 [163 BC]; 6, 15; loanw. in rabb.) lamp, orig.=torch, and later, to the great annoyance of the Atticists (Hesychius s.v. Phryn. p. 59 L.; Athen. 15, 58 p. 699Dff; Pollux 6, 103; 10, 116),=lantern (λυχνοῦχος); so J 18:3 beside λαμπάς (q.v. 1), M-M.* . 1 Ch 4:4; 8:25 v.l.; cf. Gen 32:32, place name; Philo, Conf. Lingu. 129) Phanuel, father Φανουήλ, ὁ indecl. (‫לֵאוּנ‬ of Anna the prophetess Lk 2:36. M-M.* φαντάζω (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; Sir 34:5; Wsd 6:16) make visible, usu. in the pass. become visible, appear (Philo), esp. of extraordinary phenomena (in nature, etc. Cf. Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1283; Περὶ ὕψους 15, 4; 7; PGM 7, 888) τὸ φανταζόμενον sight, spectacle, of a theophany (as Ps.-Aristot., Mirabilia 108 Athena; Herodian 8, 3, 9 of Apollo) Hb 12:21. M-M.* φαντασία, ας, ἡ (Aristot., Polyb. et al.; LXX, Philo; Jos., Bell. 6, 69al.; Test. Reub. 5:7) pomp, pageantry (Polyb.

15, 25, 22; 16, 21, 1 μετὰ φαντασίας; Diod. S. 12, 83, 4; Vett. Val. 38, 26) ἐλθόντος τοῦ Ἀγρίππα μετὰ πολλῆς φαντασίας Ac 25:23 (πολλὴ φ. as Pel.-Leg. 4, 7f).—Rdm.2 12. M-M.* φάντασμα, ατος, τό (Aeschyl., Pla.+; LXX; En. 99, 7; Philo; Jos., Ant. 5, 213) apparition, esp. ghost (Aeschyl.+; Pla., Phaedo 81D, Tim. 71A; Dionys. Hal. 4, 62; Plut., Dio 2, 4; Lucian, Philops. 29; PGM 4, 2701; 7, 579 φυλακτήριον πρὸς δαίμονας, πρὸς πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πάθος; Job 20:8 v.l.; Wsd 17:14; Jos., Ant. 1, 331; 333) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:49; Lk 24:37 D.—FAltheim, ARW 27, ’29, 48. M-M.* φανῶ s. φαίνω. φάραγξ, αγγος, ἡ ravine (so Alcman [VII BC] 3 Thu.+; LXX [e.g. Is 30:28; Jer 7:31]; En.; Ep. Arist. 118; Jos., Bell. 1, 147;6, 161; Test. Iss. 1:5; Sib. Or. 3, 682) Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4.—Cf. also Diod. S. 20, 36, 2 the laying out of the Appian Way in spite of heights and τόποι φαραγγώδεις), but also valley (e.g. Gen 26:17, 19; Josh 13:9; Ezk 34:13; so Vulg. Lk 3:5). M-M. B. 28.* Φαραώ, ὁ indecl. (‫הֶרע ְַרפּ‬. Gen 12:15 al.; Ezek. Trag. in Clem. Alex., Strom. 1, 155, 2; Philo; Test. 12 Patr.; Jos., Bell. 5, 379.—As a rule Joseph. has Φαραώθης, ου [Ant. 2, 39]) Pharaoh, actually the title of the Egyptian kings (Eg. per-‘o=‘great house’), then a proper name; of the Pharaoh of the Exodus Ac 7:10, 13, 21; Ro 9:17; Hb 11:24; 1 Cl 4:10; 51:5. M-M.* Φαρές (‫ץֶ ֶרפּ‬, in pause ‫ץֶ ר‬ . Gen 38:29; 1 Ch 2:4f; Ruth 4:18), ὁ indecl. (Jos., Ant. 2, 178Φάρεσος, ου) Perez, son of the patriarch Judah and of Tamar, twin brother of Zerah and father of Hezron; in the genealogy of Jesus Mt 1:3a, b; Lk 3:33.* =Aram. ‫ָאיּ ַשׁי ִר‬ , the latter in Gk. transcription Φαρισαῖοι. The Semitic words Φαρισαι̂ος, ου, ὁ (Hebr.‫םי ִשׁוּר‬ mean ‘the separated ones, separatists’. On the sect of the Pharisees acc. to Josephus and the Mishna s. Schürer II4 449ff, where the pertinent passages are reproduced) the Pharisee, though in our lit. it is rarely found in the sing. (Mt 23:26; Lk 7:36b, 37, 39; 11:37f; 18:10f; Ac 5:34; 23:6b; 26:5; Phil 3:5); as a rule in the pl. the Pharisees, the organized followers of the experts in interpreting the scriptures (scribes). It was the purpose of the Pharisees to take the pattern of the pious Israelite as established by the scribes, and to put it into practice as nearly as possible. They were the most embittered opponents of Jesus and the early Christians. Mentioned w. Sadducees Mt 3:7; 16:1, 6, 11f; Ac 23:6-8. W. Herodians Mk 3:6; 12:13; cf. 8:15; Mk 2:16 (here οἱ γραμματεῖς τῶν Φ.); 7:5; Lk 5:21, 30; 6:7; 11:53; 15:2; J 8:3; Ac 23:9 (here γραμματεῖς τοῦ μέρους τῶν Φ.). W. scribes and elders GP 8:28. As opponents of Jesus Mt 9:11, 34; 12:2, 14, 24; 15:12; 22:15, 34, 41; Mk 7:1; 8:11, 15; 10:2; 12:13 al. A Pharisaic high priest GOxy 10.

Their fasting Mt 9:14; Mk 2:18; (Lk 18:12). Paul a Ph. Ac 23:6b; 26:5 (κατὰ τὴν ἀκριβεστάτην αἵρεσιν τῆς ἡμετέρας θρησκείας ἔζησα Φαρισαῖος); Phil 3:5.—In addition to the lit. s.v. Σαδδουκαῖος that is pertinent here, cf. also IElbogen, Die Religionsanschauung der Phar. ’04; Schürer II4 ’07, 456ff; IAbrahams, Studies in Pharisaism and the 1022

Gospels I ’17, II ’24; ATRobertson, The Pharisees and Jesus ’20; EMeyer II ’21, 282ff; RTHerford, The Pharisees ’24 (cf. BSEaston, Mr. Herford and the Phar.: ATR 7, ’25, 423-37); CGMontefiore, The Synoptic Gospels2 ’27 II 676a (index s.v. Pharisees); GFMoore, Judaism in the First Centuries of the Christian Era I, II ’27; FCBurkitt, Jesus and the ‘Pharisees’: JTS 28, ’27, 392-7; DWRiddle, Jesus and the Ph.’28; JoachJeremias, Jerus. zur Zeit Jesu,3 ’62, 279-303; LFinkelstein, The Ph.2 ’40, The Ph., The Sociol. Background of their Faith, 3’62; IZLauterbach, The Ph. and their Teach.: Hebr. Union Coll. Annual 6, ’29, 69-140; OHoltzmann, D. Prophet Mal u. d. Ursprung des Pharisäerbundes: ARW 29, ’31, 1-21; LBaeck, Die Pharisäer ’34; WFoerster, D. Ursprung des Pharisäismus: ZNW 34, ’35, 35-51; SZeitlin, The Pharisees and the Gospels ’38; AFinkel, The Pharisees and the Teacher of Nazareth ’64.—RMeyer/HFWeiss, TW IX, 11-51. φαρμακεία, ας, ἡ (X., Pla.+; Vett. Val., pap., LXX; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 94; 98) sorcery, magic (Polyb. 38, 16, 7; Ex 7:11, 22; 8:14; Is 47:9, 12; Wsd 12:4; 18:13; En. 7, 1; Sib. Or. 5, 165) Rv 18:23. Pl. magic arts 9:21 (v.l. φαρμάκων). In a list of vices Gal 5:20; B 20:1; pl. D 5:1. M-M. B. 1495.* φαρμακεύς, έως, ὁ Soph., Trach. 1140; Pla., Symp. 203D γόης καὶ φαρμ.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 38; Jos., Vi. 149f) mixer of poisons, magician Rv 21:8 t.r. (s. φάρμακος). * φαρμακεύω fut. φαρμακεύσω (Hdt., Pla.+; POxy. 472, 1; 5 [II AD]; LXX; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 38) mix poison, make potions, practice magic D 2:2.* φάρμακον, ου, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Vi. 150)—1. poison (Hom.+; Jos., Ant. 16, 253; 17, 62; Test. Jos. 5:1) Hv 3, 9, 7a (w. φαρμακός); in the symbol of the ‘poisoned’ heart, ibid. b. θανάσιμον φάρμ. (s. θανάσιμος) ITr 6:2.

2. magic potion, charm (Hom.+; PSI 64, 20 [I BC]; 4 Km 9:22; Jos., Ant. 15, 93; 19, 193; Test. Reub. 4:9) Rv 9:21 v.l. (for φαρμακειῶν).

3. medicine, remedy, drug (Hom.+; Dit., Syll.3 1168, 40; 77; 119; PRyl. 62, 22 [I BC]; PTebt. 117, 22 [I BC]; PGM 5, 247; Philo; Jos., Bell. 4, 573;Test. Jos. 2:7), also means of attaining someth., w. gen. of the thing desired (Eur., Phoen. 893 φ. σωτηρίας; likew. the teaching of Epicurus: ChJensen, GGAbh. III 5, ’33, 81; Kleopatra l. 45; 130 φ. τῆς ζωῆς; Sir 6:16), the Eucharist as φάρμακον ἀθανασίας the medicine of (i.e. means of attaining) immortality IEph 20:2 (φ. ἀθαν. Antiphanes Com. 86, 6; Diod. S. 1, 25, 6; Herm. Wr. 460, 13 Sc. The remedy, widely designated by the t.t. φάρμ. ἀθ., whose origin was credited to Isis, was prescribed for the most varied diseases.

ThSchermann, ThQ 92, ’10, 6ff; Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 400). M-M. B. 310f.* φάρμακος, ου, ὁ (LXX; on the accent and differentiation fr. φαρμακός ‘scapegoat’ [Hipponax+] see L-S-J under both words, w. ref. to Herodian, Gr. I, 150; s. PKatz, ThLZ 82, ’57, 112; Bl-D.-Funk §13; φάρ. is masc. Ex 7:11; fem. Mal 3:5) poisoner Hv 3, 9, 7a, b; magician (Ex 7:11; 9:11 al.; Sib. Or. 3, 225) Rv 21:8 (s. φαρμακεύς); 22:15.

M-M.* φάσις, εως, ἡ (fr. φημί. Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Aet. M. 143) information, orig. concerning a crime, then gener. report, announcement, news (pap.) ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ Χιλιάρχῳ ὅτι 21:31 (ἀνέβη because it went up to the Tower Antonia). M-M.* φάσκω impf. ἔφασκον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 3, 305; 7, 250) say, assert, claim foll. by acc. and inf. (PRyl. 117, 19; Philo, Somn. 2, 291; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 145) Ac 24:9; 25:19. In an affirmation made concerning the speaker, after the nom. of the ptc. we have the inf. w. predicate nom. φάσκοντες εἶναι σοφοί Ro 1:22; after the acc. of the ptc., the inf. w. the predicate acc. τοὺς φάσκοντας εἶναι ἀποστόλους Rv 2:2 t.r. M-M.* φάτνη, ης, ἡ manger, stall (so Hom.+; PLille 17, 15; POxy. 1734; Job 6:5; 39:9; Is 1:3; Hab 3:17; Philo; Jos., Ant. 8, 41; Sib. Or. 3, 791; loanw. in rabb.) Lk 13:15. In the Christmas story Lk 2:7, 12, 16 φ. could perh. be the stable (Diod. S. 17, 95, 2 φ. is a place to keep horses, beside κατασκήνωσις, a place for people to stay; Aelian, N.A. 16, 24 p. 402, 10 w. ὁδός) or even a feeding-place under the open sky, in contrast to κατάλυμα, the shelter where people stayed (cf. HJCadbury, JBL 45, ’26, 317-19; 52, ’33, 61 f.—Manger: AvanVeldhuizen, NThSt 13, ’30, 175-8).

Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 3 p. 330, 15 Jac. raises similar doubts.—MDibelius, Jungfrauensohn u. Krippenkind ’32, 59ff.—MHengel, TW IX, 51-7. M-M.* φαῦλος, η, ον (trag., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+; pap., LXX) worthless, bad, evil, base 1. in a moral sense (Soph., X., Pla.+; LXX, Ep. Arist. 142; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 53; Sib. Or. 3, 362 [w. ἄδικος]) πρᾶγμα Js 3:16. ἔργον 1 Cl 28:1. οἱ φ. those who are wicked (Epict. 4, 1, 3; 5; 4, 5, 8; Philo; Jos., Bell. 2, 163[opp. οἱ ἀγαθοί) 36:6. μηδὲν ἔχων λέγειν περὶ ἡμῶν φαῦλον if he has nothing bad to say about us Tit 2:8 (cf. Plut., Mor. 717B φαύλως εἰπεῖν). πράσσειν τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον Ro 9:11 (the contrast ἀγ. and φαῦλ. as Pla., Protag.

326E τῶν ἀγαθῶν πατέρων πολλοὶ υἱεῖς φαῦλοι γίγνονται); (τὰ) φαῦλα πράσσειν J 3:20; 5:29.

2. in a physical sense κομίσασθαι εἴτε ἀγαθὸν εἴτε φαῦλον=receive reward or punishment fr. the judge 2 Cor 5:10 (cf. X., Symp. 4, 47 τὰ φαῦλα, τὰ ἀγαθά). yet, in this awkwardly arranged sentence, the idea of the doing of good or evil (mng. 1) also plays a part. M-M.* φέγγος, ους, τό (Hom. Hymns+; inscr., e.g. Isishymnus v. Andros 39 Peek [I BC]; LXX; Ezek. Trag. in Euseb., Pr. 1023

Ev. 9, 29, 14 ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ φ. 16; Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 308; 11, 285) light, radiance, of the moon (Ps.-X., Cyneget. 5, 4; Philo, Somn. 1, 23) Mt 24:29; Mk 13:24. Of a λύχνος (Callim. ed vWilam.4 ’25 no. 55) Lk 11:33. Of two heavenly beings πολὺ φέγγος ἔχοντες GP 9:36.* φείδομαι mid. dep.; fut. φείσομαι; 1 aor. ἐφεισάμην (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En.; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 66; Jos., Ant. 16, 404, Vi. 328; Test. 12 Patr.).

1. spare (Hom.+) τινός someone or someth. 2 Cor 1; , 23. ἐγὼ ὑμῶν φείδομαι I would like to spare you a great deal of trouble, by offering good advice 1 Cor 7:28. φεῖσαί μου τῆς ψυχῆς ἀπὸ ῥομφαίας spare my life (by protecting me) from the sword B 5:13 (cf. Jer 13:14 οὐ φείσομαι ἀπὸ διαφθορᾶς αὐτῶν). Mostly w. a neg. not spare τινός Ac 20:29; Ro 8:32 (Lucian, Syr. Dea 18 οὐδʼ. . . γυναικὸς ἐφείσατο, i.e. his own wife); 11:21a, b; 2 Pt 2:4f; IRo 1:2. Abs., but w. οὐδενός understood (Thu. 3, 59, 1; Pr 6:34; Jos., Ant. 14, 480)2 Cor 13:2.

2. refrain from doing someth. (X., Cyr. 1, 6, 19; 35; Appian, Basil. 5 §1 πολέμου, Bell. Civ. 5, 120 §498; Dit., Syll.3 708, 35; Job 16:5) w. inf. as obj., to be supplied 2 Cor 12:6 (τοῦ καυχᾶσθαι); ITr 3:3 (τοῦ γράφειν). M-M.* φειδομένως (Plut., Alex. 25, 7; Cosmas and Damian 34, 70) adv. of the ptc. φειδόμενος sparingly (cf. Theognis, fgm. 1, 931 φείδομαι=be miserly) σπείρειν 2 Cor 9:6a; θερίζειν b. M-M.* φελόνης cf. φαιλόνης. M-M. φέρω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.) impf. ἔφερον; fut. οἴσω J 21:18; Rv 21:26; 1 aor. ἤνεγκα, ptc. ἐνέγκας; 2 aor. inf. ἐνεγκεῖν (Bl-D. §81, 2); 1 aor. pass. ἠνέχθην 2 Pt 1:17, 21a.

1. bear, carry—a. lit. (Aristoph., Frogs 27 τὸ βάρος ὃ φέρεις; X., Mem. 3, 13, 6 φορτίον φέρειν) ἐπέθηκαν αὐτῷ τὸν σταυρὸν φέρειν ὄπισθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ Lk 23:26 (s. σταυρός 1). διὰ τῆς πύλης ἔφερον αὐτούς (=τούς λίθους) Hs 9, 4, 1. b. fig., of the Son of God φέρων τὰ πάντα τῷ ῥήματι τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ who bears up the universe by his mighty word Hb 1:3 (cf. Plut., Lucull. 6, 3 φέρειν τὴν πόλιν; Num 11:14; Dt 1:9). οὗτος τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν φέρει 1 Cl 16:4 (Is 53:4). c. bear patiently, endure, put up with (X., An. 3, 1, 23; Appian, Samn. 10 §13 παρρησίαν φ.=put up with candidness, Iber. 78 §337; Jos., Ant. 7, 372; 17, 342) μαλακίαν 1 Cl 16:3 (Is 53:3). τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν αὐτοῦ (i.e. Ἰησοῦ) Hb 13:13 (cf. Ezk 34:29). τὸ διαστελλόμενον 12:20. Of God ἤνεγκεν ἐν πολλῇ μακροθυμίᾳ σκεύη ὀργῆς Ro 9:22. d. bring with one, bring along (Diod. S. 6, 7, 8 γράμματα φέρων; PTebt. 418, 9; 421, 6; 8) φέρουσαι ἃ ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα Lk 24:1. Cf. J 19:39.—e. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου bear the name of the Lord, i.e. of a Christian Pol 6:3.

2. bear, produce of a plant and its fruits, lit. and symbol. (Hom.+; Diod. S. 9, 11, 1; Aelian, V.H. 3, 18 p. 48, 20; Jo 2:22; Ezk 17:8; Jos., Ant. 4, 100)Mt 7:18a, b; Mk 4:8; J 12:24; 15:2a, b, c, 4f, 8, 16; Hs 2:3f, 8.

3. move out of position, drive; pass. be moved, be driven, let oneself be driven—a. lit., by wind and weather (Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1700; Charito 3, 5, 1; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 62 §278 in spite of the storm Marius leaped into a boat and ἐπέτρεψε τῇ τύχῃ φέρειν let himself be driven away by fortune; Jer 18:14; Test. Napht. 6:5) Ac 27:15, 17.—Move, pass (cf. L-S-J s.v. φέρω B 1) Papias 3. b. fig., of the Spirit of God, by whom men are moved (cf. Job 17:1 πνεύματι φερόμενος) ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι 2 Pt 1:21b. Cf. Ac 15:29 D.Of the impulse to do good Hs 6, 5, 7. Of the powers of evil (Ps.-Plut., Hom. 133 ὑπὸ ὀργῆς φερόμενοι; Jos., Bell. 6, 284)PK 2 p. 14, 11; Dg 9:1. c. also of the wind itself (Ptolem., Apotel. 1, 11, 3 οἱ φερόμενοι ἄνεμοι; Diog. L. 10, 104 τ. πνεύματος πολλοῦ φερομένου; Quint. Smyrn. 3, 718) φέρεσθαι rush Ac 2:2. Of fragrance φέρεσθαι ἐπί τινα be borne or wafted to someone (Dio Chrys. 66[16], 6 ‘rush upon someone’) AP 5:16.—Of writings (Diog. L. 5, 86 φέρεται αὐτοῦ [i.e., Heraclid. Pont.] συγγράμματα κάλλιστα; Marinus, Vi. Procli 38; cf. Arrian, Anab. 7, 12, 6 λόγος ἐφέρετο Ἀλεξάνδρου=a saying of Alexander was circulated) οὗ (=τοῦ Είρηναίου) πολλὰ συγγράμματα φέρεται of whom there are many writings in circulation Epil Mosq 1.—Of spiritual development ἐπι τὴν τελειότητα φερώμεθα let us move on toward perfection Hb 6:1.

4. bring (on), produce—a. a thing—α. bring (to), fetch τὶ someth. Mk 6:27, 28 (ἐπὶ πίνακι. On the bringing in of a head at a banquet cf. Diog. L. 9, 58.—The presence of a severed head did not necessarily disturb the mood at a meal. Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 20, §81 relates concerning Antony that he had the head of Cicero placed πρὸ τῆς τραπέζης); Lk 13:7 D; 15:22 P75 et al. for ἐξ-; Ac 4:34, 37; 5:2; 2 Ti 4:13; MPol 11:2; Hs 8, 1, 16 (w, double acc., of the obj. and the pred.); 9, 10, 1. Pass. Mt 14:11a (ἐπὶ πίνακι); Hv 3, 2, 7; 3, 5, 3; s 8, 2, 1a, b; 9, 4, 7; 9, 6, 5-7; 9, 9, 4f. τινί τι someth. to someone Mt 14:18 (ω. ὧδε); Mk 12:15. The acc. is supplied fr. the context Mt 14:11b; J 2:8a. The dat. and acc. are to be supplied οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν Mt 12:16; J 2:8b. φέρειν πρός τινα w. acc. of the thing to be supplied (X., Cyr.8, 3, 47; Ex 32:2) Hs 8, 4, 3; 9, 10, 2. φ. τι εἰς (1 Km 31:12) Rv 21:24, 26. μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν; do you suppose that anyone has brought him anything to eat? J 4:33.—Fig. bring (about) (Hom. +; Mitteis, Chrest. 284, 11 [II BC] αἰσχύνην; PTebt. 104, 30; POxy. 497, 4; 1062, 14; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 319; Sib. Or. 3, 417) τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ φέρον ἄφεσιν the baptism which brings (about) forgiveness B 11:1. β. bring, utter, make a word, speech, announcement, charge, etc. (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 251), as a judicial expr. (cf.

Demosth. 58, 22; Polyb. 1, 32, 4; PAmh. 68, 62; 69; 72) κατηγορίαν J 18:29. Cf. Ac 25:7 t.r., 18 (Field, Notes 140); 2 Pt 2:11. Perh. this is the place for μᾶλλον ἑαυτῶν κατάγνωσιν φέρουσιν rather they blame themselves 1 1024

Cl 51:2. διδαχήν 2J 10. ὑποδείγματα give or offer examples 1 Cl 55:1 (Polyb. 18, 13, 7 τὰ παραδείγματα). θάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι τοῦ διαθεμένου the death of the one who made the will must be established Hb 9:16. τοῦτο φέρεται ἐν this is brought out=this is recorded in Epil Mosq 3.—Of a divine proclamation, whether direct or indirect (Diod. S. 13, 97, 7 τ. ἱερῶν φερόντων νίκην) 2 Pt 1:17, 18, 21a. Perh. also ἐλπίσατε ἐπὶ τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χρ. hope for the grace that is proclaimed for you at the revelation of Jesus Christ 1 Pt 1:13. γ. φέρειν τὸν δάκτυλον, τὴν χεῖρα put or reach out the finger, the hand J 20:27a (ὧδε), vs. 27b. b. a living being, animal or man—α. bring animals Mk 11:2, 7 (πρός τινα); Lk 15:23; Ac 14:13 (ἐπὶ τ. πυλῶνας). β. bring or lead people τινά someone ἀσθενεῖς Ac 5:16. κακούργους GP 4:10. τινά ἐπὶ κλίνης (Jos., Ant. 17, 197)Lk 5:18. τινά τινι someone to someone Mt 17:17 (w. ὧδε); Mk 7:32; 8:22. Also τινὰ πρός τινα Mk 1:32; 2:3; 9:17, 19f. φέρουσιν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸν Γολγοθᾶν τόπον 15:22. ἄλλος οἴσει (σε) ὅπου οὐ θέλεις J 21:18. c. of a gate, lead somewhere (cf. Hdt. 2, 122; Thu. 3, 24, 1 τὴν ἐς Θήβας φέρουσαν ὁδόν; Ps.-Demosth. 47, 53 θύρα εἰς τὸν κῆπον φέρουσα; Dit., Syll.3 1118, 5; POxy. 99, 7; 17 [I AD]; 69, 1 [II AD] θύρα φέρουσα εἰς ῥύμην) τήν πύλην τὴν φέρουσαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν Ac 12:10 (X., Hell. 7, 2, 7 αἱ εἰς τὴν πόλιν φέρουσαι πύλαι; Diog. L. 6, 78 παρὰ τῇ πύλῃ τῇ φερούσῃ εἰς τὸν Ἰσθμόν; Jos., Ant. 9, 146).—See Fitzmyer s.v. ἄγω—KWeiss, TW IX, 57-89: φέρω and many related words. M-M. B. 707.** φεύγω fut. φεύξομαι; 2 aor. ἔφυγον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. lit. flee, seek safety in flight Mt 8:33; 26:56; Mk 5:14; 14:50, 52 (mng. 2 is also poss.; cf. PTebt. 48, 23f); Lk 8:34; J 10:12, 13 t.r.; Ac 7:29; GP 13:57. ἀπό (X., Cyr. 7, 2, 4, Mem. 2, 6, 31; Arrian, Ind. 6, 5; Ex 4:3; 2 Km 19:10; Jos., Bell. 1, 474;Test. Dan 5:1) Mk 16:8; J 10:5; Js 4:7=Hm 12, 4, 7; cf. 12, 5, 2; Rv 9:6; 1 Cl 4:10; 28:2; Hm 11:14; 12, 2, 4 (w. μακράν). ἐκ (Ael. Aristid. 30 p. 583 D.; Jos., Ant. 14, 177)Ac 27:30, εἰς (X., Mem. 1, 2, 24; Gen 14:10; Num 24:11; Jos., Ant. 14, 418εἰς τὰ ὄρη) Mt 2:13; 10:23; 24:16; Mk 13:14; Lk 21:21 (cf. 1 Macc 2:28); J 6:15 v.l.; Rv 12:6. ἐπί w. acc. ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη Mt 24:16 v.l. (X., Ages. 2, 11).—RBach, Die Aufforderungen zur Flucht und zum Kampf im alttestamentlichen Prophetenspruch ’62.

2. escape Mk 14:52 (mng. 1 is also poss.); Hb 12:25 t.r. W. the acc. of that which one escapes (Artem. 1, 21; 4, 1 p. 200, 24; Jos., Ant. 6, 344)ἔφυγον στόματα μαχαίρης 11:34. πῦρ MPol 2:3. Cf. 2 Cl 18:2. ἀπό Mt 3:7; 23:33; Lk 3:7.

3. in a moral sense flee from, avoid, shun w. acc. of the thing (Zaleucus in Stob. IV p. 125, 12 H. τ. ἀδικίαν; Cleobulus in Diog. L. 1, 92; Epict. 1, 7, 25; Dit., Syll.3 1268 I, 3 [III BC] ἄδικα φεῦγε; 4 Macc 8:19) φεύγετε τὴν πορνείαν (Test. Reub. 5:5) 1 Cor 6:18; cf. ISm 7:2. In contrast to διώκειν 1 Ti 6:11 and 2 Ti 2:22 (beside διώκειν, φεύγειν τι may have the mng. ‘run away from’ as schol. on Nicander, Ther. 75).—1 Cl 30:1; 2 Cl 10:1; ITr 11:1; IPhld 2:1; 6:2; 7:2; IPol 5:1. Also ἀπό τινος (Sir 21:2 ἀπὸ ἁμαρτίας) 1 Cor 10:14; B 4:1, 10; D 3:1.

4. guard against w. acc. τὰς ἀπειλάς the threats, i.e. the punishments which they hold in prospect 1 Cl 58:1.—5. vanish, disappear (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 2, 28) πᾶσα νῆσος ἔφυγεν Rv 16:20. W. ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου τινός (as Ps 67:2; cf. also Dt 28:7; Josh 8:5. yet likew. as early as Ctesias, Pers. 2 φυγεῖν ἀπὸ προσώπου Κύρου and schol. on Nicander, Ther. 377 in a free quot. from Herodas [8, 59] φεύγωμεν ἐκ προσώπου) 20:11. M-M. B. 698.* Φῆλιξ, ικος, ὁ (inscr.: Sb 4601, 3 [144 AD]; APF II 442 no. 56, 9 [II AD]; POxford [ed. EPWegener ’42] 3, 1 [142 AD]; POxy. 800 [153 AD]; Joseph. index; on the accent Bl-D. §13; Mlt.-H. 57) Antonius Felix, a freedman of the House of the Claudians and brother of Pallas, the favorite of the Emperor Claudius. In 52/53 AD F. became procurator of Palestine. The year of his removal is in dispute (cf. Schürer I, rev. Engl. ed. ’73, 465, 42; ESchwartz, NGG ’07, 284ff), but was in the neighborhood of 60. The infamous character of his administration helped to lay the ground for the revolt of 66-70 (per omnem saevitiam ac libidinem jus regium servili ingenio exercuit, ‘he revelled in cruelty and lust, and wielded the power of a king with the mind of a slave’: Tacitus, Hist. 5, 9). Ac 23:24, 26; 24:3, 22, 24f, 27; 25:14.—Zahn, Einl. II3 647ff; Schürer I, rev. Engl. ed.’73, 460ff; vRohden, Pauly—W. I 261 ff; EMeyer III 47ff.—On the question whether Pilate (q.v.), Felix, and Festus were procurators (s. ἐπίτροπος) or prefects (s. ἔπαρχος) see the Lat. inscr. from Caesarea discovered and first publ. by AFrova, Istituto Lombardo Rendiconti 95, ’61 (see also Schürer I, rev. Engl. ed.’73, 358 note 22, and 359), which officially refers to Pilate as prefect. The probability is that by the time of Felix and Festus this was officially changed to procurator. The terms were sometimes used interchangeably. M-M.* φήμη, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; LXX) report, news ἐξῆλθεν ἡ φήμη αὕτη the news of this was spread (Jos., Bell. 2, 416;cf. Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 231) Mt 9:26. φ. περί τινος (Herodian 2, 1, 3; 2, 7, 5) Lk 4:14. M-M.* φημί 3 sing. φησίν, 3 pl. φασίν Ro 3:8; 2 Cor 10:10 v.l.; 3 sing. of impf. and 2 aor. ἔφη (cf. Kühner-Bl. II 210) (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 12al.).

1. say, affirm w. direct discourse—a. w. interchange of first and third persons in dialogue Hv 2, 4, 1; 3, 2, 1; 3, 3, 1f and oft. b. introducing direct discourse—α. preceding it ὁ δέ φησιν, οὔ, μήποτε. . . Mt 13:29. Cf. 26:61; 27:11, 23; Mk 10:29; J 9:38; 18:29; Ac 7:2; 8:36; 10:30 al. Oft. w. the dat. of the pers. addressed ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦσ̣ πάλιν γέγραπται. . . Mt 4:7. Cf. 13:28; 21:27; Mk 9:12; 14:29; Lk 7:44; Ac 26:32. Also πρός τινα Lk 22:70; Ac 10:28; 16:37; 26:1.—Used w. a ptc., which denotes the nature of the statement ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἑκατόνταρχος ἔφη, κύριε. . .

Mt 8:8. Cf. Lk 23:3, 40. β. inserted after the first word or words of the direct discourse (Oenomaus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 6, 7, 8 ἀγγελῶ, νὴ Δία, φήσει τις,. . . 17) δός μοι, φησίν, ὧδε. . . Mt 14:8. ποίας; φησίν 19:18 v.l. a. Cf. Lk 7:40 (here φησίν stands 1025

at the close of a direct quot. consisting of only two words); Ac 2:38 v.l.; 23:35; 25:5, 22; 26:25. c. without a subj., where it is self-evident ὅρα γὰρ φησιν ποιήσεις πάντα (for) see to it, he (i.e. God) says (Ex 25:40), you must make everything Hb 8:5. But φησίν is also used impersonally, it is said, so that it can also go w. a plural subject that makes a statement (cf. Demosth. 23, 31; Epict., Enchir. 24, 2; Maximus Tyr. 5, 4a) αἱ ἐπιστολαὶ μέν, φησίν, βαρεῖαι 2 Cor 10:10 (the subject of this statement is the opposition to Paul in the Corinthian church; hence the v.l. φασίν). W. scripture quotations φησίν it says (φησίν abs. w. a quot. fr. Aratus: Synes., Prov. 2, 5 p. 125A) 1 Cor 6:16; 1 Cl 30:2; 2 Cl 7:6; B 7:7. d. φησίν, in introducing scripture quot., can be pred. to a wide variety of subjects (cf. φησὶν ὁ λόγος Pla., Phil.

51C; Maximus Tyr. 22, 5b) φησὶν ὁ ἅγιος λόγος 1 Cl 13:3. (τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον) 16:2. αὐτός (=ὁ κύριος) φησιν 16:15. ὁ θεός 33:5. ὁ ἐκλεκτὸς Δαυίδ 52:2.

2. mean by one’s statement (Artem. 1, 67 p. 62, 16 φημὶ δὲ ἐγώ=but I mean), w. acc. (Diod. S. 37, 29, 5 Κράσσον φημί; Syntipas p. 10, 12) τοῦτο 1 Cor 7:29; cf. 10:15, 19. Foll. by ὅτι 1 Cor 10:19 (Caecil. Calact., fgm.

103 p. 93, 18 ἀλλὰ τί φημι; ὅτι κτλ.); τοῦτο ὅτι 15:50. Foll. by acc. and inf. (Synes., Kingship 15 p. 14c) Ro 3:8.—HFournier, Les verbes ‘dire’ en Grec ancien ’46. M-M. B. 1257. φημίζω 1 aor. pass. ἐφημίσθην (Hes.+; Sib. Or. 3, 2; 406) spread (a report) by word of mouth or as a rumor (Jos., Bell. 1, 450)pass. (Aeschyl.+; Plut., Mor. 264D οἱ τεθνάναι φημισθέντες=‘those reported to be dead’; PGiess.

19, 4 [II AD]) Mt 28:15 v.l.; Ac 13:43 v.l. M-M.* Φῆστος, ου, ὁ (PLond. 904, 33 [104 AD]; Josephus index) Porcius Festus, successor to Felix (s. Φῆλιξ) as procurator of Palestine. Neither the beginning nor the end (caused by his death) of his term of office can be determined with full certainty, though it is gener. assumed that he died in the early 60’s. During his rule and w. his consent Paul went to the imperial court at Rome. Ac 24:27; 25:1, 4, 9, 12-14, 22-4; 26:24f, 32.—Schürer I, rev. Engl. ed. ’73, 467f; Zahn, Einl. II3 647ff; ESchwartz, NGG ’07, 294ff; UHolzmeister, Der hl. Pls vor dem Richterstuhle des Festus: ZkTh 36, ’12, 489-511; 742-82; ESpringer, D. Prozess des Ap. Pls: PJ 217, ’29, 182-96: RTaubenschlag, Opera Minora II, ’59, 721-6 (pap.). M-M.* φθάνω 1 aor. ἔφθασα (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.)—1. come before, precede (exx. fr. the later period, incl. inscr. and pap., in Clark [s. below] 375f) w. acc. of the pers. whom one precedes (Diod. S. 15, 61, 4 τοὺς πολεμίους; Appian, Syr. 29 §142, Bell. Civ. 5, 30 §115; Dit., Syll.3 783, 35 [27 BC] φθάνοντες ἀλλήλους; Wsd 6:13; Jos., Ant. 7, 247)ἡμεῖς οὐ μὴ φθάσωμεν τοὺς κοιμηθέντας we will by no means precede those who have fallen asleep 1 Th 4:15.

2. have just arrived, then simply arrive, come (late and Mod. Gk.: Plut., Mor. 210E; 338A; Vett. Val. 137, 35; 174, 12 ἐπὶ ποῖον[ἀστέρα]; Herm. Wr. 9, 10; PPar. 18, 14 [II AD] φθάσομεν εἰς Πελούσιον; PGM 3, 590; LXX [cf. Thackeray p. 288f]; Philo, Op. M. 5, Leg. All. 3, 215 φθάσαι μέχρι θεοῦ, Conf. Lingu. 153, Mos. 1, 2; Test.

Reub. 5:7, Napht. 6:9 ἐπὶ τ. γῆς [v.l. ἐπὶ τ. γῆν].—JVogeser, Zur Sprache der griech. Heiligenlegenden, Diss. Munich ’07, 46; JWittmann, Sprachl. Untersuchungen zu Cosmas Indicopleustes, Diss. Munich ’13, 16) ἐπί τινα come upon someone, overtake (in an adverse sense, DDaube, The Sudden in Scripture, ’64, 35f). ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ Mt 12:28; Lk 11:20 (KWClark, JBL 59, ’40, 367-83 ἐγγίζειν and φθ.; HVMartin, ET 52, ’40/’41, 270-5). ἔφθασεν ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργή 1 Th 2:16 (cf. Eccl 8:14; Test. Levi 6:11). ἄχρι ὑμῶν ἐφθάσαμεν 2 Cor 10:14. φθ. εἴς τι come up to, reach, attain someth. (BGU 522, 6) Ro 9:31; Phil 3:16.—GFitzer, TW IX, 90-4.

M-M. B. 701f; 703.* φθαρ- s. φθείρω. φθαρτός, ή, όν perishable, subject to decay or destruction (Aristot., Anal. 2, 22; Diod. S. 1, 6, 3 [γεννητὸς καὶ φθαρτός in contrast to ἀγέννητος and ἄφθαρτος]; Plut., Mor. 106D; 717E; Sext. Emp., Math. 9, 141; Philo, Leg. All. 2, 3, Cher. 5; 48 χρυσὸς καὶ ἄργυρος, οὐσίαι φθαρταί; 2 Macc 7:16) of persons mortal ἄνθρωπος (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 22, 12; Philo, Somn. 1, 172) Ro 1:23; Hs 9, 23, 4. Of things στέφανος 1 Cor 9:25. σπορά 1 Pt 1:23. τὰ ἐνθάδε 2 Cl 6:6. ἀγῶνες perishable contests, i.e. contests for a perishable prize 7:1, 4. τὸ κατοικητήριον τῆς καρδίας φθαρτὸν καὶ ἀσθενές B 16:7. ὕλη (Wsd 9:15 σῶμα) Dg 2:3. σάρξ Hs 5, 7, 2 (Philo, Congr. Erud. Grat.

112).—Subst. οἱ φ. the perishable of mankind Dg 9:2. τὸ φ. (Wsd 14:8; Philo, Op. M. 82) τὸ φθαρτὸν τοῦτο this perishable (nature) 1 Cor 15:53f. τὰ φθ. perishable things (Test. Benj. 6:2; Philo, Ebr. 209 [opp. τὰ ἄφθαρτα]) 1 Pt 1:18; B 19:8; Dg 6:8.* φθέγγομαι mid. dep.; 1 aor. ἐφθεγξάμην (Hom.+; Dit., Syll.3 1175, 6 ῥῆμα μοχθηρὸν φθ. ; 23 [abs.]; PFlor.

309, 10; LXX) lit. ‘produce a sound’, then call out loudly, gener. speak, utter, proclaim τὶ someth. (Lucian, Nigr. 3, 11; Iambl. Erot. 21; Sextus 356; Wsd 1:8 ἄδικα; Test. Dan 5:2 ἀλήθειαν; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 219) ὑπέρογκα speak bombastically 2 Pt 2:18. Of an animal ἐν ἀνθρώπου φωνῇ vs. 16 (Alciphr. 4, 19, 3 εἰ βοῦς μοι τὸ λεγόμενον φθέγξαιτο). Abs., of persons (opp. ‘be silent’.—X., An. 6, 6, 28, Cyr. 7, 3, 11; Ael. Aristid. 30, 19 K.=10 p. 121 D.) Ac 4:18. M-M.* φθείρω fut. φθερῶ; 1 aor. ἔφθειρα. Pass.: pf. ἔφθαρμαι, ptc. ἐφθαρμένος; 2 aor. ἐφθάρην; 2 fut. φθαρήσομαι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Test. 12 Patr.) destroy, ruin, corrupt, spoil.

1. of outward circumstances—a. ruin financially τινά someone, so perh. 2 Cor 7:2 (s. 2a below).—b. The expr.

1026

εἴ τις τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ φθείρει 1 Cor 3:17a seems to be derived fr. the idea of the destruction of a house (X., Mem. 1, 5, 3 τὸν οἶκον τὸν ἐαυτοῦ φθείρειν. Oft in marriage contracts: Mitteis, Chrest. 284, 11 [II BC]; PTebt.

104, 29 [92 BC] al.).—ἀγῶνα φθείρειν t.t. for breaking the rules of a contest (Dit., Syll.3 1076, 3) 2 Cl 7:4; cf. vs. 5 (here as a symbol). c. seduce a virgin (Eur.+; Diod. S. 1, 23, 4; Jos., Ant. 4, 252)οὐθὲ Εὔα φθείρεται, ἀλλὰ παρθένος πιστεύεται Dg 12:8 (πιστεύω 1f).—d. pass. be ruined, be doomed to destruction by earthly transitoriness or otherw. (Epict. 2, 5, 12 τὸ γενόμενον καὶ φθαρῆναι δεῖ) of idols Dg 2:4. Of a man bowed down by old age αὐτοῦ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἤδη ἐφθαρμένον ἀπὸ τῶν προτέρων αὐτοῦ πράξεων his spirit, which had already degenerated from its former condition (s. πρᾶξις 6) Hv 3, 12, 2 (cf. Ocellus [II BC] c. 23 Harder [’26] φθείρονται ἐξ ἀλλήλων).

2. in the realm of morals and religion—a. ruin or corrupt τινά someone in his inner life, by erroneous teaching or immorality, so perh. 2 Cor 7:2 (s. 1a above). ἥτις ἔφθειρεν τὴν γῆν (=τοὺς ἀνθρώπους; cf. γῆ 5b) ἐν τῇ πορνείᾳ αὐτῆς Rv 19:2. Pass. (UPZ 20, 17 [163 BC]; Test. Jud. 19:4 ἐν ἁμαρτίαις φθαρείς) τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸν φθειρόμενον κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας Eph 4:22. Cf. Hs 8, 9, 3 Lake. b. ruin or corrupt τὶ someth. by misleading tactics πίστιν θεοῦ κακῇ διδασκαλίᾳ IEph 16:2. The church (opp. τηρεῖν) 2 Cl 14:3a, b. On φθείρουσιν ἤθη χρηστὰ ὁμιλίαι κακαί 1 Cor 15:33 cf. ἦθος. Pass. be led astray (Jos., Bell. 4, 510)μήπως φθαρῇ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν ἀπὸ ἀπλότητος (νόημα 1) 2 Cor 11:3 (φθ. of the seduction of a virgin, s. 1c above). c. destroy in the sense ‘punish w. eternal destruction’ 1 Cor 3:17b (=‘punish by destroying’ as Jer 13:9). Pass. 2 Pt 2:12; Jd 10. ἔφθαρται (w. ἀπώλετο) IPol 5:2.—GHarder, TW IX, 94-106: φθείρω and many related words. M-M. B. 758.* φθινοπωρινός, ή, όν belonging to late autumn (Aristot., H.A. 5, 11; Polyb. 4, 37, 2; Plut., Mor. 735B ὁ φθινοπωρινὸς ἀήρ, ἐν ᾧ φυλλοχοεῖ τὰ δένδρα; Aelian., N.A. 14, 26 p. 358, 24; PHib. 27, 170 [III BC]). In Jd 12 the false teachers are called δένδρα φθινοπωρινὰ ἄκαρπα trees in late autumn, without fruit (w. νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι). The point of the comparison is prob. that trees which have no fruit at the time of harvest (cf. JBMayor, φθινοπωρινός: Exp. 6th Ser. IX ’04, 98-104, The Ep. of St. Jude and 2 Pt ’07, 55-9) have not fulfilled the purpose for which they exist, any more than waterless clouds. M-M. B. 1015.* φθόγγος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; PGM 7, 775; 778; Philo) (clear, distinct) sound, tone of musical instruments (Pla., Leg. 812D; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 5, 21 p. 181, 19.—Wsd 19:18) 1 Cor 14:7. Also of the human voice (Hom.+) ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν Ro 10:18 (cf. Ps 18:5). M-M.* φθονέω 1 aor. ἐφθόνησα (Hom.+; inscr.; PFlor. 273, 5; Tob 4:7; 16; Philo, Test. 12 Patr.) envy, be jealous τινί (of) someone (X., Mem. 3, 5, 16; Chares [IV BC] 1 [Anth. Lyr.2 Diehl, suppl. ’42]; Herodian 3, 2, 3; Jos., Vi. 230) ἀλλήλοις (Plut., Artax. 24, 7 v.l.) Gal 5:26 (v.l. ἀλλήλους; the acc. as Aesop 147a, 2 Chambry v.l.); w. inf. (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 95 §400 φ. τινι w. inf.=begrudge someone [the chance to]; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 268) μὴ φθονήσωμεν ἑαυτοῖς τυχεῖν τοσούτων ἀγαθῶν let us not begrudge each other the gaining of such benefits 2 Cl 15:5 (Jos., Ant. 4, 235ἀγαθῶν φθονεῖν τινι).—φ. τινι can also mean dislike someone, be resentful toward someone without the connotation of jealousy or a grudge (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 79 §360). Absol. Js 4:2 v.l. M-M.* φθόνος, ου, ὁ (Pind., Hdt.+; Ael. Aristid. 29, 5 K.=40 p. 752 D.: φθ. as ἔσχατον τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων ἁμαρτημάτων; pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 224; Philo; Jos., Vi. 80; 122; Test. 12 Patr.) envy, jealousy, w. ζῆλος (1 Macc 8:16; Test. Sim. 4:5) 1 Cl 3:2; 4:7, 13; 5:2. W. κακία (Test. Benj. 8:1) Tit 3:3. In catalogues of vices (in some of which κακία also occurs; cf. also Herm. Wr. 13, 7) Ro 1:29 (μεστοὺς φθόνου φόνου ἔριδος. The play on words φθόν. φόν. as Eur., Tro. 766ff); 1 Ti 6:4 (w. ἔρις); φθόνοι Gal 5:21 (v.l.+ φόνοι); 1 Pt 2:1. διὰ φθόνον out of envy (Anaximenes [IV BC]: 72 fgm. 33 Jac.; Philo, Mos. 1, 2; Jos., Vi. 204 ἐπιγνοὺς διὰ φθόνον ἀναιρεθῆναί με προστάξαι, C. Ap. l, 222) Mt 27:18; Mk 15:10; Phil 1:15 (w. ἔρις). On the difficult and perh. textually damaged pass. πρὸς φθόνον ἐπιποθεῖ τὸ πνεῦμα Js 4:5 s. ἐπιποθέω; πρός III 6, and cf. FSpitta, Der Brief des Jk [=Zur Gesch. und Lit. des Urchristentums II] 1896, 118ff; PCorssen, GGA 1893, 596f; OKirn, StKr 77, ’04, 127ff; 593ff; ChBruston, Rev. de Théol. et des Quest. rel. 11, ’07, 368-77; JAFindlay, ET 37, ’26, 381f; AMeyer, D. Rätsel des Jk ’30, 258f.

M-M. B. 1139.* φθορά, ᾶς, ἡ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Philo; Jos., Ant. 18, 373; Sib. Or. 2, 9) ruin, destruction, dissolution, deterioration, corruption.

1. in the world of nature (Galen, In Hippocr. De Natura Hominis Comm. 45 p. 25, 6 Mewaldt γένεσις κ. φθορά=coming into being and passing away; 51 p. 28, 11 γένεσις κ. φθορὰ σώματος.—The reason for the destruction is not found in the word itself, but must be made clear by an addition. Cf. Plut., Artax. 16, 6 Z. concerning Mithridates, who was allowed to decompose while he was still alive: εὐλαὶ κ. σκώληκες ὑπὸ φθορᾶς κ. σηπεδόνος ἀναζέουσιν=maggots and worms swarmed as a result of the destruction and putrefaction [of his body]) τροφὴ φθορᾶς perishable food IRo 7:3. ἅ ἐστιν πάντα εὒς φθορὰν τῇ ἀποχρήσει all of which are meant for destruction by being consumed Col 2:22. Of animals who are destined to be killed 2 Pt 2:12a (X., Cyr. 7, 5, 64; Artem. 1, 78 p. 74, 27.—Schol. on Nicander, Ther. 795 explains κακόφθορα by saying that it designates animals τὰ ἐπὶ κακῇ φθορᾷ τεχθέντα=born to come to an evil end, i.e., destruction).—Of the state of being perishable (opp. ἀφθαρσία as Philo, Mos. 2, 194) 1 Cor 15:42; also concrete, that which is perishable vs. 50. ἡ δουλεία τῆς φθορᾶς slavery to decay Ro 8:21.

2. in specific senses—a. (destruction by) abortion (cf. Dit., Syll.3 1042, 7 [II/III AD] φθορά=miscarriage [which 1027

makes the mother unclean for 40 days] and φθόριον=a means of producing abortion) οὐ φονεύσεις ἐν φθορᾷ B 19:5; D 2:2. b. seduction of a maiden (Diod. S. 3, 59, 1; 5, 62, 1; Plut., Mor. 712C; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 202) w. μοιχεία (Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 102) 2 Cl 6:4.

3. of religious and moral depravity (Ex 18:18; Mi 2:10) ἡ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ φθορά the depravity that exists in the world because of passion (opp. θεία φύσις) 2 Pt 1:4. δοῦλοι τῆς φθορᾶς 2:19. Vs. 12b (s. 4 below) scarcely belongs here.

4. of destruction in the last days Gal 6:8 (opp. ζωὴ αὒώνιος). ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν καὶ φθαρήσονται when they (the dumb animals) are destroyed in the coming end of the world, these (the false teachers), too, will be destroyed (so BWeiss, Kühl, JBMayor, Windisch, Knopf, Vrede) 2 Pt 2:12b. M-M.* φθορεύς, έως, ὁ seducer (Plut., Mor. 18c; Epict. 2, 22, 28 [w. μοιχός]; 4 Macc 18:8; Philo, Decal. 168 [w. μοιχός]); this mng. is to be preferred for B 10:7 and prob. also for 20:2; D 5:2, where the word is oft. taken to mean abortionist (φθορά 2a).—D 16:3 it is corrupter gener.* φιάλη, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.; Jos., Ant. 3, 143; 272; loanw. in rabb.) bowl, specif. a bowl used in offerings (Diod. S. 4, 49, 8) Rv 5:8 (golden bowl as Ps.-Callisth. 2, 21, 16); 15:7; 16:1-4, 8, 10, 12, 17; 17:1; 21:9. M-M. B. 346.* φιλάγαθος, ον (Aristot., Magn. Mor. 2, 14 p. 1212b, 18 φιλάγαθος οὐ φίλαυτος; Polyb. 6, 53, 9; Plut., Mor. 140c, Rom. 30, 7; Vett. Val. 104, 7; inscr.; Wilcken, Chrest. 20 II, 11 [II AD]; POxy. 33 [II AD]; Wsd 7:22; Ep. Arist.; Philo, Mos. 2, 9) loving what is good Tit 1:8. M-M.* Φιλαδέλφεια, ας, ἡ (so N.; W-H. Φιλαδελφία) Philadelphia, a city in Lydia (west central Asia Minor; this Philadelphia mentioned in Strabo 12, 8 p. 578; Ptolem. 5, 2, 17; Ael. Aristid. 26, 96 K. al.; inscr.) under Roman rule fr.

133 BC. Significant as a seat of Hellenistic culture. The sixth letter of Rv 1:11; 3:7 and one epistle of Ign., IPhld inscr., are addressed to the Christian church there. MPol 19:1 mentions eleven martyrs fr. Phil. who were condemned together w. Polycarp in Smyrna.—An inhabitant of the city was called Φιλαδελφεύς title of IPhld (s. Hdb. z. NT on this).—Lghtf., The Apost. Fathers, Part II vol. II2 1889, 237ff; KBuresch, Aus Lydien 1898; Ramsay, Phrygia I 1895, 196ff, Letters ch. 27f; VSchultze, Altchristl. Städte u. Landschaften II 2, ’26. M-M.* φιλαδελφία, ας, ἡ brotherly love, love of brother or sister (elsewh. in the lit. sense of love for blood brothers or sisters: Alexis Com. [IV BC] 334; Eratosth. [III BC], Cat. p. 12, 18; Plut., περὶ φιλαδελφίας; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 26, 2; Babrius 47, 15; PLond. 1708, 101; 4 Macc 13:23, 26; 14:1; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 87; Jos., Ant. 4, 26)in our literature fig., of love to a brother in the Christian faith (cf. ἀδελφός 2) Ro 12:10; 1 Th 4:9; Hb 13:1; 2 Pt 1:7a, b; 1 Cl 48:1. ἀνυπόκριτος 1 Pt 1:22. περιβόητος 1 Cl 47:5.-HSedlaczek, φιλαδελφία nach den Schriften des hl. Ap. Pls: ThQ 76, 1894, 272-95. M-M.* φιλάδελφος, ον loving one’s brother and/or sister (in the lit. sense [s. φιλαδελφία] Soph., X.+; on gravestones [Sb 6234; 6235; 6653]; 4 Macc 13:21; 15:10; Philo, De Jos. 218) in our literature only fig. (cf. Socrat., Ep. 28, 12=sociable; 2 Macc 15:14=loving one’s fellow-countrymen) of love to a brother in the Christian faith 1 Pt 3:8. M-M.* φίλανδρος, ον (Aeschyl.+) loving her husband (so Phalaris, Ep. 132 φ. καὶ σώφρων; Ep. 58 of Apollonius of Tyana [Philostrat. I 361, 30]; Plut., Mor. 142A φίλανδροι καὶ σώφρονες γυναῖκες; Dit., Syll.3 783, 39 [I BC]; inscr. fr. Perg. in Dssm., LO 268 [LAE 314]; Maspéro 310, 18; PLond. 1711, 40; Philo, Exs. 139.-Jos., Ant. 18, 159 φιλανδρία.—Dibelius, Hdb. ad loc.) Tit 2:4. M-M.* φιλανθρωπία, ας, ἡ (X., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) love for mankind, (loving) kindness, of God (Musonius p. 90, 12 H.; Lucian, Bis Accus. 1, end; Philo, Cher. 99; Jos., Ant. 1, 24.—OWeinreich, ARW 18, ’15, 25; 50-2.—As a virtue of rulers: Diod. S. 34+35 fgm. 3 [w. χρηστότης]; Dit., Or. 139, 20, Syll.3 888, 101; Esth 8:12l [w. χρηστότης]; 3 Macc 3:15, 18; Ep. Arist. 265; 290.—PWendland, ZNW 5, ’04 p. 345, 2) and w. χρηστότης (Plut., Aristid. 27, 7 and oft. elsewh.; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 141; Jos., Ant. 10, 164)Tit 3:4; Dg 9:2. Rather in the sense hospitality (cf. ENorden, Die germanische Urgesch. in Tacitus’ Germania2 ’22 p. 137, 2; 138, 1) Ac 28:2.—Field, Notes 147f; 222f.—On the semantic development: SLorenz, De Progressu Notionis φιλανθρωπίας, Diss. Leipzig ’14; STromp de Ruiter, Mnemosyne n. s. 59, ’32, 271-306.—CSpicq, La Philanthropie hellénistique (Tit 3:4), Studia Theologica 12, ’58, 169-91. ULuck, TW IX, 107-11. M-M.* φιλάνθρωπος, ον (Aeschyl., X., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 200)loving mankind, benevolent of God (Pla., Symp. 189D, Leg. 4 p. 713D; Plut., Mor. 402A; Lucian, Prom. 6; Xenophon Eph. 5, 4, 10; Aelian, H.A. 9, 33; Philo; Weinreich [s.v. φιλανθρωπία]. Of the Wisdom of God Wsd 1:6; 7:23. Also of a ruler [Ep. Arist. 208] ‘humane, popular’ [Wendland s.v. φιλανθρωπία; Thieme 38]) Dg 8:7. Of a virtue ἡ φιλόθεος καὶ φιλάνθρωπος ἀγάπη Agr 7 (w. φιλόθεος as Philo, Dec. 110).* φιλανθρώπως adv. (Isocr., Demosth.+; inscr., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) benevolently, kindly φιλανθρώπως χρῆσθαί (τινι) treat someone in kindly fashion (Isocr., Ep. 7, 6; Demosth. 19, 225; Aeschin. 3 [C. Ctes.], 57; Diod. S. 20, 17, 1; Plut., Aemil. 39, 9, Alcib. 4, 6, Mor. 88c; Cass. Dio 71, 14; 27; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 153.Ant. 12, 46; 14, 313 v.l.; 1028

Dit., Syll.3 368, 4f [289/8 BC].—HJCadbury, JBL 45, ’26, 202) Ac 27:3. M-M.* φιλαργυρέω (Epicurus; Alciphr. 4, 15; Sext. Emp., Math. 11, 122; Dit., Syll.3 593, 12 [196/4 BC]; 2 Macc 10:20) love money, be avaricious 2 Cl 4:3.* φιλαργυρία, ας, ἡ (Isocr.+; Polyb. 9, 25, 4; Diod. S. 7, 14, 5; Cebes 19, 5; Herodian 6, 9, 8; 4 Macc 1:26; Philo; Test. Judah 18:2; 19:1) love of money, avarice, miserliness w. other vices 2 Cl 6:4; Pol 2:2; 4:3; 6:1. As ῥίζα πάντων τῶν κακῶν 1 Ti 6:10 or ἀρχὴ πάντων χαλεπῶν Pol 4:1 (cf. Hippocr., Ep. 17, 43 τούτων ἁπάντων αἰτίη ἡ φιλαργυρίη; Democritus in Gnomol. Vatican. 265 Sternbach [Wiener Studien 10, 1888, 231] Δημόκριτος τὴν φιλαργυρίαν ἔλεγε μητρόπολιν πάσης κακίας. Likew. Bion the Sophist in Stob., Eclog. III 417, 5 H.; Diog. L. 6, 50 μητρόπολιν πάντων τῶν κακῶν; Apollod. Com. 4 vol. III p. 280 Kock; also Sib. Or. 2, 111; 8, 17).—JGeffcken, Kynika u. Verwandtes ’09, 38ff. M-M.* φιλάργυρος, ον (Soph., X., Pla.+; Polyb. 9, 22, 8; 9, 25, 1; 9, 26, 11; Diod. S. 5, 27, 4; Epict.; Plut.; Cebes 34, 3; PPetr. III 53j, 14 [III BC]; 4 Macc 2:8; Philo; Test. Levi 17:11) fond of money, avaricious Lk 16:14; 2 Ti 3:2; D 3:5.

M-M.* φίλαυτος, ον (Aristot. [s. φιλάγαθος and cf. the index of the Berlin ed. IV 818]; Musonius 86, 2 H.; Plut., Epict., Lucian, Sext. Emp.; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 49 φίλαυτος καὶ ἄθεος; Jos., Ant. 3, 190)loving oneself, selfish 2 Ti 3:2.

M-M.* φιλέω impf. ἐφίλουν; 1 aor. ἐφίλησα; pf. πεφίληκα (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Joseph., Sib. Or.).

1. love, have affection for, like—a. w. acc. of the pers.: relatives (X., Mem. 2, 7, 9) Mt 10:37a, b (on this pass.

TArvedson, Svensk Ex. Årsb. 5, ’40, 74-82). Good disciples IPol 2:1. Paul speaks of those who love him in (the) faith Tit 3:15 (on the greeting here s. UWilcken, APF 6, ’20, 379; Sb 7253, 18-20 [296 AD] ἀσπάζομαι τοὺς φιλοῦντας ἡμᾶς κατʼ ὄνομα). The world loves those who belong to it J 15:19. Jesus’ disciples love him J 16:27b; 21:15-17 (here φ. seems to be=ἀγαπάω, q.v. 1aβ, w. the lit. there, pro and con); so do all true Christians 1 Cor 16:22 (CSpicq, NovT 1, ’56, 200-4). Christ also loves certain persons Rv 3:19; Lazarus (JLeal, Verb. Dom. 21, ’41, 59-64) J 11:3, 36; the beloved disciple 20:2. God loves the Son 5:20 and his disciples 16:27a (φ. of the love of a deity, Simonides, fgm. 4, 12 οὕς ἂν οἱ θεοὶ φιλέωσιν [i.e. τ. ἀγαθούς]; Dio Chrys. 80[30], 26; Biogr. p. 92; Sib. Or. 3, 711).—SNRoads, A Study of φιλεῖν and ἀγαπᾶν in the NT: Review and Expositor 10, ’13, 531-3; CFHogg, Note on ἀγαπ. and φιλέω: ET 38, ’27, 379f; BBWarfield, The Terminology of Love in the NT: PTR 16, ’18, 1-45; 153-203; FNormann, Diss.

Münster, ’52; MPaeslack, Theologia Viatorum 5, ’53, 51-142; MLattke, Einheit im Wort ’75. S. the lit. s.v. ἀγάπη I, end. b. w. acc. of the thing (Hom.+; Wsd 8:2) τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ J 12:25 (Tyrtaeus 7, 18 Diehl2 warns about φιλοψυχεῖν). The place of honor Mt 23:6.—Lk 20:46; Rv 22:15 (cf. Pr 29:3). W. inf. foll. like or love to do someth., hence do someth. often or customarily (Pind., Nem. 1, 15; Aeschyl., Sept. 619, Ag. 763; Soph., Aj. 989; Eur., Iph. T. 1198; Ps.-Eur., Rhes. 394; Hdt. 7, 10, 5; X., Hipparch. 7, 9; Pla., 7th Letter p. 337B; Appian, Liby. 94 §442; Arrian, Anab. 3, 11, 2; Aelian, V.H. 14, 37; PGiess. 84, 13; Is 56:10; Philo, Op. M. 103; Jos., Ant. 18, 60)φιλοῦσιν προσεύχεσθαι Mt 6:5. φιλοῦσιν καλεῖσθαι ῥαββί they like to be called ‘Rabbi’ 23:6f.

2. kiss, as a special indication of love (Aeschyl., Ag. 1540; Hdt. 1, 134; X., Cyr. 1, 4, 27; Pla., Phaedr. 256A; Aristot., Prob. 30, 1, 8; Plut., Mor. 139D, Alex. 6, 8; Lucian, Ver. Hist. 1, 8; PSI 26, 13; Gen 27:26f; 29:11 al.) τινά someone Mt 26:48; Mk 14:44; Lk 22:47.—GStählin, TW IX, 112-69: φιλέω and related words. M-M. B. 1110; 1114.* φίλη, ης, ἡ s. φίλος 2b. φιλήδονος, ον loving pleasure, given over to pleasure (so Polyb. 39, 1, 10; Plut., Mor. 6B; 766B; Epict. in Stob. no. 46 p. 474 Schenkl; Dio Chrys. 4, 115; M. Ant. 6, 51; Maximus Tyr. 24, 4f; Lucian, Herm. 16; Vett. Val. 7, 12; 9, 3; 40, 5; Philo, Agr. 88 al.) 2 Ti 3:4. M-M.* φίλημα, ατος, τό (Aeschyl.+; Pr 27:6; SSol 1:2; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 40; Jos., Bell. 7, 391)a kiss (φιλέω 2) Lk 22:48 (JDöller, Der Judaskuss: Korrespondenzblatt f. d. kath. Klerus Österreichs ’18; 127-9). φίλημά τινι διδόναι give someone a kiss (Nicopho Com. [V/IV BC] 8) Lk 7:45. The kiss w. which Christian brethren give expression to their intimate fellowship is called φίλημα ἅγιον : ἀσπά-σασθε ἀλλήλους ἐν φιλήματι ἁγίῳ Ro 16:16; 1 Cor 16:20; 2 Cor 13:12; cf. 1 Th 5:26. Also ἀσπάσασθε ἀλλήλους ἐν φιλήματι ἀγάπης 1 Pt 5:14.—HAchelis, Das Christentum in den ersten drei Jahrhunderten I ’12, 292f; Windisch on 2 Cor 13:12; RSeeberg, Aus Rel. u. Gesch. I ’06, 118-22; AWünsche, Der Kuss in Bibel, Talmud u. Midrasch ’11; K-MHofmann, Philerm Hagion ’38; WLowrie, The Kiss of Peace, Theology Today 12, ’55, 236-42; KThraede, Jahrb. f. Antike u. Christent. 11f, ’68/’69, 124-80. M-M. B. 1114.* Φιλήμων, ονος, ὁ a name freq. found, Philemon, a Christian, prob. at Colossae, a convert of Paul. Philemon’s slave, Onesimus, ran away, met Paul, and was also won for Christianity by him. Paul sent him back to his master, and gave him a short letter explaining the circumstances, our Phlm. Phlm 1; subscr.—Zahn, Einl.3 I 312ff; Pölzl (Τιμόθεος, end) 293ff. On the letter s. JKnox, Phlm among the Letters of Paul—a New View of its Place and Importance ’35 (2’59)and on this HGreeven, ThLZ 79, ’54, 373-8, also WRollins, JBL 78, ’59, 277f; WGDoty, Letters in Primitive 1029

Christianity ’73. M-M.* Φίλητος (on the accent cf. Kühner-Bl. I 329f; Tdf., Proleg. 103), ου, ὁ (inscr.; POxy. 72, 17 [90 AD]) Philetus, an otherw. unknown heretic, mentioned w. Hymenaeus 2 Ti 2:17. M-M.* φιλία, ας, ἡ (Theognis, Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 109; 2, 207 al.) friendship, love foll. by the objective gen. (Thu. 1, 91, 1; Sir 27:18; Philo, Fuga 58 φ. θεοῦ) ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου Js 4:4 (there is also an αἰσχρὰ φ. : Biogr. p. 112), Pl. φιλίαι ἐθνικαί friendships with pagans Hm 10, 1, 4 (φιλία can also=bond of friendship: Diod. S. 10, 4, 6 εἰς τὴν φιλίαν προσλαβέσθαι; 19, 73, 2). M-M.* Φιλιππήσιος, ου, ὁ the man from Philippi (s. Φίλιπποι), the Philippian; this form (Stephan. Byz.: ὁ πολίτης Φιλιππεύς [CIG 1578, 13. Cf. Dit., Syll.3 267A, 3f w. note 4], Φιλιππηνὸς δὲ παρὰ Πολυβίῳ.—WMRamsay, On the Gk. Form of the Name Philippians: JTS 1, ’00, 115f) is found Phil 4:15 and in the titles of Phil and Pol (cf. Irenaeus 3, 3, 4). M-M.* Φίλιπποι, ων, οἱ (Diod. S. 16, 3, 8; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 105 §438; Strabo 7 fgm. 34; 41; 43; Jos., Ant. 14, 301; 310f; inscr.) Philippi, a city in Macedonia, founded on the site of the older Κρηνῖδες by Philip of Macedonia (Diod. S. 16, 8, 6). Under Roman rule fr. about 167 BC. In Ac 16:12 Ph. is called πρώτη τῆς μερίδος Μακεδονίας πόλις, κολωνία (μερίς 1). On the history of Philippi: PCollart, Philippes, ville de Macédoine ’37.—Here Paul founded the first church on European soil 16:12ff; cf. 1 Th 2:2. Ac also mentions Philippi 20:6, where Paul touched at the city on his last journey to Jerusalem. ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Φ. [τῆς Μακεδονίας v.l.] 1 and 2 Cor subscr. As a prisoner the apostle sent a letter to the church at Phil.: Phil 1:1 (among the more recent treatments of the circumstances under which this letter was written, esp. the place of its writing: PFeine, Die Abfassung des Philipper-briefes in Ephesus ’16; ADeissmann, Zur ephesin. Gefangenschaft des Ap. Pls: Anatolian Studies for Ramsay ’23, 121-7; WMichaelis, D. Datierung des Phil ’33; Dibelius, Hdb. exc. on Phil, end; GSDuncan, St. Paul’s Ephesian Ministry ’30; JSchmid, Zeit u. Ort. d. paulin.

Gefangenschaftsbriefe ’31; TWManson, Bull. of the JRylands Library 23, ’39, 182-200; ELohmeyer, Phil ’30, 3; 41, 5; 43, 3; 47).—The name of the city also occurs in the letter of Polycarp to the church at Philippi (on this PNHarrison, Polycarp’s Two Epistles to the Philippians ’36 [p. 337-51 lit.]), Pol inscr.—Cf. also EdSchweizer, Der 2 Th ein Phil.-brief: ThZ 1, ’45, 90-105. M-M.* Φίλιππος, ου, ὁ (freq. found in lit., inscr., pap.; occurring also in LXX and Joseph.) Philip 1. the tetrarch, son of Herod the Great and Cleopatra of Jerusalem (cf. Joseph., index Φίλιππος 6). He was tetrarch of Gaulanitis, Trachonitis, Auranitis, Batanaea and Panias (so Joseph., if the indications he gives in var. passages may thus be brought together), and acc. to Lk 3:1, also Ituraea (all small districts northeast of Palestine). He rebuilt Panias as Caesarea (Philippi) and Bethsaida as Julias. Joseph. praises his personality and administration (Ant. 18, 106f).

He was married to Salome, the daughter of Herodias (cf. Ἡρωδιάς and Σαλώμη, end). He died 33/34 AD, whereupon his territory was joined to the Rom. province of Syria, though only for a short time. Mt 16:13; Mk 8:27. Cf. also Mt 14:3; Mk 6:17; Lk 3:19 t.r. and s. Ἡρῳδιάς.—Schürer I4 425-31.—2. On the Philip mentioned Mt 14:3 and Mk 6:17 s. Ἡρῳδιάς.

3. the apostle, one of the Twelve. In the lists of the Twelve (which is the only place where his name is mentioned in the synoptics and Ac), he is found in fifth place, after the two pairs of brothers Peter-Andrew, James-John Mt 10:3; Mk 3:18; Lk 6:14; Ac 1:13. He is given more prominence in the Fourth Gosp., where he is one of the first to be called, and comes fr. Bethsaida, the city of Simon and Andrew; cf. 1:43-6, 48; 6:5, 7; 12:21f; 14:8f. Papias 2:4 he is called one of the πρεσβύτεροι.—On the apostle and the evangelist (s. 4 below), who have oft. been confused, cf. ThZahn, Apostel u. Apostelschüler in der Provinz Asien: Forsch. VI ’00 p. 369b (index); EBishop, ATR 28, ’46, 154-9 equates 3 and 4.

4. one of the seven ‘helpers’ at Jerusalem Ac 6:5; 21:8; in the latter pass. also called the ‘evangelist’ (cf. εὐαγγελιστής) to differentiate him fr. the apostle. Ac 8:5-13 after the death of Stephen he worked in Samaria w. great success; vss. 26-39 he baptized a non-Jew, the chamberlain of the Ethiopian Queen Candace (MvanWanroy, Verb.

Dom.’40, 287-93; FBlanke, Kirchenfreund 84, ’50, 145-9) and vs. 40 preached the gospel in all the cities fr. Ashdod to Caesarea. Later he lived in Caesarea w. his four maiden daughters, who possessed the gift of prophecy 21:8 f.—Zahn (3 above); HWaitz, Die Quelle der Philippus-geschichten in der AG 8:5-40: ZNW 7, ’06, 340-55.

5. the Asiarch MPol 12:2, or high priest MPol 21 Philip, under whom Polycarp suffered martyrdom. M-M.* φιλοδέσποτος, ον (Theognis, Hdt.+; Diod. S. 17, 66, 5; Lucian; Aelian, N.A. 6, 62; Philo; Jos., Bell. 4, 175)loving one’s master; the neut. subst. τὸ φιλοδέσποτον love of their Master (Lucian, Fug. 16; schol. on Aeschyl., Ag. 3; Philo, Praem. 89) in the Christian sense MPol 2:2.* φιλόζωος (w. or without iota subscr.), ον (trag.+; Philo) loving life, also of plants tenacious of life (Theophr., H. Pl. 7, 13, 4; Nicander [II BC], Theriaca 68, Alexipharmaca 274; 591 OSchneider [1856]) Hs 8, 2, 7; 8, 6, 1.* φιλόθεος, ον (Aristot., Rhet. 2, 17, 6; Diod. S. 1, 95, 4; Lucian, Calumn. 14; Vett. Val. 17, 9; Philo, Agr. 88 al.) loving God, devout in a play on words w. φιλήδονος 2 Ti 3:4 (cf. Porphyr., Ad Marcellam 14 p. 283, 20f N. ἀδύνατον τὸν αὐτὸν φιλόθεόν τε εἶναι καὶ φιλήδονον; Pythagorean saying: Wiener Stud. 8, 1886 p. 279 no.

110). ἀγάπη Agr 7 (w. φιλάνθρωπος, q.v.). M-M.* 1030

Φιλόλογος, ου, ὁ Philologus, an otherw. unknown Christian, recipient of a greeting Ro 16:15. The name is found in Gk. and Lat. inscr. (exx. in Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.), esp. of slaves and freedmen, and also occurs in the ‘familia’ of the imperial house (CIL VI 4116 al.). M-M.* Φιλομήλιον, ου, τό (Strabo 12, 8, 14; Ptolem. 5, 2, 25 al.) Philomelium, a city in Phrygia (central Asia Minor), not far fr. Antioch in Pisidia MPol inscr.* φιλον(ε)ικία, ας, ἡ (Thu.+; inscr., pap., LXX.—On the spelling Bl-D. §23 and L-S-J s.v. φιλόνικος, end; PKatz, ThLZ ’36, 282).

1. contentiousness (Pla.+; Diod. S. 13, 48, 2; 4 Macc 1:26; 8:26; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 218) MPol 18:1.—2. dispute, strife (Thu. 8, 76, 1; Diod. S. 3, 33, 3; M. Ant. 3, 4; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 243; 2 Macc 4:4) Lk 22:24 (‘emulation’: Field, Notes 75f). M-M. B. 1360.* φιλόν(ε)ικος, ον (on the spelling s.v. φιλον(ε)ικία).—1.quarrelsome, contentious (Pind., Pla.+; M. Ant. 5, 35; Ezk 3:7; Philo; Jos., Ant. 15, 166)1 Cor 11:16.

2. in a good sense (X., Pla., Plut.; Jos., Ant. 15, 156al.) emulous, (in) eager (rivalry) φιλόν(ε)ικοι ἔστε καὶ ζηλωταὶ περὶ τῶν ἀνηκόντων εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 Cl 45:1.* φιλοξενία, ας, ἡ (since Bacchylides 3, 16 Snell; Pla.; Dit., Syll.3 859A, 4; PLond. 1917, 4) hospitality Ro 12:13; Hm 8:10. Abraham’s hosp. 1 Cl 10:7. Lot’s 11:1. These two men are prob. thought of in Hb 13:2. Of Rahab 1 Cl 12:1. Of the Corinthian church 1:2. DWRiddle, Early Christian Hospitality: JBL 57, ’38, 141-54. M-M.* φιλόξενος, ον (Hom.+; Epict. 1, 28, 23; Philo, Abr. 114; Jos., Vi. 142) hospitable 1 Pt 4:9; 1 Cl 12:3 (Rahab); Hm 8:10. The bishop is to be hosp. 1 Ti 3:2 (w. κόσμιος as Epict. 1, 28, 23); Tit 1:8; cf. ἐπίσκοποι καὶ φιλόξενοι Hs 9, 27, 2. M-M.* φιλοπονέω (X., Pla.+; pap.; Sir prol. l. 20) exert oneself, devote oneself περί τι in (to) someth. (Isocr. 1, 46 τὸ περὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν φιλοπονεῖν; PLond. 130, 5 [I/II AD]) 2 Cl 19:1.* φιλοπρωτεύω wish to be first, like to be leader (so far only in eccl. usage. But φιλόπρωτος in the same sense in Plut., Mor. 471D, Solon 29, 5, Alcib. 2, 1; Artem. 2, 32. Also φιλοπρωτεία in Philod., Herculanensia Volumina coll.

2 vol. I 86, 6; VII 176, 16 [Philod., Rhet. II 159 fgm. 19 Sudh.]; Porphyr., Vi. Plot. 10 [AKirchhoff, Plotini Op. I 1856 p. xxvii]) 3J 9. M-M.* φίλος, η, ον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.)—1. adj., both pass. beloved, dear, and act. loving, kindly disposed, devoted (both Hom.+) in the latter sense w. dat. of the pers. (X., Cyr. 1, 6, 4; Dio Chrys. 52[69], 4 θεοῖς) Ac 19:31.

2. subst—a. ὁ φίλος the friend—a. lit. Lk 7:6; 11:5a; 16:9 (Plut., Mor. 175E ἀφʼ ὧν. . .:φίλον σεαυτῷ πεποίηκας); 23:12; Ac 16:39 D; 27:3; 3J 15a, b (on φίλοι=Christians cf. J 11:11; 15:14f: communication from HJCadbury, ’67); Hm 5, 2, 2 (on Ac and 3 J cf. Harnack, Mission4 I ’23, 435f). φίλοι w. γείτονες Lk 15:6 (s. γείτων); w. συγγενεῖς 21:16. Opp. δοῦλοι (unknown comic poet vol. III fgm. 166 Kock; Charito 7, 3, 2 δούλους οὐκ ἂν εἴποιμι τοὺς φίλους) J 15:15 (ABöhlig, Vom ‘Knecht’ zum ‘sohn’ ’68, 63); cf. Hs 5, 2, 6; 11; 5, 4, 1; 5, 5, 3 (in H we have the tetrad δεσπότης, υἱός, δοῦλος, φίλοι). On οἱ ἀναγκαῖοι φίλοι Ac 10:24 s. ἀναγκαῖος 2 and Jos., Ant. 7, 350.φίλε as familiar address friend Lk 11:5b; 14:10. W. subjective gen. (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 109) Lk 11:6, 8; 12:4; 14:12; 15:29; J 11:11; 15:13f cf. EPeterson, Der Gottesfreund: ZKG n.s. 5, ’23, 161-202; MDibelius, J 15:13: Deissmann-Festschr. ’27, 168-86; REgenter, Gottesfreundschaft ’28; HNeumark, D. Verwendung griech. u. jüd.

Motive in den Ged. Philons über d. Stellung Gottes zu s. Freunden, Diss. Würzb. ’37; WGrundmann, NovT 3, ’59, 62-9. Also AvHarnack, Die Terminologie der Wiedergeburt: TU 42, ’18, 97ff. Jesus is τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν Mt 11:19; Lk 7:34. Joseph of Arimathaea is ὁ φίλος Πιλάτου καὶ τοῦ κυρίου GP 2:3. Rarely w. gen. of the thing φίλος τοῦ κόσμου Js 4:4. Cf. 2 Cl 6:5. β. in a special sense (Hdt. 1, 65=Galen, Protr. 9 p. 28, 26 J.: Lycurgus as φίλος of Zeus; Diod. S. 5, 7, 7 διὰ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς εὐσεβείας φίλον τῶν θεῶν ὀνομασθῆναι; Ael. Aristid. 27, 36 K.=16 p. 297 D.: θεῶν φίλοι; Sib. Or. 2, 245 Moses as ὁ μέγας φίλος Ὑψίστοιο): on Abraham as φἰλος (τοῦ) θεοῦ Js 2:23; 1 Cl 17:2; cf. 10:1 and s. Ἀβραάμ and MDibelius, exc. on Js 2:23. On ὁ φίλος τοῦ νυμφίου J 3:29 s. νυμφίος and cf. Sappho, fgm. 124; Paus.

Attic. [II AD] ζ, 3 [HErbse ’50]. On φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος J 19:12 s. Καῖσαρ and EBammel, ThLZ 77, ’52, 205-10. b. ἡ φίλη the (woman) friend (X., Mem. 2, 1, 23; Jos., Ant. 9, 65al.) pl. τὰς φίλας her women friends GP 12:51. W. γείτονες Lk 15:9 (s. γείτων).—GFuchs, D. Aussagen über d. Freundsch. im NT vergl. m. denen d.

Aristot., Diss. Leipzig ’14; FHauck, D. Freundschaft b. d. Griechen u. im NT: Festgabe f. ThZahn ’28, 211-28. See s.v. ἑταῖρος. M-M.* φιλοσοφία, ας, ἡ (Pla., Isocr. et al.; 4 Macc; Ep. Arist. 256; Philo; Jos., Ant. 18, 11al.) philosophy, in our lit. only in one pass. and in an unfavorable sense, w. κενὴ ἀπάτη, of a kind of false teaching Col 2:8 (perhaps in a bad sense also in the Herm. wr. Κόρη Κόσμου in Stob. I p. 407 W.=494, 7 Sc.=Κόρη Κόσμου 68 (vol. IV p. 22, 9 Nock-Festugière). In 4 Macc 5:11 the tyrant Antiochus terms the Jewish religion a φλύαρος φιλοσοφία).—GBornkamm, D. Haeresie des Kol: ThLZ 73, ’48, 11-20.—OMichel, TW IX, 169-85. M-M.* 1031

φιλόσοφος, ου, ὁ (as subst. X., Pla.+; inscr., pap.; Da 1:20; Ep. Arist.; Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 176; loanw. in rabb.) philosopher of Epicureans and Stoics Ac 17:18 (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 168ἀπὸ τ. στοᾶς φιλόσοφοι). An ironical judgment on the nature philosophers τοὺς κενοὺς καὶ ληρώδεις λόγους τῶν ἀξιοπίστων φιλοσόφων Dg 8:2 (on unfavorable judgments concerning philosophers s. Cumont3 ’31, 171f; 303, 88). M-M.* φιλοστοργία, ας, ἡ (X.+; inscr., pap.; 2 Macc 6:20; 4 Macc 15:9; Jos., Ant. 8, 193al.) heartfelt love, strong affection πρός τινα to someone (Polyb. 31, 25, 1 πρὸς ἀλλήλους; Plut., Mor. 962A; Lucian, Tyrann. 1; Philo, Mos. 1, 150) of the love of Christians to each other Dg 1.* φιλόστοργος, ον (X.+; inscr.; PMich. 148 II, 9 [I AD]; 4 Macc 15:13; Philo; Jos., Ant. 7, 252al.) loving dearly τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ εἰς ἀλλήλους φιλόστοργοι devoted to one another in brotherly love Ro 12:10.—CSpicq, Φιλόστοργος: RB 62, ’55, 497-510. M-M.* φιλότεκνος, ον (Eur., Hdt.+; PMich. 149, 18, 2 [II AD]; Masp. 20, 10; 4 Macc 15:4f; Philo, Abr. 179) loving one’s children, esp. of women (Aristoph. et al.) w. φίλανδρος (Plut., Mor. 769C; inscr. fr. Perg. [Dssm., LO4 268—LAE 315] γυναικὶ φιλάνδρῳ καὶ φιλοτέκνῳ; Sb 330, 4) Tit 2:4. Of a father in an unfavorable sense (Synes., Ep. 1 p. 157D φιλότεκνος of an indulgent parent; Lucian, Tyrannic. 4 φ. ἐς ὑπερβολήν) φ. ὤν because you are indulgent Hv 1, 3, 1. M-M.* φιλοτιμέομαι dep. (Andoc., Pla.+; inscr., pap., 4 Macc 1:35 v.l.[?]; Philo; Jos., Bell. 1, 206)have as one’s ambition, consider it an honor, aspire w. inf. foll. (X., Mem. 2, 9, 3 al.; Ep. Arist. 79; Jos., Ant. 3, 207; 15, 330) Ro 15:20; 2 Cor 5:9; 1 Th 4:11. M-M.* φιλοτιμία, ας, ἡ (trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap.; Wsd 14:18; Ep. Arist. 227; Philo; Jos., Ant. 10, 25περὶ τὸν θεόν) respect, honor εἰς τὰ κωφὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ἐνδείκνυσθαι φιλοτιμίαν show the same respect to dumb (images) Dg 3:5.* φιλόϋλος, ον loving material things (cf. Origen, fgm. in Luc. 71, l. 6 ed. MRauer ’30, p. 269 φιλοΰλων καὶ φιλοσωμάτων λόγοι πιθανοί) symbol. πῦρ φιλόϋλον a fire that longs for material things or that desires to be fed w. material things IRo 7:2 (ὕλη means ‘material things’ opposed to God 6:2, elsewh.=‘firewood’ [ὕλη 1]).* φιλοφρόνως adv. (Soph., Hdt.+; inscr.; BGU 1009, 3 [II BC]; 2 Macc 3:9; 4 Macc 8:5; Ep. Arist. 173; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 210) in a friendly manner, hospitably Ac 28:7 (Jos., Bell. 6, 115φιλοφρόνως ἐδέξατο). M-M.* φιλόφρων, ον, gen. ονος (Pind., X.+; PGrenf. I 30, 5 [II BC]) well-disposed, friendly, kind 1 Pt 3:8 t.r.* Φίλων, ωνος, ὁ (a name freq. found; lit. [e.g., Diod. S. 16, 56, 3; 18, 7, 2], inscr.; PHib. 45, 14 [257 BC]; BGU 1206, 6; 1207, 9 [both 28 BC]) Philo, a deacon fr. Cilicia IPhld 11:1 who, w. Rheus Agathopus, is following Ign. through Smyrna and Philadelphia, in order to overtake him at Troas (s. Hdb. on IPhld 11:1). ISm 10:1; 13:1.* φιμόω (Aristoph.+; LXX, Joseph.) inf. φιμοῦν and less well attested φιμοῖν 1 Pt 2:15 ‫(א‬W-H., App. 166, Introd. §410; Bl-D. §91 app.; W-S. §13, 25); fut. φιμώσω; 1 aor. ἐφίμωσα. Pass.: perf. imperative 2 sing. πεφίμωσο; 1 aor. ἐφιμώθην; tie shut, specif. muzzle.

1. lit. οὐ φιμώσεις βοῦν ἀλοῶντα (Dt 25:4=Philo, De Virt. 145) 1 Cor 9:9 v.l.; 1 Ti 5:18.—2. fig. (put to) silence (PGM 36, 164; Audollent, Defix. Tab. 15, 24; 22, 42) τινά someone Mt 22:34; 1 Pt 2:15. Pass. be silenced or silent (Lucian, M. Peregr. 15; Cyranides p. 64, 18; Jos., Bell. 1, 16;438) ὁ δὲ ἐφιμώθη but he was silent=could say nothing Mt 22:12. In exorcisms (ERohde, Psyche3 II ’03, 424) φιμώθητι καὶ ἔξελθε ἐξ (ἀπʼ) αὐτοῦ Mk 1:25; Lk 4:35. Addressed to the raging sea σιώπα, πεφίμωσο Mk 4:39 (Bl-D. §346 w. app.; Rob. 908). M-M.* φλαγελλόω (s. φραγέλλιον)=φραγελλόω Mk 15:15 D.* φλέγω (Hom.+; inscr.; PSI 28, 12; PGM 4, 1732; LXX, En.; Philo, Op. M. 58; Sib. Or. 3, 761) burn, pass. be burned, burn.

1. lit. (Alciphr. 1, 2, 1; Jos., Bell. 6, 272)of the mud in hell AP 8:23.—2. fig. (Charito 8, 8, 7; Dio Chrys. 4, 52 φλεγόμενος ὑπὸ τ. φιλοτιμίας; Achilles Tat. 7, 3, 7; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 151; Anth. Pal. 16, 209 ὅλος φλέγομαι; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 224) ἐφλέγοντο ὑπὸ τῆς ὀργῆς they were inflamed with anger GP 12:50. B. 75.* Φλέγων, οντος, ὁ (a name freq. found among slaves and freedmen; cf. Ltzm., Hdb. on Ro 16:14) Phlegon, an otherw. unknown Christian, recipient of a greeting Ro 16:14. M-M.* φλέψ, φλεβός, ἡ (Hdt., Hippocr.+; PMich. 149, 4, 35 [II AD]; Hos 13:15; Philo; Jos., Bell. 4, 462)vein MPol 2:2 (on the subj. matter Jos., Bell. 2, 612).* φλογίζω (Soph.+; LXX) set on fire τὶ someth. Js 3:6a. Pass. (Philostrat., Ep. 12 p. 230, 29 by love) ibid. b.—NMacnicol, ET 55, ’43/’44, 50-2. M-M.* 1032

φλόξ, φλογός, ἡ (Hom.+; Dit., Syll.3 1170, 24; PGM 4, 3073; LXX, En., Philo; Jos., Ant. 13, 139; Test. Jos. 2:2) flame Lk 16:24. φ. πυρός (Eur., Bacch. 8 al.; LXX; πῦρ 1a) Ac 7:30 (Ex 3:2); Hb 1:7=1 Cl 36:3 (cf. LRadermacher, Lebende Flamme: Wiener Studien für klass. Philol. 49, ’32, 115-18); Rv 1:14; 2:18; 19:12. ἐν πυρὶ φλογός in flaming fire (Ex 3:2 B et al.; Sir 45:19; PsSol 12:4; the v.l. ἐν φλογὶ πυρός parallels the text of Is 66:15; cf. Ex 3:2 text; PKatz, ἐν πυρὶ φλογός: ZNW 46, ’55, 133-8) 2 Th 1:8. μεγάλη φ. a high flame (Lucian, Tim. 6) MPol 15:1.

M-M. B. 72.* φλυαρέω (Hdt.+; PSI 434, 7; 9 [III BC]; Sb 2266, 12) talk nonsense (about), bring unjustified charges against (Isocr. 5, 79 w. βλασφημεῖν; X., Hell. 6, 3, 12; Philo, Somn. 2, 291) w. acc. of the pers. (cf. the pass. Diog. L. 7, 173 τὸν Διόνυσον καὶ Ἡρακλέα φλυαρουμένους ὑπὸ τῶν ποιητῶν) and dat. of the thing λόγοις πονηροῖς φλυαρῶν ἡμᾶς 3J 10. M-M.* φλύαρος, ον (Menand., Perinth. 15 J.; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verbi 26 of pers.; Plut., Mor. 39A; 169E; 701A; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 365E; 369A; Ps.-Lucian, As. 10; 4 Macc 5:10; Jos., Vi. 150) gossipy, foolish 1 Ti 5:13.* φοβερός, ά, όν (Aeschyl.+) in our lit. only in the act. sense causing fear, fearful, terrible, frightful (Hdt. et al.; BGU 428, 8 [II AD]; LXX; En. 21, 8f; Ezek. Trag. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 9, 29, 11; Ep. Arist. 194; Philo; Jos., Ant. 3, 56; 88; Test. Jos. 6:2) φοβερὰ ἐκδοχὴ κρίσεως Hb 10:27 (cf. Sib. Or. 3, 634 φοβ. δίκη). τὸ φανταζόμενον 12:21. ἄκανθα B 7:11. ἐπιθυμία Hm 12, 1, 2. φοβερόν (sc. ἐστιν) τὸ ἐμπεσεῖν εἰς χεῖρας θεοῦ Hb 10:31.* φοβέω (Hom.+; Wsd 17:9; Jos., Ant. 14, 456), in out lit. only pass. φοβέομαι (Hom.+; Dit., Or. 669, 59, Syll.3 1268, 17b; pap., LXX, En., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) impf. ἐφοβούμην; 1 aor. ἐφοβήθην; 1 fut. φοβηθήσομαι (Plut., Brut. 40, 9; M. Ant. 9, 1, 7; Jer 40:9; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 277; cf. Bl-D. §79).

1. be afraid, the aor. oft. in the sense become frightened a. intr., abs. ἐφοβήθησαν σφόδρα they were terribly frightened (Ex 14:10; 1 Macc 12:52) Mt 17:6; 27:54. ἐπεστράφην φοβηθείς I turned around in terror Hv 4, 3, 7.-Mt 9:8; 14:30; 25:25; Mk 5:33; Ac 16:38. ἐφοβοῦντο γάρ for they were afraid Mk 16:8 (Mk 16:9-20 is now rarely [e.g. by GHartmann, D. Aufbau des Mk ’36, 175-263] considered a part of the original gospel of Mk, though most scholars doubt that the gosp. really ended w. the words ἐφ. γάρ. The original ending may have been lost; among the possible reasons given are the accidental loss of the last page of Mark’s own first copy [the same defect, at a very early stage, in the case of the 18th book of the Κεστοί of Jul. Africanus: WBauer, Orthodoxy etc. (Engl. tr. of 2d German ed. ’64) ’71, 159ff. S. also FGKenyon, Papyrus Rolls and the Ending of St. Mk: JTS 40, ’39, 56f; CHRoberts, The Ancient Book and the Ending of St. Mk: ibid. 40, ’39, 253-7] or by purposeful suppression, perh. because it may have deviated fr. the other accounts of the resurrection [for the purposeful omission of the end of a document cf. Athen. 4, 61 p. 166D on the 10th book of Theopompus’ Philippica, ἀφʼ ἧς τινες τὸ τελευταῖον μέρος χωρίσαντες, ἐν ᾧ ἐστιν τὰ περὶ τῶν δημαγωγῶν. S. also Diog. L. 7, 34: a report of Isidorus of Pergamum on the systematic mutilation of books in the library there by Athenodorus the Stoic].—Those who conclude that nothing ever came after ἐφ. γάρ must either assume that the evangelist was prevented fr. finishing his work [Zahn et al.], or that he really intended to close the book w. these words [s. γάρ 1a]. A short sentence, composed of a verb + γάρ also Epict. 3, 9, 19; 4, 8, 4; Artem. 4, 64; 1, 33 p. 35, 6; Oenomaus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 6, 7, 8; Libanius, Or. 53 p. 65, 20 F.; PMich. 149 VI, 37 [II AD]; Plotinus, Ennead 5, 5, a treatise ending in γάρ: PWvanderHorst, JTS 23, ’72, 121-4. So e.g. Wlh., Loisy, Lohmeyer ad loc.; ABauer, Wiener Studien 34, ’12, 306ff; Lyder Brun, D. Auferst. Christi ’25, 10ff; OLinton, ThBl 8, ’29, 229-34; JMCreed, JTS 31, ’30, 175-80; MGoguel, La foi à la résurr. de Jésus ’33, 176ff; HMosbech, Mkevangeliets Slutning: Sv. Exeg. Årsbok 5, ’40, 56-73; WC Allen, JTS 47, ’46, 46-9 [‘feel reverential awe’]; ibid. 48, ’47, 201-3. S. also EJGoodspeed, Exp. 8th Ser. XVIII ’19, 155-60; reconstruction of the ‘lost’ ending, in Engl., by Gdspd. in his Introd. to the NT ’37, 156; HEProbyn, Exp. 9th Ser. IV ’25, 120-5; ROKevin, JBL 45, ’26, 81-103; MSEnslin, ibid. 46, ’27, 62-8; HJCadbury, ibid. 344f; MRist, ATR 14, ’32, 143-51; WLKnox, HTR 35, ’42, 13ff; EHelzle, Der Schluss des Mk, ’59, Diss.

Tübingen; FW Danker, CTM 38, ’67, 26f; JLuzarraga, Biblica 50, ’69, 497-510; KAland, MBlack-Festschr., ’69, 157-80). φοβοῦμαι μᾶλλον I am all the more fearful IPhld 5:1. μὴ φοβηθῆτε do not be afraid Mt 10:31 t.r. (μή A III 5a). μὴ φοβοῦ, μὴ φοβεῖσθε you must no longer be afraid, stop being afraid (μή A III 3b) Mt 10:31; 14:27; 17:7; Mk 5:36; Lk 1:13, 30; 2:10; 5:10; 8:50; 12:7 al. LKöhler, D. Offenbarungsformel ‘Fürchte dich nicht!’: SchThZ 36, ’19, 33ff.—W. acc. of the inner obj. (Bl-D. §153, 1 w. app.; Rob. 468; Pla., Prot. 360B; Ael. Aristid. 30 p. 586 D.: φοβοῦμαι φόβον. On the LXX usage cf. MJohannessohn, Der Gebr. der Kasus in LXX, Diss. Berlin ’10, 73) ὁ φόβος ὃν δεῖ σε φοβηθῆναι the fear which you must have Hm 7:1c. ἐφοβήθησαν φόβον μέγαν (Jon 1:10; 1 Macc 10:8) they were very much afraid Mk 4:41; Lk 2:9. In case the nouns are to be taken in the pass. sense, this is also the place for τὸν φόβον αὐτῶν (objective gen.) μὴ φοβηθῆτε 1 Pt 3:14 (cf. Is 8:12) and μὴ φοβούμεναι μηδεμίαν πτόησιν vs. 6 (πτόησις 2); s. 1bγ below.—A class. expr., though favored by the OT (Lev 26:2; Dt 1:29; Jer 1:8, 17; Jdth 5:23; 1 Macc 2:62; 8:12; En. 106, 4; Bl-D. §149; Rob. 577) φοβ. ἀπό τινος be afraid of someone Mt 10:28a; Lk 12:4; 1 Cl 56:11 (Job 5:22).—Foll. by gen. absol. 56:10. Foll. by μή and the aor. subj. to denote that which one fears (Thu. 1, 36, 1; Aesop, Fab. 317 H.; Alex. Aphr. 31, II 2 p. 203, 20 τὸν Ἀπόλλω φοβεῖσθαι μή τι παρελθῇ τούτων ἄπρακτον=Apollo is concerned [almost as much as ‘sees to it’] that nothing of this remains undone; Jos., Vi. 252) Ac 23:10; 27:17; ITr 5:1; Hs 9, 20, 2. Foll. by μήποτε (Phlegon: 257 fgm. 36, 2, 4 Jac. φοβοῦμαι περὶ ὑμῶν, μήποτε): Hm 12, 5, 3. φοβηθῶμεν μήποτε δοκῇ τις Hb 4:1; μήπου Ac 27:29; μήπως 27:29 t.r.; 2 Cor 11:3; 12:20. A notable feature is the prolepsis of the obj. (cf. Soph., Oed. Rex 767; Thu. 4, 8, 7) φοβοῦμαι ὑμᾶς μήπως εὒκῇ κεκοπίακα εἰς ὑμᾶς I am afraid for you, lest I might have expended my labor on you in vain Gal 4:11 (Bl-D. §476, 3; Rob. 423).—W. inf. foll. be afraid to do or shrink from doing someth. (Bl-D. §392, 1b.-X., An. 1, 3, 17 1033

al.; Gen 19:30; 26:7) Mt 1:20; 2:22; Mk 9:32; Lk 9:45; 2 Cl 5:1.—φοβεῖσθαι abs. in the sense take care πλέον φοβεῖσθαι be more careful than usually ITr 4:1. b. trans. fear someone or someth.—α. pers. τινά someone (X., An. 3, 2, 19 al.; PGM 4, 2171; Num 21:34; Dt 3:2; Jos., Ant. 13, 26)μὴ φοβηθῆτε αὐτούς Mt 10:26. Ἡρῴδης ἐφοβεῖτο τὸν Ἰωάννην Mt 6:20. τοὺς Ἰουδαίους J 9:22.-Gal 2:12; 2 Cl 5:4b (saying of Jesus). God Mt l0:28b; Lk 12:5a, b, c; 23:40; 2 Cl 5:4c (saying of Jesus). The crowd Mt 14:5; 21:26, 46; Mk 11:32; 12:12; Lk 20:19; 22:2; Ac 5:26 (foll. by μή). τὴν ἐξουσίαν (ἐξουσία 4cα) Ro 13:3. The angel of repentance Hm 12, 4, 1; s 6, 2, 5. The Christian is to have no fear of the devil Hm 7:2a; 12, 4, 6f; 12, 5, 2. β. animals (symbol.) μὴ φοβείσθωσαν τὰ ἀρνία τοὺς λύκους 2 Cl 5:4a (saying of Jesus, fr. an unknown source). γ. things τὶ someth. (X., Hell. 4, 4, 8 al.; En. 103, 4; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 90; 2, 232) τὸ διάταγμα τοῦ βασιλέως Hb 11:23. τὸν θυμὸν τοῦ βασιλέως vs. 27. τὴν κρίσιν 2 Cl 18:2. τὸν ὄντως θάνατον Dg 10:7. φοβοῦμαι τὴν ὑμῶν ἀγάπην, μὴ. . . IRo 1:2. τὰ ὅπλα (symbol.) Hm 12, 2, 4.—1 Pt 3:14 and 6 belong here in case the nouns in them are to be taken in an act. sense; s. 1a above.—Fear, avoid, shun τὶ someth. (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 41, 9 Δαρεῖος τὸ ἅρμα φοβηθείς) τὴν πλάνην τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν B 12:10. τὰ ἔργα τοῦ διαβόλου Hm 7:3a, c.-AVStröm, Der Hirt des Hermas Allegorie oder Wirklichkeit? Ntl. Sem. Uppsala 3, ’36.

2. (have) reverence, respect—α. (for) God, fear (differently 1bα above) him in the sense reverence (Aeschyl., Suppl. 893 δαίμονας; Isocr. 1, 16 τοὺς μὲν θεοὺς φοβοῦ, τοὺς δὲ γονεῖς τίμα; Pla., Leg. 11 p. 927A; Lysias 9, 17; 32, 17; Plut., De Superstit. 2 p. 165B; LXX; Philo, Migr. Abr. 21 [after Gen 42:18]. Cf. PTebt. 59, 10 [II BC] φοβεῖσθαι καὶ σέβεσθαι τὸ ἱερόν) Lk 1:50; 18:2, 4; Ac 10:35; 1 Pt 2:17; Rv 14:7; 19:5; 1 Cl 21:7; 23:1; 28:1; 45:6; B 10:10f (τὸν κύριον); 19:2, 7; Hm 1:2; 7:1, 4f; Hs 5, 1, 5; 8, 11, 2; D 4:10. Also τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ (2 Esdr 11 [Neh 1]: 11) Rv 11:18.-φοβούμενοι τὸν θεόν as a t.t.=σεβόμενοι τὸν θεόν (σέβω 2a) Ac 13:16, 26; sing. 10:2, 22.—τὸν κύριον (=Christ) Col 3:22.—WCAllen (s. 1a above) interprets Mk 16:8 to mean reverence for the divine. b. for men who command respect (Plut., Galba 3, 4; Herodian 3, 13, 2; Lev 19:3 φοβ. πατέρα καὶ μητέρα): of a wife ἵνα φοβῆται τὸν ἄνδρα Eph 5:33. τὸν ἐπίσκοπον IEph 6:1.—HBalz, TW IX, 186-216: φοβ. and related words. M-M. φόβητρον and φόβηθρον (different suffixes; cf. Bl-D. §35, 3; Mlt.-H. 110; Thackeray 104), ου, τό (Hippocr., Morb. Sacr. 1 vol. Vl p. 362 L.; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 367A; Lucian, Alex. 25; Anth. Pal. 11, 189, 3 Düb.; Is 19:17) terrible sight or event, horror. Pl. φόβητρά τε καὶ σημεῖα ἔσται there will be dreadful portents and signs Lk 21:11. M-M.* φόβος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or. 3, 679).

1. act. the causing of fear (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 27 §104 ἐς φ. τῆς βουλῆς=to intimidate the Senate) so perh. τὸν φόβον αὐτῶν μὴ φοβηθῆτε 1 Pt 3:14 (Is 8:12; s. φοβέω lb γ). Also concrete that which arouses fear, a terror (Soph., Philoct. 1251; Polyb. 11, 30, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 135 §565; Dit., Syll.3 442, 10 [III BC] οὐδένα οὔτε φόβον οὔτε κίνδυνον ὑποστελλόμενοι) οἱ ἄρχοντες οὐκ εἰσὶν φόβος Ro 13:3. So perh. also εἰδότες οὖν τὸν φόβον τοῦ κυρίου since we know what it is that causes fear of the Lord 2 Cor 5:11 (i.e. the judgment to come, vs.

10; s. also Field, Notes 183f); s. 2bα below.

2. pass.—a. fear, alarm, fright—α. gener. 2 Cor 7:11; 1 Pt 1:17 (mng. fear of the coming judge, unless ἐν φ. here means reverently, as EGSelwyn, 1 Pt ’46, 143); Jd 23 (mng. the fear of defiling oneself); Dg 7:3. W. τρόμος (q.v.) 1 Cor 2:3; 2 Cor 7:15; 1 Cl 12:5. Pl. fears, apprehensions, feelings of anxiety (also class.; Diod. S. 16, 3, 1; 16, 42, 9; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 16 §67; 3, 89 §368; Dit., Syll.3 326, 21 [307/6 BC]; Job 20:25; Wsd 18:17; Jos., Ant. 10, 24; 15, 44) ἔξωθεν μάχαι ἔσωθεν φόβοι 2 Cor 7:5. παράγειν φόβους ἀνθρωπίνους bring in fears of men 2 Cl 10:3.-W. the obj. gen. of the pers. (Diod. S. 10, 19, 6 ὁ τῶν Περσῶν φόβος), or of the thing (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 259) causing the fear ὁ φόβος τῶν Ἰουδαίων the fear of the Jews J 7:13; 19:38; 20:19. φόβος θανάτου fear of death (Epict. 2, 1, 14; 2, 18, 30 et al.; Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 111) Hb 2:15. τοῦ βασανισμοῦ Rv 18:10, 15. νόμου Dg 11:6.—ἀπὸ (τοῦ) φόβου (τινός) because of, out of fear (of someone) Mt 14:26; 28:4; Lk 21:26; Hm 11:14. Also διὰ τ. φόβον Ac 26:14 v.l. (Hyperid. 5, 5 διὰ τὸν φ. (Arrian, Anab. 5, 15, 6 διὰ τὸν φ.; Artem. 1, 1 p. 3, 23 διὰ φόβον; Philo, Mos. 1, 164 διὰ φόβον τινός; Jos., Vi. 354 διὰ τὸν φόβον). μετὰ φόβου with or in fear (Aeneas Tact. 1257) of the feeling that accompanies an action Mt 28:8; Dg 12:6.—As subject (En. 100, 8): φόβος πίπτει ἐπί τινα fear comes upon someone Ac 19:17 v.l.; Rv 11:11 t.r. ἐπιπίπτει ἐπί τινα Lk 1:12; Ac 19:17; Rv 11:11. ἐστὶν ἐπί τινα Ac 2:43 v.l. γίνεται ἐπί τινα Lk 1:65; Ac 5:5, 11 or γίνεταί τινι Ac 2:43. λαμβάνει τινά (Jos., Vi. 148) Lk 7:16; Hv 5:4. πλησθῆναι φόβου Lk 5:26. φόβῳ συνέχεσθαι 8:37. φόβον ἔχειν 1 Ti 5:20; Hm 7:2c; 12, 4, 7a; s 1:10. φοβεῖσθαι φόβον (μέγαν) Mk 4:41; Lk 2:9; cf. 1 Pt 3:14 (s. 1 above); Hm 7:1 (φοβέω 1a). β. specif. of slavish fear (Diog. Cyn. in Diog. L. 6, 75 δούλου τὸ φοβεῖσθαι), which is not to characterize the Christian’s relation to God οὐκ ἐλάβετε πνεῦμα δουλείας εἰς φόβον you have not received a spirit of slavery, to cause you to fear Ro 8:15. Cf. 1J 4:18a, b, c (opp. ἀγάπη. Cf. κόλασις 2, end). b. reverence, respect—α. toward God (Polyaenus 1, 16, 1; LXX; Ep. Arist. 159 ὁ περὶ θεοῦ φόβος; 189) and Christ, w. τρόμος Phil 2:12 (s. τρόμος). W. ἀλήθεια 1 Cl 19:1; Pol 2:1. W. ἀγάπη 1 Cl 51:2. W. πίστις, εἰρήνη and other good things and virtues 1 Cl 64. W. ὑπομονή B 2:2. W. ἐλπὶς εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν 11:11. W. πίστις and ἐγκράτεια Hm 6, 1, 1. W. objective gen. φόβος (τοῦ) θεοῦ (PLond. 1914, 12 φόβον θεοῦ ἔχοντες ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ; Philo, Spec. Leg. 4, 199; Test. Levi 13:7, Napht. 2:9) Ro 3:18 (Ps 35:2); 2 Cor 7:1 (ἀγάπη P46); 1 Cl 3:4; 21:6; cf. 8; B 4:11; 19:5; 20:2; Pol 4:2; Hm 10, 1, 6a; 12, 2, 4b, c; D 4:9. φόβος (τοῦ) κυρίου (Test. Reub. 4:1, Sim. 3:4) Ac 9:31; 1 Cl 22:1 (Ps 33:12); 57:5 (Pr 1:29); B 11:5 (Is 33:18 v.l.); Hm 7:4b; 8:9; 10, 1, 6b; 12, 2, 4a; 12, 3, 1. This may also be the place for 2 Cor 5:11 (s. 1 above). φόβος Χριστοῦ Eph 5:21.—For 1 Pt 1:17 s. 2aα above. β. toward men, respect that is due officials Ro 13:7a, b (CEBCranfield, NTS 6, ’60, 241-9: the ref. may be to 1034

God); fr. the slave to his master 1 Pt 2:18; Eph 6:5 (w. τρόμος); B 19:7=D 4:11 (w. αἰσχύνη); the wife to her husband 1 Pt 3:2. Gener. 3:16 (w. πραΰτης).—SFHJ Berkelbach v. der Sprenkel, Vrees en Religie ’20; WLütgert, Die Furcht Gottes: MKähler-Festschr. ’05, 165ff; RSander, Furcht u. Liebe im palästin. Judentum ’35. M-M. B. 1153.** Φοίβη, ης, ἡ (freq. in mythology, but also e.g. Dit., Syll.3 805, 10 [c. 54 AD]; PFlor. 50, 61 [III AD]) Phoebe, a Christian woman, διάκονος τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς (διάκονος 2b), recommended by Paul to the church for which Ro 16:1 is intended. Cf. Ro subscr.-MDGibson, Phoebe: ET 23, ’12, 281; EJGoodspeed, HTR 44, ’51, 55-7. M-M.* Φοινίκη, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap. [e.g. Sb 8008, 34; 51; 56 (261 BC)]; LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Joseph., index; Sib. Or.) Phoenicia, in NT times the name of the seacoast of central Syria, w. Tyre and Sidon as the most important cities Ac 11:19; 15:3; 21:2. HGuthe, RE XVIII ’06, 280-302 (lit.); OEissfeldt, ‘Phöniker’ and ‘Phönikia’: Pauly-W. XVII ’36.* Φοινίκισσα s. Συροφοινίκισσα. φοινικοῦς, ῆ, οῦν purple-red (so X. et al.; Dit., Syll.3 1018, 4; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 57) subst. τὸ φοινικοῦν (w. χρῶμα or ἱμάτιον understood) purple (or red) color or garment 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:18).* I. φοι̂νιξ or φοίνιξ, ικος, ὁ the palm-tree, the date-palm—1. the tree as such (Hom.+; pap., LXX; En. 24, 4; Ep. Arist. 63; Joseph.); at one time evidently a common tree in Palestine, since it is oft. depicted on coins; esp. common in Jericho, the ‘city of palms’ (Jos., Ant. 14, 54; 15, 96), where there were many more palms at the time of the crusades than at present. τὰ βάϊα τῶν φοινίκων the branches of palm-trees, the palm-branches J 12:13 (s. βάϊον and HBornhäuser, Sukka ’35, 106f).—Theobald Fischer, Die Dattelpalme 1881; JTaglicht, Die Dattelpalme in Paläst.: AdSchwarz-Festschr. ‘l7, 403-16; ILöw, Die Flora der Juden II ’24, 306-62.

2. palm-branch, palm-leaf (Arist., Eth. Magn. 1, 34 p. 1196a, 36 ὁ λαβὼν τὸν φ. ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσιν; 2 Macc 10:7; 14:4; Philo, Agr. 112, Deus Imm. 137 φ. τ. νίκης) φοίνικες ἐν τ. χερσὶν αὐτῶν Rv 7:9. στέφανοι ἐκ φοινίκων γεγονότες wreaths made of palm-leaves Hs 8, 2, 1. M-M.* II. φοι̂νιξ or φοίνιξ, ικος, ὁ the phoenix, the fabulous bird of Egypt (since Hes., fgm. 171 Rzach3=fgm. 304 Merkelbach-West [Oxford Text]; Hdt. 2, 73; Artem. 4, 47; Achilles Tat. 3, 25; PGM 5, 253; 12, 231; Sib. Or. 8, 139; Celsus 4, 98; cf. RKnopf, Hdb. exc. on 1 Cl 25) 1 Cl 25:2.—WHRoscher, Lexikon der Mythologie III 2, 3450-72: Phönix; FSchöll, Vom Vogel Phönix 1890; FZimmermann, Die Phönixsage: ThGl 4, ’12, 202-23; ThHopfner, D. Tierkult der alten Ägypter: Denkschr. der Wiener Ak. ’14; RvdBroek, The Myth of the Phoenix acc. to Class. and Early Christian Trad. ’72.* IIIΦοι̂νιξ, ικος, ὁ Phoenix, a sea-port city on the south coast of Crete, west of Lasaea (Strabo 10, 4, 3; Ptolem. 3, 17, 3; Stadiasmus sive Periplus Maris Magni §328) Ac 27:12.—HBalmer, D. Romfahrt des Ap. Pls ’05, 319ff; Zahn, AG II ’21, 825ff; RMOgilvie, JTS 9, ’58, 308-14.* φοιτάω (Hom.+; inscr., pap.; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 284; Sib. Or. 4, 74) go back and forth, move about (regularly) of animals upon the earth 1 Cl 33:3 (Hdt. 1, 78 of horses at pasture).* φονεύς, έως, ὁ (Hom.+; BGU 1024 VIII, 11; PLeipz. 37, 25; Wsd 12:5; Joseph.) murderer Mt 22:7 (SvanTilborg, The Jewish Leaders in Mt, ’72, 46-72); Ac 7:52 (w. obj. gen., as Jos., Ant. 1, 57); 28:4; 1 Pt 4:15; AP 10:25. In lists of vices Rv 21:8; 22:15; B 20:2; D 5:2 (the last two φονεῖς τέκνων). ἀνὴρ φ. Ac 3:14. M-M.* φονεύω fut. φονεύσω; 1 aor. ἐφόνευσα; 1 fut. pass. φονευθήσομαι (Pind., Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 22, 12; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 178; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 213) murder, kill, abs. οὐ φονεύσεις you shall not commit murder (Ex 20:15) Mt 5:21a (cf. ibid. b); 19:18; Ro 13:9; D 2:2a; also μὴ φονεύσῃς Mk 10:19; Lk 18:20; Js 2:11a. Cf. ibid. b: 4:2 (where the conjecture φθονεῖτε, originated by Erasmus, has been favored by Calvin, Spitta, JBMayor, Belser, Windisch, Dibelius, Hauck, Moffatt.—De Wette, Beyschlag, Meinertz et al. prefer to take φονεύω in a fig. sense [cf.

PLond. 113, 12d, 11 (c. 600 AD) ὁ χρεώστης ἐφόνευσέν με. A similar expr. as early as Herodas 6, 26 αὕτη μʼ ἡ γυνή ποτε ἐκτρίψει=this woman will be the death of me yet], of anger; GHRendall, The Ep. of St. James and Judaic Christianity ’27, 30f; 113 takes it literally, as do many before him). τινά someone Mt 23:31, 35; Js 5:6. φ. τέκνον ἐν φθορᾷ B 19:5; D 2:2b (cf. φθορά 2a). Pass. be put to death, die a violent death 1 Cl 57:7 (Pr 1:32); GP 2:5; 5:15.

M-M.* φόνος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 205; Sib. Or. 3, 392) murder, killing Mk 15:7; Lk 23:19, 25; Ac 9:1. ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης (Ex 17:13; Dt 13:16; 20:13) (by being murdered) with the sword Hb 11:37.

Anger as a cause D 3:2a. Pl. bloody deeds (Diod. S. 13, 48, 2; Ael. Aristid. 35, 7 K.=9 p. 100 D.; Lucian, Catapl. 27 al.; 2 Macc 4:3; Jos., Vi. 103) 3:2b. W. other sins Mt 15:19; Mk 7:21; Rv 9:21. In lists of vices (cf. Dio Chrys. 17[34], 19 codd.; Hos 4:2) Ro 1:29 (sing. w. φθόνος.—A similar play on words in Appian, Hann. 21 §93 φόνος τε καὶ 1035

πόνος); B 20:1 (sing.); D 5:1 (pl.). M-M. B. 1455.* φορά, ᾶς, ἡ (X., Pla.; inscr., pap., Philo) rapid motion, fig. impulse, passion ἀτάκτοις φοραῖς φέρεσθαι let oneself be borne along by unbridled passions Dg 9:1.* φορέω fut. φορέσω; 1 aor. ἐφόρεσα; pf. πεφόρηκα (Bl-D. §70, 1; W-S. §13, 3) (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) bear (in contrast to φέρω) for a considerable time or regularly, hence wear.

1. lit., clothing (X., An. 7, 4, 4; Herm. Wr. 7, 2b; Jos., Ant. 3, 153ἔνδυμα; 279; Dit., Syll.3 736, 117; POxy. 531, 14; 15 [II AD]; 1300, 10; PGiess. 47, 8 [armor]; Sir 11:5 διάδημα; Ep. Arist.) Mt 11:8; Js 2:3. A wreath (Sir 40:4; Test. Benj. 4:1) and a purple garment (Jos., Ant. 10, 235)J 19:5 (Dit., Syll.3 1018, 1f φορείτω χλαμύδα καὶ στέφανον). Fetters 1 Cl 5:6. τὴν μάχαιραν Ro 13:4.

2. fig. ὄνομα φορεῖν bear a name (Soph., fgm. 658) Hs 9, 13, 2a, c; 3a, b, c, d; 5; 9, 14, 5f; 9, 15, 2f; 9, 16, 3. δύναμιν 9, 13, 2b. πνεύματα 9, 15, 6; 9, 16, 1; 9, 17, 4. φορ. τὴν εἰκονα τοῦ χοϊκοῦ bear the image of the earthly man, i.e. represent in one’s own appearance 1 Cor 15:49a; cf. b. M-M.* φόρον, ου, τό cf. Ἀππίου φόρον. M-M. φόρος, ου, ὁ tribute, tax (Hdt., Aristoph.+; inscr., pap., LXX), in our lit. in the expr. pay taxes or tribute φόρον (φόρους) δοῦναι (1 Macc 8:4, 7) Lk 20:22; 23:2 (cf. Jos., Bell. 2, 403Καίσαρι δεδώκατε τὸν φόρον); ἀποδοῦναι (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 119) Ro 13:7 (φόρ. twice: pay tribute to the one entitled to receive tribute); τελεῖν (Jos., Ant. 5, 181; 12, 182) vs. 6 (φόρους). M-M. B. 802.* φορτίζω (mid. in Hes.; act. and pass. in Lucian, Navig. 45; Babrius 111, 3; Anth. Pal. 10, 5, 5; Ezk 16:33) pf. pass. ptc. πεφορτισμένος load, burden τινά τι someone with someth., more exactly cause someone to carry someth.

(Bl-D. §155, 7; Rob. 484) symbol., of the burden of keeping the law φορτίζετε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους φορτία δυσβάστακτα Lk 11:46. Pass. οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι (you who are) weary and burdened Mt 11:28 (ThHaering, Mt 11:28-30: ASchlatter-Festschr. ’22, 3-15). M-M.* φορτίον, ου, τό (in form, a dim. of φόρτος.—Hes.+; IG IV2 1, 123, 6 [IV BC], pap., LXX, Joseph.) burden, load—1. lit. φορτίον βαστάζειν (Teles p. 10 H.; Herm. Wr. 10, 8b) Hs 9, 2, 4. Of the cargo of a ship (Hes., X.+; Jos., Ant. 14, 377; POxy. 1153, 9 [I AD]) Ac 27:10 (t.r. φόρτος).

2. symbol. (Epict. 2, 9, 22; 4, 13, 16), of the oppressive burden of the law Mt 23:4; Lk 11:46a, b. Cf. Mt 11:30. φορτίον βαστάζειν (Diog. L. 7, 170; Pythagorean in Stob., Flor. 85, 15 V 680 H.) Gal 6:5 (everyone is to concern himself about his own burden, rather than to compare himself complacently w. others). M-M.* φόρτος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; PLond. 307 [II AD]) burden, esp. the cargo of a ship (Lucian, Nav. 18, V. Hist. 1, 34; Achilles Tat. 3, 2, 9; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 63; Sib. Or. 8, 348) Ac 27:10 t.r.; s. φορτίον 1.* Φορτουνᾶτος, ου, ὁ (Lat. name. Dit., Or. 707, 5 Φορτουνᾶτος Σεβαστοῦ ἀπελεύθερος; APF 2, ’03, 571 no.

151, 5; Jos., Ant. 18, 247.Cf. Lghtf., The Apost. Fathers, P.I. Vol. I 1890 p. 29, 3; 62, 1, exx. fr. Lat. sources) Fortunatus.

1. an otherw. unknown Christian of Corinth who, w. his Christian fellow-townsmen Stephanas and Achaicus, was w.

Paul in Ephesus when 1 Cor was written, 1 Cor 16:15 v.l., 17; subscr.—2. a member of the delegation sent by the Roman church to Corinth 1 Cl 65:1. M-M.* φραγ- s. φράσσω. φραγέλλιον, ου, τό (Lat. loanw.: flagellum [Horace, Sat. 1, 3, 119 horribile flagellum]. In the form φλαγέλλιον PLond. 191, 11 [II AD]; CWessely, Wiener Studien 24, ’02 p. 150. Loanw. in rabb. Bl-D. §5, 1b; 41, 2; Mlt.-H. 103; 396; Hahn 261; 265. The spelling φραγέλλιον is found only in very late sources) whip, lash J 2:15. M-M.* φραγελλόω (in Christian usage [e.g. Πραξεις Παυλου ed. CSchmidt ’36, 1, 30]; but cf. Test. Benj. 2, 3 and Aesop fr. the Cod. Paris. 1277: ChRochefort, Notices et Extraits II 1789 p. 719 no. 19) 1 aor. ἐφραγέλλωσα (Lat. loanw.: flagello; s. φλαγελλόω) flog, scourge, a punishment inflicted on slaves and provincials after a sentence of death had been pronounced on them. So in the case of Jesus before the crucifixion (cf. Jos., Bell. 2, 306οὓς μάστιξιν προαικισάμενος ἀνεσταύρωσεν [sc. Φλῶρος]; 5, 449; Lucian, Pisc. 2) Mt 27:26; Mk 15:15 (Mommsen, Röm.

Strafrecht 1899, 938f; 983f). M-M.* φραγμός, οῦ, ὁ (Soph., Hdt.+; BGU 1119, 32 [5 BC]; POxy. 580; LXX, Philo) fence, wall, hedge—1. lit. (Theocr.

5, 108 the fence around the vineyard) περιέθηκεν φραγμόν (Is 5:2) Mk 12:1; w. dat. of the piece of ground enclosed Mt 21:33. ἄμπελος ἐν φραγμῷ τινι καταλειφθεῖσα a vine that stands forsaken somewhere along the fence Hs 9, 26, 4. Vagabonds and beggars frequent the hedges and fences around houses Lk 14:23.

2. fig., of the law, that separates Jews and Gentiles, and arouses enmity betw. them τὸ μεσότοιχον τοῦ φραγμοῦ Eph 2:14 (s. μεσότοιχον and PFeine, Eph 2:14-16: StKr 72, 1899, 540-74). M-M.* φράζω 1 aor. ἔφρασα, imper. φράσον (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 211; Sib. Or. 14, 301) in our lit.

1036

only in the sense explain, interpret someth. mysterious (X., Oec. 16, 8; Cebes 33, 1; Herm. Wr. 380, 2 Sc. θεόν; Job 6:24 φράσατέ μοι) a parable Mt 13:36 t.r.; 15:15. M-M.* φράσσω 1 aor. ἔφραξα. Pass.: 2 aor. ἐφράγην; 2 fut. φραγήσομαι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Bell. 3, 384).

1. shut, close, stop—a. lit. (Herodian 8, 1, 6; Lucian, Nigr. 19 τὰ ὦτα κηρῷ φρ.) στόματα λεόντων mouths of lions, so that they can do no harm (cf. Da 6:17ff; vs. 23 Theod. ἐνέφραξεν τὰ στόματα τῶν λεόντων) Hb 11:33. b. fig., close or stop the mouth, so that the man must remain silent (Galen, Script. Min. I p. 73, 17 Marquardt; Sib. Or. 8, 420 στόμα ἔφραξαν; 1 Macc 9:55 ἀπεφράγη τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ) Ro 3:19. This mng. may be the correct one for ἡ καύχησις αὕτη οὐ φραγήσεται this boasting will not be silenced 2 Cor 11:10. But φράσσω also means 2. stop, block, bar (Thu. 4, 13, 4 φράξαι τοὺς ἔσπλους; Dio Chrys. 19[36], 2 pass.); in that case 2 Cor 11:10 means this boasting will not (let itself) be stopped. M-M.* φρέαρ, ατος, τό (Hom. Hymns, Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo) a well purposely dug (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 107 §448; Arrian, Anab. 6, 18, 1; 6, 20, 4; Jos., Ant. 4, 283οἱ φρέαρ ὀρύξαντες; Philo, Somn. 1, 8 [after Gen 26:32].—Contrast: πηγή—φρέαρ Paus. 1, 14; Philo, Poster. Cai. 153) Lk 14:5; J 4:11 (Gen 21:19 φρέαρ ὕδατος ζῶντος; 26:19), 12 (Hom. Hymns, Demeter 98f the motif of the divine wanderer who sits down near the city φρέατι, ὅθεν ὑδρεύοντο πολῖται).—Also pit, shaft (Hero Alex. I p. 32, 12; 15), leading down into the depths of hell (ἄβυσσος 2.—Ps 54:24 φρέαρ διαφθορᾶς) Rv 9:1, 2a, b, c. M-M. B. 44.* φρεναπατάω (in Christian usage; Hesychius; but cf. φρεναπάτης) deceive ἑαυτόν oneself Gal 6:3. M-M.* φρεναπάτης, ου, ὁ (Herodian Gr. II 848, 27; PGrenf. I 1, 10 [II BC]=Coll. p. 178 l. 18; cf. UvWilamowitz, NGG 1896, 209ff; PLond. 1677, 22 [VI AD]) deceiver, misleader (w. ματαιολόγος) Tit 1:10. M-M.* φρήν, φρενός, ἡ pl. αἱ φρένες (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo) in our lit. only in one place and only in the pl. as thinking, understanding (Hom.+; Plut., Mor. 116B φρένας ἔχειν; Herm. Wr. 13, 4; 5; Pr 7:7; 9:4 al.) 1 Cor 14:20a, b.—GBertram, TW IX, 216-31: φρήν and related words. M-M. B. 1198.* φρίκη, ης, ἡ (Soph., Hdt.+; Dit., Syll.3 1239, 19; Am 1:11) a shudder caused by fear (Eur. et al.; Plut., Arat. 32, 2; Job 4:14; Jos., Bell. 5, 565;6, 123) Hv 3, 1, 5 (w. τρόμος, as in the Job pass., also Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 267).* φρίσσω 1 aor. ἔφριξα; pf. ptc. πεφρικώς (Hom.+; LXX; Sib. Or. 3, 679) shudder fr. fear (Horm.+; w. acc. of the pers. or thing that causes the fear), abs. (Da 7:15 Theod.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 140) ὅλος ἤμην πεφρικώς Hv 1, 2, 1.

Of demons (who shudder at exorcism: PGM 3, 227; 4, 2541f δαίμονες φρίσσουσί σε; 2829; 12, 118; Orph. Fgm. in Clem. Alex., Strom. 5, 125, 1; Acta Philippi 132 p. 63 Bonnet; Justin, Dial. 49, 8; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 5, 5; Prayer of Manasseh [=Ode 12] 4; Test. Abrah. [Texts and Studies II 2, 1892] Rec. A 9; 16.—On this subj. s. the commentaries w. further exx. [without the verb φρίσσω], esp. Dibelius and JMarty ’35, ad loc.; EPeterson, Εἷς Θεός ’26, 295-9.—Material and lit. on ὄνομα φρικτόν in SEitrem, Pap. Osloënses I ’25, 98) Js 2:19. Symbol. of the earth B 11:2 (Jer 2:12). M-M.* φρονέω impf. ἐφρόνουν; fut. φρονήσω; 1 aor. ἐφρόνησα (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 236; Philo, Joseph.).

1. think, form or hold an opinion, judge ἐφρόνουν ὡς νήπιος I thought like a child 1 Cor 13:11 (schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 868a νηπίου ὄντος καὶ νήπια φρονοῦντος). καθὼς φρονοῦσιν as their opinion is ISm 2. καλῶς καὶ ἀληθῶς φρονεῖς your judgment is right and true Hm 3:4. ταῦτα φρονεῖν 9:12. ἃ φρονεῖς the views that you hold Ac 28:22. πολλὰ φρονῶ ἐν θεῷ many thoughts are mine when I take God’s view of things (so Kleist) ITr 4:1. φρονεῖν τι ὑπέρ τινος think or feel in a certain way about someone Phil 1:7. ὑπέρ τινος φρ. think of someone in the sense be concerned about him 4:10a; cf. ibid. b. φρ. περί τινος think of or about someone (Wsd 14:30) 2 Cl 1:1a. φρ. τι περί τινος think someth. concerning someone (Isocr. 3, 60; Polyaenus 5, 2, 13; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 20, 5; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 168) ISm 5:2. φρ. μικρὰ περί τινος think little of someone 2 Cl 1:2 (Philo, Spec.

Leg. 2, 256 φρ. περὶ μοναρχίας τὰ ἄριστα). Cf. 1:1b. On ἵνα ἀδελφὸς ὒδὼν ἀδελφὴν οὐδὲν φρονῇ περὶ αὐτῆς θηλυκόν 12:5a s. θηλυκός; cf. ibid. b. θεὸν δεσπότην φρ. think of God as Master Dg 3:2. οὐδὲν ἄλλο φρ. think nothing different, not take a different view Gal 5:10 (Jos., Bell. 5, 326φρ. οὐδὲν ὑγιές). τοῦτο φρ. Phil 3:15a; τὶ ἑτέρως φρ. think of or regard someth. differently ibid. b; τὸ αὐτὸ φρ. think the same thing, i.e. be in agreement, live in harmony (Hdt. 1, 60, 2; Dio Chrys. 17[34], 20; Dit., Or. 669, 36) 2 Cor 13:11; Phil 2:2a; 3:16 t.r.; 4:2; 2 Cl 17:3. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις Ro 15:5; εἰς ἀλλήλους 12:16a. Also τὰ αὐτὰ φρ. (Hdt. 5, 72, 2; Appian, Bell.

Civ. 1, 65 §295 τὰ αὐτὰ ἐφρόνουν) Hs 9, 13, 7. τὸ ἓν φρ. Phil 2:2b.—Cherish thoughts μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρʼ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν not to think more highly than one ought to think Ro 12:3a. Cf. 1 Cor 4:6 t.r. (cf. Diod. S. 27, 6, 2 τοὺς ὑπὲρ ἄνθρωπον φρονοῦντας). ὑψηλὰ φρονεῖν be proud Ro 11:20; 1 Ti 6:17 v.1.

2. set one’s mind on, be intent on foll. by the acc. (Brutus, Ep. 14 τὰ σὰ φρ.) ἀγαθὰ φρ. Hm 10, 3, 1. τὸ καλὸν φρ. Hs 5, 2, 7. τέλεια ISm 11:3. τὰ ὑψηλά Ro 12:16b (cf. 2 Macc 9:12). τὰ ἐπίγεια Phil 3:19. τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Col 3:2 (opp. τὰ ἄνω).—φρ. τά τινος take someone’s side, espouse someone’s cause (Diod. S. 13, 48, 4 and 7 ἐφρόνουν τὰ Λακεδαιμονίων; 13, 72, 1; 14, 32, 4; 20, 35, 2 and oft.; Appian, Liby. 70 §316, Bell. Civ. 3, 85, §351; Polyaenus 8, 14, 3 τὰ Ῥωμαίων φρ., cf. HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 56; Herodian 8, 6, 6; 1 Macc 10:20; Jos., Ant. 14, 450οἱ τὰ Ἡρῴδου φρονοῦντες). τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ (opp. τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων) Mt 16:23; Mk 8:33. τὰ τῆς σαρκός (opp. τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος) Ro 8:5.—ὁ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν κυρίῳ φρονεῖ the one who is intent on the day 1037

(i.e. a particular day rather than others) Ro 14:6. φρ. εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν 12:3b.

3. have thoughts or (an) attitude (s) , be minded or disposed τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ have the same thoughts among yourselves as you have in your communion with Christ Jesus (so CHDodd, The Apost. Preaching ’37, 106f) Phil 2:5 (Christ went so far as to empty himself of his divine being for the benefit of mankind). M-M. B. 1198.* φρόνημα, ατος, τό (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; Vett. Val. 109, 2; 2 Macc 7:21; 13:9; Philo, Joseph.) way of thinking, mind (-set), in our lit. (only Ro 8) aim, aspiration, striving (φρονέω 2.—Diod. S. 11, 27, 2 of aspiration for control of the sea; Jos., Bell. 1, 204;4, 358 φρόνημα ἐλευθερίου=striving for freedom, desire for independence) w. subjective gen.

(Appian, Ital. 1) τῆς σαρκός Ro 8:6a, 7. τοῦ πνεύματος vss. 6b, 27. M-M.* φρόνησις, εως, ἡ (Soph., Isocr., Pla.+; Dit., Or. 332, 25; PSI 280; Fluchtaf. 1, 10 p. 6 W.; LXX, Philo, Joseph.)—1. way of thinking, (frame of) mind ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει (=εὒς φρόνησιν. But with the thought, so that they have the thought Bl-D. §218) δικαίων Lk 1:17. W. νοῦς (Dio Chrys. 15[32], 5) Hs 9, 17, 2a, b, 4; 9, 18, 4. διέμειναν ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ φρονήσει 9, 29, 2. συγκεράσαι ὑμῶν τὴν φρόνησιν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό Hv 3, 9, 8 (cf. συγκεράννυμι).

2. understanding, insight, intelligence (Isocr., Pla., Aristot.; Dit., l.c.; PGM 5, 313; LXX; Ep. Arist. 124) w. σοφία (Dio Chrys. 42[59], 1; Synes., Ep. 103 p. 243D; Pr 10:23; 4 Macc 1:18; Philo, Praem. 81; Jos., Ant. 2, 87; 8, 171) Eph 1:8; (opp.: the eyes alone) Dg 2:1. M-M.* φρόνιμος, ον (Soph., X., Pla.+; Dit., Or. 383, 106; LXX, En.; Ep. Arist. 130; Philo; Jos., Ant. 9, 25)sensible, thoughtful, prudent, wise Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42 (both w. πιστός); 1 Cor 10:15. Opp. μωρός Mt 7:24; 25:2, 4, 8f; 1 Cor 4:10; IEph 17:2. 0pp. ἄφρων (as X., Mem. 2, 3, 1; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 86) 2 Cor 11:19; 1 Cl 3:3. φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις (cf. Gen 3:1.—‘Shy, timid [scheu]’: LKoehler, Kleine Lichter ’45, 76-9) Mt 10:16=IPol 2:2. ἐν ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι wise in your own estimation=relying on your own wisdom Ro 11:25; also παρʼ ἑαυτοῖς (cf. Pr 3:7) 12:16 or ἑαυτοῖς 11:25 P46 FG (cf. Ps.-Demetr., El. C. 222 συνετὸς ἑαυτῷ). φρόνιμοι ἐν θεῷ (Test. Napht. 8:10 σοφοὶ ἐν θεῷ κ. φρόνιμοι) IMg 3:1; ἐν Χριστῷ 1 Cor 4:10.—Comp. φρονιμώτερος shrewder (Philo; Jos., Bell. 5, 129)Lk 16:8 (εἰς τὴν γενεὰν τὴν ἑαυτῶν in relation to their own generation) .—GDKilpatrick, JTS 48, ’47, 63f.

M-M. B. 1213.* φρονίμως adv. (Aristoph.+; X., Ages. 1, 17; PLond. 1927, 36; Eccl 7:11 Sym.; Philo; Jos., Ant. 19, 112)wisely, shrewdly Lk 16:8. M-M.* φροντίζω (Theognis, Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.) think of, be intent on, be careful or concerned about foll. by gen. (X., Mem. 3, 11, 12; Polyb. 3, 12, 5; BGU 249, 20; 300, 4; Ps 39:18; 2 Macc 9:21; 11:15; Ep. Arist. 121; 245; Jos., Vi. 94) τῆς ἑνώσεως IPol 1:2. W. inf. foll. (Achilles Tat. 4, 9, 2; PRyl. 78, 26) ἵνα φροντίζωσιν καλῶν ἔργων προΐστασθαι in order that they might be careful to engage in good works Tit 3:8.

M-M.* φροντίς, ίδος, ἡ (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 8; Philo; Jos., Ant. 5, 236)reflection, thought w. ἐπίνοια Dg 5:3. In the sense care, concern foll. by εἰς=directed toward 1 Cl 63:4. Pl. (Dio Chrys. 80[30], 14; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 7 p. 304, 25; 316, 15; Jos., Ant. 2, 63)αἱ κεναὶ καὶ μάταιαι φροντίδες empty and idle thoughts or cares 1 Cl 7:2.* φροντιστής, οῦ, ὁ (X., Pla. et al.; IG XIV 715; 759; pap. [oft. as a t.t. for ‘guardian’]; Philo, Somn. 2, 155) protector, guardian w. objective gen. (Jewish inscr. fr. Side in Pamphylia: JHS 28, ’08 p. 195f, no. 29 φ. τῆς συναγωγῆς) σὺ αὐτῶν φ. ἔσο IPol 4:1.* Φρόντων, ωνος, ὁ (Lat. Fronto. The Gk. form of the name in Jos., Bell. 6, 238;242; Dit., Or. 533, 34; CIG II add.

2349k; III 5120; IV 9919; Inschr. v. Perg. 511; PGiess. 59 II; POxy. 1188) Fronto IEph 2:1.* φρουρά, ᾶς, ἡ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Agr. 86 [=bodyguard]; Manetho in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 77; Jos., Ant. 7, 104).

1. guard, sentinel (Lucian, Ver. Hist. 2, 23) φυλάσσειν κατὰ φρουράν stand guard as sentinel GP 9:35 (κατά II 5bβ).—2. prison (Aeschyl., Prom. 143; BGU 1074, 4 [II AD]) symbol. (Pla., Phaedr. 62B; Aelian, H.A. 4, 41) Χριστιανοὶ κατέχονται ὡς ἐν φρουρᾷ τῷ κόσμῳ Dg 6:7.* φρουρέω impf. ἐφρούρουν; fut. φρουρήσω; impf. pass. ἐφρουρούμην (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX) in our lit. only trans.

1. guard, lit. τὶ someth. (cf. Jdth 3:6 φ. τ. πόλεις=put garrisons in the cities; Jos., Bell. 3, 12)τὴν πόλιν Δαμασκηνῶν 2 Cor 11:32. In this case the ref. is surely to the guarding of the city gates fr. within, as a control on all who went out (Jos., Vi. 53 τὰς ἐξόδους δὲ πάσας ἐφρούρει. Cf. Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 130, 51 Jac.) rather than fr. the outside as was sometimes done, e.g. in sieges (Plut., Crassus 9, 2; Jos., Vi. 240); Zahn, NKZ 15, ’04, 34ff.

2. hold in custody, confine (Plut., Ant. 84, 4, Mor. 205F; Wsd 17:15; PGM 4, 2905; 3093) fig., pass.: of mankind before the coming of Jesus ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα we were held under custody by the law Gal 3:23. ἡ ψυχὴ φρουρεῖται τῷ σώματι Dg 6:4.—3. gener. guard, protect, keep (Soph., Oed. R. 1479 δαίμων σε 1038

φρουρήσας τύχοι) the peace of God φρουρήσει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν Phil 4:7. Pass. 1 Pt 1:5. M-M.* φρυάσσω 1 aor. ἐφρύαξα (the act. only Ps 2:1 and in the NT use of that pass. Elsewh. always φρυάσσομαι [since Callim., Hymn. 5, 2 Schn.]) snort, fig., of men be arrogant, haughty, insolent (Diod. S. 4, 74, 3; Anth. Pal. 4, 3, 27; 2 Macc 7:34 v.l.; 3 Macc 2:2; Philo, Cher. 66) Ac 4:25 (Ps 2:1). M-M.* φρύγανον, ου, τό (Hdt., Aristoph.+; inscr., pap., LXX) 1. bush, shrub (Theophr., H. Pl. 1, 3, 1) B 7:8.—2. in the pl. thin, dry wood, brushwood, esp. for making fires (X., An. 4, 3, 11 et al. Cf. Is 47:14; Philo, In Flacc. 68) Ac 28:3. W. ξύλα (Diod. S. 14, 90, 6; Plut., Mor. 525E) MPol 13:1. M-M.* Φρυγία, ας, ἡ Phrygia (Hom.+; inscr., Joseph., Sib. Or.) a large district in Central Asia Minor, whose boundaries varied considerably fr. time to time. Ac 2:10; 16:6; 18:23 (in the last two places w. ἡ Γαλατικὴ χώρα): 1 Ti subscr. (s. Πακατιανός); MPol 4.—Ramsay, Phrygia 1895, 1897 (other publications by Ramsay in Harnack, Mission4 II ’24 p.

677, 3); JWeiss, RE X 557ff; VSchultze, Altchristl. Städte u. Landschaften II 1, ’22; WSchepelern, D. Montanismus u. d. phrygischen Kulte ’29. M-M.* Φρύξ, γός, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr.) a Phrygian (s. Φρυγία) MPol 4.* φυγαδεύω 1 aor. ἐφυγάδευσα; pass. ἐφυγαδεύθην—1. trans. cause to become a fugitive, banish from the country (X.+; Diod. S. 5, 44, 7; inscr., pap.; Philo, Congr. Erud. Gr. 171) ἐφυγάδευσεν δὲ Μωϋσῆν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ and by this word he drove Moses from the country Ac 7:29 E. Pass. (Jos., Bell. 1, 661;4, 504 φυγαδευθείς, Ant. 12, 399) of Paul φυγαδευθείς banished from the country or an exile 1 Cl 5:6.

2. intr. be a fugitive, live in exile (Polyb. 10, 25, 1; Dit., Syll.3 175, 20 [IV BC]; 679, 84 [143 BC]; LXX) οὕτως καὶ ἐφυγάδευσεν Μωϋσῆς Ac 7:29 D.* Φύγελος (t.r. Φύγελλος), ου, ὁ (on the name and its spelling s. Bl-D. §42, 3 app.; Mlt.-H. 101; OBenndorf, Z. Ortskunde u. Stadtgeschichte v. Ephesus ’05, 74) Phygelus, an otherw. unknown Christian in Asia who, acc. to 2 Ti 1:15, w. Hermogenes turned his back on Paul. M-M.* φυγή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant 18, 324; 20, 4) flight Mt 24:20; Mk 13:18 t.r.* φυλακή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. Jos.; loanw. in rabb.) watch, guard.

1. guarding as an action, in the expr. φυλάσσειν φυλακάς keep watch, do guard duty (X., An. 2, 6, 10; Pla., Leg. 6 p. 758D; Demosth. 7, 14; Plut., Mor. 198A; LXX.—Bl-D. §153, 3) φυλ. φυλακὰς τῆς νυκτὸς ἐπὶ τὴν ποίμνην keep watch over the flock at night (s. φυλ. τῆς νυκτός 4 below) Lk 2:8.—2. as a pers. guard, sentinel (Hom.+; Dit., Or. 229, 96; 99; PGiess. 19, 16; Jos., Bell. 6, 131)Ac 12:10 (the πρώτη and δευτέρα φ. as first and second sentinel as Arrian, Anab. 3, 18, 6).

3. the place of guarding, prison (in sing. and pl. Hdt., Thu.+; Dit., Or. 90, 13; 669, 17; pap., LXX; Jos., Vi. 178) οἶκος φυλακῆς B 14:7 (Is 42:7). Also simply φυλακή (Test. Jos. 1:6) Mt 14:10; 25:36, 39, 43f; Mk 6:27; Lk 22:33; Ac 5:19, 21 D, 22; 12:6, 17; 16:27, 39 D, 40; Hb 11:36. The pl. of several prisons (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 17 §65) Lk 21:12; Ac 22:4; 26:10; 2 Cor 6:5; 11:23; Hv 3, 2, 1. βάλλειν τινὰ εἰς φυλακήν (βάλλω 1b) throw someone into prison Mt 18:30 (cf. PWSchmidt, Die Gesch. Jesu II ’04, 326f); Lk 12:58; Ac 16:23f, 37; Rv 2:10. Pass. Mt 5:25; Lk 23:25; J 3:24, cf. Lk 23:19. παραδιδόναι εὒς φυλ. (cf. Diod. S. 11, 40, 3 παρέδωκαν εὒς φυλακήν; 12, 31, 2; 17, 32, 2; Dit., Or. 669, 15) Ac 8:3; cf. Lk 21:12. τίθεσθαι εὒς φ. (cf. PEleph. 12, 2 [III BC]) Ac 12:4. ἐν (τῇ) φυλακῇ τίθεσθαι Mt 14:3 t.r.; Ac 5:25; ἀποτίθεσθαι Mt 14:3. δῆσαι Mk 6:17; κατακλείειν Lk 3:20; Ac 26:10. τηρεῖν pass.

12:5. Of the underworld or the place of punishment in hell (πνεῦμα 2 and 4c) 1 Pt 3:19 (BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, 116f). It is in the φυλ. in the latter sense that Satan will be rendered harmless during the millennium Rv 20:7. The fallen city of Babylon becomes a φυλακή haunt for all kinds of unclean spirits and birds 18:2a, b.

4. a watch of the night, as a division of time (Hdt. 9, 51 al.; Diod. S. 14, 24, 4 δευτέρα φ.; Arrian, Anab. 6, 25, 5 φυλακὴ τῆς νυκτός; PPetr. II 45 II, 18 [246 BC] πρώτης φυλακῆς ἀρχομένης; LXX; Joseph.). Our lit. reflects the Rom. custom of dividing the time betw. 6 p.m. and 6 a.m. into four equal periods or watches Mt 14:25; Mk 6:48 (Diod. S. 19, 26, 1 περὶ δευτέραν φυλακήν; Jos., Ant. 18, 356περὶ τετάρτην φυλακήν; for περί cf. also the Freiburg pap. 76, 7 [II BC]: UWilcken, Deissmann-Festschr. ’27, 10ffl. 9f περὶ πρώτην φυλακὴν τ. νυκτός). Cf. Mt 24:43; Lk 12:38 (here perh. we are to think of only three night-watches, as among the Hebrews and Greeks; cf.

Jülicher, Gleichn. 168. So, three night-watches: Diod, S. 19, 38, 3; Polyaenus 4, 8, 4; Jos., Bell. 5, 510). (Mk 13:35 uses the popular designations ὀψέ, μεσονύκτιον, ἀλεκτοροφωνία, πρωΐ; s. these entries.) M-M. B. 1451.* φυλακίζω (Wsd 18:4; Test. Jos. 2:3; Achmes 84, 3; 87, 12) imprison Ac 22:19; 1 Cl 45:4.* φυλακτήριον, ου, τό (Hdt.+; Jos., Ant. 15, 249)safeguard, means of protection (Demosth. 6, 24; Philo), esp. amulet (Dioscor., Mat. Med. 5, 154; Plut., Mor. 377B al.; Dit., Or. 90, 45; PGM 1, 275; 3, 97; 127; 4, 86; 660; 708; 1071; 2506; 2510; 2694; 2705; 13, 796) as a designation for the phylacteries (small boxes containing scripture verses bound on forehead and arm during prayer, in accordance w. Deut 6:8; s. Webster s.v.) of the Jews, which could be 1039

regarded as protections against demonic influences, like amulets: Mt 23:5.—Schürer II4 567ff [note 81 lit.]; MFriedländer, Der Antichrist ’01, 155ff; GKropatscheck, De Amuletorum apud Antiquos Usu, Diss. Greifswald ’07; Billerb. IV ’28, 250-76; GLanger, Die jüd. Gebetsriemen ’31; WLKnox, St. Paul and the Church of the Gentiles ’39, 209; GGFox, Journ. of Near Eastern Studies 1, ’42, 373-7; Gdspd., Probs. 35f; CBonner, HTR 39, ’46, 25-53, esp.

35; JBowman, TU 73, ’59, 523-38. M-M.* φύλαξ, ακος, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 7, 287al.) guard, sentinel Mt 27:65 D; Ac 5:23; 12:6, 19; Dg 2:7. M-M.* φύλαρχος, ου, ὁ (X., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX) the ruler of a φυλή, head of a tribe (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 14; Plut., Crass. 21, 1; Jos., Ant. 17, 56)of the rulers of the 12 Hebrew tribes (Dt 31:28; 1 Esdr 7:8; Ep. Arist. 97; Joseph., Ant. 3, 169)1 Cl 43:2a, b, 5.* φυλάσσω fut. φυλάξω; 1 aor. ἐφύλαξα; pf. πεφύλαχα; 1 aor. pass. ἐφυλάχθην (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 100, 7; Ep. Arist., Philo, Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 3, 33).

1. act. watch, guard, defend—a. φυλάσσειν φυλακάς Lk 2:8 (φυλακή 1). φυλάσσειν κατὰ φρουράν GP 9:35 (φρουρά 1).—b. τινά guard someone to prevent him fr. escaping (Plut., Mor. 181A) Mk 15:25 D; Ac 12:4; 28:16. Pass. Lk 8:29; Ac 23:35. c. guard, protect w. acc. someone or someth. τινά someone (Lind. Tempelchr. D, 47 τούς ἀνθρώπους τούτους θεοὶ φυλάσσουσι; Ex 23:20; Pr 13:6) J 17:12 (w. τηρέω as Dio Chrys. 14[31], 150); 2 Pt 2:5. τὶ someth.

(Gen 3:24) αὐλήν Lk 11:21. τὸν πύργον (Ep. Arist. 102) Hs 9, 5, 1. πάντα τὰ στοιχεῖα Dg 7:2a. Clothes, to prevent them fr. being stolen Ac 22:20. τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ (εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον) φυλάσσειν preserve his life (for eternal life; cf. Jos., Ant. 3, 199ἔλαιον φ. εἰς τ. λύχνους) J 12:25. τὴν παραθήκην what has been entrusted so that it is not lost or damaged 1 Ti 6:20; 2 Ti 1:14; foll. by an indication of time (Aelian, V.H. 9, 21 ὦ Ζεῦ, ἐς τίνα με καιρὸν φυλάττεις;) εἰς ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν vs. 12. Cf. B 19:11; D 4:13. ἀκακίαν 1 Cl 14:5 (Ps 36:37). θνητὴν ἐπίνοιαν Dg 7:1. τὴν ἁγνείαν Hm 4, 1, 1. τὴν πίστιν κτλ. 6, 1, 1 . ὡς ναὸν θεοῦ φυλάσσειν τὴν σάρκα 2 Cl 9:3. τινά w. a predicate acc. (Wsd 14:24) φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους Jd 24. τινὰ ἀπό τινος (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 7; Menand., Sam. 87f) 2 Th 3:3 (PGM 4, 2699 φύλαξόν με ἀπὸ παντὸς δαίμονος; 36, 177 ἀπὸ παντὸς πράγματος; Sir 22:26; Ps 140:9). ἑαυτὸν ἀπό τινος (Horapollo 2, 94; Herm. Wr. p. 434, 13 Sc.; Test. Reub. 4:8) 1J 5:21. Of an idol χρῄζων ἀνθρώπου τοῦ φυλάξαντος ἵνα μὴ κλαπῇ needing a man to guard (it) so that it may not be stolen Dg 2:2. d. stand guard (Hom.+) GP 8:33.—e. keep, reserve pass. (Diod. S. 1, 8, 7) τί τινι someth. for someone Dg 10:7. f. keep a law, etc., fr. being broken, hence observe, follow (νόμον Soph., Trach. 616; Dio Chrys. 58[75], 1; νόμους X., Hell. 1, 7, 29; Pla., Rep. 6 p. 484B, Polit. 292A. Cf. Aristoxenus, fgm. 18 p. 13, 31 τὰ ἤθη καὶ τὰ μαθήματα; Dit., Or. 669, 28; PTebt. 407, 9; POxy. 905, 9; PFay. 124, 13; Wsd 6:4; Sir 21:11; 4 Macc 5:29; 15:10; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 60; Test. Jud. 26:1, Iss. 5:1) τὶ someth. Mt 19:20; Lk 18:21; 1 Ti 5:21; Hm 1:2a; 3:5a, b; 4, 4, 3; 8:9; Hs 5, 3, 4. τὸν νόμον (Lucian, Jud. Voc. 5) Ac 7:53; 21:24; Gal 6:13. τὴν ἐντολήν Hm 1:2b; 8:12a. τὰς ἐντολάς (Jos., Ant. 6, 336; Test. Zeb. 5:1, Benj. 10:3, 5) 2 Cl 8:4; B 4:11; Hv 5, 5, 7; m 2:7; 4, 2, 4a, b; 4, 4, 4a, b; 5, 2, 8; 12, 5, 1; Hs 5, 3, 2f al. Pass. Hm 12, 3, 4f; s 1:7. τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου the requirements of the law Ro 2:26. τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ Lk 11:28. τὰ ῥήματα (i.e. of Christ) J 12:47. τὰ δόγματα Ac 16:4. φυλ. τὸ σάββατον keep the Sabbath B 15:2 (cf. Ex 31:16). τὴν Ἰουδαίων δεισιδαιμονίαν φυλ. practice the superstition of the Jews Dg 1. τά μέτρα τῶν τῆς ἡμέρας δρόμων φυλ. 7:2b (μέτρον 2a).

2. mid. (Hom.+; LXX)—a. (be on one’s) guard against, look out for, avoid w. acc. of the pers. or thing avoided τινά (Aeschyl., Prom. 717; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 25 §96 τὸν Πομπήιον; 5, 8 §32: Ps.-Liban., Charact. Ep. p. 30, 12) 2 Ti 4:15; IEph 7:1; ITr 7:1. τὶ (Hdt., Aristot. et al.; Jos., Bell. 4, 572)Ac 21:25; ITr 2:3. Also ἀπό τινος (PLond.

1349, 35; Dt 23:10; Test Sim. 4:5; 5:3) Lk 12:15; Hm 5, 1, 7; s 5, 3, 6. Foll. by ἵνα μή (Bl-D. §392, 1b; cf. Gen 31:29) 2 Pt 3:17. b. OT infl. is prob. felt in the use of the mid. for the act. (cf. Bl-D. §316, 1) in sense 1f above keep, observe, follow (Lev 20:22; 26:3; Ps 118:5al. But as early as Hesiod, Op. 263 ταῦτα φυλασσόμενοι=if you observe this; 765; Ocellus [II BC] c. 56 Harder φυλάττεσθαι τὸ. . . γίνεσθαι) ταῦτα πάντα Mt 19:20 t.r.; Mk 10:20; Lk 18:21 t.r.—c. lay up for oneself PK 2 p. 15, 2.—GBertram, TW IX, 232-40. M-M. B. 752.** φυλή, ῆς, ἡ (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 3, 288).

1. tribe, of the 12 tribes of Israel (Diod. S. 40, 3, 3 δώδεκα φυλαί of the Jews; LXX; Jos., Ant. 11, 133; Test.

Benj. 9:2) Hb 7:13; Rv 7:4; 1 Cl 43:2a, b, 4. Certain tribes are mentioned by name: Ἀσήρ Lk 2:36. Βενιαμίν Ac 13:21; Ro 11:1; Phil 3:5. Ἰούδα Rv 5:5; cf. Hb 7:14; all the tribes Rv 7:5-8 (except that Manasseh takes the place of Dan, prob. since the latter is the tribe fr. which, because of Gen 49:17, the Antichrist is to come [WBousset, D. Antichrist 1895, 112ff]). αἱ δώδεκα φυλαὶ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ Mt 19:28; Lk 22:30; cf. Rv 21:12; B 8:3a, b and the symbolic use Js 1:1; Hs 9, 17, 1f.

2. nation people (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; Dionys. Hal. 2, 7) πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς (Gen 12:3; 28:14; Ezk 20:32) Mt 24:30; Rv 1:7; 1 Cl 10:3 (Gen 12:3). W. synonymous expressions (Test. Ash. 7:6 χώρα, φυλή, γλῶσσα) πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, φυλὰς καὶ γλώσσας 2 Cl 17:4; cf. Rv 5:9; 7:9; 11:9; 13:7; 14:6.—CMaurer, TW IX, 240-5. M-M. B. 1317.* φύλλον, ου, τό (Hom.+; pap., LXX) leaf 1 Cl 23:4 (scripture quot. of unknown origin). Collectively foliage B 11:6 (Ps 1:3). Elsewh. in our lit. (as prevailingly in Lucian) in the pl. (En. 24, 4; Ep. Arist. 70; Jos., Ant. 1, 44; 3, 174; Test.

1040

Levi 9:12) Mt 21:19; 24:32; Mk 11:13a, b; 13:28; Rv 22:2; B 11:8; Hs 3:1. ἀποβάλλειν τὰ φ. 3:3. M-M. B. 525.* φυλλοροέω (Pherecrates [V BC] in Athen. p. 269D; Plut., Mor. 648D; 649C, D; 723E; Epict. 1, 14, 3; 3, 24, 91.

Predom. w. double ρ: φυλλορροέω [X.; Artem. 4, 57; Aristaen., Ep. 1, 10; Philo, Ebr. 9 al.]) shed leaves, lose foliage 1 Cl 23:4=2 Cl 11:3 (prophetic saying of unknown origin).* φύραμα, ατος, τό that which is mixed (fr. φυράω) or kneaded, (a lump or batch of) dough (Aristot., Probl. 21, 18 p. 929A, 25; Plut., Mor. 693E; PTebt. 401, 27 [I AD]; Num 15:20f) μικρὰ ζύμη ὅλον τὸ φύραμα ζυμοῖ 1 Cor 5:6; Gal 5:9 (ζύμη 1). On Ro 11:16 cf. Num 15:20f. Symbolically (Philo, Sacr. Abel. 108): the Christians are to be νέον φύραμα fresh dough containing no yeast 1 Cor 5:7 (cf. Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 158 φυράμαπα ἄζυμα).—Of the dough-like mixture fr. which the potter forms his wares (Plut., Mor. 811 c) lump Ro 9:21. M-M. B. 360.* φυσικός, ή, όν (X.+; PLeipz, 28, 18; Ep, Arist, 222 al.; Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 99; Test. Dan 3:4) belonging to nature.

1. natural, in accordance with nature (Dionys. Hal., Plut. et al. φυσικὴ χρῆσις) Ro 1:26f.—2. φυσικά creatures of instinct γεγεννημένα φυσικὰ εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν (mere) creatures of instinct, born to be caught and killed 2 Pt 2:12. M-M.* φυσικῶς adv. (Aristot., Diod. S., Plut., Philo et al.) naturally, by instinct Jd 10 (cf, Diog. L, 10, 137 φυσικῶς καὶ χωρὶς λόγου al.; X., Cyr. 2, 3, 9 μάχην ὁρῶ πάντας ἀνθρώπους φύσει ἐπισταμένους, ὥσπερ γε καὶ τἄλλα ζῷα ἐπίσταταί τινα μάχην ἕκαστα οὐδὲ παρʼ ἑνὸς ἄλλου μαθόντα ἢ παρὰ τῆς φύσεως).* φῡσιόω (a later substitute for φυσάω; it is largely limited to Christian lit. [but also in Philod., Mus. p. 26 JKemke 1884]) pass.: pf. ptc. πεφυσιωμένος; 1 aor. ἐφυσιώθην blow up, puff up only fig. puff up, make proud or arrogant τινά someone ITr 4:1. τόπος μηδένα φυσιούτω let no one be puffed up because of his (high) position ISm 6:1. Of knowledge φυσιοῖ it (only) puffs up 1 Cor 8:1=Dg 12:5.—Pass. become puffed up or conceited, put on airs (Test.

Levi 14:7, 8 v.l.; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 3, 368b of anger, that swells the heart; Hesychius; cf. Babrius 114) 1 Cor 4:18f; 5:2; 13:4; IMg 12; ITr 7:1; IPol 4:3. ἐικῇ φυσιούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ νοὸς τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ groundlessly inflated by his fleshly mind Col 2:18. ἵνα μὴ εἷς ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἑνὸς φυσιοῦσθε (perh. subjunctive; s. ἵνα I 3) κατὰ τοῦ ἑτέρου in order that no one of you might be puffed up in favor of the one (apostle and thus) against the other 1 Cor 4:6. M-M. B. 684.* φύσις, εως, ἡ (Hom,+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or., fgm. 5, 3) nature.

1. natural endowment or condition, inherited fr. one’s ancestors (Isocr. 4, 105 φύσει πολίτης; Isaeus 6, 28 φύσει υἱός; Pla., Menex. 245D φύσει βάρβαροι, νόμῳ Ἕλληνες; Dit., Syll.3 720, 3, Or. 472, 4; 558, 6 al.; PFay. 19, 11) ἡμεῖς φύσει Ἰουδαῖοι Gal 2:15 (cf, Ptolemaeus, περὶ Ἡρῴδου τ. βασιλέως: no. 199 Jac. [I AD] Ἰουδαῖοι. . . ἐξ ἀρχῆς φυσικοί; Jos., Ant. 7, 130).ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία the uncircumcision or heathendom that is so by nature Ro 2:27 (in contrast to the Jew who becomes a heathen by violating his law). ἤμεθα τέκνα φύσει ὀργῆς we were, in our natural condition (as descendants of Adam), children of wrath Eph 2:3 (the position of φύσει betw. the two words as Plut., Mor. 7O1A). The Christians of Tralles have a blameless disposition οὐ κατὰ χρῆσιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ φύσιν not by usage or habit, but by nature ITr 1:1. οἱ κατὰ φύσιν κλάδοι the natural branches Ro 11:21, 24c. ἡ κατὰ φύσιν ἀγριέλαιος a tree which by nature is a wild olive vs. 24a; opp. παρὰ φύσιν contrary to nature vs. 24b; s. lit. s.v. ἀγριέλαιος and ἐλαία 2. On κατὰ and παρὰ φύσιν s. MPohlenz, Die Stoa I ’48, 488C. 2. natural characteristics or disposition ἡ φύσις ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη (Pla., Theaet. 149B, Tim. 90c; Aristot. p. 1286b, 27; Epict. 2, 20, 18; Philo, Ebr. 166 al.; Aelian, V.H. 8, 11 τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσις θνητή) human nature, unless the sense should be mankind (s. 4 below) Js 3:7b. τὸ ἀδύνατον τῆς ἡμετέρας φύσεως the weakness of our nature Dg 9:6. θείας κοινωνοὶ φύσεως sharers in the divine nature 2 Pt 1:4 (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 232θείας μετεσχηκέναι φύσεως; Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 26 of Dionysus: πρὶν εἰς θεῶν φύσιν ἐλθεῖν=before he attained to the nature of the gods).—Also specif. of sexual characteristics (Diod. S. 16, 26, 6 originally παρθένοι prophesied in Delphi διὰ τὸ τῆς φύσεως ἀδιάφθορον=because their sexuality was uncorrupted. φύσις of sex and its change Dicaearchus, fgm.

37 W. Obviously φ. also has the concrete mng. ‘sex organ’: Nicander, fgm. 107; Diod. S. 32, 10, 7 φ. ἄρρενος corresponding to φ. θηλείας following immediately; Anton. Lib. 41, 5; Phlegon: 257 fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.). The hyena παρʼ ἐνιαυτὸν ἀλλάσσει τὴν φύσιν changes its nature every year, fr. male to female and vice versa B 10:7. The heathen worship τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσιν θεοῖς beings that are by nature no gods at all Gal 4:8 (cf. CLanger, Euhemeros u. die Theorie der φύσει u. θέσει θεοί: Αγγελος II ’26, 53-9; Synes., Prov. 1, 9 p. 97c τοῖς φύσει θεοῖς; Diod. S. 3, 9, 1 differentiates between two kinds of gods. Some αἰώνιον ἔχειν κ. ἄφθαρτον τὴν φύσιν. The others θνητῆς φύσεως κεκοινωνηκέναι κ. διʼ ἀρετὴν. . . τετευχέναι τιμῶν ἀθανάτων).

3. nature as the regular natural order μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εὒς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν Ro 1:26 (Diod.

S. 32, 11, 1 παρὰ φύσιν ὁμιλία; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 109 §511; Athen. 13 p. 605D οἱ παρὰ φύσιν τῇ Ἀφροδίτῃ χρώμενοι; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 39 ὁ παιδεραστὴς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν ἡδονὴν διώκει; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 273; Test.

Napht. 3:4). ὅταν ἔθνη φύσει τὰ τοῦ νόμου ποιῶσιν when Gentiles fulfil the law’s demands by following the natural order (of things) Ro 2:14 (Ltzm., Hdb., exc. on Ro 2:14-16); φύσει may mean instinctively, in which case it belongs under 2 above (cf. WMundle, Theol. Blätter 13, ’34, 249-56 [the Gentile as Christian under direction of the πνεῦμα]). ἡ φύσις διδάσκει ὑμᾶς 1 Cor 11:14 (Epict. 1, 16, 9f; Plut., Mor. 478D; Synes., Calv. 14 p. 78c φύσις as well as νόμος prescribes long hair for women, short hair for men.—Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.). τὸ ὄνομα, ὃ κέκτησθε 1041

φύσει δικαίᾳ the name which you bear because of a just natural order IEph 1:1 (s. Hdb. ad loc.; for the sense ‘natural disposition’ s. JKleist, transl. ’46, 119 n. 2).—RMGrant, Miracle and Natural Law ’52, 4-18.

4. natural being, product of nature, creature (X., Cyr. 6, 2, 29 πᾶσα φύσις=every creature; 3 Macc 3:29.—It can also mean species [X. et al.; 4 Macc 1:20; Philo] and then at times disappear in translation: Ps.-Pla, Epin. 948D ἡ τῶν ἄστρων φύσις=the stars; X., Lac. 3, 4 ἡ τῶν θηλειῶν φύσις=the women; Aristot., Part. An. 1, 5 περὶ τῆς ζῳϊκῆς φυς.=on animals) πᾶσα φύσις θηρίων κτλ. Js 3:7a. Also prob. ἡ φ. ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη mankind 3:7b; s. 2 above.—HKöster, TW IX, 246-71. M-M.* φυσίωσις, εως, ἡ (in secular wr. as a medical t.t. and in Achmes 153, 6; otherw. a Christian word; Hesychius) being puffed up, pride, conceit 2 Cor 12:20.* φυτεία, ας, ἡ (X., Theophr.+; pap., LXX and Jos., Ant. 3, 281in the sense ‘planting’) that which is planted, the plant (Aelian, V. H. 3, 40; Athen. 5 p. 207D; Dit., Or. 606, 7; Philo, Op. M. 41) symbol. (PsSol 14:4) Mt 15:13; ITr 11:1; IPhld 3:1 (w. Ign. cf. Synes., Prov. 10 p. 100D of the truly good man: ἔστιν ἐπὶ γῆς φυτὸν οὐράνιον after Pla., Tim. 90A). M-M.* φυτεύω impf. ἐφύτευον; 1 aor. ἐφύτευσα. Pass.: pf. πεφύτευμαι, ptc. πεφυτευμένος; 1 aor. ἐφυτεύθην (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 10, 19 φ. ἀμπέλους; Philo; Jos., Ant. 11, 50ἀμπέλους) plant τὶ someth. φυτείαν (q. v.; cf. Sib. Or. 3, 397) Mt 15:13; a tree (since Od. 18, 359) Dg 12:3; cf. pass. 12:2, 4; Lk 13:6 (foll. by ἔν τινι as X., Oec. 20, 3); B 11:6 (Ps 1:3. Foll. by παρά τι); sticks Hs 8, 2, 6; 8a, b; pass. 8, 2, 7; 8, 3, 8; 8, 4, 2. φυτεύθητι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ be planted in the sea Lk 17:6. ἀμπελῶνα a vineyard (s. ἀμπελών) Mt 21:33; Mk 12:1; Lk 20:9; 1 Cor 9:7; cf. Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 2. μέρος τι τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα he had a part of his field planted as a vineyard 5, 2, 2. Abs. (X., Mem. 2, 1, 13) Lk 17:28; as a symbol Dg 12:6 and of the apostle’s work (w. ποτίζειν) 1 Cor 3:6-8 (Libanius, Or. 13, 52 vol. II p. 82, 2 F.: τὸ καλὸν ἐγὼ μὲν ἐφύτευσα, σὺ δὲ ἔθρεψας, αἱ δὲ πόλεις δρέπονται). M-M.* φυτόν, οῦ, τό (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 10, 16; Philo; Jos., Ant. 1, 195; Sib. Or. 3, 397) a plant AP 5:15. B. 521.* φύω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) 2 aor. pass. ἐφύην, ptc. φυείς, neut. φυέν (for class. ἔφυν, ptc. φύς, φύν); these forms in Hippocr. and later wr., incl. Joseph. (e.g. Ant. 17, 19; 18, 6.—Beside them φύς Ant. 1, 63; 4, 245; φῦναι 18, 43); CIG 8735.—Bl-D. §76, 2; Mlt.-H. 264; Rob. 350. On the LXX s. Thackeray p. 235, 289f. In our lit. the word has intr. mng., even in the pres. act. (cf. Bl-D. §309, 2; Rob. 800; Sib. Or. 8, 21) grow (up), come up lit. Lk 8:6, 8. Symbol. ῥίζα πικρίας ἄνω φύουσα Hb 12:15 (Dt 29:17). M-M.* φωλεός, οῦ, ὁ (Aristot.+; Jos., Bell. 4, 507)den, lair, hole for animals (Aristot., Plut., Lucian et al.; Heren. Wr. 406, 12 Sc.) of a fox-hole (Neptunianus [II AD] ed. WGemoll, Progr. Striegau 1884, 27) Mt 8:20; Lk 9:58 (cf. Plut., Tib. Gr. 9, 5 [828C]: animals have φωλ., but those who are fighting for Italy are without shelter). M-M.* φωνέω impf. ἐφώνουν; fut. φωνήσω; 1 aor. ἐφώνησα, pass. ἐφωνήθην (Hom.+; inscr., pap. [though not common in either]; LXX; En. 14, 8; Philo, Joseph.).

1. produce a sound or tone—a. of animals (Aristot.; Anton. Lib. 7, 8; Aesop. 225 Halm; Is 38:14; Jer 17:11; Zeph 2:14) of a cock crow (Aesop, Fab. 225; 323B, a cock) Mt 26:34, 74f; Mk 14:30, 68 v.l., 72a, b; Lk 22:34, 60f; J 13:38; 18:27. b. of persons call or cry out, speak loudly, say with emphasis Lk 8:8. φ. φωνῇ μεγάλῃ in a loud voice Mk 1:26 (of an evil spirit in a pers.); Lk 23:46; Ac 16:28; Rv 14:18 (w. dat. of the pers. for whom the call is meant). κραυγῇ μεγάλῃ ibid. t.r. ἐφώνησεν λέψων Lk 8:54; Ac 16:28; Rv 14:18 (for a calling angel s. PGM 13, 148). Also φωνήσας εἶπεν Lk 16:24; 23:46.

2. call someone—a. in the sense address as ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με, ὁ διδάσκαλος you call me ‘Teacher’ (nom. w. art. as voc.; cf. Bl-D. §143; 147, 3; Rob. 458; 466) J 13:13. b. call to oneself, summon (Tob 5:9) τινά someone (Jos., Ant. 6, 314)ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐφώνησεν αὐτούς Mt 20:32.

Cf. 27:47; Mk 3:31 t.r.; 9:35; 10:49a, b; 15:35; J 1:48; 2:9; 4:16; 11:28a; 18:33; Ac 4:18 D; 9:41; 10:7. τὸν Λάζαρον ἐφώνησεν ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου J 12:17.—τὰ πρόβατα φωνεῖ κατʼ ὄνομα 10:3. Have τινά someone called Mk 10:49c; Lk 16:2; J 9:18, 24; 11:28b. Pass. εἶπεν φωνηθῆναι αὐτῷ τοὺς δούλους he said the slaves should be called into his presence Lk 19:15. W. the obj. omitted φωνήσαντες ἐπυνθάνοντο they called (someone) and inquired Ac 10:18.—c. in the sense invite τινά someone Lk 14:12. M-M.* φωνή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 2, 3).

1. sound, tone, noise the source of which is added in the gen.: of musical instruments (Pla., Rep. 3 p. 397A ὀργάνων; Eur., Tro. 127 συρίγγων; Plut., Mor. 713C ψαλτηρίοὑ καὶ αὐλου; Aristoxenus, fgm. 6; Paus. Attic. α, 169; Ex 19:16, Is 18:3 and PsSol 8:1 σάλπιγγος; Is 24:8 κιθάρας; Aristobul. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 8, 10, 13) σάλπιγγος Mt 24:31 v.l.; D 16:6. φωναὶ τῆς σάλπιγγος blasts of the trumpet Rv 8:13b; or of those who play them κιθαρῳδῶν 14:2d; 18:22a; cf. 10:7. Of the sound of the wind J 3:8; cf. Ac 2:6. Of the rolling of thunder (1 Km 7:10) Rv 6:1; 14:2c; 19:6c. Of the roar of water (Ezk 1:24b) 1:15b; 14:2b; 19:6b. Of the whirring of wings (Ezk 1:24a) 9:9a. Of the clatter of chariots ibid. b (cf. Ezk 3:13; 26:10). Of the noise made by a millstone 18:22b. Of a shout produced by a crowd of people φωνὴ ὄχλου πολλοῦ 19:1, 6a (cf. Da 10:6 Theod.). Of the sound caused by spoken words (Da 10:9) ἡ 1042

φωνὴ τοῦ ἀσπασμοῦ σου Lk 1:44. φωνὴ ῥημάτων sound of words Hb 12:19. Cf. 1 Cl 27:7 (Ps 18:4). Abs. of the sound made by a wail of sorrow (cf. Test. Iss. 1:4) Mt 2:18 (Jer 38:15). μεγάλη φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐν τ. οὐρανῷ GP 9:35.—Of musical instruments it is said that they φωνὴν διδόναι produce a sound 1 Cor 14:7f.—In Rv we have ἀστραπαὶ καὶ φωναὶ καὶ βρονταί (cf. Ex 19:16) 4:5; 8:5; 11:19; 16:18 (are certain other sounds in nature thought of here in addition to thunder, as e.g. the roar of the storm? In Ex 19:16 φωναὶ κ. ἀστραπαί are surely thunder and lightning. But in Ex 9:23, 28; 1 Km 12:18 the mng. of φωναί remains unclear. Cf. also Esth 1:1d φωναί, βρονταί).

2. voice—a. gener. Any form of speech or other utterance w. the voice can take place μετὰ φωνῆς μεγάλης Lk 17:15; ἐν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ Rv 5:2; 14:7, 9; mostly φωνῇ μεγάλῃ (Achilles Tat. 8, 1, 1; Sib. Or. 3, 669; 5, 63) Mt 27:46, 50; Mk 1:26; 5:7; 15:34; Lk 4:33; 8:28; 19:37; J 11:43; Ac 7:57, 60; 8:7; Rv 6:10; 7:2, 10a1.; IPhld 7:1a. μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῃ (Diod. S. 1, 70, 5; 8, 23, 3; Lucian, Hist. Conscr. 1, Tim. 9; Jos., Bell. 6, 188)Ac 14:10 t.r.; 26:24; ἐν ὒσχυρᾷ φωνῇ Rv 18:2. ἐν φωνῇ μιᾷ IEph 4:2; μιᾷ φ. (Pla., Laws 1 p. 634E; Diod. S. 11, 9, 3; 11, 26, 6; 19, 81, 2; Ael. Aristid. 24, 4 K.=44 p. 825 D.; Lucian, Nigr. 14) AP 5:19.—αἴρειν φωνήν (αἴρω 1b) Lk 17:13; πρός τινα Ac 4:24. ἐπαίρειν φωνήν (ἐπαίρω 1) Lk 11:27; Ac 2:14; 14:11; 22:22. ἀκούειν τῆς φωνῆς τινος hear someone speaking or calling (Test. Jos. 9:4) J 5:25, 28; 10:3; Hb 3:7, 15; 4:7 (the last three Ps 94:7); w. a neg. and acc. (φωνήν) Mt 12:19 (cf. Is 42:2); J 5:37. The same expr.=listen to someone’s speech or call, follow someone (Gen 3:17) 10:16, 27; 18:37; Rv 3:20; B 8:7; cf. 9:2 (s. Ex 15:26).—(ἡ) φωνὴ (τοῦ) νυμφίου (cf. Jer 25:10) J 3:29 (cf. Arrian, Cyneg. 17, 1 the dogs χαίρουσιν τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ δεσπότου γνωρίζουσαι); Rv 18:23. b. voice as it varies from individual to individual or fr. one mood to another (X., An. 2, 6, 9; Gen 27:22) ἐπιγνοῦσα τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ Πέτρου Ac 12:14. Cf. J 10:4f (s. Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 320, horses). ἤθελον ἀλλάξαι τὴν φωνήν μου Gal 4:20 (ἀλλάσσω 1. φωνή=tone: Artem. 4, 56 p. 235, 15). c. that which the voice gives expression to call, cry, outcry, loud or solemn declaration (Sb 7251, 21 [III/IV AD]=order, command) ὁ Ἰησοῦς αφεὶς φωνὴν μεγάλην Mk 15:37. φωνὴ ἐγένετο μία a single outcry arose Ac 19:34 (cf. Jos., Vi. 133). Cf. 22:14; 24:21. Pl. (Ael. Aristid. 52, 3 K.=28 p. 551 D.: ἦσαν φωναί; Jos., Ant. 15, 52)φωναὶ μεγάλαι loud cries Lk 23:23a; cf. b. ἐλάλησαν αἱ βρονταὶ τὰς ἑαυτῶν φωνάς the thunders sounded forth their crashing peals Rv 10:3b. θεοῦ φωνὴ (D φωναὶ) καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώπου (this is) the statement of a god and not of a man Ac 12:22 (Plut., Mor. 567f: a divine φωνή sounds forth fr. a φῶς μέγα that appears suddenly; Ael. Aristid. 45 p. 11 D.: Πυθίας φωνή; Epict. 3, 23, 20 ἰδοὺ φωναὶ φιλοσόφου; 3, 22, 50; Biogr. p. 454 people received sayings of Hippocr. ὡς θεοῦφωνἁς κ. οὐκ ἀνθρωπίνου προελθούσας ἐκ στόματος). φωνὴ ἐνεξθεῖσα αὐτῷ a declaration (was) borne to him 2 Pt 1:17; cf. 18. Also of sayings in scripture αἱ φωναἱ τῶν προφητῶν Ac 13:27 (Diod. S. 19, 1, 4 ἡ Σόλωνος φωνή; 20, 30, 2 τῆς τοῦ μάντεως[=τοῦ δαιμονίου] φωνῆς; Diog. L. 8, 14 sayings of Pythagoras). d. In accordance w. OT and Jewish usage gener. (cf. Bousset, Rel.3 315. But the Socratic δαιμόνιον=ὁ θεός [Ep. 1, 7] is also called ἡ φωνή: Socrat., Ep. 1, 9 τὸ δαιμόνιόν μοι, ἡ φωνή, γέγονεν, cf. Pla., Apol. 31D) ‘the voice’ oft. speaks, though the (heavenly) speaker neither appears nor is mentioned (cf. PGM 3, 119 ἐξορκίζω σε κατά τῆς ἐβραικῆς φωνῆς.—In most cases the divine voice is differentiated fr. the divinity: Theopompus [IV BC] in Diog. L. 1, 115 when Epimenides wishes to build τὸ τῶν Νυμφῶν ἱερόν: ῥαγῆναι φωνὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ‘Ἐπιμενίδη, μὴ Νυμφῶν, ἀλλὰ Διός’; Plut., Mor. 355E; 775B; Oenomaus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 5, 28, 2 Lycurgus receives the laws ὑπὸ τῆς θεοῦ φωνῆς in Delphi; Artapanus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 9, 27, 21; Jos., Ant. 1, 185φ. θεία παρῆν; 3, 90 φ. ὑψόθεν. . . 2, 267) ἰδοὺ φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα (on the voice fr. heaven s. the lit. s.v. βαπτίζω 2a; also JKosnetter, D. Taufe Jesu ’36, esp. 140-90, and FJDölger, Antike u. Christentum V 3, ’36, 218-23) Mt 3:17; cf.

17:5. ἦλθεν φ. (ἐκ) Mk 9:7 t. r.; J 12:28 (Ps. Callisth, 1, 45, 2f ἦλθεν φωνὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀδύτου the divine saying follows in direct discourse). ἐξῆλθεν φ. Rv 16:17 (ἐκ); 19:5 (άπο τοῦ θρόνου). γίνεται (ἐγένετο) φ. (ἐκ: Plut., Agis et Cleom. 28, 3 Z.: φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ γενέσθαι φράζουσαν; Ael. Aristid. 40, 22 K.=5 p. 62 D.: φωνῆς θείας γενομένης. . . ἐκ τοῦ μητρῴου [=temple of the Mother of the Gods]) Mk 1:11; 9:7; Lk 3:22; 9:35f; J 12:30; Ac 10:13, 15 (both πρὸς αὐτόν); MPol 9:1a; GEb 3a (understood), cf. ibid. b; ἐγένετο φ. κυρίου Ac 7:31 (cf. Jos., Vi. 259 ἐγένον το φωναί). ἀπεκρίθη φ. ἐκ τ. οὐρανοῦ 11:9; ἦχος φωνῆς μοι ἀπεκρίθη Hv 4, 1, 4. ἀκούειν φωνήν hear a voice (also w. such additions as λέγουσαν, ἐκ w. gen. of place, μεγάλην, gen. of the speaker) Ac 9:4; 22:9; 26:14; Rv 6:6f; 9:13; 10:4, 8; 12:10; 14:2; 18:4; MPol 9:1b; Epil Mosq 3; φωνῆς w. the same mng. (w. corresp. additions) Ac 9:7; 11:7; 22:7; Rv 11:12; 14:13; 16:1; 21:3; GP 10:41. e. special cases: ἐπέστρεψα βλέπειν τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις ἐλάλει μετʼ ἐμοῦ I turned around to see (to whom) the voice that was speaking to me (belonged) Rv 1, 12 (cf. X., Hell. 5, 1, 22 σκεψόμενοι τίς ἡ κραυγή; Aesop 248 Halm ἐπεστράφη πρὸς τὴν φωνήν). φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ, ἐρήμῳ hark! someone is calling in the desert! (Is 40:3; cf. En. 9, 2; Jos., Bell. 6, 301)Mt 3:3; Mk 1:3; Lk 3:4. Referring to the same prophetic pass., John the Baptist applies the same words to himself J 1:23 the voice of one calling in the desert (Ael. Aristid. 49, 5 K.=25 p. 489 D.: φωνὴ λέγοντός του ‘τεθεράπευσαι’; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 1 p. 364A φωνὴ βοῶντός του).—B 9:3.

3. language (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; Cebes 33, 6; Aelian, V.H. 12, 48; Herodian 5, 3, 4; Diog. L. 8, 3; Suppl. Epigr. Gr. VIII 548, 17 [I BC]; PLond. 77, 13; PGM 12, 188 πᾶσα γλῶσσα κ. πᾶσα φωνή; Gen 11:1; Dt 28:49; 2 Macc 7:8, 21, 27; 4 Macc 12:7; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 1; 50; 73 al.) 1 Cor 14:10f; 2 Pt 2:16 (an animal w. ἀνθρώπου φ. as Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 4 §14 βοῦς φωνὴν ἀφῆκεν ἀνθρὠπου; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 2, 1146 ὁ κριὸς ἀνθρωπίνῃ χρησάμενος φωνῇ; Philo, Op. M. 156); Dg 5:1.-OBetz, TW IX, 272-302: φωνή and related words. M-M. B. 1248; 1260. φῶς, φωτός, τό (trag.+ [in Hom. φάος or φόως; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.; loanw. in rabb.) light.

1. lit.—a. gener. (opp. σκότος, as Job 18:18; En. 104, 8; PGM 5, 101; 7, 262; 13, 335) 2 Cor 4:6 (cf. Gen 1:3ff); 6:14; Papias 3. Not present at night J 11:10. λευκὸς ὡς τὸ φ. Mt 17:2. νεφέλη φωτός a bright cloud vs. 5 v.l. Of 1043

the light of the sun (φ. ἡλίου: Dio Chrys. 57[74], 20 fr. Eur., Hippol. 617; Ael. Aristid. 45, 29 K.=8 p. 95 D,) Rv 22:5b; of a wondrous star IEph 19:2a, b. Of lamp-light (Jer 25:10) Lk 8:16; 11:33 P75 et a1.; J 5:35 (symbol.); Rv 18:23; 22:5a. Light fr. a supernatural source (Ael. Aristid. 49, 46 K.=p. 500, 17 D. ἐγένετο φῶς παρὰ τῆς Ἴσιδος; Marinus, Vi. Procli 23: a halo of light around Proclus’ head moves the beholder to προσκύνησις): an angel Ac 12:7; 2 Cor 11:14 (here ἄγγελος φωτός [cf. IQS 3, 20] is a messenger of the world of light in contrast to Satan); of Paul’s conversion experience Ac 9:3; 22:6 (both w. ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, as X., Cyr. 4, 2, 15; Dio Chrys. 11[12], 29), 9, 11; 26:13 (οὐρανόθεν); the heavenly city Rv 21:24, S. 2 below.—Symbolic expressions: ἐν τῷ φωτί in the open, publicly (φ. of ‘the open’ X., Ages. 9, 1.—Opp. ἐν τῃ σκοτίᾳ) Mt 10:27; Lk 12:3 (Proverbia Aesopi 104 P.: ἅπερ ἐν νυκτὶ καλύπτεται, ταῦτα εἰς φῶς λαληθέντα. . . ). Of an evil-doer it is said that μισεῖ τὸ φῶς καὶ οὐκ ἔρξεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς J 3:20 (cf. Eur., Iph. T. 1026 κλεπτῶν γὰρ ἡ νύξ, τῆς δʼ ἀληθείας τὸ φῶς; Plut., Mor. 82B, Contra Volupt. in Stob., Anthol. 3, 6, 33 vol. III 299 H.; Philo, De Jos. 68, Spec. Leg. 1, 319-23; Test. Napht. 2:10). b. by metonymy—α. that which gives light, light (-bearer): torch, lamp, lantern, etc. (X., Hell. 5, 1, 8 φῶς ἔχειν; Musaeus v. 224 of the λύχνος. Pl., Plut., Ant. 26, 6, Pelop. 12, 3 al.; Lucian, Philops. 31) Ac 16:29. The fire, which furnishes both light and heat (X., Hell. 6, 2, 29, Cyr. 7, 5, 27; 1 Macc 12:29) Mk 14:54 (GWBuchanan, ET 68, ’56, 27); Lk 22:56. Heavenly bodies (Manetho 6, 146 sun and moon δύο φῶτα; likew. Dio Chrys. 23[40], 38; Ptolem., Apotel. 2, 13, 8; 3, 3, 3; 3, 5, 3 al. τὰ φ.=constellations; Vett. Val. index II p. 384; PGM 13, 400; Ps 135:7; Jer 4:23): God is the πατὴρ τῶν φώτων Js 1:17 (cf. Apoc. of Moses 36; 38); the sun as τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου J 11:9 (Macrobius, Saturnal. 1, 23, 21 ἥλιε παντοκράτορ. . . κόσμου φῶς. Cf. Ps.-Demosth. 60, 24). Of the eye as an organ of light (Eur., Cycl. 633 φῶς Κύκλωπος) Mt 6:23; Lk 11:35. β. that which is illuminated by light: πᾶν τὸ φανερούμενον φῶς ἐστιν everything that becomes visible is (=stands in the) light Eph 5:14.

2. The passages in the central portion of 1a above show that light is the element and sphere of the Divine (Ael. Aristid. 28, 114 K.=49 p. 528 D.: τοῦ θεοῦ φῶς; Sib. Or. 3, 787 ἀθάνατον φ.). God is called φῶς οἰκῶν ἀπρόσιτον 1 Ti 6:16 (Plut., Pericl. 39, 2 the gods dwell in τὸν τόπον ἀσάλευτον φῶτὶ καθαρωτάτῳ περιλαμπόμενον, Mor. 567F: the divine φωνή proceeds fr. a φῶς μέγα that suddenly shines forth), or it is said of him that he is ἐν τῷ φωτί 1J 1:7b. In fact, he is described as light pure and simple ὁ θεὸς φῶς ἐστιν vs. 5 (Philo, Somn.

1, 75.—OSchaefer, StKr 105, ’33, 467-76). Cf. Dg 9:6. Likew. the Divine Redeemer in the Fourth Gospel J 1:7-9, cf.

1J 2:8 (FAuer, Wie ist J 1:9 zu verstehen?: ThGl 28, ’36, 397-407); 12:35a, b, 36a, b (on divinity as light cf.

RHCharles, The Book of Enoch ’12, 71 f; GPWetter, Phos (ΦΩΣ) ’15. On this MDibelius, Die Vorstellung v. göttl.

Licht: Deutsche Literaturzeitung 36, ’15, 1469-83 and MPNilsson, GGA ’16, 49ff; FJDölger, Die Sonne der Gerechtigkeit ’18, Sol Salutis ’20; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 ’21, 173; 174, 2 and 3; HJonas, Gnosis u. spätantiker Geist I ’34; Dodd 133-6; 183-7 al.; ERGoodenough, By Light, Light: The Mystic Gospel of Hellenistic Judaism ’35; RBultmann, Z. Gesch. der Lichtsymbolik im Altertum: Philol. 97, ’48, 1-36; IQH 4, 6; 18, 29; BGU 597, 33 [I AD]).

He calls himself τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου 8:12a; 9:5; 12:46; cf. 3:19a (Wetter, ‘Ich bin das Licht der Welt’: Beiträge zur Religionswissenschaft I 2, ’14, 171ff), and is called τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1:4 (Ael. Aristid. 45, 33 K.=8 p. 97 D.: Serapis as κοινὸν ἄπασιν ἀνθρώποις φῶς; hymn to Anubis fr. Kios [WPeek, D. Isishymnus v. Andros ’30, p. 139] l.

7: Isis as φῶς πᾶσι βροτοῖσι), and his very being is light and life (ζωή 2aα and β; cf. JPWeisengoff, CBQ 8, ’46, 448-51) 1:4. Cf. also vs. 5; 3:19b, 21; Lk 2:32 (Jesus is a φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν ἐθνῶν).-FJDölger, Lumen Christi: Antike u. Christentum V 1, ’35, 1-43. The martyr καθαρὸν φῶς λαμβάνει receives the pure light of heaven IRo 6:2.

This brings us to 3. the fig. mng.—a. light, that illuminates the spirit and soul of man, is gener. the element in which the redeemed person lives, rich in blessings without and within (En. 5, 6 σωτηρία, φῶς ἀγαθόν; 8 φ. καὶ χάρις); of Messianic salvation, the gospel, etc. (opp. σκοτία, σκότος) Mt 4:16a, b (Is 9:1a, b; cf. Lucian, Nigr. 4 ἔχαιρον ὥσπερ ἐκ ζοφεροῦ ἀέρος ἐς μέγα φῶς ἀναβλέπων); Ac 26:18; Eph 5:13; Col 1:12; 1 Pt 2:9; B 3:4(Is 58:8); 1 Cl 16:12 (Is 53:11); 36:2; 59:2; 2 Cl 1:4. τὸ φῶς τῆς ζωῆς (cf. IQS 3, 7) J 8:12b. τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινόν (saying of Pythagoreans: Wiener Stud. 8, 1886 p. 280 no. 118 in contrast to σκότος) 1J 2:8, as J 1:9. φῶς καταγγέλλειν Ac 26:23. To be filled w. Christian truth means ἐν τῷ φωτὶ περιπατεῖν 1J 1:7a, εἶναι 2:9, μένειν vs. 10. Such person are called υἱοὶ τοῦ φωτός Lk 16:8; J 12:36c (cf. IQS 1, 9 et passim); 1 Th 5:5; τέκνα φωτός Eph 5:8b (EGSelwyn, 1 Pt ’46, 375-82; KGKuhn, NTS 7, ’61, 339: IQS 3, 20; 5, 9; 5, 10); τέκνα φωτὸς ἀληθείας IPhld 2:1 (Porphyr., Ep. ad Marcellam 20 φῶς τοῦ θεοῦ τῆς ἀληθείας; Simplicius p. 88, 3; 138, 30 Düb. τὸ τῆς ἀληθείας φῶς). They put on τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτός Ro 13:12, travel the ὅδὸς τοῦ φωτός B 18:1; 19:1, 12, and produce the καρπὸς τοῦ φωτός Eph 5:9. b. bearers or bringers of this kind of light (φῶς of persons: Od. 16, 23; Anacr. 124 Bergk φάος Ἑλλήνων; Pind., Isthm. 2, 17; trag.; Biogr. p. 453 Hippocr. as ἀστήρ and φῶς of the healing art; Dit., Syll.3 1238, 2 [c. 160 AD] Φήγιλλα, τὸ φῶς τῆς οἰκίας) Is 49:6 φῶς ἐθνῶν is referred to Paul and Barnabas Ac 13:47, and to Christ B 14:8; cf. 14:7 (Is 42:6) and s. 2 above. The Jew considers himself a φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει Ro 2:19. Jesus’ disciples are τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου Mt 5:14; cf. vs. 16.—On Is 49:6 s. HMOrlinsky, The 75th Anniv. Vol. of the Jewish Quarterly Review ’67, 409-28. c. by metonymy, the one who is illuminated or filled w. such light, or who stands in it Eph 5:8a (s. 1bβ above).—On the dualism of light and darkness, etc., cf. the newly discovered Hebr. texts in the Dead Sea scrolls: KGKuhn, ZThK 47, ’50, 192-211; WHBrownlee, Excerpts fr. the Transl. of the Dead Sea Manuals of Discipline: Bull. of the Amer.

Schools of Oriental Research no. 121, ’51, 8-13; HPreisker, ThLZ 77, ’52, 673-8; CGHowie, The Cosmic Struggle: Interpretation 8, ’54, 206-17.—ChMugler, Dictionnaire historique de la terminologie optique des Grecs ’64; HConzelmann, TW IX, 302-409: φῶς and related words. M-M. B. 60.* φωστήρ, ῆρος ὁ—1. light-giving body, esp. of heavenly bodies, specif. star (Heliod. 2, 24, 6; Vett. Val. 104, 30; 1044

105, 7; Herm. Wr. 496, 2 Sc. [the sun]; Anth. Pal. 15, 17, 3 [Christian]; PGM 13, 298; Fluchtaf. 5, 23; Gen 1:14, 16; Wsd 13:2; Sir 43:7; Sib. Or. 3, 88; Test. Levi 14:3, Jud. 25:2) Phil 2:15 (cf. Da 12:3; En. 104, 2).—2. splendor, radiance (Anth. Pal. 11, 359, 7; 1 Esdr 8:76) Rv 21:11. M-M.* φωσφόρος, ον bearing or giving light (Eur.+; pap., Philo); subst. ὁ φ. the morning star, Venus (Eur., Ion 1157; Ps.-Pla., Tim. Locr. 96E; 97A; Plut., Mor. 430A; 601A; 889A al.; Cicero, Nat. Deor. 2, 20; Vett. Val. 236, 6; Sib. Or. 5, 516) fig. 2 Pt 1:19. JBoehmer, ZNW 22, ’23, 228-33; FBoll, Sternglaube u. Sterndeutung4 ’31, 47f.—FJDölger, Antike u. Christentum V 1, ’35, 1ff interprets the ‘light-bearer’ to mean the sun (this mng. of φ. in Nicetas Eugen. 1, 87; 3, 21; 5, 258 Hercher); cf. HWindisch ad loc. M-M.* φωταγωγός, όν (so in Lucian et al.; PGM 5, 190; φωταγωγία in Vett. Val. 301, 22; PGM 4, 955; φωταγωγέω in Celsus 2, 71) light-bringing, light-giving ἄγγελοι φ. light-bringing angels who are set over the way of light B 18:1.* φωτεινός ή, όν (X.+; Sir 17:31; 23:19, both comp.) shining, bright, radiant νεφέλη φ. a bright cloud indicating the presence of God Mt 17:5 (cf. X., Mem. 4, 3, 4 ἥλιος φ.). AP 3:7 of the radiant garments of the angels.—Opp. σκοτεινός (X., Mem. 3, 10, 1; En. 22, 2) illuminated, full of light (Artem. 1, 64 βαλανεῖα φωτεινά; 2, 36) Mt 6:22; Lk 11:34, 36a, b. M-M.* φωτίζω (Aristot.+; LXX; En. 5, 8; Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) fut. φωτίσω (1 Cor 4:5; Rv 22:5) and φωτιῶ (Rv 22:5 v.l.; Test. Levi 4:3), cf. Thackeray 228f; 1 aor. ἐφώτισα. Pass.: pf. ptc. πεφωτισμένος; 1 aor. ἐφωτίσθην.

1. intr. (Aristot.; Theophr.; Plut., Num. 4, 9; 8, 2; Sir 42:16; Philo, Dec. 49) shine of God (Ps 75:5) ἐπί τινα upon someone Rv 22:5.

2. trans.—a. lit. give light to, light (up), illuminate (Aristarchus of Samos [III BC] p. 358, 20 al. TLHeath [’13]; Diod. S. 3, 48, 4 of the sun ἀκτῖσι τὸν κόσμον ; Galen XIX p. 174 K.; PGM 3, 152; 4, 2345; Fluchtaf. 4, 14; 2 Esdr 19 [Neh 9]: 12, 19 τὴν ὁδόν) τινά someone Lk 11:36; Rv 22:5 t.r.; τὴν πόλιν Rv 21:23. Pass. (Anaximander in Diog. L. 2, 1 ἀπό ἡλίου; Plut., Mor. 1120E; Diog. L. 7, 144 the whole earth ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ [the sun] φωτίζεσθαι) 18:1. b. fig., of heavenly light (φῶς 2; 3) that is granted the ‘enlightened one’ (cf. the prayer PGM 4, 990, that calls upon the μέγιστος θεός as τὸν τὰ πάντα φωτίζοντα καὶ διαυγάζοντα τῇ ὒδίᾳ δυνάμει τὸν σύμπαντα κόσμον; Herm.

Wr. 1, 32 the inspired one prays to his god for δύναμις and χάρις: ἵνα φωτίσω τοὺς ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ. S. also 13, 18; 19 τὸ πᾶν τὸ ἐν ἡμῖν σῷξε ζωή, φώτιζε φῶς, πνευμάτιζε θεέ; Philo, Fuga and Test. Benj. 6:4 τ. ψυχήν; Sextus 97.—GAnrich, Das antike Mysterienwesen 1894, 125f; GWobbermin, Religionsgesch. Studien 1896, 155ff; Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 ’27, 44; 264; 292) enlighten, give light to, shed light upon τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν (i.e. Christ, the heavenly Redeemer) φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον J 1:9 (s. Hdb. ad loc. and s.v. φῶς 2.—For the combination w. φῶς: Cleomedes [II AD] 2, 4 p. 188, 18 HZiegler τὸ φῶς τὸ φωτίζον αὐτόν; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 103, 28 Pasqu.) φωτίσαι πάντας Eph 3:9 t.r. (perh. in the sense ‘instruct’, cf. 4 Km 17:27f). God is implored to grant πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας 1:18 (φωτίζειν ὀφθαλμούς: 2 Esdr [Ezra] 9:8; Ps 18:9; Bar 1:12). The Roman church is πεφωτισμένη ἐν θελήματι (i.e. of God) IRo inscr. οἱ ἅπαξ φωτισθέντες Hb 6:4; cf. 10:32. c. bring to light, reveal τὶ someth. (Polyb. 22, 5, 10; Epict. 1, 4, 31 τὴν ἀλήθειαν; Plut., Mor. 902C; Jos., Ant. 8, 143the hidden mng. of the riddle; pass., Lucian, Calum. 32) τὰ κρυπτὰ τοῦ σκότους that which is hidden in the dark 1 Cor 4:5. φ. ζωὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου bring life and immortality to light through the gospel 2 Ti 1:10. Abs., foll. by indir. question φωτίσαι τίς ἡ οἰκονομία τοῦ μυστηρίου to make clear what the plan of the mystery is Eph 3:9. M-M.* φωτισμός, οῦ, ὁ,—1. illumination, enlightenment, light (Strato of Lamps. [300 BC] fgm. 76 Wehrli ’50; Petosiris, fgm. 121. 178 τῆς σελήνης; Sext. Emp., Math. 10, 224 ἐξ ἡλίου; Plut., Mor. 929D; 931A; PMich. 149, 3; 33 [II AD]; Ps 26:1; 43:4; Job 3:9; Philo, Somn. 1, 53) symbol. (Test. Levi 14:4 τὸ φῶς τοῦ νόμου. . . εἰς φωτισμὸν παντὸς ἀνθρώπου) εἰς τὸ μὴ αὐγάσαι τὸν φωτισμὸν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τῆς δόξης τοῦ Χριστοῦ so that they do not see the light of the gospel of the glory of Christ 2 Cor 4:4.

2. bringing to light, revealing (φωτίζω 2c) πρὸς φωτισμὸν τῆς γνώσεως vs. 6 (but for other possibilities s. the commentaries. Cf. also Herm. Wr. 10, 21 τὸ τῆς γνώσεως φῶς; 7, 2a). M-M.*

1045

Χ χαίρω impf. ἔχαιρον; fut. χαρήσομαι (Bl-D. §77; Mlt.-H. 264); 2 aor. (pass.) ἐχάρην (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. rejoice, be glad opp. κλαίειν J 16:20; Ro 12:15a, b (Damasc., Vi. Isid. 284 χαρίεις πρὸς τοὺς χαρίεντας); 1 Cor 7:30a, b. Opp. λύπην ἔχειν J 16:22. W. ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (Hab 3:18) Mt 5:12; 1 Pt 4:13b; cf. Rv 19:7. W. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Jo 2:23 al. in LXX) Lk 15:32; Rv 11:10. W. σκιρτᾶν Lk 6:23. W. acc. of the inner obj, (Bl-D. §153, 1 w. app.; Rob. 477) χ. χαρὰν μεγάλην be very glad (Jon 4:6) Mt 2:10. τῇ χαρᾳ ᾗ (by attraction for ἥν) χαίρομεν 1 Th 3:9. Also χαρᾷ χ., which prob. betrays the infl. of the OT (Is 66:10), J 3:29 (Bl-D. §198, 6; Rob. 531; 550). The ptc. is used w. other verbs with joy, gladly (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 40 §l69 ἄπιθι χαίρων; 3 Km 8, 66; Eutecnius 4 p.

43, 7 ἄπεισι χαίρουσα; Laud. Therap. 12 χαίρων ἐστέλλετο) ὑπεδέξατο αὐτον χαίρων Lk 19:6; cf. vs. 37; 15:5; Ac 5:41; 8:39.—The obj. of or reason for the joy is denoted in var. ways: by a prep. χαίρειν ἐπί τινι rejoice over someone or someth. (Soph.+; X., Cyr. 8, 4, 12, Mem. 2, 6, 35; Pla., Leg. 5p. 729D; Diod. S. 1, 25, 2; Plut., Mor. 87E; 1088E; BGU 531 I, 4 [I AD]; POxy. 41, 17; Tob 13:15a, b; Pr 2:14; 24:19; Bar 4:33; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; 3, 32) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ac 15:31; Ro l6:19; 1 Cor 13:6; 16:17; 2 Cor 7:13; Rv 11:10; Hs 5, 2, 5 and 11; 8, 1, 17; 8, 5, 1 and 6; Dg 11:5. Also διά w. acc. (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 102 §428; Ep. Arist. 42) J 3:29 (11:15 it is the ὅτι-clause that gives the reason, and δί ὑμᾶς is for your sakes=in your interest); 1 Th 3:9. ἔν τινι (Soph., Trach.

1118; Pla., Rep. 10 p. 603C; En. 104, 13) ἐν τούτῳ over that Phil 1:18a (for other mngs. of ἐν s. below). περί τινος in someth. (Pla., Ep. 2 p. 310E) 1 Cl 65:1. ἵνα μὴ λύπην σχῶ ἀφʼ ὧν ἔδει με χαίρειν (either ἀπὸ τούτων ἀφʼ ὧν or ἀπὸ τούτων οἷς) 2 Cor 2:3. W. dat. of the pers. Papias 2:3. The reason or object is given by ὅτι (Lucian, Charon 17; Ex 4:31) Lk 10:20b; J 11:15 (s. above); 14:28; 2 Cor 7:9, 16; Phil 4:10; 2J 4. χ. ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι Lk 10:20a. χ. ὅταν 2 Cor 13:9. χ. . . γάρ Phil 1:18b (19). The reason or obj. is expressed by a ptc. (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 12; Pla., Rep. 5 p.

458A; Dio Chrys. 22[39], 1 al.; PGM 4, 1212 χαίρεις τοὺς σοὺς σῴζων; 1611). ἰδόντες τὸν αστέρα ἐχάρησαν Mt 2:10; cf. Lk 23:8; J 20:20; Ac 11:23; Phil 2:28; Hv 3, 12, 3; Hs 5, 2, 10; 5, 3, 3; 9, 11, 7. ἀκούσαντες ἐχάρησαν they were delighted by what they heard Mk 14:11; cf. Ac 13:48.—1 Cl 33:7; Dg 5:16. If χαίρειν is also in the ptc., καί comes betw. the two participles: χαίρων καὶ βλέπων (and) it is with joy that I see Col 2:5. ἐχάρην ἐρχομένων ἀδελφῶν καὶ μαρτυρούντων I was glad when brethren came and testified 3J 3.—τῇ ἐλπίδι χαίρ. Ro 12:12 is not ‘rejoice over the hope’ (the dat. stands in this mng. X., Mem. 1, 5, 4; Theopompus [IV BC]: 115 fig. 114 Jac.; Epict., App. D, 3 [p. 479 Sch.] ἀρετῇ χ.; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 28, 137 οἷς ὁ θεὸς χ.; Pr 17:19), but rather rejoice in hope or filled with hope (Bl-D. §196 app.). τὸ ἐφʼ ὑμῖν χαίρω as far as you are concerned, I am glad Ro 16:19 t.r. In the majority of cases in our lit. ἐν does not introduce the cause of the joy (s. above): χαίρω ἐν τοῖς παθήμασιν I rejoice in the midst of (though because of is also poss.) (the) suffering (s) Col 1:24 (the Engl. ‘in’ conveys both ideas). χαίρ. ἐν κυρίῳ Phil 3:1; 4:4a, 10 (the imperatives in 3:1; 4:4a, b are transl. good-bye [so Hom.+] by Gdspd., cf. Probs.

174f; this would class them under 2a below). Abs. Lk 22:5; J 4:36; 8:56 (EbNestle, Abraham Rejoiced: ET 20, ’09, 477; JHMoulton, ‘Abraham Rejoiced’: ibid. 523-8); 2 Cor 6:10; 7:7; 13:11; Phil 2:17f; 4:4b (s. Gdspd. above); 1 Th 5:16; 1 Pt 4:13a; cf. b; GP 6:23; Hv 3, 3, 2f; Hs 1:11; 8, 1, 16.—On the rare mid. χαιρόμενος Ac 3:8 D cf. Mlt. 161 w. note 1; Bl-D. §307.

2. used as a formula of greeting—a. as a form of address, oft. on meeting people (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) χαῖρε, χαίρετε welcome, good day, hail (to you) , I am glad to see you, somet. (e.g. Hermas)=how do you do? or even the colloq. hello: Mt 26:49; 27:29; 28:9 (here perh. specif. good morning [Lucian, Pro Lapsu inter Salutandum 1 τὸ ἑωθινὸν. . . χαίρειν; also scholia p. 234, 13 Rabe; Cass. Dio 69, 18; Nicetas Eugen. 2, 31 H.; so Gdspd., Probs.

45f; he translates Lk 1:28 and the 2 J and H passages in the same way); Mk 15:18; Lk 1:28 (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 4, 2 Nectanebos says to Olympia upon entering her room: χαίροις Μακεδόνων βασίλεια); J 19:3 (on the sarcastic greeting as king cf. Diod. S. 34+35, fgm. 2, 8f [Eunus]); Hv 1, 1, 4; 1, 2, 2a, b; 4, 2, 2a, b. χαίρειν τινὶ λέγειν greet someone, bid someone the time of day (Epict. 3, 22, 64) 2 J 10f.—On the poss. sense farewell, good-bye for Phil 3:1; 4:4 s. 1 above, end. b. elliptically at the beginning of a letter (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 27; Theocr. 14, 1; Plut., Ages. 21, 10=Mor. 213A; Aelian, V. H. 1, 25; Jos., Vi. 217; 365; pap. [Wilcken, Chrest. 477-82; HLietzmann, Griech. Pap.: Kl. T. 142, ’10; StWitkowski, Epistulae Privatae Graecae2 ’11; GMilligan, Selections fr. the Gk. Pap.2 ’11]; LXX.—Bl-D. §389; 480, 5; Rob. 944; 1093. GAGerhard, Untersuchungen zur Gesch. des griech. Briefes, Diss. Heidelb. ’03, Philol. 64, ’05, 27-65; FZiemann, De Epistularum Graecarum Formulis Sollemnibus: Diss. Philol. Halenses XVIII 4, ’11; PWendland, Die urchristl. Literaturformen2,3 ’12, 411-17 [suppl. 15: Formalien des Briefes]; WSchubart, Einführung in die Papyruskunde ’18; Dssm., LO 116ff=LAE 146ff [lit.]; FXJExler, The Form of the Ancient Gk. Letter ’23; ORoller, D. Formular d. paul. Briefe ’33; RLArcher, The Ep. Form in the NT: ET 63, ’51f, 296-8) τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς. . . χαίρειν greetings to the brethren Ac 15:23; cf. 23:26; Js 1:1. Ign. uses the common formula πλεῖστα χαίρειν (πολύς III 2a) IEph inscr.; IMg inscr.; ITr inscr.; IRo inscr.; ISm inscr.; IPol inscr.—The introduction to B is unique: χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου, ἐν εἰρήνῃ 1:1.—HConzelmann, TW IX 350-404: χαίρω, χάρις, εὐχαριστία et al.

M-M.* χάλαζα, ης, ἡ (Hom.+; LXX, En., Philo) hail Rv 8:7 (w. fire as Ex 9:23-8); 11:19 (lightning, thunder and hail as a divine manifestation as Jos., Ant. 6, 92; cf. Sib. Or. 3, 691); 16:21a, b (for the extraordinary size cf. Diod. S. 19, 45, 2 χ. ἄπιστος τὸ μέγεθος, a single hailstone weighed a mina [approx. a pound] or more. The hail caused houses to 1046

collapse and killed people: Jos., Ant. 2, 305; deadly hail on the wicked as Ctesias, Pers. 25); hailstone Hm 11:20.

M-M.* χαλάω fut. χαλάσω; 1 aor. ἐχάλασα, pass. ἐχαλάσθην (Pind., Aeschyl.+; PLond. 131*, 12; LXX, Philo) let down τὶ someth. (Apollon. Rhod. 2, 1267; Jer 45:6) τὸν κράβαττον let down the pallet (through the roof) Mk 2:4 (see s.v. στέγη). τὰ δίκτυα let down the nets into the water (cf. Alciphr. 1, 1, 4) Lk 5:4f. As a nautical t.t. τὸ σκεῦος (q.v. 1a) Ac 27:17. τὴν σκάφην εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν vs. 30 (χαλ. εἰς as Jos., Bell. 1, 657;Test. Jos. 1:4). τινά someone (Jer 45:6) ἐν σπυρίδι in a hamper Ac 9:25; pass. 2 Cor 11:33 (cf. the escape in Plut., Aemil. Paul. 26, 2). M-M.* Χαλδαι̂ος, ου, ὁ (Hdt.+, both as a name for an inhabitant of Χαλδαία and as a designation for astrologers and interpreters of dreams; Philo, Joseph., Test. Napht., Sib. Or.) Chaldaean, name of a Semitic nation. γῆ Χαλδαίων (Jer 24:5) land of the Chaldaeans, as the home of Abraham (Gen 11:28, 31; 15:7; in these passages: [ἡ] χώρα [τῶν] Χ.) Ac 7:4.* χαλεπός, ή, όν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 1βίος, 13, 422 νόσος) hard, difficult καιροὶ χ. hard times, times of stress 2 Ti 3:1. Of words that are hard to bear and penetrate deeply (Hes., Works 332; Dio Chrys. 49[66], 19) Hv 1, 4, 2 (w. σκληρός). Of men (Od. 1, 198; Chio, Ep. 15, 1f; Dit., Syll.3 780, 31; Ep. Arist.

289; Jos., Ant. 15, 98)hard to deal with, violent, dangerous Mt 8:28. Of animals (Pla., Polit. 274B; Ps.-X., Cyneg.

10, 23; Dio Chrys. 5, 5) B 4:5 (comp.). In the sense bad, evil (Cebes 6, 2 of the πόμα of Ἀπάτη) τά ἔργα τοῦ ἀγγέλου τῆς πονηρίας χ. ἐστι the deeds of the angel of wickedness are evil Hm 6, 2, 10.—Subst. τὰ χ. (that which is) evil (X., Mem. 2, 1, 23; POxy. 1242, 36) MPol 11:1 (opp. τὰ δίκαια). ἀρχὴ πάντων χαλεπῶν φιλαργυρία Pol 4:1 (cf. 1 Tim 6:10). M-M. B. 651.* χαλιναγωγέω fut. χαλιναγωγήσω; 1 aor. ἐχαλιναγώγησα guide with a bit and bridle, hold in check (Rhet. Gr. I 425, 19 ἵππον) fig. bridle, hold in check (Lucian, Tyrannic. 4 τὰς τῶν ἡδονῶν ὀρέξεις, Salt. 70 πάθη; Poll. 1, 215) τὶ someth. γλῶσσαν Js 1:26 (cf. Philo, Somn. 2, 165). τὸ σῶμα 3:2 (of the horse also Philo, Op. M. 86). τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν Hm 12, 1, 1. ἑαυτὸν ἀπό τινος restrain oneself from someth. Pol 5:3. M-M.* χαλινός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; PSI 543, 50 [III BC]; LXX; Jos., Ant. 18, 320; loanw. in rabb.) bit, bridle Js 3:3 (cf.

Theognis 551 ἵπποισʼ ἔμβαλλε χαλινούς; Soph., Antig. 477; X., Res Equ. 6, 7 ἵνα τὸν χ. ὀρθῶς ἐμβάλῃ; Philo, Agr. 94; cf. the Plut. quot. s.v. πηδάλιον); Rv 14:20. M-M.* χαλινόω (X.+) bridle, hold in check (Theophr. et al.; Ps.-Phoc. 57 ὀργήν) Js 1:26 B.* χάλιξ, ικος, ὁ (Thu., Aristoph.+; pap., LXX) small, sharp stone, gravel AP 15:30.* χαλκεύς, έως, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) coppersmith, then gener. (black) smith, metal-worker (Aristot., Poet. 25 χαλκέας τοὺς τὸν σίδηρον ἐργαζομένους; Gen 4:22; 2 Ch 24:12 χαλκεῖς σιδήρου) 2 Ti 4:14; Hv 1, 3, 2; making idols Dg 2:3. M-M. B. 606.* χαλκεύω pf. pass. ptc. κεχαλκευμένος (Hom.+; 1 Km 13:20; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 242) forge, first bronze, then metal gener. (Jos., Bell. 7, 429a golden lamp) Dg 2:2f.* χαλκηδών, όνος, ὁ the chalcedony, a precious stone (λίθος ὁ χαλκηδόνιος: Les lapidaires Grecs ed.

MCh-ERuelle 1898 p. 175; 187; 191) Rv 21:19. The stones designated by this term in modern times (agate, onyx, carnelian, etc.) are known by other names in ancient writers. On the other hand Pliny (H.N. 37, 7, 92ff) calls a kind of emerald and of jasper Chalcedonian. It is uncertain what is meant by the term in Rv.—S. the lit. s.v. ἀμέθυστος.* χαλκίον, ου, τό (copper) vessel, kettle (Aristoph. in Pollux 10, 109; X., Oec. 8, 19; IG I2 393; UPZ 120, 7 [II BC]; PFay. 95, 11 [II AD]; PTebt. 406, 21; 1 Km 2:14; 1 Esdr 1:13) Mk 7:4. M-M. B. 342.* χαλκολίβανον, ου, τό (as a neut. in Suidas, Oecumenius) or χαλκολίβανος, ου, ὁ (so the Coptic version and Ausonius [in Salmasius, Exerc. ad Solin. p. 810A], perh. even fem.: FRehkopf, JoachJeremias-Festschr., ’70, 216); someth. like gold ore, or fine brass or bronze (cf. the χαλκός, ὃν τοῦ χρυσοῦ κρείττονʼ ἔλεγον Jos., Ant. 7, 106)Rv 1:15; 2:18. Name of a metal or an alloy, the exact nature of which is unknown (since the word is found nowhere independent of Rv). Suidas defines it s.v. χαλκολίβ.: εἶδος ἠλέκτρου τιμιώτερον χρυσοῦ. ἔστι δὲ τὸ ἤλεκτρον ἀλλότυπον χρυσίον μεμιγμένον ὑέλῳ καὶ λιθείᾳ (cf. on ἤλεκτρ. Ezk 1:27 and Pliny, H.N. 33, 4 where ἤλ. is a natural alloy of gold and silver). The Old Latin versions transl. the word ‘aurichalcum’ or ‘orichalcum’ (cf.

Vergil, Aen. 12, 87 and Servius’ observation on it). The Syrian version and Arethas consider it to be a metal fr.

Lebanon (=Libanon in Gk., Lat., et al.)—Cf. the comm. by Bousset, HBSwete (’07), RHCharles, Zahn, ELohmeyer, WHadorn, E-BAllo (3 ’33) on Rv 1:15; also PDiergart, Philol. 64, ’05, 150-3.* χαλκός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 119; Philo) copper, brass, bronze—1. the metal itself (Jos., Ant. 8, 76w. gold and silver) Rv 18:12. As a material (w. others) for making idols PK 2 p. 14, 14; Dg 2:2.

2. anything that is made of it: (loanw. in rabb. in the sense ‘kettle’) an idol of brass 2 Cl 1:6. χαλκὸς ἠχῶν a noisy (brass) gong 1 Cor 13:1 (cf. ἠχέω; also HRiesenfeld, Coniect. Neot. XII ’48, 50-3). Copper coin, small change 1047

(Lucian, Syr. Dea 29 w. gold and silver money), also simply money (Epicharmus in Pollux [who rejects this usage] 9, 90; Artem. 5, 82; PHib. 66, 4 [III BC]; PTebt. 79, 8; Sb 4369 II, 26; EpJer 34) Mt 10:9; Mk 6:8; 12:41. M-M. B. 611f.* χαλκοῦς, ῆ, οῦν (trag., X., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Test. Levi 6:1. Contracted fr. χάλκεος, which is found Hom.+; inscr., but rare in pap. and LXX [Thackeray p. 173]; Rv 9:20 v.l. [Bl-D. §45 app.; Mlt.-H. 121; 347]. Both forms in Joseph. [Schmidt 491f]) made of copper, brass, or bronze w. χρυσοῦς, ἀργυροῦς Rv 9:20. Gates πύλη χαλκῆ (Diod. S. 2, 8, 7; 2, 9, 3; 17, 71, 6. Similarly Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6, 8 θύραις χαλκαῖς) B 11:4 (cf. Is 45:2). Of the bronze serpent of Moses 12:6 (Num 21:9; Philo). M-M.,-εος.* χαμαί adv.—1. on the ground (Hom.+; pap.; Jdth 12:15; 14:18; Jos., Ant. 7, 133)Hv 4, 1, 9; s 2:3f (ῥίπτω 2); 9, 11, 7; on the (level) ground (in contrast to ‘on the rock and the gate’) s 9, 14, 4.

2. to (or on in the same sense) the ground (for χαμᾶζε as early as Hom.; Dionys. Hal. 4, 56, 3; Plut., Marc. 13, 7, Sulla 28, 14; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 20, 2; PLeipz. 40 II, 22; III, 2; Job 1:20; Jos., Ant. 20, 89; Sib. Or. 3, 685; loanw. in rabb.) J 9:6; 18:6; Hm 11:20. M-M.* ; Gen 11:31 al.; Philo, Test. 12 Patr.—In Joseph. Χαναναία, ας [Ant. 1, 186]) Canaan, in Χανάαν, ἡ indecl. (‫ן ַצ‬ our lit. (i.e. Ac) the land west of the Jordan, where the patriarchs lived Ac 7:11 (w. Egypt), which God gave to the Hebrews upon their escape fr. Egypt 13:19 (γῆ X.).—FStähelin, Der Name Kanaan: JWackernagel-Festschr. ’23 150-3.* ; Gen 12:6; 13:7 al. Cf. Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 13, 56) belonging to the Χαναναι̂ος, α, ον (‫י ִנ‬ land and people of Canaan, Canaanite γυνὴ Χαναναία a Canaanite woman fr. the region of Tyre and Sidon Mt 15:22 (the parall. Mk 7:26 has Συροφοινίκισσα, q.v.).—KBornhäuser, Pastoralblätter 67, ’25, 249-53. M-M.* χαρά, ᾶς, ἡ (trag., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) joy.

1. lit. Gal 5:22. Opp. λὐπη (X., Hell. 7, 1, 32; Philo, Abr. 151; Test. Jud. 25:4)J 16:20f; 2 Cor 2:3; Hb 12:11.

Opp. κατήφεια Js 4:9. W. ἀγαλλίασις Lk 1:14; 1 Cl 63:2; MPol 18:2. χαρὰ μεγάλη (Jon 4:6; Jos., Ant. 12, 91)Mt 28:8; Lk 24:52; Ac 15:3. πολλὴ χ. (BGU 1141, 3 [I BC] μετὰ πολλῆς χαρᾶς) 8:8; Phlm 7. πᾶσα χ. (Sb 991, 6 μετὰ πάσης χαρᾶς) Ro 15:13; Phil 2:29; Js 1:2.—W. prep. ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς (Bl-D. §210, 1; Rob. 580) for joy Lk 24:41; Ac 12:14; ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτοῦ in his joy Mt 13:44. ἐν χαρᾷ Ro 15:32; IEph inscr.; MPol 18:2. μετὰ χαρᾶς (X., Hiero 1, 25; Polyb. 21, 34, 12 v.l.; Diod. S. 16, 79, 4; Plut., Mor. 1095B; Jos., Ant. 8, 124; LXX) with joy Mt 13:20; 28:8; Mk 4:16; Lk 8:13; 10:17; 24:52 (Jos., Ant. 11, 67ὥδευον μετὰ χ. [to Jerus.]); Phil 1:4; Col 1:11; Hb 10:34; 13:17; 1 Cl 65:1; Hv 1, 3, 4.—W. subjective gen. J 15:11b (cf. ibid. a ἡ χ. ἡ ἐμή); 16:22 (Lycon [III BC] fgm. 20 Wehrli ’52: τὴν ἀληθινὴν χαρὰν τῆς ψυχῆς τέλος ἔλεγεν εἶναι=he designated the true joy of the soul as the goal); 2 Cor 1:24; 7:13; 8:2. W. gen. to denote the origin of the joy χ. τῆς πίστεως joy that comes from faith Phil 1:25. χ. πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6; also χ. ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ Ro 14:17. Used w. verbs: χαρῆναι χαρὰν μεγάλην be filled with intense joy Mt 2:10. Cf. 1 Th 3:9 (χαίρω 1) χαρᾷ χαίρειν (χαίρω 1) J 3:29a (foll. by διά τι at someth.). ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι χαρᾷ 1 Pt 1:8. ἔχειν χαράν have joy, feel pleased 2 Cor 1:15 v.l.; Phlm 7; 3J 4; differently Hs 1:10 (have joy accompanying it). χαρὰν λαμβάνειν experience joy Hv 3, 13, 2. χαρὰν ποιεῖν τινι give someone joy Ac 15:3. χαράν τινι παρέχειν 1 Cl 63:2. πληροῦν τινα χαρᾶς fill someone with joy (Jos., Bell. 3, 28)Ro 15:13; pass. πληροῦσθαι χαρᾶς (Diod. S. 3, 17, 3 τέκνα. . . πεπληρωμένα χαρᾶς; περὶ ὕψους 7, 2 ψυχὴ πληροῦται χαρᾶς; Ep. Arist. 261; Philo, Mos. 1, 177; Jos., Ant 15, 421) Ac 13:52; 2 Ti 1:4; Dg 10:3. Also χαρᾶς ἐμπιv(μ)πλασθαι (cf.

Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 123; Jos., Ant. 3, 99)MPol 12:1. χαρᾷ ὑπερπερισσεύεσθαι 2 Cor 7:4. πᾶσαν χαρὰν ἡγεῖσθαι Js 1:2 (ἡγέομαι 2). ἔσται χαρά σοι Lk 1:14; without the dat. there will be joy Lk 15:7 (χ. ἐπί w. dat. as Jos., Ant. 7, 252): also γίνεται χαρά (Tob 11:18 S) vs. 10, cf. Ac 8:8. χαρᾶς εἶναι (qualitative gen.) be pleasant Hb 12:11. χαρὰ ὅτἰ joy that J 16:21.—Ign. provides χαρά w. adjectives to set it off: ἄμωμος IEph inscr.; IMg 7:1. αἰώνιος κ. παράμονος IPhld inscr.—The Johannine lit. places emphasis on joy as brought to the highest degree (πληρόω 3) ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται J 3:29b; cf. 15:11b; 16:24; 17:13; 1J 1:4; 2J 12. Cf. also the act. πληρώσατέ μου τὴν χαράν Phil 2:2.—As v.l. for χάρις 2 Cor 1:15.

2. metonymically—a. the person or thing that causes joy, (the object of) joy of persons Phil 4:1 (EPeterson, Nuntius 4, ’50, 27f); 1 Th 2:19f. Of an event that will call forth joy εὐαγγελίζομαι ὑμῖν χαρὰν μεγάλην Lk 2:10. b. a state of joyfulness (Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 52 p. 354, 3 Jac. οἱ ἀκούοντες ἐν χαρᾷ ἦσαν) εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου Mt 25:21, 23 (so BWeiss; Jülicher, Gleichn. 475; Zahn, JWeiss, OHoltzmann; but s. c below).

Of Christ ὅς ἀντὶ τῆς προκειμένης αὐτῷ χαρᾶς ὑπέμεινεν σταυρόν Hb 12:2 (πρόκειμαι 2). c. festive dinner, banquet (cf. Dalman, Worte 96; Billerb. I 879; 972) so perh. Mt 25:21, 23 (but would this have been intelligible to Greeks? S. 2b above).—EGGulin, Die Freude im NT I (Jesus, early church, Paul) ’32; II (John’s gosp.) ’36; Bultmann on J 17:13; PJBernadicou, Joy in the Gospel of Lk, Diss. Rome, ’70. M-M. B. 1102.** χάραγμα, ατος, τό (Soph.+)—1. a mark or stamp engraved, etched, branded, cut, imprinted (Anth. Pal. 6, 63, 6; 7, 220, 2; Anacreontea 27, 2 Preisendanz πυρός brands on horses; BGU 453, 8; PGrenf. II 50a, 3 [both II AD, brands on animals]. For stamps on documents: P Rainer 4, 37; PLond. 277, 20; Sb 5231, 11; 5247, 34; 5275, 11 [all I AD].

The impression on coins: Plut., Ages. 15, 8, Lys. 16, 4, Mor. 211B al.; POxy. 144, 6) in Rv of the mark of the Antichrist, which his adherents bear on hand or forehead (for the subj.-matter cf. 3 Macc 2:29; UvWilamowitz, Her. 34, 1899, 634f; HLilliebjörn, Über relig. Signierung in d. Antike; mit e. Exkurs über Rv, Diss. Upps. ’33): 13:16; 14:9; 20:4. τὸ χάρ. τοῦ θηρίου 15:2 t.r.; 16:2; 19:20. τὸ χάρ. τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 14:11. τὸ χάρ. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θηρίου 1048

ἤ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 13:17.-Dssm., NB 68-75 (BS 240-7), LO 289f (LAE 341); JYsebaert, Gk. Baptismal Terminology, ’62, esp. 196-204.

2. thing formed, image in the representative arts χάρ. τέχνης an image formed by art Ac 17:29 (CIG 6208 Φοῖβον χαράττειν). UWilckens, TW IX, 405-7. M-M.* χαρακόω 1 aor. ἐχαράκωσα; pf. pass. ptc. κεχαρακωμένος fence in (with stakes) (Aeschin. 3, 140; Plut., Cleom.

20, 1; POxy. 729, 23 [II AD]; Jer 39:2) τὶ someth. a vineyard Hs 5, 2, 2f; 5, 4, 1. Pass. 5, 2, 5 (cf. Is 5:2, where the verb prob. means ‘provide w. stakes [for individual vines]’, a sense which is excluded for H by s 5, 5, 3 [cf. συγκρατέω]).* χαρακτήρ, ῆρος, ὁ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 13, 322; Test. Sim. 5:4 [‘copy’ of the Book of Enoch]; loanw. in rabb.).

1. impress, reproduction, representation—a. of the impression on coins (Eur., El. 559; Aristot., Pol 1, 6, Oec. 2; Diod. S. 17, 66, 2; Dit., Or. 339, 45; symbol. Polyb. 18, 34, 7; Philo, Plant. 18) symbol. IMg 5:2a, b. b. fig., of God ἄνθρωπον ἔπλασεν τῆς ἑαυτοῦ είκόνος χαρακτῆρα he formed man as reproduction of his own form (s. εἰκών 2) 1 Cl 33:4 (cf. Dit., Or. 383, 60 of a picture χ. μορφῆς ἐμῆς; 404, 25; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 83 calls the soul τύπον τινὰ καὶ χαρακτῆρα θείας δυνάμεως). Christ is χαρ. τῆς ὑποστάσεως αὐτοῦ an exact representation of his (=God’s) nature Hb 1:3 (ὑπόστασις 1).

2. characteristic trait or manner, distinctive mark (Hdt.+; Diod. S. 1, 91, 7; Dionys. Hal., Ad Pomp. 3, 16; 2 Macc 4:10) ἐν ἀποστολικῷ χαρακτῆρι in apostolic fashion of an epistolary greeting ITr inscr.

3. outward appearance, form εὐειδέσταται τῷ χαρακτῆρι extraordinarily beautiful in appearance Hs 9, 9, 5.—JGeffcken, Character: ET 21, ’10, 426f; AKörte, Her. 64, ’29, 69-86 (semantic history).—UWilckens, TW IX, 407-12. M-M.* χαράκωσις, εως, ἡ (Lycurg. Or. §44 p. 153; Plut., Mar. 7, 4; Dt 20:20) fencing in (s. χαρακόω) a vineyard Hs 5, 2, 3.* χάραξ, ακος, ὁ (Thu., Aristoph.+; inscr., pap., LXX) stake—1. pl. of the stakes used in fencing a vineyard (cf. χαρακόω and s. BGU 830, 5 [I AD]) Hs 5, 4, 1; 5, 5, 3 (the χάρακες are oft. the stakes which support vines and other plants: Thu. 3, 70, 4; Aristoph., Ach. 986, Vesp. 1291; Theophr., H. Pl. 2, 1, 2; Plut., Mor. 4c; Lucian, Philops. 11; BGU 1122, 17 [I BC]).

2. sing. palisade (Philo Mech. 82, 34; Polyb. 1, 80, 11; 3, 45, 5; Plut., Aemil. 17, 5, Marcell. 18, 2, Sulla 17, 5; 28, 3 al.; Arrian, Exp. Alex. 2, 19, 5 Roos; Ep. Arist. 139; Jos., Vi. 214; Dit., Syll.3 363, 1 [297 BC]; Is 37:33; Ezk 4:2; 26:8) Lk 19:43 (Theophil. Com. [IV BC], fgm. 9 K. ἐν χάρακι καὶ παρεμβολῇ). M-M.* χαρήσομαι s. χαίρω. χαρίζομαι (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or. 7, 14) mid. dep.: fut. χαρίσομαι Ro 8:32 (also Lucian, D. Mor. 9, 1; Jos., Ant. 2, 28; for Att. χαριοῦμαι); 1 aor. ἐχαρισάμην; pf. κεχάρισμαι. Pass., w. pass. sense: 1 aor. ἐχαρίσθην Ac 3:14; 1 Cor 2:12; Phil 1:29; 1 fut. χαρισθήσομαι Phlm 22.

1. give freely or graciously as a favor, of God (so Ael. Aristid. 39, 3 K.=18 p. 409 D.; Herm. Wr. 12, 12; 16, 5 and p. 462, 30; 490, 9; 35; 492, 11 Sc.; 3 Macc 5:11; Ep. Arist. 196; Test. Sim. 4:6; Jos., Ant. 3, 87; 4, 317) τινί τι someth. to someone (Appian, Bell. Civ. l. 79 §360 χαρίζεσθαί τινι τὴν σωτηρίαν; Paus. 6, 18, 4 χαρίσασθαί μοι τήνδε ὦ βασιλεῦ τὴν χάριν) Ro 8:32; Phil 2:9; 2 Cl 1:4; Hs 9, 28, 6; D 10:3. This is also the place for Gal 3:18 if τὴν κληρονομίαν is to be supplied fr. the context (but s. 3 below). τυφλοῖς ἐχαρίσατο βλέπειν to the blind he granted the power of sight Lk 7:21; t.r. has τὸ βλέπειν (cf. Plut., Mor. 609A; 2 Macc 3:31, 33). ὁ χαρισάμενος ὑμῖν τοιοῦτον ἐπίσκοπον κεκτῆσθαι the one who (by his favor) granted you to obtain such a bishop IEph 1:3.

Pass. 1 Cor 2:12. ὑμῖν ἐχαρίσθη τὸ ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ πάσχειν you have (graciously) been granted the privilege of suffering for Christ Phil 1:29.—χ. τινά τινι give or grant someone to someone (Semonides 7, 93f D.2: Zeus χαρίζεταί τινά τινι=Z. grants one [i.e., a good wife] to someone) κεχάρισταί σοι ὁ θεὸς πάντας τοὺς πλέοντας μετά σου God has given you all those who are sailing with you, i.e. at your request he has granted them safety fr. deadly danger Ac 27:24. The one who is ‘given’ escapes death or further imprisonment by being handed over to those who wish him freed ᾐτήσασθε ἄνδρα φονέα χαρισθῆναι ὑμῖν Ac 3:14. Cf. Phlm 22 (Diod. S. 13, 59, 3 ἐχαρίσατο αὐτῷ τοὺς συγγενεῖς=he granted him his [captured] relatives [and set them free]; Plut., C. Gracch. 4, 3 χ. τὸν Ὀκτάβιον τῇ μητρί; PFlor. 61, 61 [I AD] cited s.v. ὄχλος 1, end; Jos., Vi. 355.—On the ‘giving’ of Barabbas s.

JMerkel, Die Begnadigung am Passahfeste: ZNW 6, ’05, 293-316). On the other hand, the giving of a man to those who wish him ill results in harm to him (cf. Jos., Vi. 53) οὐδείς με δύναται αὐτοῖς χαρίσασθαι Ac 25:11; cf. vs. 16 (without dat., which is easily supplied; the t.r. adds εἰς ἀπώλειαν to it). Ign. rejects every attempt of others to save his life, because he wishes to leave the world and be with God, and martyrdom opens the way for this: τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ θέλοντα εἶναι κόσμῳ μὴ χαρίσησθε do not give to the world the one who wishes to belong to God IRo 6:2.—The payment of a sum of money which is owed (Ps.-Aeschin., Ep. 12, 14; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 39 τὰ δάνεια) Lk 7:42f is dispensed with, cancelled; this forms a transition to sense 2. give=remit, forgive, pardon (Dionys. Hal. 5, 4, 3; Jos., Ant. 6, 144ἁμαρτήματα χαρίζεσθαι) w. dat. of the pers. and acc. of the thing χαρισάμενος ἡμῖν πάντα τὰ παραπτώματα Col 2:13; cf. 2 Cor 2:10a; 12:13. W. dat. of the pers. alone Eph 4:32a, b; Col 3:13a, b (Plut., Mor. 488A χαίρειν τῷ χαρίζεσθαι μᾶλλον αὐτοῖς ἢ τῷ νικᾶν).

1049

W. acc. of the thing alone 2 Cor 2:10b, c. Abs. (cf. Ep. Arist. 215) 2 Cor 2:7.

3. χ. τινι show oneself to be gracious to someone (Diod. S. 14, 11, 1; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 112 §467; Dit., Syll.3 354, 4f βουλόμενος χαρίζεσθαι τῷ δήμῳ; Jos., Ant. 17, 222; Eunap. p. 77 Boiss.) Gal 3:18 (s. 1 above).

M-M. B. 1174.* χάριν acc. of χάρις, used as a prep. (Bl-D. §160; Rob. 488) and (Bl-D. §216, 1 w. app.; Rob. 647) w. the gen.

(Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX); almost always after the word it governs; before it (a tendency in H. Gk: Dit., Syll.3 index p.

619b; PTebt. 44, 8 [114 BC]; 410, 4 [16 AD]; PGiess. 98, 1 [II AD]. The LXX also has it predom. before: Johannessohn 244, 3) only 1J 3:12; for the sake of, on behalf of, on account of.

1. indicating the goal (cf. Hes., Works 709 ψεύδεσθαι γλώσσης χάριν) τῶν παραβάσεων χάριν for the sake of transgressions, i.e. to bring them about Gal 3:19. αἰσχροῦ κέρδους χ. Tit 1:11. Cf. 1 Ti 5:14; Jd 16; 1 Cl 7:4. τούτου χάριν for this purpose (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 89 §375) Tit 1:5. οὗ χάριν (Appian, Iber. 54 §230; PFlor. 99, 9 [I/II AD]) Dg 11:3.

2. indicating the reason χάριν τίνος ἔσφαξεν αὐτόν; for what reason (=why) did he kill him? 1J 3:12. οὗ χάριν for this reason, therefore (Philo, Op. M. 44) Lk 7:47 (JCGregg, οὗ χάριν [Lk 7:47]: ET 37, ’26, 525f). τίνος χάριν; for what reason? why? (Polyb. 2, 42, 1; 3, 9, 1; UPZ 5, 42; 6, 29; Ep. Arist. 254; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 263) 1 Cl 31:2.—The τούτου χάριν (X., Mem. 1, 2, 54; Plut., Mor. 146E; Dit., Syll.3 888, 70f; BGU 884, 14; 1 Macc 12:45; Jos., Ant. 4, 197)of Eph 3:1, 14 may be classed under 1 or 2. M-M.** χάρις, ιτος, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.) acc. quite predom. χάριν, but χάριτα Ac 24:27; 25:9 v.l.; Jd 4 and pl. χάριτας Ac 24:27 t.r.; 1 Cl 23:1 (Eur., Hel. 1378; Hdt. 6, 41; X., Hell. 3, 5, 16; inscr., pap.; Zech 4:7; 6:14; Ep. Arist. 272, pl. 230.-Bl-D. §47, 3 w. app.; W-S. §9, 7; Mayser 271f; Thackeray 150; Helbing 40f; Mlt.-H. 132.—It seems that χάρις is not always clearly differentiated in mng. fr. χαρά; Apollodorus [II BC]: 244 fgm. 90 Jac. says in the second book περὶ θεῶν: κληθῆναι δὲ αὐτὰς ἀπὸ μὲν τ. χαρᾶς Χάριτας, καὶ γὰρ πολλάκις. . . οἱ ποιηταὶ τ. χάριν χαρὰν καλοῦσιν).

1. graciousness, atractiveness (Hom.+; Jos., Ant. 2, 231)of speech (Demosth. 51, 9; Ps.-Demetr. [I AD], Eloc. §127; 133; 135 al.; Eccl 10:12; Sir 21:16; Jos., Ant. 18, 208)οἱ λόγοι τῆς χάριτος (gen. of quality) the gracious words Lk 4:22. ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν πάντοτε ἐν χάριτι Col 4:6 (cf. Plut., Mor. 514F χάριν τινὰ παρασκευάζοντες ἀλληλοῖς, ὥσπερ ἁλσὶ τοῖς λόγοις ἐφηδύνουσι τὴν διατριβήν; cf. further HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 121f; Epict. 3, 22, 90). τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ χάριτος ἐπληροῦτο MPol 12:1 can also be placed here in case χάρις means nothing more than graciousness (s. 4 below).

2. favor, grace, gracious care or help, goodwill—a. act., that which one grants to another, the action of one who volunteers to do someth. to which he is not bound χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 11:2 D; 14:26. τοῦ κυρίου 15:40.—Esp. of the gracious intention of God (cf. χ. in relation to God Apollon. Rhod. 3, 1005 σοὶ θεόθεν χάρις ἔσσεται; Dio Chrys. 80[30], 40 χ. τῶν θεῶν; Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 320 D.; 53 p. 620; Sextus 436b; likew. in LXX, Philo, Joseph.; Sib. Or. 4, 46=189; 5, 330; Ezek. Trag. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 9, 29, 12.—χ. to denote the gracious dispensations of the emperor: Dit., Or. 669, 44 [I AD]; BGU 19 I, 21 [II AD] χάρ. τοῦ θεοῦ Αὐτοκράτορος; 1085 II, 4) and of Christ, who give (undeserved) gifts to men; God: δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι Ro 3:24.

Cf. 5:15a, 20f; 6:1; 11:5 (ἐκλογή 1), 6a, b, c; Gal 1:15 (διά III 1e); Eph 1:6f (KGKuhn, NTS 7, ’61, 337 [reff. to Qumran lit.]); 2:5, 7, 8; cf. Pol 1:3; 2 Th 1:12; 2:16; 2 Ti 1:9; Tit 2:11 (ἡ χάρ. τοῦ θεοῦ σωτήριος; cf. Dibelius, Hdb. exc. after Tit 2:14); 3:7; Hb 2:9 (χωρίς 2aα); 4:16a; 1 Cl 50:3; ISm 9:2; IPol 7:3. κατὰ χάριν as a favor, out of goodwill (schol. on Soph., Oed. Col. 1751 p. 468 Papag.) Ro 4:4 (opp. κατὰ ὀφείλημα), 16.—The grace or favor of Christ: διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι Ac 15:11. Cf. Ro 5:15b; 2 Cor 8:9; 1 Ti 1:14; IPhld 8:1. b. pass., that which one experiences fr. another (Arrian, Anab. Alex. 3, 26, 4) χάριν ἔχειν have favor 3J 4 v.l. πρός τινα with someone=win his respect Ac 2:47; παρά τινι (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 89 §376) Hm 10, 3, 1, cf. 5, 1, 5. εὑρεῖν χάριν παρά τινι (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 77, end) Lk 1:30; Hs 5, 2, 10; ἐνώπιόν τινος Ac 7:46; ἐν τοῖς μέλλουσι μετανοεῖν among those who are about to repent Hm 12, 3, 3. Ἰησοῦς προέκοπτεν χάριτι παρὰ θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:52. Cf. Ac 4:33; 7:10 (ἐναντίον Φαραώ); Hb 4:16b.—ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν; what credit is that to you? Lk 6:32-4; s. D 1:3; 2 Cl 13:4. Cf. 1 Cor 9:16 v.l. In these passages the mng. comes close to reward (s.

Wetter [below] 209ff w. reff.).—Also by metonymy that which brings someone (God’s) favor 1 Pt 2:19, 20. c. In Christian epistolary lit. fr. the time of Paul χάρις is found w. the sense (divine) grace or favor in fixed formulas at the beginning and end of letters (Zahn on Gal 1:3; vDobschütz on 1 Th 1:1; ELohmeyer, ZNW 26, ’27, 158ff; APujol, De Salutat. Apost. ‘Gratia vobis et pax’: Verb. Dom. 12, ’32, 38-40; 76-82; WFoerster, TW II ’34, 409ff; Gdspd., Probs. 141 f. S. also the lit. s.v. χαίρω 2b). At the beginning of a letter χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη (w. εἴη to be supplied) Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3; Eph 1:2; Phil 1:2; Col 1:2; 1 Th 1:1; 2 Th 1:2; Phlm 3; Rv l: 4; without ὑμῖν Tit 1:4. χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 Pt 1:2; 2 Pt 1:2; 1 Cl inscr. χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη 1 Ti 1:2; 2 Ti 1:2; 2J 3.-At the end ἡ χάρις (τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ etc.) μεθʼ ὑμῶν (or μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν etc.) Ro 16:20, 24 (only in t.r.); 1 Cor 16:23; 2 Cor 13:13; Gal 6:18; Eph 6:24; Phil 4:23; Col 4:18; 1 Th 5:28; 2 Th 3:18; 1 Ti 6:21; 2 Ti 4:22; Tit 3:15; Phlm 25; Hb 13:25; Rv 22:21; 1 Cl 65:2. ὁ κύριος τῆς δόξης καὶ πάσης χάριτος μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν B 21:9. χάρις ὑμῖν, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, ὑπομονὴ διὰ παντός ISm 12:2. ἔρρωσθε ἐν χάριτι θεοῦ 13:2.

3. practical application of goodwill, a (sign of) favor, gracious deed or gift, benefaction—a. on the part of men (X., Symp. 8, 36, Ages. 4, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. l, 49 §213; Dionys. Hal. 2, 15, 4) χάριν (-ιτα) καταθέσθαι τινί (κατατίθημι 2) Ac 24:27; 25:9. αὒτεῖσθαι χάριν 25:3 (in these passages from Ac χ. approaches the mng. favor, which one does for another. Cf. Appian, Bell. Civ. l, 108 §506 ἐς χάριν Σύλλα=as a favor to Sulla). ἵνα δευτέραν 1050

χάριν σχῆτε that you might have a second proof of my goodwill 2 Cor 1:15 (unless χάρις here means delight [so in poetry, Pind.+, but also Pla., Isocr.; L-S-J lex. s.v. χάρις IV. Cf. also the quot. fr. Apollodorus at the beg. of the present entry, and the fact that χαρά is v.l. in 2 Cor 1:15]; in that case δευτέρα means double). Of the collection for Jerusalem (cf. Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 42 §173 χάριτας λαμβάνειν=receive gifts) 1 Cor 16:3; 2 Cor 8:4, 6f, 19. Cf. B 21:7.—Eph 4:29 may suggest a demonstration of human favor (cf. Plut., Mor. 514E χάριν παρασκευάζοντες ἀλλήλοις), but a ref. to the means by which divine grace is mediated is not to be ruled out (s. b below). b. on the part of God and Christ; the context will show whether the emphasis is upon the possession of divine grace as a source of blessings for the believer, or upon a store of grace that is dispensed, or a state of grace (i.e. standing in God’s favor) that is brought about, or a deed of grace wrought by God in Christ, or a work of grace that grows fr. more to more. God is called ὁ θεὸς πάσης χάριτος 1 Pt 5:10; cf. B 21:9.-χάριν διδόναι τινί (Anacr. 110 Diehl; Appian, Ital. 5 §10): without a dat. Js 4:6a. ταπεινοῖς δίδωσι χάριν (Pr 3:34) Js 4:6b; 1 Pt 5:5; 1 Cl 30:2. The Logos is πλήρης χάριτος J 1:14. Those who belong to him receive of the fulness of his grace, χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος vs.

16 (ἀντί 2). Cf. vs. 17. τὴν χάριν ταύτην ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν this state of grace in which we stand Ro 5:2.—5:17; 1 Cor 1:4; 2 Cor 4:15 (the work of grace in conversion; cf. Ac 11:23); 6:1; Gal 1:6 (by Christ’s deed of grace); 2:21; 5:4; Col 1:6; 2 Ti 2:1; Hb 12:15; 13:9; 1 Pt 1:10, 13; 3:7 (συνκληρονόμοι χάριτος ζωῆς fellow-heirs of the gracious gift that is life); 5:12; 2 Pt 3:18; Jd 4; IPhld 11:1; ISm 6:2. The Christians stand ὑπὸ χάριν under God’s gracious will as expressed in the act of redemption Ro 6:14f, or they come ὑπὸ τὸν ζυγὸν τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 16:17 (ζυγός 1). The preaching of salvation is τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 20:24 or ὁ λόγος τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ κυρίου) 14:3; 20:32. Even the good news of the gospel can be called ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ 13:43; cf. 18:27; MPol 2:3. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς χάριτος the Spirit from or through whom grace is given Hb 10:29 (AWArgyle, Grace and the Covenant: ET 60, ’48/’49, 26f).—Pl. favors (Diod. S. 3, 2, 4; 3, 73, 6; Sb 8139, 4[inscr. of I BC] of Isis; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 190) 1 Cl 23:1.—Nelson Glueck, Das Wort chesed im atl. Sprachgebr. als menschl. u. göttl. gemeinschaftsgemässe Verhaltungsweise ’27.

4. of exceptional effects produced by divine grace, above and beyond those usu. experienced by Christians (inscr. μεγάλαι χάριτες τοῦ θεοῦ: FCumont, Syria 7, ’26, 347ff), in the churches of Macedonia 2 Cor 8:1 and Corinth 9:14; cf. vs. 8. The martyr is in full possession of divine grace ISm 11:1. Paul knows that through the χάρις of God he has been called to be an apostle, and that he has been fitted out w. the powers and capabilities requisite for this office fr. the same source: Ro 1:5; 12:3; 15:15; 1 Cor 3:10; 15:10a, b (for the subject matter cf. Polyb. 12, 12b, 3 αὐτὸν [Alex. the Great] ὑπὸ τοῦ δαιμονίου τετευχέναι τούτων ὧν ἔτυχεν=whatever he has received he has received from the god.

[For this reason he does not deserve any divine honors.]); 2 Cor 12:9; Gal 2:9; Eph 3:2, 7f; Phil 1:7.—The χάρις of God manifests itself in various χαρίσματα: Ro 12:6; Eph 4:7; 1 Pt 4:10. This brings us to a number of passages in which χάρις is evidently to be understood in a very concrete sense. It is hardly to be differentiated fr. δύναμις (θεοῦ) or fr. γνῶσις or δόξα (q.v. 1a. On this subj. s. Wetter [below] p. 94ff; esp. 130ff; pap. in the GLumbroso-Festschr. ’25, 212ff: χάρις, δύναμις, πνεῦμα w. essentially the same mng.; PGM 4, 2438; 3165; Herm. Wr. 1, 32). οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ σαρκικῇ ἀλλʼ ἐν χάριτι θεοῦ 2 Cor 1:12. οὐκ ἐγὼ δὲ ἀλλὰ ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ σὺν ἐμοί 1 Cor 15:10c. αὐξάνετε ἐν χάριτι καὶ γνώσει τοῦ κυρίου 2 Pt 3:18. Cf. 1 Cl 55:3; B 1:2 (τῆς δωρεᾶς πνευματικῆς χάρις). Stephen is said to be πλήρης χάριτος καὶ δυνάμεως Ac 6:8. Divine power fills the martyr’s face w. a radiant glow MPol 12:1 (but s.

1 above). As the typical quality of the age to come, contrasted w. the κόσμος D 10:6.

5. thanks, gratitude (exx. fr. later times: Diod. S. 11, 71, 4 [χάριτες=proofs of gratitude]; Appian, Syr. 3, 12; 13.

Cf. Wetter [below] p. 206f) χάριν ἔχειν τινί be grateful to someone (Eur., Hec. 767; X., An. 2, 5, 14; Pla., Phil.

54D; PLeipz. 104, 14 [I BC] χάριν σοι ἔχω) foll. by ὅτι (Epict. 3, 5, 10; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 270; 2, 49) Lk 17:9 (ERiggenbach, NKZ 34, ’23, 439-43); mostly of gratitude to God or Christ; χάρις in our lit. as a whole, in the sense gratitude, refers to what we owe the Deity (class.; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 7, 208)χάριν ἔχω τῷ θεῷ (POxy. 113, 13 [II AD] χάριν ἔχω θεοῖς πᾶσιν.---Epict. 4, 7, 9) 2 Ti 1:3; foll. by ὅτι because 1 Ti 1:12 (Herm. Wr. 6, 4 κἀγὼ χάριν ἔχω τῷ θεῷ. . . , ὅτι; Jos., Ant. 4, 316); χάριν ἔχειν ἐπί τινι be grateful for someth. Phlm 7 t.r. (to men). ἔχωμεν χάριν let us be thankful (to God) Hb 12:28 (the reason for it is given by the preceding ptc. παραλαμβάνοντες). Elliptically (Bl-D. §128, 6 w. app.; cf. Rob. 1201f) χάρις (ἔστω) τῷ θεῷ (X., Oec. 8, 16 πολλὴ χάρις τοῖς θεοῖς; Epict. 4, 4, 7 χάρις τῷ θεῳ; BGU 843, 6 [I/II AD] χάρις τοῖς θεοῖς al. in pap. since III BC.—Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 309) Ro 7:25; MPol 3:1. Foll. by ὅτι (X., An. 3, 3, 14 τοῖς θεοῖς χάρις ὅτι; PFay. 124, 16 τοῖς θεοῖς ἐστιν χάρις ὅτι; Epict. 4, 5, 9) Ro 6:17. Foll. by ἐπί τινι for someth. (UPZ 108, 30 [99 BC]) 2 Cor 9:15. The reason for the thanks is given in the ptc. agreeing w. τῷ θεῷ 2:14; 8:16; 1 Cor 15:57 (cf. Jos., Ant. 6, 145; Philo, Somn. 2, 213). Thankfulness (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51 πρός τινα=toward someone) χάριτι in thankfulness 10:30. So prob. also ἐν τῇ χάριτι in a thankful spirit Col 3:16 (Dibelius, Hdb. ad loc.). S. εὐχαριστέω, end. Also PSchubert, Form and Function of the Pauline Thanksgivings ’39.—OLoew, Χάρις, Diss., Marburg ’08; GPWetter, Charis ’13; AvHarnack, Sanftmut, Huld u. Demut in der alten Kirche: JKaftan-Festschr. ’20, 113ff; NBonwetsch, Zur Geschichte des Begriffs Gnade in der alten Kirche: Harnack-Festgabe ’21, 93-101; EDBurton, Gal ICC ’21, 423f; WTWhitley, The Doctrine of Grace ’32; JMoffatt, Grace in the NT ’31; RWinkler, D. Gnade im NT: Ztschr. f. syst. Theol. 10, ’33, 642-80; RHomann, D. Gnade in d. syn. Ev.: ibid. 328-48; J Wobbe, D. Charisgedanke b. Pls ’32; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 283-310 (Paul); PRousselot, La Grâce d’après St. Jean et d’après St. Paul: Rech de Sc rel 18, ’28, 87-108. Also Christent u. Wissensch. 8, ’32, 402-30; JAMontgomery, Hebrew Hesed and Gk. Charis: HTR 32, ’39, 97-102; Dodd 61f; TFTorrance, The Doctrine of Grace in the Apost.

Fathers, ’48; JERenié, Studia Anselmiana 27f, ’51, 340-50; CRSmith, The Bible Doctrine of Grace, ’56; EEFlack, The Concept of Grace in Bibl. Thought: Bibl. Studies in Memory of HCAlleman, ed. Myers, ’60, 137-54; DJDoughty, NTS 19, ’73, 163-80. M-M. B. 1166.** χάρισμα, ατος, τό a gift (freely and graciously given), a favor bestowed (Sir 7:33 v.l.; 38:30 v.l.; Theod. Ps 1051

30:22; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 78 [twice] δωρεὰ καὶ εὐεργεσία καὶ χάρισμα θεοῦ; Sib. Or. 2, 54 θεοῦ χ.—Alciphr. 3, 17, 4 [it is quite poss. that this comes fr. Attic comedy: Kock III p. 677]; BGU 1044, 4 [IV AD] of benefits bestowed.

The other secular exx. of the word come fr. later times: BGU 551, 3; PLond. 77, 24; Sb 4789, 7; Achmes 4, 13; Nicetas Eugen. 6, 537f) in our lit. only of gifts of divine grace.

1. gener., the earthly goods bestowed by God D 1:5. The privileges granted to the people of Israel Ro 11:29. The gracious gift of rescue fr. mortal danger 2 Cor 1:11. The spiritual possession of the believer Ro 1:11 (χάρισμα πνευματικόν); 1 Cor 1:7; ISm inscr.; IPol 2:2. The gracious gift of redemption Ro 5:15f; IEph 17:2. τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ θεοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιος Ro 6:23.

2. of special gifts of a non-material sort, bestowed by the grace of God on individual Christians 1 Pt 4:10; 1 Cl 38:1. Of the gift of an office, mediated by the laying on of hands 1 Ti 4:14; 2 Ti 1:6. Of the power to be continent in matters of sex 1 Cor 7:7. Of the spiritual gifts in a special sense Ro 12:6; 1 Cor 12:4, 9, 28, 30, 31.—S. in addition to the lit. s.v. γλῶσσα 3 also GPWetter, Charis ’13, 168-87; EBuonaiuti, I Carismi: Ricerche religiose 4, ’28 259-61; FGrau, Der ntliche Begriff Χάρισμα, Diss. Tübingen ’47; HHCharles, The Charismatic Life in the Apost. Church, Diss.

Edinburgh, ’58; ACPiepkorn, CTM 42, ’71, 369-89 (NT and Ap. Fathers). M-M.* χαριτόω 1 aor. ἐχαρίτωσα; perf. pass. ptc. κεχαριτωμένος (Sir 18:17; Sym. Ps 17:26; Ep. Arist. 225; Test. Jos. 1:6; BGU 1026 XXIII, 24[IV AD]; Cat. Cod. Astr. XII 162, 14; Rhet. Gr. I 429, 31; Achmes 2, 18) bestow favor upon, favor highly, bless, in our lit. only w. ref. to the divine χάρις: ὁ κύριος ἐχαρίτωσεν αὐτοὺς ἐν πάσῃ πράξει αὐτῶν Hs 9, 24, 3. τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ θεοῦ), ἧς ἐχαρίτωσεν ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ his great favor, with which he has blessed us through (or in) his beloved Son Eph 1:6. Pass. (Libanius, Progymn. 12, 30, 12 vol.

VIII p. 544, 10 F. χαριτούμενος=favored. Cf. Geminus [I BC], Elem. Astronomiae [Manitius 1898] 8, 9 κεχαρισμένον εἶναι τοῖς θεοῖς) in the angel’s greeting to Mary κεχαριτωμένη one who has been favored (by God) Lk 1:28 (SLyonnet, Biblica 20, ’39, 131-41; MCambe, RB 70, ’63, l93-207). M-M.* . Gen 11:31f; 12:4f; 27:43; Philo; Test. Levi 2:1), ἡ indecl. (Jos., Ant. 1, 152; 285 εἰς [τὴν] Χαρράν is Χαρράν (‫ן ָר‬ surely acc. of Χαρρά) Haran, a place in Mesopotamia (=Κάρραι, Carrhae, famous for the defeat of Crassus that took place there in 53 BC), where Abraham lived for a time Ac 7:2, 4.* χάρτης, ου, ὁ (since the comic poet Plato [IV BC] in Pollux 7, 210; Theopompus [IV BC] in Περὶ ὕψους 43, 2 χάρται βυβλίων; inscr., pap.; Jer 43:23; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 307; loanw. in rabb.) mostly taken to mean a sheet of paper, i.e. papyrus (so Cebes 4, 3; Plut., Mor. 900B; Anth. Pal. 9, 401, 3; 174, 4; 6; Geopon. 13, 5, 4. Oft. pap. Cf. esp.

PFlor. 367, 7 χάρτας ἐπιστολικούς letter paper.—On the word s. GGlotz, Bull. soc. arch. Alex. 25, ’30, 83-96; Preisigke, Wörterb.). In several pap. (Zen.-P. Cairo 654, 46; 687, 7f; Zen.-P. of Columbia Univ. I no. 4), however, it obviously means a(n unwritten) papyrus roll (APF 10, ’32, 241; 11, ’35, 286f; NLewis, L’industrie du Papyrus ’34; Gnomon 12,’36, 48) 2J 12 (w. μέλαν).—ThBirt, Das antike Buchwesen 1882; KDziatzko, Untersuchungen über ausgewählte Kapitel des antiken Buchwesens ’00; VGardthausen, Das Buch im Altertum ’11; WSchubart, Das Buch bei den Griechen u. Römern2 ’21, 34; EbNestle, Einführung in das griechische NT4 ’23, 32f; 78. M-M. B. 1289.* χάσμα, ατος τό (Hes.+; Eur.; Hdt. 4, 85; Philo; Jos., Ant. 6, 27; 7, 242; 2 Km 18:17 χ. μέγα; En. 18, 11 χ. μέγα) chasm (lit. ‘a yawning’) of the unbridgeable space betw. Abraham and the place of torture Lk 16:26 (Diog. L. 8, 31: acc. to Pythagoras the ψυχαὶ ἀκάθαρτοι cannot approach the ὕψιστος τόπος to which Hermes has brought the ψυχαὶ καθαραί; cf. 1 Esdr 7:10-15).* χει̂λος, ους, τό gen. pl. uncontracted χειλέων (Hb 13:15 [fr. Hos 14:3]; Bl-D. §48; Mlt.-H. 139) lip.

1. pl. the lips (Hom.+; pap., LXX, Philo; Test. Iss. 7:4) as used in speaking Mt 15:8; Mk 7:6; 1 Cl 15:2; 2 Cl 3:5; cf. 4 (all Is 29:13); Ro 3:13 (Ps 139:4); Hb 13:15 (Hos 14:3); 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:14); 1 Cl 15:5 (Ps 30:19); 18:15 (Ps 50:17); 22:3 (Ps 33:14). ἐν χείλεσιν ἑτέρων λαλήσω 1 Cor 14:21 (Is 28:11, but significantly different). In another sense λαλεῖν ἐν χείλεσιν 1 Cl 16:16 (Ps 21:8). ἐπὶ τοῖς χείλεσιν ἔχειν τινά have someone (i.e. his name) on the lips and nothing more (Dio Chrys. 15[32], 50 ἐπὶ τοῖς χείλεσι τὰς ψυχὰς ἔχειν) Hm 12, 4, 4; also ἐπὶ τὰ χείλη Hs 9, 21, 1.

2. sing. shore, bank (of a river: Hdt. 2, 94; Polyb. 3, 14, 6 al.; Diod. S. 3, 10, 2; 20, 75, 3; of a lake Aristot., H. A. 6, 16; Jos., Bell. 3, 511)of the sea (Achilles Tat. 2, 18, 2) Hb 11:12 (Gen 22:17). τοῦ Ἰορδάνου UGosp 66.

M-M.* χειμάζω (Aeschyl., Thu.+; inscr., pap.; Pr 26:10) expose to bad weather, toss in a storm in our lit. of an actual storm that impedes navigation, and in the pass. (cf. Aeschyl., Prom. 840; Pla., Phil. 29A; Diod. S. 3, 55, 8; 5, 58, 2 κεχειμασμένος ἰσχυρῶς κατὰ τὸν πλοῦν; Ael. Aristid. 44, 13 K.=17 p. 405 D.: χειμαζόμενος; En. 101, 5; Test.

Napht. 6:5; Jos., Ant. 12, 130al.) σφοδρῶς χειμαζομένων Ac 27:18. Symbol. (Polystrat. p. 31; Epict., fgm. Stob.

47; Jos., Bell. 3, 195;Test. Jud. 21:6) IPol 2:3. M-M.* χείμαρρος or χειμάρρους, ου, ὁ (Hom. [χειμάρροος and χείμαρρος Il. 4, 452; 5, 88]+ predom. in the form χειμάρρους, which also prevails throughout the LXX [χείμαρρος w. certainty only Ps 123:4, but also Ep. Arist. 117; Sib. Or. 13, 55; cf. Thackeray 144; Helbing 34], as well as in Philo [Rer. Div. Her. 32] and in Joseph. [Ant. 6, 360; w. χείμαρρος 314]) a stream of water that flows abundantly in the winter (Suidas defines it: ὁ ἐν τῷ χειμῶνι ῥέων ποταμός; Polyb. 4, 70, 7 and Artem. 2, 27 add ποταμός to χ.), winter torrent, ravine, wadi J 18:1 (cf. Κεδρών and 1052

Jos., Ant. 8, 17τὸν χειμάρρουν Κεδρῶνα). M-M. B. 42.* χειμερινός, ή, όν (Hdt.+; inscr., LXX, Philo) pertaining to winter καιροὶ χειμερινοί winter seasons 1 Cl 20:9 (Diod. S. 14, 100, 5; 15, 65, 2 χειμερινὴ ὥρα=winter season)* χειμών, ῶνος, ὁ—1. rainy and stormy weather (Hom.+; Sb 998 [16/17 AD]; LXX; Jos., Ant. 6, 91)σήμερον χειμών today it will be stormy Mt 16:3. On the sea storm, bad weather (Demosth. 18, 194; Diod. S. 11, 13, 1 χ. μέγας=a severe storm; En. 101, 4; Philo, Congr. Erud. Gr. 93 [opp. γαλήνη]; Jos., Ant. 14, 377; Test. Napht. 6:9) χειμῶνος οὐκ ὀλίγου ἐπικειμένου Ac 27:20.

2. the season of bad weather, winter (Thu., Aristoph.+; inscr., pap.; SSol 2:11; En. 2, 2; Philo; Jos., Ant. 14, 376; Test. Zeb. 6:8) J 10:22 (short clause as Polyaenus 7, 44, 2 πόλεμος ἦν, exc. 36, 8). χειμῶνος in winter (Pla., Rep. 3 p. 415E; X., Mem. 3, 8, 9; Appian, Illyr. 24 §70; Dit., Syll.3 495, 104f) Mt 24:20; Mk 13:18. πρὸ χειμῶνος before winter (sets in) 2 Ti 4:21.—Fig. Hs 3:2f; 4:2. M-M. B. 1013.* χείρ, χειρός, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.); on the acc. form χεῖραν J 20:25 v.l.; 1 Pt 5:6 v.l. cf. JPsichari, Essai sur le Grec de la Septante ’08, 164-70. Exx. fr. the pap. in the Hdb. at J 20:25; hand.

1. lit. Mt 12:10; Mk 3:1; Lk 6:6, 8; Ac 12:7; 20:34 al. πόδες καὶ χεῖρες Mt 22:13; cf. Lk 24:39, 40 P75 et al.; Ac 21:11a. W. other parts of the body in sing. and pl. Mt 5:(29), 30; 18:8a, b, (9); J 11:44. In the gen. w. the verbs ἅπτομαι Mt 8:15; ἐπιλαμβάνομαι (q.v. 1); κρατέω (q.v. 1b). In the acc. w. the verbs αἴρω (q.v. 1a); ἀπονίπτομαι (q.v.); βάλλω J 20:25b; δέω (q.v. 1b); δίδωμι (q.v. 2); ἐκπετάννυμι (q.v.); ἐκτείνω (q.v. 1); ἐπαίρω (q.v. 1); ἐπιβάλλω (q.v. 1b); ἐπισείω (q.v.); ἐπιτίθημι (q.v. la α); cf. ἐπίθεσις (τῶν) χειρῶν (s. ἐπίθεσις); κατασείω (q.v.); νίπτομαι (s. νίπτω 2b and the lit. s.v. βαπτίζω 1; also JDöller, Das rituelle Händewaschen bei den Juden: Theol.-prakt. Quartalschr. 64, ’11, 748-58); τίθημι (q.v. I la β); ποιεῖν: ὀπίσω τὰς χεῖρας (ὀπίσω 1b); τὰς χ. ἐναλλάξ (s. ἐναλλάξ).—In the instrumental dat. ἔγραψα τῇ ἐμῇ χειρί (cf. Charito 8, 4, 6; BGU 326 II, 2 al. in pap.—χείρ=handwriting as early as Hyperides in Pollux 2, 152, also Philod., π. ποιημ. 4, 33; 6, 14 Jens.; PMagd.

25, 2 [III BC]; Jos., Ant. 14, 52)Gal 6:11; Phlm 19. ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ ἐμῇ χειρί (i.e. γέγραπται) 1 Cor 16:21; Col 4:18; 2 Th 3:17 (on the conclusion of a letter written in the sender’s own handwriting, which also occurs in pap. letters as well as in the works of the Emperor Julian [Epistulae, Leges etc., ed. Bidez and Cumont ’22, nos. 9; 11], cf.

CGBruns, Die Unterschriften in den röm. Rechtsurkunden: ABA 1876, 41-138; KDziatzko, art. Brief: Pauly-W. III 1899, 836ff; Dssm., LO 132f; 137f [LAE 166f; 171f]. S. also the lit. s.v. χαίρω 2b). ἐννεύω τῇ χ. (s. ἐννεύω). κατασείω τῇ χ. (s. κατασείω). κρατέω τῇ, χ. (κρατέω 1b). Pl. ταῖς χερσίν with the hands (Demetr. Phaler. in Diog. L. 2, 13 ταῖς ἰδίαις χερσίν; Diod. S. 16, 33, 1 τ. ἰδίαις χ. 17, 17, 7 al.; Aesop, Fab. 272 P.=425 H.; Herm.

Wr. 5, 2) Lk 6:1; 1 Cor 4:12; Eph 4:28; 1 Th 4:11 (cf. HPreisker, Das Ethos d. Arbeit im NT ’36).—τὸ ἔργον τῶν χειρῶν τινος cf. ἔργον 3 al., also Rv 9:20.—W. prepositions: the hand on or in which someth. lies or fr. which someth. comes or is taken: ἐν τῇ χειρί Mt 3:12; Lk 3:17. (ἔχειν τι) εἰς τὰς χεῖρας Hv 1, 2, 2. ἐπὶ τὴν χεῖρα Rv 20:1. ἐπὶ χειρῶν Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐκ (τῆς) χειρός (Diod. S. 2, 8, 6) Rv 8:4; 10:10. The hand by which someth. comes about: of pagan gods θεοὶ οἱ διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι gods that are made by hand Ac 19:26. Of an earthly temple οἰκοδομητὸς ναὸς διὰ χειρός B 16:7. The OT (but cf. Diod. S. 3, 65, 3 ταῖς τῶν γυναικῶν χερσί=by the women; Ael. Aristid. 45 p. 70 D.: μετὰ τῆς χειρὸς τῶν δικαίων; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 6, 29; Nicetas Eugen. 7, 165 χειρὶ βαρβάρων) has a tendency to speak of a person’s activity as the work of his hand; διὰ χειρός ([τῶν] χειρῶν) ) through or by someone or someone’s activity Mk 6:2; Ac 2:23; 5:12; 7:25; 11:30; 14:3; 15:23; 19:11. τινος (‫׳פּ ד‬ Also ἐν χειρί Gal 3:19. Corresp. the hands can represent the pers. who is acting οὐδὲ ὐπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων θεραπεύεται nor does he need to be served by men Ac 17:25.—The arm may be meant (as Hes., Theog. 150; Hdt. 2, 121, 5 ἐν τῷ ὤμῳ τὴν χεῖρα; Herodas 5, 83 ἐν τῇσι χερσί τῇσʼ ἐμῇσι=in my arms; Paus. 6, 14, 7; Galen, De Usu Part. 2, 2 vol. I p. 67, 1 Helmreich; Longus 1, 4, 2 χεῖρες εἰς ὤμους γυμναί) in ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). Finger Lk 15:22.

2. fig.—α. The hand of God means his power (I1. 15, 695; Ael. Aristid. 47, 42 K.=23 p. 455 D.: ἐν χερσὶ τοῦ θεοῦ; LXX; Aristobulus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 8, 10, 1; 7-9; Ezek. Trag. ibid. 9, 29, 14; Sib. Or. 3, 672; 795.—Porphyr. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 4, 23, 6 ὁ θεὸς ὁ ἔχων ὑπὸ χεῖρα, sc. τ. δαίμονας). α. as Creator Ac 7:50 (Is 66:2). ποίησις χειρῶν αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 27:7 (Ps 18:2). τὰ ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν σου Hb 1:10 (Ps 101:26); 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7). Cf. B 5:10. In connection w. the account of creation the words ἄνθρωπον ταῖς ἱεραῖς χερσὶν ἔπλασεν 1 Cl 33:4 might almost be taken in the lit. sense. β. as Ruler, Helper, Worker of Wonders, Regulator of the Universe: χεὶρ κυρίου ἦν μετʼ αὐτοῦ Lk 1:66; Ac 11:21.—Lk 23:46 (Ps 30:6); J 10:29; Ac 4:28 (w. βουλή, hence almost=‘will’; cf. Sir 25:26), 30; 1 Pt 5:6 (cf. Gen 16:9); 1 Cl 60:3. γ. as Punisher (schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1043a ἐν ταῖς χερσὶ τῶν θεῶν νέμεσις) χεὶρ κυρίου ἐπί σε (1 Km 12:15) Ac 13:11. ἐμπεσεῖν εἰς χεῖρας θεοῦ ζῶντος (s. ἐμπίπτω 2) Hb 10:31. Cf. 1 Cl 28:2. δ. in the same sense also of the hand of Christ or of an angel J 3:35; 10:28; 13:3.—σὺν χειρὶ ἀγγέλου with the help of an angel Ac 7:35. b. hostile power (Hom.+; LXX) παραδιδόναι τινὰ εἰς χεῖράς τινος hand over to someone (’s power) (s. παραδίδωμι 1b) Ac 21:11b; pass. Mt 17:22; 26:45; Mk 9:31; Lk 9:44; 24:7; Ac 28:17; D 16:4. Also παραδιδ. τινὰ ἐν χειρί τινος 1 Cl 55:5; escape, etc. ἐκ (τῆς) χειρός τινος from someone’s power (Gen 32:12; Ex 18:10; Jos., Vi. 83) Lk 1:71, 74; J 10:39; Ac 12:11. ἐκ χειρὸς σιδήρου λύσει σε he will free you from the power of the sword 1 Cl 56:9 (Job 5:20). ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν ἡμῶν Ac 24:7 v.l. (cf. X., An. 6, 3, 4; Lucian, Hermot. 9, end). ἐξέφυγον τὰς 1053

χεῖρας αὐτοῦ 2 Cor 11:33. ὑπὸ χειρὸς ἀνθρώπων παθεῖν B 5:5. c. distinctive prepositional combinations ἐν χερσίν of someth. that one has in hand, w. which one is concerned at the moment (Hdt. 1, 35 τὸν γάμον ἐν χερσὶν ἔχοντος; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 81 §342 τὰ ἐν χερσίν; Ael. Aristid. 45 p. 74 D.; PPetr. II 9[2], 4 [III BC] ἅ εἶχον ἐν ταῖς χερσίν; Jos., Bell. 43, 165) ἐν χερσὶν ὁ ἀγών the contest is our concern at present 2 Cl 7:1. ὑπὸ χεῖρα continually (Ps.—Aristot., Mirabilia c. 52; Jos., Ant. 12, 185)Hv 3, 10, 7; 5:5; m 4, 3, 6 (Bl-D. §232, 1 app.—In pap. we have the mng. ‘privately’, ‘little by little’: PTebt. 71, 15 [II BC]; Gnomon [=BGU V] Prooem. 2f; PAmh. 136, 17).—KGrayston, The Significance of ‘Hand’ in the NT: B Rigaux-Festschr. ’70, 479-87.-ELohse, TW IX, 413-27: χείρ and related words. M-M. B. 237ff. χειραγωγέω (Diod. S. 13, 20, 4; Plut., Maximus Tyr., Lucian et al.; UPZ 110, 55 [164 BC]; Judg 16:26 A; Tob 11:16 S; Jos., Ant. 5, 315)take or lead by the hand (e.g., a man suddenly blinded by an arrow: Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 60 §248. A blind man in general: Artem. 5, 20) Ac 9:8. Pass. 22:11; GP 10:40. M-M.* χειραγωγός, οῦ, ὁ one who leads another by the hand, leader (Plut., Mor. 794D; 1063B; Artem. 1, 48; Ael. Aristid. 45 p. 60D; Maximus Tyr. 8, 7h [of God]; Longus 4, 24, 2; Herm. Wr. 7, 2a) Ac 13:11. M-M.* χειρόγραφον, ου, τό (since Polyb. 30, 8, 4; Dit., Syll.3 742, 50f [85 BC]. Oft. in pap. fr. II BC; Tob) a (hand-written) document, specif. a certificate of indebtedness, bond (so plainly Vi. Aesopi I c. 122.—Dssm., LO 281ff [LAE 334ff]) τὸ καθʼ ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον the bond that stood against us Col 2:14 (s. GMegas, ZNW 27, ’28, 305-20; OABlanchette, CBQ 23, ’61, 306-12: identifies the χ. with Christ). M-M.* χειροποίητος, ον (Hdt.+; Diod. S. 13, 82, 5; 15, 93, 4; 17, 71, 7; Arrian, Anab. 4, 28, 3; PLond. 854, 4; LXX; Jos., Ant. 4, 55; Sib. Or. 3, 606; 618, fgm. 3, 29) made by human hands of buildings, specif. temples (Sib. Or. 14, 62 ναῶν χειροποιήτων; Philo, Mos. 2, 88 ἱερόν of the tabernacle) Mk 14:58; Ac 7:48 t.r.; 17:24; Hb 9:11, 24.

Subst. (Philo, Mos. 2, 168) χειροποίητα temples built by human hands Ac 7:48. Of Jewish circumcision (as opposed to the ‘circumcision of the heart’) τῆς λεγομένης περιτομῆς ἐν σαρκὶ χειροποιήτου of the so-called circumcision, brought about in the flesh by human hands Eph 2:11. M-M.* χειροτονέω 1 aor. ἐχειροτόνησα, pass. ἐχειροτονήθην (Aristoph., X., Pla.+; inscr., pap.; Philo, Somn. 2, 243, Spec. Leg. 1, 78; Jos., Vi. 341 al.) choose, elect by raising hands, then gener., esp. of election or selection for definite offices or tasks (IG IV2 1, 89, 18 [II/III AD] χ. ἱερέας). The churches choose a representative to accompany Paul on his journey to take the collection to Jerusalem 2 Cor 8:19 (IG II2 1, 1260 χειροτονηθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ δήμου στρατηγός.—Cf. Windisch ad loc.). The churches choose envoys to bring congratulations to the church at Antioch IPhld 10:1; ISm 11:2; IPol 7:2. The churches are to elect their own bishops and deacons D 15:1.—On the other hand the presbyters in Lycaonia and Pisidia were not chosen by the congregations, but it is said of Paul and Barnabas χειροτονήσαντες αὐτοῖς κατʼ ἐκκλησίαν πρεσβυτέρους Ac 14:23. Cf. Tit 1:9 v.l. and subscr.; 2 Ti subscr. This does not involve a choice by the group; here the word means appoint, install, w. the apostles as subj. (Philo, Praem.

54 βασιλεὺς ὑπὸ θεοῦ χειροτονηθείς, De Jos. 248 Joseph βασιλέως ὕπαρχος ἐχειροτονεῖτο, Mos. 1, 198, In Flacc. 109; Jos., Ant. 6, 312τὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ κεχειροτονημένον βασιλέα; 13, 45). JMRoss, ET 63, ’51f, 288f; ELohse, D. Ordination im Spätjudentum u. im NT, ’51.—MWarkentin, Ordination ’82. M-M.* χειροτονία, ας, ἡ (Thu.+; inscr., pap., Philo; Jos., Ant. 3, 192of choosing and electing; s. χειροτονέω) the lifting up of the hand as a hostile or scornful gesture ἐὰν ἀφέλῃς ἀπὸ σοῦ χειροτονίαν if you stop raising your hand B 3:5 (Is 58:9).* χείρων, ον, gen. ονος (Hom.+; pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) comp. of κακός, worse, more severe σχίσμα Mt 9:16; Mk 2:21. τιμωρία Hb 10:29 (Jos., Vi. 172; cf. PGM 2, 54). ἵνα μὴ χεῖρόν σοί τι γένηται that nothing worse may happen to you J 5:14 (cf. Jos., Ant. 4, 142).W. gen. of comparison (1 Km 17:43; Wsd 15:18) γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων Mt 12:45; Lk 11:26; 2 Pt 2:20. Cf. Mt 27:64.—Of a sick woman εἰς τὸ χεῖρον ἐλθεῖν Mk 5:26.—In the moral realm Hs 9, 17, 5; 9, 18, 1. W. gen. of comparison ἀπίστου χείρων 1 Ti 5:8. προκόπτειν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13 (ἐπὶ τὸ χ. as X., Mem. 3, 5, 13; Pla., Rep. 381B; Diod. S. 15, 88, 4; Strabo 16, 2, 39; Jos., Ant. 16, 207).The Christians know nothing of an ἀπὸ τῶν κρειττόνων ἐπὶ τὰ χείρω μετάνοια MPol 11:1 (Maximus Tyr. 5, 3a εὒ εὒς τὸ χεῖρον ἐκ τοῦ βελτίστου πονερῶς (sic) μετέθετο=if [a man turns] to the worse from the best, then the change he makes is an evil one). Of beasts (=soldiers) οἳ χείρους γίνονται who (simply) become more and more wicked IRo 5:1 (cf. Philo, Abr. 129). M-M.* ) indecl. cherub; the pl. w. various endings Χερουβείν (PGM Χερούβ, τό (Ezk 28:16) and ὁ (Ex 25:19; 38:7: ‫בוּר‬ 13, 255; 334), -βίν,-βείμ,-βίμ (Sib. Or. 3, 1 τὰ Χερουβίμ; En. 14, 11; 20, 7 [τὰ] Χερουβίν; PGM 4, 634 ἐπὶ τὰ Χερουβίν; Fluchtaf. 3, 24 ἐπὶ τῶν Χερουβί; Ps 79:2 ἐπὶ τῶν Χερουβίν; En. 20, 7 v.l. Χερουβεί.—As a sing. PGM 4, 3061 τοῦ Χερουβίν; 7, 264 ἐπὶ Χερουβίν), predom. neut. τά (Gen 3:24; Ex 25:18; 3 Km 6:27f; 8:7; 2 Ch 3:10, 13; Ezk 10:3, 8, 15; 11:22; 41:18, 20; En. 14, 11; Philo, Cher. 1; 25; 28, Fuga 100) more rarely masc. οἱ (Ex 25:19; 38:6f; Jos., Ant. 3, 137.—Elsewh. Joseph. writes Χερουβεῖς; indeed, he used the word as a masc., Ant. 7, 378 and as a fem. 8, 72f), of the two winged figures over the ark of the covenant Χερουβὶν δόξης Hb 9:5.—AJacoby, ARW 22, ’24, 257-65; PDhorme et LHVincent, Les Chérubins: RB 35, ’26, 328-58; 481-95; ELohse, TW IX, 427f. M-M.* χερσόω make dry and barren (BGU 195, 21 [II AD]) in our lit. (H) only pass. χερσόομαι (Strabo 17, 1, 36; Inscr.

1054

Rom. IV 147; PTebt. 5, 94 [118 BC]; 61b, 30; 75, 40; LXX) 1 aor. ἐχερσώθην; pf. ptc. κεχερσωμένος become barren or wild, lit. of untended vineyards Hm 10, 1, 5. Fig. of Christians who are entangled w. the world 10, 1, 4 or who deny their Lord s 9, 26, 3.* χέω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX); in its only occurrence in our lit. it stands in the mid. and pass. χέομαι pour out, gush forth (Philo, Spec. Leg. 4, 26; Jos., Ant. 8, 232; Sib. Or., fgm. 3, 33) ταῦτα τὰ χεόμενα ὕδατα of the waters of the pool of David in contrast to the waters of eternal life GOxy 32. B. 577.* χήρα, ας, ἡ the widow (with and without γυνή Hom.+)—1. γυνὴ χήρα (Hom.+; BGU 522, 7; POxy. 1120, 12; Jos., Ant. 4, 240; 8, 320; LXX) a widow Lk 4:26 (after 3 Km 17:9). Elsewh. ἡ χήρα alone, the widow (Eur.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 16, 221; Sib. Or. 3, 77); the idea of neediness is oft. prominent in connection w. this word, and it is oft. joined w. orphans (ὀρφανός 1) Mt 23:14 t.r.; Mk 12:40, 42f (HHaas, ‘Das Scherflein d. Witwe’ u. seine Entsprechung im Tripitaka ’22); Lk 2:37; 4:25; 7:12; 18:3, 5; 20:47; 21:2f; Ac 6:1; 9:39, 41; , 1 Cor 7:8; 1 Ti 5:4, 11, 16a; Js 1:27; 1 Cl 8:4(Is 1:17); B 20:2; 1 Sm 6:2; IPol 4:1; Pol 6:1; Hv 2, 4, 3; m 8:10; s 1:8; 5, 3, 7; 9, 26, 2; 9, 27, 2. ἡ ὄντως χήρα the real widow (ὄντως 2) 1 Ti 5:3b, 5, 16b.—Symbol. in the proud words of the harlot of Babylon κάθημαι βασίλισσα καὶ χήρα οὐκ εἰμί Rv 18:7 (cf. La 1:1).

2. of a special class in the Christian communities, to which not every widow could belong; certain requirements were to be fulfilled. The one who was to belong to it had to be ὄντως χήρα (s. 1 above) 1 Ti 5:3, 9; ISm 13:1 (cf. παρθένος); Pol 4:3.—On the widows in the churches s. LZscharnack, Der Dienst der Frau ’02, 100ff; ABludau, D. Versorgung der Witwen (1 Ti 5:3-16): Der kathol. Seelsorger 19, ’07, 165-7; 204-11; 255-60; 305-10; 350-3; ALudwig, Weibl. Kleriker: Theolog.-prakt. Monatsschrift 20, ’10, 548-57; 609-17; EvdGoltz, D. Dienst d. Frau in d. christl. Kirche2 ’14; JViteau, L’institution des Diacres et des Veuves: Revue d’Hist. ecclés. 22, ’26, 513-36; AKalsbach, D. Altkirchl. Einrichtung d. Diakonissen ’26; JMüller-Bardoff, EFascher-Festschr., ’58, 113-33.—GStählin, TW IX, 428-54. S. also s.v. γυνή 1. M-M. B. 131.* χθές (Hom. Hymns+; the real Attic form; PSI 184, 5 [III AD]; PLond. 983, 2; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 7; Test. Napht. 1:4) yesterday=ἐχθές (q.v.) J 4:52 t.r.; Ac 7:28 t.r. (Ex 2:14 v.l.); Hb 13:8 t.r. (of the past [s. ἐχθές] as Diod. S. 2, 5, 5; Jos., Ant. 18, 243; Celsus 6, 10). M-M. B. 1000.* χιϚʹ s. χξϚʹ. χιλίαρχος, ου, ὁ (Aeschyl., X.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 7, 368; 12, 301; loanw. in rabb.) the leader of a thousand soldiers, then also=the Rom. tribunus militum, military tribune, the commander of a cohort=about 600 men (so since Polyb. 1, 23, 1; 6, 19, 1; 7ff; also Polyaenus 7, 17; Jos., Ant. 17, 215; inscr., pap.; cf. Hahn 47; 116; 168), in this sense (roughly equivalent to major or colonel) J 18:12; Ac 21:31-3, 37; 22:24, 26-9; 23:10, 15, 17-19, 22; 24:7 v.l., 22; 25:23; 1 Cl 37:3.—Of high-ranking military officers gener. Mk 6:21 (but s. EKlostermann, Hdb. ad loc.); Rv 6:15; 19:18.—S. the lit. s.v. ἐκατοντάρχης. M-M.* χιλιάς, άδος, ἡ (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; LXX) (a group of) a thousand pl. (En. 10:17, 19; Jos., Ant. 6, 193)Lk 14:31a, b; Ac 4:4; 1 Cor 10:8; Rv 7:4-8; 11:13; 14:1, 3; 21:16; 1 Cl 43:5. χίλιαι χιλιάδες 34:6 (Da 7:10). χιλιάδες χιλιάδων thousands upon thousands Rv 5:11 (χιλιάδων also a loanw. in rabb.). In Rv the noun denoting what is counted may stand in the same case as χιλ. (so Theophanes Conf., Chron. 482, 14 de Boor λʹ χιλιάδες νομίσματα; 7, 17 πολλὰς μυριάδας μάρτυρας) instead of the gen. 7:4, 5a, 8c; 11:13; 21:16 v.l.—ELohse, TW IX, 455-60.

M-M.* χίλιοι, αι, α (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Bell. 1, 317, Ant. 11, 15, Vi. 95 al.; Test. Jud. 4:1; loanw. in rabb.) a thousand 2 Pt 3:8a, b (Ps 89:4); Rv 11:3; 12:6; 14:20; 1 Cl 34:6 (Da 7:10; s. χιλιάς); B 15:4 (Ps 89:4). The millennium Rv 20:2-7 (for the Jewish conceptions JWBailey, JBL 53, ’34, 170-87.—LGry, Le Millénarisme dans ses origines et son développement ’04; JSickenberger, Das Tausendjährige Reich in Apk: SMerkle-Festschr. ’22, 300-16; AWikenhauser, D. Problem d. 1000 jähr. Reiches in Apk: Röm. Quartalschr. 40, ’32, 13-25, D. Herkunft der Idee des 1000j. R. in Apk: ibid. 45, ’38, 1-24, also ThQ 127, ’47, 399-417; HBietenhard, D. 1000j. Reich ’55).* χιόνινος, η, ον (Ptolem. Euerg. II Histor. no. 234, 10 Jac.=Athen. 9, 17 p. 375D) snowy, snow-white ἔρια Hv l, 2, 2 (s. ἔριον).* Χίος, ου, ἡ (Hom.+; Jos., Ant. 16, 18; inscr.) Chios an island (w. a city by the same name) in the Aegean Sea off the west coast of Asia Minor Ac 20:15.* χιτών, ῶνος, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 3, 159; 7, 171 [on a woman]; Test. 12 Patr.—On the origin of the word cf. UWilcken, UPZ I p. 390, 1) tunic, shirt, a garment worn next to the skin, and by both sexes Mt 10:10; Mk 6:9 (on the wearing of two χιτῶνες, one over the other s. Jos., Ant. 17, 136.—The Cynic w. two coats, stick and knapsack: Diog. L. 6, 13.—Polyaenus 4, 14 criticizes τρίβωνα διπλοῦν and βακτηρίαν as signs of effeminacy); Lk 3:11; 9:3; Jd 23; Hs 9, 2, 4; 9, 11, 7. W. ἱμάτιον (q.v. 2) Mt 5:40; Lk 6:29; D 1:4 (on these three passages, which belong together, cf. Gerh Kittel, Die Probleme des paläst. Spätjudentums u. d. Urchristentum ’26); J 19:23a, b (see s.v. ἄραφος); Ac 9:39.—Mk 14:63 the pl. prob. does not mean a number of shirts, but clothes gener. (the pl. has this mng. Vi. Aesopi W c. 21). M-M. B. 419; 421.* 1055

χιών, όνος, ἡ (Hom.+; PGM 5, 19; 7, 382; LXX; En.; Jos., Ant. 13, 208)snow as a symbol of perfect whiteness λευκὸς ὡς χιών Mt 28:3; Mk 9:3 t.r.; Rv 1:14; Hs 8, 2, 3. λευκότερος πάσης χιόνος AP 3:8 (the same hyperbole as early as Il. 10, 437; Ps.-Demetr., El. C. 124; En. 14, 20; 106, 2).—1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:18); 18:7 (Ps 50:9). M-M. B. 69.* χλαμύς, ύδος, ἡ (acc. to Pollux 10, 164 it occurs in Sappho [56 D.]; elsewh. Aristoph.+; X., An. 7, 4, 4; inscr., pap.; 2 Macc 12:35; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 94; Jos., Ant 5, 33; loanw. in rabb.), a man’s outer garment, a cloak used by travelers and soldiers, such as (red in color: χλ. κοκκίνη as PGM 4, 636f) Roman soldiers wore Mt 27:28, 31 (s.

Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 90 §377 [χ. of the Roman soldier’s cloak=2, 150 ἡ πορφύρα]; Philo, In Flacc. 37; Philostrat., Vi. Ap. 5, 38 p. 199, 30). M-M.* χλευάζω impf. ἐχλεύαζον (Aristoph., Demosth.+; late pap.; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 137)—1. mock, sneer, scoff (Philo, Sacr. Abel. 70; Jos., Ant. 7, 85; Test. Levi 14:8) Ac 2:13 t.r.; Ac 17:32 (cf. Herm. Wr. 1, 29.—Ade Sizoo, Geref.

Theol. Tijdschr. 24, ’24, 289-97).

2. trans. mock, scoff at, sneer at τινά someone (so also Lucian, Prom. in Verb. 33; LXX; Test. Levi 7:2; Jos., Ant. 12, 170; cf. Philo, Mos. 1, 29) 1 Cl 39:1. W. ὑβρίζειν (Plut., Artax. 27, 5) Dg 2:7. M-M.* χλεύη, ης, ἡ (the pl. as early as Hom. Hymns; the sing. in Dio Chrys. 14[31], 31; Lucian et al.; POxy. 904, 2 [V AD]; Sb 5763, 51; Philo; Jos., Ant. 7, 61; Sib. Or. 4, 37) scorn, ridicule Dg 4:4.* χλιαρός, ά όν (Hdt.+) lukewarm (since Hdt. 4, 181; Diod. S. 17, 50, 5; Synes., Ep. 114 p. 254D χ. ὕδωρ.—The unpleasant taste of χ. ὕδ. causes vomiting: Vi. Aesopi I c. 1 p. 230, 7; 18), as a symbol of the church at Laodicea, that is neither hot nor cold and hence is to be spit out Rv 3:16 ( ‫א‬has the Ionic form χλιερός).—MJSRudwick and EMBGreen, ET 69, ’58, 176-8. M-M.* Χλόη, ης, ἡ Chloe (Semos of Delos [III BC]: no. 396 fgm. 23 Jac. [Χλ. as a surname of Demeter]; Longus 1, 6, 3ff; in Lat.: Horace, Odes 3, 9, 9; Thesaurus Lingu. Lat., Suppl. 1, 401), an otherw. unknown woman who prob. lived in Corinth or Ephesus and may or may not have been a Christian. οἱ Χλόης Chloe’s people (slaves or freedmen) 1 Cor 1:11 (FRMHitchcock, JTS 25, ’24, 163-7). M-M.* χλωρός, ά, ό—1. yellowish green, (light) green of plants (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 5, 1; Philo) χλωρὸς χόρτος (PLond. 287, 15 [I AD] al.; Gen 1:30) Mk 6:39; Rv 8:7. Of branches or sticks green, fresh Hs 8, 1, 10-18; 8, 2, 2; 4 al. Of vegetation s 9, 1, 6f; 9, 21, 1; 9, 22, 1; 9, 24, 1; cf. 9, 21, 2 w. application to the doubters, who are neither green nor dry.—Subst. τὸ χλωρόν (oft. pap.). πᾶν χλωρόν everything that is green=every plant (Gen 2:5; Dt 29:22) Rv 9:4.

2. pale as the color of a pers. in sickness as contrasted with his appearance in health (Hippocr., Prognost. 2 p. 79, 18 Kühlew.; Thu. 2, 49, 5; Maximus Tyr. 20, 5b.—Of ‘pale’ fear Il. 10, 376), so the horse ridden by Death (χλ. of death Sappho, fgm. 2, 14 Diehl2; Artem. 1, 77 p. 71, 27) ἵππος χλωρός Rv 6:8 (see s.v. πυρρός).—RGradwohl, D. Farben im AT, Beih. ZAW 83, ’63, 27-33. M-M. B. 1058.** χνοῦς, χνοῦ, ὁ (Hom.[χνόος]+; LXX; Sib. Or. 8, 15 v.l.) dust, chaff B 11:7 (Ps 1:4).* χξϚʹ t.r. for ἑξακόσιοι (=χʹ) ἑξήκοντα (=ξʹ) ἕξ (=Ϛʹ) six hundred sixty six Rv 13:18. This is the number of the beast, which is the number of a man. On the numerological technique involved here s. ἀριθμός 1 and FDornseiff, Das Alphabet in Mystik u. Magie2 ’26 §7; P Friesenhahn, Hellen. Wortzahlenmystik im NT ’36. The constantly recurring attempts to solve this riddle are based somet. on the Gk., somet. on the Hebr. alphabet; they may yield a name taken fr. mythology (as early as Irenaeus 5, 30, 3 Ευανθας, Λατεινος, Τειταν, and many others: GHeinrici, Griech.-byz.

Gesprächsbücher ’11, p. 60, 3) or fr. history (e.g. Neron Caesar, Ulpius [Trajan] or Domitian. [EStauffer, Con. Neot.

11, ’47, 237-41], or Jesus in a heretical disguise, CCecchelli: GFunacoli-Festschr., ’55, 23-31), the numerical value of whose letters is 666. On the other hand, some prefer to treat the number 666 purely as a number; they suspect a symbolic mng. (GAvan den Bergh van Eysinga, ZNW 13, ’12, 293-306, NThT 4, ’15, 62-6; ELohmeyer in the Hdb. exc. on Rv 13:18). Further, cod. C and the Armenian version have the rdg. χιϚʹ=616, which is preferred by RSchütz (s. below) and EHirsch, Studien z. 4. Ev. ’36, 167; it was known to Irenaeus (5, 30, 1) and rejected by him. The comm. report on the attempts at solution already made; esp. E-BAllo, L’Apocalypse de St. Jean3 ’33, exc. 34 p. 232-6; JdeZwaan, De Openbaring van Joh. ’25, 46ff; ITBeckwith, Apocalypse ’19, 393-411. Cf. also ZNW: PCorssen 3, ’02, 238ff; 4, ’03, 264ff; 5, ’04, 86ff; EVischer 4, ’03, 167ff; 5, ’04, 84ff; ChBruston 5, ’04, 258ff; CClemen 11, ’10, 204ff; WHadorn 19, ’19/’20, 11-29; SAgrell, Eranos 26, ’28, 35-45; GMenken, Geref. Theol. Tijdschr. 36, ’36, 136-52; MGoemans, Studia Cath. 13, ’37, 28-36; DAvdBosch, 666 het getal eens menschen ’40. In general s. LBrun, Die röm. Kaiser in Apk: ZNW 26, ’27, 128-51; RSchütz, D. Oftb. d. Joh. u. Kaiser Domitian ’33; KHolzinger, Ak. d.

W. Wien, Phil.—hist. Kl. 216, 3, ’36; ABertholet, D. Macht der Schrift im Glauben u. Aberglauben: Abh. der Deutsch.

Ak. d. W. zu Berlin ’49, esp. p. 30.* χοϊκός, ή, όν (Rhet Gr. I 613, 4 γυμνοῖ τούτους τοῦ χοϊκοῦ βάρους; Hesychius; Suidas) made of earth or dust (χοῦς), earthy ὁ πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος ἐκ γῆς χοϊκός 1 Cor 15:47 (cf. Gen 2:7 ἔπλασεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον χοῦν 1056

ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς; Sib. Or. 8, 445 of Adam, the χοϊκῷ πλασθέντι.—Philo, Leg. All. 1, 31 differentiates the οὐράνιος fr. the γήϊνος ἄνθρωπος).—Vss. 48; 49.—ESchweizer, TW IX, 460-8. M--M.* χοι̂νιξ, ικος, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap.; Ezk 45:10f) choenix, a dry measure, oft. used for grain, almost equivalent to a quart; a choenix of grain was a daily ration for one man (Hdt. 7, 187; Diog. L. 8, 18 ἡ χοῖνιξ ἡμερήσιος τροφή; Athen. 3, 20 p. 98E) Rv 6:6a, b.—FStolle, D. röm. Legionar u. sein Gepäck ’14 (the appendix has an explanation of Rv 6:6). M-M.* χοιρίον, ου, τό (Aristoph.+; PMagd. 4, 8 [III BC]; Sb 5304, 1) dim. of χοῖρος, lit. a little swine, piglet, but also dim. only in form, swine and so B 10:3.* χοι̂ρος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap.; Sym. Is 65:4; 66:3) young pig, then swine gener. (so Epict. 4, 11, 29; Plut., Cicero 7, 6; BGU 92, 7 [II AD]; 649, 7 al. in pap.; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 137; Test. Jud. 2:5) Mt 8:30-2; Mk 5:11-13, 16 (AHarnack, Zu Mk 5:11-13: ZNW 8, ’07, 162; OBauernfeind, Die Worte der Dämonen im Mt ’27); Lk 8:32f; 15:15f.

W. dogs: as unclean animals GOxy 33 (JoachJeremias, Coniect. Neot. 11, ’47, 105: fig.); in a proverb Mt 7:6 (Theophyl. Sim., Ep. 20 τὰ δῶρα τοῖς χοίροις διένειμε; FPerles, ZNW 25, ’26, 163f; AMPerry, ET 46, ’35, 381).

The prohibition against eating pork, and its interpretation B 10:1, 3a, b, 10.—On swine and the Jews s. Billerb. I 448ff; 492f; KHRengstorf, Rabb. Texte 1. Reihe III ’33ff, p. 36f. M-M. B. 161.* χολάω (Aristoph.+) be angry (Artem. 1, 4; Diog. L. 9, 66 al.; inscr. [Ramsay, Phrygia I 2 p. 471 no. 312 of divine wrath]; 3 Macc 3:1 v.l.) τινί at someone J 7:23 (w. ὅτι foll.). M-M.* χολή, ῆς, ἡ (Archilochus [VII BC]+; PGM 36, 284; LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 17, 173; Test. 12 Patr.; loanw. in rabb.) gall, bile. =gall Job 16:13; (b) 1. lit., of a substance w. an unpleasant taste (the LXX uses χολή to transl. (a) ‫ה ֵָרר‬ ‫ה ֶָררר‬ poison Job 20:14; © ‫הָנ‬ =wormwood Pr 5:4; La 3:15; (d) ‫=שאֶרר‬poison Dt 29:17; Ps 68:22) ἔδωκαν αὐτῷ πιεῖν οἶνον μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον Mt 27:34 (fr. Ps 68:22?).—B 7:3, 5; GP 5:16 (s. ὄξος).

2. fig., as a designation of Simon Magus (Biogr. p. 153 the tragedian Philocles ἐπεκαλεῖτο Χολὴ διὰ τό πικρόν) χολὴ πικρίας bitter gall Ac 8:23 (s. πικρία 1 and cf. Dt 29:17 ἐν χολῇ καὶ πικρίᾳ; La 3:15).—ἐν χολῇ has been conjectured by PKatz for ἐνοχλῇ Hb 12:15 (ZNW 49, ’58, 213-23) on the basis of Dt 29:17 LXX; this is included as a v.l. in N.25. M-M. B. 1134.* χονδρίζω (hapax legomenon) prob.=χονδρεύω make groats, i.e. coarsely crushed grain (Hesychius). εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν ὅπου χονδρίζεις Hv 3, 1, 2 prob. means a field in which was located an apparatus for preparing groats, where Hermas works.* χόος s. χοῦς. Χοραζίν, ἡ indecl. Chorazin, a place in Galilee, the location of which may have been the ruins of Kerâzeh, a half hour’s walk north-west of Tell Hum. Menachoth 85a mentions a place ‫(םייזרכ‬Billerb. I 605) and Eusebius, Onom.

303, 174 Klosterm. mentions ruins of Chorazin. Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13. CKopp, The Holy Places of the Gospels, tr.

RWalls ’63, 187-9.* χορδή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+; PPetr. III 142, 22 [III BC]; Ps 150:4; Na 3:8) string (made of gut) pl. w. κιθάρα (Diod. S. 5, 75, 3 τῆς κιθάρας χορδάς; Dio Chrys. 16[33], 57; Ael. Aristid. 28, 121 K.=49 p. 531 D.) IEph 4:1; IPhld 1:2.* χορεύω impf. ἐχόρευον (trag.+; LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 17, 235)dance in chorus Hs 9, 11, 5. B. 689.* χορηγέω fut. χορηγήσω; 1 aor. ἐχορήγησα orig. ‘lead a chorus’ or ‘pay the expenses for training a chorus’, then gener. defray the expenses of someth., provide, supply (in abundance) (Aristoph.+) τὶ someth. (Diod. S. 19, 3 ἅπαντα; Jos., Bell. 1, 625)2 Cor 9:10 (alternating w. ἐπιχορηγεῖν); 1 Pt 4:11 (ἧς by attraction for ἥν). τί τινι (Polyb.

22, 26, 2; Dit., Or. 437, 71, Syll.3 888, 77; PTebt. 51, 9; Sir 1:10, 26; 1 Macc 14:10; Ep. Arist. 259; Philo, Mos. 1, 255; Jos., Ant. 7, 279)Dg 1; 3:4; 10:6; Hs 2:5, 8. ἐκ τῶν κόπων αὐτῶν παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐχορήγησαν they provided for every man from (the fruits of) their labor Hs 9, 24, 2. M-M.* χορός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.)

1. (choral dance, dancing lit. ἤκουσεν συμφωνίας καὶ χορῶν Lk 15:25.

2. troop, band, company (of dancers) of heavenly bodies (Maximus Tyr. 16, 6d; Herm. Wr. 416, 13 Sc. χορὸς ἀστέρων; Himerius, Or. 21, 6 W.; Sib. Or. 8, 450) ἥλιός τε καὶ σελήνη ἀστέρων τε χοροί 1 Cl 20:3. Cf. IEph 19:2.

3. chorus, choir=group of singers (so prob. Sb 3913, 8 χ. τῶν ἀγγέλων; Jos., Ant. 7, 85.In this sense a χορός of the stars is mentioned: Mesomedes 3, 10; 10, 17; Philo, Mos. 2, 239; ADNock, JTS 31, ’30, 310ff) the church is to become a harmonious choir IEph 4:2. Cf. IRo 2:2. M-M.* χορτάζω 1 aor. ἐχόρτασα. Pass.: 1 aor. ἐχορτάσθην; 1 fut. χορτασθήσομαι (Hes.+; pap., LXX) feed, fill, satisfy; 1057

pass.: eat one’s fill, be satisfied.

1. of animals πάντα τὰ ὄρνεα ἐχορτάσθησαν ἐκ τῶν σαρκῶν αὐτῶν all the birds gorged themselves with their flesh Rv 19:21 (cf. Test. Jud. 21:8).

2. of men—a. lit. τινά someone Mt 15:33; 1 Cl 59:4 (τοὺς πεινῶντας). τινά τινος someone with someth. Mk 8:4 (cf. Ps 131:15). Pass. (Pamphilus [I BC/I AD] in Ael. Dion. χ, 14 ed. HErbse ’50; Epict. 1, 9, 19; 3, 22, 66) Mt 14:20; 15:37; Mk 6:42; 7:27; 8:8; Lk 6:21 (οἱ πεινῶντες νῦν); 9:17; J 6:26; Phil 4:12 (opp. πεινᾶν); Js 2:16. ἀπό τινος (Ps 103:13) Lk 16:21. ἔκ τινος 15:16 v.l. b. fig.; pass. (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 22, 4 χορτάζεσθαι τῆς λύπης=find satisfaction in grief; Ps 16:15) be satisfied Mt 5:6 (χ. is also used in connection w. drink and relieves thirst: schol. on Nicander, Alexiph. 225 χόρτασον αὐτὸν οἴνῳ).

M-M.* χόρτασμα, ατος, τό (Poly.+; pap., LXX, always of fodder for domesticated animals) food for men, pl. (Diod. S. 19, 26, 2 χορτάσματα) Ac 7:11. M-M.* χόρτος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+) grass, hay (Hes.+; pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Bell. 6, 153, Ant. 20, 85), in our lit. almost always of green grass standing in field or meadow Mt 14:19 (v.l. has the pl.); J 6:10. τὸν χόρτον τῆς γῆς Rv 9:4. ὁ χλωρὸς χόρτος (χλωρός 1) Mk 6:39; Rv 8:7. Of wild grass in contrast to cultivated plants ὁ χόρτος τοῦ ἀγροῦ Mt 6:30; cf. Lk 12:28; Js 1:10, 11; 1 Pt 1:24a, b, c (Is 40:6, 7.—ἄνθεα ποίης as early as Od. 9, 449). Of stalks of grain in their early, grass-like stages Mt 13:26; Mk 4:28.—1 Cor 3:12 mentions χόρτος hay as a building material (of inferior quality, as Diod. S. 20, 65, 1 κάλαμος and χόρτος). M-M. B. 519f. * Χουζᾶς, ᾶ, ὁ Chuza (= ּ◌‫כ◌◌ׂ◌אָזוּ‬. The name occurs in a Nabataean [Corpus Inscr. Semiticarum II 1, 227; FC Burkitt, Exp. 5th Ser. IX 1899, 118-22] and in a Syrian [Littmann, Zeitschr. für. Assyriologie 27, ’13, 397] inscr.). Borne by an ἐπίτροπος (q.v. 1 and 2) of Herod Antipas; this Chuza was the husband of a follower of Jesus named Joanna Lk 8:3.

M-M.* χοῦς, χοός, acc. χοῦν, ὁ (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 14, 64; Sib. Or. 8, 15; Bl-D. §52; Mlt.-H. 127; 142) soil, dust, of the dust of the road (Is 49:23) ἐκτινάξατε τὸν χοῦν τὸν ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν Mk 6:11 (cf. Is 52:2 and s. ἐκτινάσσω 1). Of the dust that grief-stricken persons scatter upon their heads (Josh 7:6; La 2:10) ἔβαλον χοῦν ἐπὶ τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν Rv 18:19. M-M.* χράομαι mid. dep. (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) 2 sing. χρᾶσαι (Bl-D. §87); 3 sing. pres. indic. and subjunctive χρῆται IRo 9:1; 1 Ti 1:8 (cf. Bl-D. §88 w. app.); impf. ἐχρώμην; 1 aor. ἐχρησάμην; pf. κέχρημαι; Mlt.-H. 200; use.

1. make use of, employ—a. w. dat. τινί someth. (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 102 §427f θαλάσσῃ; Wsd 2:6; 13:18; 4 Macc 9:2; Philo, Aet. M. 70; 71; Jos., Bell. 3, 341;Bl-D. §193, 5; Rob. 532f) βοηθείαις ἐχρῶντο Ac 27:17 (s. βοήθεια).—1 Cor 7:31 t.r.; 9:12, 15; 1 Ti 5:23 (οἶνος 1); 2 Cl 6:5; Dg 6:5; 12:3 (ᾗ μὴ καθαρῶς χρησάμενοι not using it in purity); ITr 6:1; IPhld 4; Hs 9, 16, 4 (of the use of a seal as PHib. 72, 16 [III BC]). διαλέκτῳ use a language Dg 5:2. Of the law (trag., Hdt.+; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 125) τοῖς νόμοις live in accordance with the laws (Jos., Ant. 16, 27)Hs 1:3f; cf. 6. ἐάν τις αὐτῷ (=τῷ νόμῳ) νομίμως χρῆται 1 Ti 1:8 (cf. χ. προφήταις Third Corinthians 1:10). A dat. is to be supplied w. μᾶλλον χρῆσαι make the most of, take advantage, of, 1 Cor 7:21, either τῇ δουλείᾳ (so the Peshitta, Chrysostom, Theodoret, Weizsäcker, Heinrici, BWeiss, Schmiedel, Bachmann, Bousset, Lietzmann, JWeiss, Sickenberger, Kiefl, Juncker, H-DWendland, 20th Century, Goodspeed; HBellen, Jahrb. f. Antike u. Christent. 6, ’63, 177-80) or τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ (so Erasmus, Luther, Calvin, FGodet, Lghtf., Zahn, vWalter, Steinmann, Schlatter, Moffatt, RSV); cf. μᾶλλον 2a.—(On this subj.: ThZahn, Sklaverei u. Christentum in d. alten Welt [1879]: Skizzen aus dem Leben d. alten Kirche2 1898, 116-59; ASteinmann, Sklavenlos u. alte Kirche ’103,4 ’22, Pls u. d.

Sklaven zu Korinth ’11; EvDobschütz, Sklaverei u. Christent.: RE3 XVIII 423-33; XXIV 521; JvWalter, Die Sklaverei im NT ’14; FXKiefl, Die Theorien des modernen Sozialismus über den Ursprung d. Christentums, Zugleich ein Komm. zu 1 Cor 7:21, ’15, esp. p. 56-109; JWeiss, Das Urchristentum ’17, 456-60; ASteinmann, Zur Geschichte der Auslegung v. 1 Cor 7:21: Théol. Revue 16, ’18, 341-8; AJuncker, D. Ethik des Ap. Pls II ’19, 175-81; JJKoopmans, De Servitute Antiqua et Rel. Christ., Diss. Amsterda ’20, 119ff; ELohmeyer, Soz. Fragen im Urchrist.’21; FWGrosheide, Exegetica [1 Cor 7:21]: Geref. Theol. Tijdschr. 24, ’24, 298-302; HGreeven [s.v. πλοῦτος 1]; MSEnslin, The Ethics of Paul ’30, 205-10; WLWestermann, Enslaved Persons who are Free, AJPh 59, ’38, 1-30; HGülzow, Christent. u. Sklaverei [to 300 AD], ’69, 177-81. On slavery in antiquity gener.: WLWestermann, Pauly-W. Suppl. VI ’35, 894-1068, The Slave Systems of Gk. and Rom. Antiquity, ’55; WBKristensen, De antieke opvatting van dienstbaarheid ’34; MPohlenz, D. hellen. Mensch ’47, 387-96). τινὶ εἴς τι use someth. for someth. (Oenomaus in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 5, 33, 14; Simplicius In Epict. p. 27, 52 Düb.) Hv 3, 2, 8. Pass. σὺ αὐτὸς χρᾶσαι ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν λίθων you yourself are to be used as one of these stones 3, 6, 7.—W. a double dat. (trag.+) σξοινίῳ χρώμενοι τῷ πνεύματι using as a rope the Holy Spirit IEph 9:1. W. double dat. of the pers. (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 227) of a church that ποιμένι τῷ θεῷ χρῆται IRo 9:1. b. w. acc. (X., Ages. 11, 11; Ps.-Aristot., Oecon. 2, 22 p. 1350a, 7 χρ. τὰ τέλη εἰς διοίκησιν τῆς πόλεως; Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 162D; Dit., Syll.3 1170, 27 ἄνηθον μετʼ ἐλαίου χρ.; PTebt. 273, 28 ὕδωρ χρ.; Wsd 7:14 v.l.; 2 Macc 4:19.—Bl-D. §152, 4; Rob. 476) τὸν κόσμον 1 Cor 7:31 (cf. Simplicius In Epict. p. 29, 30 Düb. τὸ τοῖς μὴ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν ὡς ἐφʼ ἡμῖν οὖσι κεχρῆσθαι=to use that which is not in our power as if it were in our power. S. also MDibelius, Urchristentum u. Kultur ’28).

1058

2. act, proceed (Hdt.+; POxy. 474, 38 et al.) w. dat. of the characteristic shown (Aelian, V.H. 2, 15; Jos., Ant. 10, 25)τῇ ἐλαφρίᾳ 2 Cor 1:17. πολλῇ παρρησίᾳ 3:12. ὑποταγῇ 1 Cl 37:5.—W. adv. (PMagd. 6, 12 [III BC] et al.) ἀποτόμως 2 Cor 13:10.

3. w. dat. of the pers. and an adv. treat a person in a certain way (X., Mem. 1, 2, 48 φίλοις καλῶς χρ.; Dit., Or. 51, 8 [III BC] τοῖς τεχνίταις φιλανθρώπως χρῆται; PPetr. III p. 115, 8 [III BC] πικρῶς σοι ἐχρήσατο; POxy. 745, 6; Esth 2:9; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 153) φιλανθρώπως ὁ Ἱούλιος τῷ Παύλῳ χρησάμενος Ac 27:3. Cf. Hs 5, 2, 10.

M-M.* χράω s. κίχρημι. χρεία, ας, ἡ (Aeschyl.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.; Test. Zeb. 6:5) need, necessity.

1. χρεία ἐστί τινος there is need of someth., someth. is needed (Polyb. 3, 111, 10; 5, 109, 1; Dit., Syll.3 707, 16f; 736, 63; Sir 3:22; 11:9) Lk 10:42. Without gen. (Diod. S. 1, 19, 5 ὅσον ἂν ᾖ χρεία) ἐὰν ᾖ χρεία if it is necessary D 11:5. τίς ἔτι χρεία; foll. by acc. w. inf. Hb 7:11. χρείαν ἔχειν τινός (have) need (of) someone or someth. (class.; inscr., pap.; Is 13:17; Wsd 13:16; Philo, Plant. 65; Jos., Ant. 8, 228)Mt 6:8; 9:12; 21:3; 26:65; Mk 2:17; 11:3; 14:63; Lk 5:31; 9:11; 15:7; 19:31, 34; 22:71; J 13:29; 1 Cor 12:21 a, b, 24 (w. τιμῆς to be supplied); 1 Th 4:12; Hb 5:12b; 10:36; Rv 21:23; 22:5. W. gen. of the articular inf. (and acc.) χρείαν ἔχετε τοῦ διδάσκειν ὑμᾶς τινα Hb 5:12a (Bl-D. §400, 1; Rob. 1038f; 1061). W. inf. foll. (Da 3:16) ἐχὼ χρ. ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι Mt 3:14. Cf. 14:16; J 13:10; 1 Th 1:8; 4:9 (Bl-D. §393, 5); 5:1. W. ἵνα foll. J 2:25; 16:30; 1 J 2:27.

2. need, lack, want, difficulty (Diod. S. 3, 16, 2; Appian, Basil. 5 §2 ὑπὸ χρείας=from necessity) χρείαν ἔχειν be in need, lack someth. abs. (Diod. S. 17, 77, 2; Dit., Syll.2 857, 12 εἰ χρείαν ἔχοι Διονύσιος) Mk 2:25; Ac 2:45; 4:35; Eph 4:28; 1J 3:17; D 1:5a, b. οὐδὲν χρείαν ἔχειν have no lack of anything (s. οὐδείς 2bγ) Rv 3:17 (t.r. οὐδενός). πληροῦν τὴν χρείαν τινός supply someone’s need (s) (Thu. 1, 70, 7 ἐπλήρωσαν τὴν χρείαν) Phil 4:19. εἰς τὴν χρείαν τινὶ πέμψαι send someth. to someone to supply his need (s) vs. 16. λειτουργὸς τῆς χρείας μου the one whose service supplied my need 2:25. Pl. needs, necessities (Socrat., Ep. l, 5 αἱ τῆς πατρίδος χρεῖαι; Geminus [c. 70 BC], Elementa Astronomiae 1, 21 [ed. CManitius 1898] αἱ τοῦ βίου χρεῖαι; Philo, Dec. 99; Jos., Ant. 13, 225)Ac 20:34; 28:10 (for πρὸς τὰς χρείας [v.l. τὴν χρείαν] cf. Polyb. 1, 52, 7; Ep. Arist. 11; 258); Ro 12:13; Papias 2:15. αἱ ἀναγκαῖαι χρεῖαι (ἀναγκαῖος 1) Tit 3:14.

3. the thing that is lacking and (therefore) necessary πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν τῆς χρείας (objective gen.) such as will build up where it is necessary Eph 4:29 (differently JAFindlay, ET 46, ’35, 429).

4. office, duty, service (Polyb. 4, 87, 9; 10, 21, 1 al. in H.Gk.; inscr., pap.; 2 Macc 8:9; Jos., Ant. 13, 65)Ac 6:3.

M-M. B. 638.* χρεοφειλέτης and the less well attested form χρεωφειλέτης (due to assimilation, Bl-D. §35, 2 w. app.; 119, 2; Tdf., Prol. 89; W-H., App. 152; Mlt.-H. 73. In the LXX and as v.l. in the NT we have the spelling χρεοφιλέτης), ου, ὁ (Hippocr., Ep. 17, 55; Aeneas Tact. 192; 516; Diod. S. 32, 26, 3; Dionys. Hal.; Plut., Caesar 12, 2, Luc. 20:3; Aesop, Fab. 11 H.; Dit., Syll.3 742, 53; CWessely, Studien z. Paläogr. u. Papyrusk. 20, ’21, 129, 4; Job 31:37; Pr 29:13) debtor Lk 7:41 (on the parable: PJoüon, Rech de Sc rel 29, ’40, 615-19; GMPerrella, Div. Thom. Piac. 42, ’40, 553-8); 16:5 M-M. * χρεώστης, ου, ὁ (Plut., Mor. 100C; Dio Chrys. 28[45], 10; Lucian, Abd. 15; Herodian 5, 1, 6; Dit., Syll.3 833, 9 [120 AD]; BGU 106, 4 [II AD]; 786 II, 6; POxy. 487, 11 al. in pap.; Philo; Jos., Ant. 3, 282)debtor χρεώστας θλίβειν oppress debtors Hm 8:10. * χρεωφειλέτης s. χρεοφειλέτης. χρή (Hom. +; inscr., pap.; Pr 25:27; 4 Macc 8:26A; Ep. Arist. 231; Philo, Joseph.) it is necessary, it ought foll. by acc. and inf. Js 3:10 (Bl-D. §358, 2; Rob. 319; WSchmid, Attizismus IV 1897, 592). M-M. B. 640.* χρῄζω (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX) (have) need (of) τινός (class.; BGU 37, 7 [50 AD]; PFlor. 138, 6 al.; Jos., Ant. 1, 285; Test. Jud. 14:7; Sib. Or. 8, 390) Mt 6:32; Lk 11:8 (Test. Zeb. 7:3); 12:30; Ro 16:2; 2 Cor 3:1; B 2:4; Dg 2:2; ITr 4:2; 12:3; Hv 3, 10, 6. οὐδὲν οὐδενὸς χρῄζει he needs nothing at all 1 Cl 52:1. W. inf. foll. (Jos., Ant. 1, 246)Dg 4:1. On ὅσον χρῄζει Lk 11:8 v.l., s. 1 Km 17:18; Dit., Syll.3 57, 40 [450 BC] and cf. Jülicher, Gleichn. 272.

M-M.* χρῆμα, ατος, τό—1. pl. property, wealth, means (Hom. +; inscr., LXX, Philo, Joseph.) οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες (X., Mem. 1, 2, 45) Mk 10:23; Lk 18:24. χρήματα πολλὰ ἔξειν Hs 2:5. Cf. Mk 10:24 t.r.

2. money—a. mostly pl. (Thu., X. et al.; pap.; Job 27:17; Ep. Arist. 85; Philo, Poster. Cai. 117; Jos., Bell. 1, 159;Test. Jud. 21:7) Ac 8:18, 20; 24:26 (χρ. διδόναι τινί as Diod. S. 8, 31; Jos., Ant. 7, 393). b. more rarely sing. (Alcaeus 109+110, 30 D.2; Hdt. 3, 38; Diod. S. 13, 106, 9; 36, fgm. a; POxy. 474, 41; PHermop. 23, 7; Jos., Ant. 11, 56[property, wealth]) of a definite sum of money Ac 4:37.—BReicke, TW IX, 468-71, χρῆμα etc. M-M. B. 634; 769.* χρηματίζω fut. χρηματίσω; 1 aor. ἐχρημάτισα. Pass.: 1 aor. ἐχρηματίσθην; pf. κεχρημάτισμαι (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.).

1. of God impart a revelation or injunction or warning (of oracles, etc., Diod. S. 3, 6, 2; 15, 10, 2; Plut., Mor. 1059

435c; Lucian, Ep. Sat. 2, 25; Ael. Aristid. 50, 5 K.=26 p. 503 D.; Dit., Syll.3 663, 13 [200 BC] ὁ θεός μοι ἐχρημάτισεν κατὰ τὸν ὕπνον; 1110, 8; PFay. 137, 2; 4 [I AD]; PGiess. 20, 18.—Philo, Mos. 2, 238; Jos., Ant. 5, 42; 10, 13; 11, 327 ἐχρημάτισεν αὐτῷ κατὰ τοὺς ὕπνους ὁ θεὸς θαρρεῖν; Jer 32:30; 37:2). a. act. Hb 12:25.—b. pass.—α. χρηματίζομαι a revelation or warning is given to me χρηματισθεὶς κατʼ ὄναρ Mt 2:22; cf. Hb 8:5. περί τινος (Jos., Ant. 3, 212)11:7. Foll. by the inf., which expresses the warning given Mt 2:12. ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου μεταπέμψασθαί σε he was directed by an angel to send for you Ac 10:22. Cf. Lk 2:26 v.l. (Vett. Val. 67, 5 ὑπὸ δαιμονίων χρηματισθήσονται). β. χρηματίζεταί τι someth. is revealed or prophesied (UPZ 71, 3 [152 BC] τὰ παρὰ τ. θεῶν σοι χρηματίζεται) ἦν αὐτῷ κεχρηματισμένον ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος Lk 2:26.

2. bear a name, be called or named (Polyb. 5, 57, 2; Strabo 13, 1, 55; Plut., Ant. 54, 9; Philo, Deus Imm. 121, Leg. ad Gai. 346; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 30; Dit., Syll.3 1150, 4 Καικίλιος ὁ χρηματίζων βούλων; POxy. 268, 2 [58 AD]; 320; APF 4, ’08, 122 V, 15 and oft. in pap.) μοιχαλὶς χρηματίσει Ro 7:3. ἐγένετο χρηματίσαι τοὺς μαθητὰς Χριστιανούς Ac 11:26.—Mlt.-H. 265 holds that these are two entirely distinct words; that 1 comes fr. an equivalent of χρησμός ‘oracle’, and 2 fr. χρήματα ‘business’. M-M.* χρηματισμός, οῦ, ὁ (X., Pla.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Philo, Vi. Cont. 17; Jos., Ant. 14, 231)a divine statement or answer (2 Macc 2:4; PGM 4, 2206.—Of a dream, Artem. l, 2 p. 5, 20) Ro 11:4; 1 Cl 17:5. M-M.* χρῆσαι s. χράομαι. χρήσιμος, η, ον (since Theognis 406; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 170; Sib. Or. 3, 230) useful, beneficial, advantageous IEph 4:2. τινί for someone Mt 20:28 D=Agr 22. ἐπί τι (Pla., Gorg. 480B, 481B, Leg. 7 p. 796A; Plut., Mar. 10, 10) ἐπʼ οὐδέν (Zen.-P. 59 225, 3 [253 BC] ἐπʼ οὐθὲν χρήσιμος) 2 Ti 2:14. εἴς τι (X., Vect. 4, 42; Pla., Leg. 7 p. 796 D.; Ezk 15:4) Hv 4, 3, 4. M-M.* χρῆσις, εως, ἡ (since Pindar and Democritus 282; inscr., pap., LXX)—1. use, usage (Ep. Arist. 143; Philo, Op. M. 42; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 213; Test. Napht. 2:4) Dg 2:2; 4:2; PK 2 p. 14, 13; 15. οὐ κατὰ χρῆσιν, ἀλλὰ φύσιν not by usage or habit, but by nature ITr 1:1.

2. usefulness 1 Cl 37:4. τὴν χρῆσιν ἀπώλεσεν (the honey) has lost its usefulness Hm 5, 1, 5.—3. relations, function, esp. of sexual intercourse (X., Symp. 8, 28; Pla., Leg. 8 p. 841A; Isocr. 19, 11; Ps.-Lucian, Amor. 25 παιδική; Plut., Mor. 905B ὀρέξεις παρὰ τὰς χρήσεις; POxy. 272, 12 al.) ἡ φυσιχὴ χρῆσις Ro 1:26; w. objective gen. τῆς θηλείας vs. 27. M-M.* χρησμοδοτέω 1 aor. pass. ptc. χρησμοδοτηθείς give an oracular response (Ps.-Callisth. p. 3, 13; 52, 9; 81, 14; Lucian, Alex. 43 Jacobitz v.l.; Pollux 1, 17; Etym. Mag. p. 814, 40; inscr. [IV AD]: Ramsay, Phrygia II p. 566), pass. be given or follow an oracular response 1 Cl 55:1.* χρῆσον s. κίχρημι. χρηστεύομαι mid. dep.; 1 aor. ἐχρηστευσάμην; 1 fut. pass. χρηστευθήσομαι (only in Christian wr.) be kind, loving, merciful 1 Cor 13:4. τινί to someone 1 Cl 14:3. ὡς χρηστεύεσθε, οὕτως χρηστευθήσεται ὑμῖν as you show kindness, kindness will be shown to you 13:2 (saying of Jesus). M-M.* χρηστολογία, ας, ἡ (Eustath. p. 1437, 53 on Il. 23, 598; eccl. writers) smooth, plausible speech (Julius Capitolinus, Pertinax 13 χρηστολόγον eum appellantes qui bene loqueretur et male faceret) Ro 16:18. M-M.* χρηστός, ή, όν (trag., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX) useful, suitable, worthy, good—1. adj.—a. of things—α. good, pleasant, kindly, easy (to wear) (En. 32, 1; Jos., Ant. 3, 98)οἶνος (Plut., Mor. 240D; 1073A; Hippiatr. II 66, 16; Aberciusinschr. 16) Lk 5:39 (perh. an Aramaism, cf. μέγας 9:48 and Bl-D. §245; t.r. has the comp. χρηστότερος [Philo, In Flacc. 109; Jos., Ant. 8, 213]). ὁ ζυγός μου Mt 11:30 (symbolically). β. (morally) good, reputable ἤθη χρηστά 1 Cor 15:33 (cf. ἦθος.—ἦθος χρηστόν also POxy. 642; 1663, 11; Ep. Arist. 290; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 38 ἤθη χρηστὰ διαφθείρεται). b. of persons kind, loving, benevolent (Jos., Ant. 6, 92w. ἐπιεικής; 9, 133 w. δίκαιος; Herodian 4, 3, 3 and Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 67 w. φιλάνθρωπος; Cass. Dio 66, 18; inscr. in FCumont, Études syr. ’17 p. 323, 12; POxy. 642). α. of men (Nicopho Com. [V/IV BC] 16; Ps.-Demosth. 59, 2) 1 Cl 14:4 (Pr 2:21). εἴς τινα to someone (POxy. 416, 2) Eph 4:32.—β. of God (Hdt. 8, 111; Sb 158, 1; LXX; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 46 al.; Sib. Or. 1, 159) 1 Pt 2:3 (Ps 33:9), Χριστός P72; Dg 8:8. ἐπί τινα to someone Lk 6:35. ἐν τοῖς κτλ. among those=to those, who 1 Cl 60:1.

2. subst. τὸ χρηστόν kindness (Philo, Virt. 160; Jos., Ant. 8, 214)τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 2:4.—JZiegler, Dulcedo Dei ’37; CSpicq, RB 54, ’47, 321-4.—KWeiss, TW IX, 472-81. M-M.* χρηστότης, ητος, ἡ (Eur., Isaeus+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.)—1. goodness, uprightness (Ps.-Pla., Def. 412E=ἤθους σπουδαιότης) ποιεῖν χρηστότητα do what is right (Ps 36:3) Ro 3:12 (Ps 13:3).

2. goodness, kindness, generosity (Aristot., De Virt. et Vit. 8 w. ἐπιείκεια [as Philo, Exs. 166] and εὐγνωμοσύνη; Plut., Demetr. 50, 1 w. φιλανθρωπία [as Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 73]; Dit., Syll.3 761, 12 w. μεγαλοψυχία; Plut., Galba 22, 7, Mor. 88B; 90E w. μεγαλοφροσύνη.—BGU 372, 18; LXX; opp. πονηρία, Ode of 1060

Solomon 11:20). a. of men 2 Cor 6:6; Gal 5:22 (both w. μακροθυμία); Col 3:12 (w. σπλάγχνα οἰκτιρμοῦ).—b. of God (Ps 30:20; Philo, Migr. Abr. 122; Jos., Ant. 1, 96; 11, 144) Ro 2:4 (w. ἀνοχή and μακροθυμία); 9:23 v.l.; 11:22c (cf. ἐπιμένω 2); Tit 3:4 (w. φιλανθρωπία); 1 Cl 9:1 (w. ἔλεος); 2 Cl 15:5; 19:1; Dg 9:1, 2 (w. φιλανθρωπία and ἀγάπη), 6; 10:4; IMg 10:1; ISm 7:1. (Opp. ἀποτομία) Ro 11:22a, b. χρηστότης ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς (cf. PsSo 15:18 χ. σου ἐπὶ Ἰσρ.) Eph 2:7.—LAStachowiak, Chrestotes: Studia Friburgensia, n.s. 17, ’57 (Freiburg, Switzerland). M-M.* χρι̂σμα, ατος, τό (X.+; PGM 7, 874; LXX; Philo, Mos. 2, 146; 152; Jos., Ant. 3, 197, mostly=oil for anointing, unguent. For the accent Bl-D. §13; Mlt.-H. 57; Crönert 228, 3) anointing (so lit. Ex 29:7) 1J 2:20, 27a, b, usu. taken to mean anointing w. the Holy Spirit (differently Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 ’27, 396f, who thinks of the ‘formal equation of the baptismal proclamation w. the χρῖσμαʼ). M-M.* χριστέμπορος, ου, ὁ (only in Christian wr.) a Christmonger, one who carries on a cheap trade in (the teachings of) Christ D 12:5.* Χριστιανισμός, οῦ, ὁ Christianity IRo 3:3; MPol 10:1. W. Ἰουδαϊσμός IMg 10:3a, b; IPhld 6:1. κατὰ Χριστιανισμὸν ζῆν IMg 10:1.* Χριστιανός, οῦ, ὁ (formed like Ἡρῳδιανοί [q.v.] or Καισαριανοί Epict. 1, 19, 19; cf. ThMommsen, Her. 34, 1899, 151f; Dssm., LO 323 [LAE 377]; Hahn 263, 9. On the Pompeian inscr. CIL IV 679, the reading of which is quite uncertain, cf. VSchultze, ZKG 5, 1881, 125ff. On the spelling Χρηστιανός ‫ *א‬Ac 11:26; 26:28; 1 Pt 4:16 s.

FBlass, Her. 30, 1895, 465ff; Harnack, SAB ’15, 762; Bl-D. §24; Mlt.-H. 72) the Christian (so also Lucian, Alex.

25; 38, M. Peregr. 11; 12; 13; 16; Tacitus, Ann. 15, 44; Suetonius, Nero 16; Pliny the Younger, Ep. 10, 96, 1; 2; 3 al., also in Trajan’s reply) Ac 11:26; 26:28; 1 Pt 4:16 (JKnox, JBL 72, ’53, 187-9); IEph 11:2; IMg 4; IRo 3:2; IPol 7:3; MPol 3; 10:1; 12:1, 2; D 12:4; Dg 1:1; 2:6, 10; 4:6; 5:1; 6:1-9; PK 2 p. 15, 8.—As an adj. χριστιανός, ή, όν: ἡ χριστιανὴ τροφή ITr 6:1.—RALipsius, Über den Ursprung u. ältesten Gebr. des Christennamens, Prog. Jena 1873; Zahn, Einl. II3 41 ff; FKattenbusch, Das apostol. Symbol II ’00, 557ff; JDaniels, De Naam ΧΡΙΣΤΙΑΝΟΙ: De Studiën 76, ’07, 568-80; JLeCoultre, De l’étymologie du mot ‘Chrétien’: RThPh 40, ’07, 188-96; AGercke, Der Christenname ein Scheltname: Festschr. z. Jahrhundertfeier d. Univers. Breslau ’11, 360ff; Harnack, Mission I4 ’23, 424ff; EPeterson, Christianus: Miscellanea Giov. Mercati I ’46, 355-72; EJBickerman, HTR 42, ’49, 109-24; JMoreau, La Nouvelle Clio 4, ’50, 190-2; HBMattingly, JTS 9, ’58, 26-37 (cf. Augustiani); CSpicq, Studia Theologica 15, ’61, 68-78 (cf. Ciceronianus). M-M.* χριστομαθία, ας, ἡ (only in Christian wr.) discipleship with Christ or teaching of Christ κατὰ χριστομαθίαν in accordance with discipleship to Christ or with Christ’s teaching IPhld 8:2.* χριστόνομος, ον (only in Ign.) keeping the law of Christ IRo inscr.* Χριστός, οῦ (as an adj. in trag. and LXX; Test. Reub. 6:8 [the compound νεόχριστος=newly plastered: Diod. S., fgm. one b; 38 and 39, 4; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1. 74 §342]; in our lit. only as a noun.—CCTorrey, Χριστός: Quantulacumque ’37, 317-24), ὁ.

1. as an appellative the Anointed One, the Messiah, the Christ (cf. Ps 2:2; PsSol 17:32; 18:5, 7.—ESellin, Die israel-jüd. Heilandserwartung ’09; EDBurton, ICC Gal ’20, 395-9; AvGall, Βασιλεία τ. θεοῦ ’26; HGressmann, D. Messias ’29; PVolz, D. Eschatol. der jüd. Gemeinde im ntl. Zeitalter ’34; Dalman, Worte 237-45; Bousset, Rel.3 227, Kyrios Christos2 ’21, 3f; Billerb. I 6-11; MZobel, Gottes Gesalbter: D. Messias u. d. mess. Zeit in Talm. u. Midr. ’38; J-JBrierre-Narbonne, Le Messie souffrant dans la littérature rabbinique ’40; HRiesenfeld, Jésus Transfiguré ’47, 54-65; 81-96; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 265-7; WCvUnnik, NTS 8, ’62, 101-16; MdeJonge, The Use of ‘Anointed’ in the Time of Jesus, NovT 8, ’66) ἐπυνθάνετο ποῦ ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται he inquired where the Messiah was to be born Mt 2:4. Cf. 16:16, 20; 22:42; 23:8 t.r., 10; 24:5, 23; 26:63; Mk 1:34 v.l.; 8:29; 12:35; 13:21; 14:61; Lk 3:15; 4:41; 20:41; 22:67; 23:2, 35, 39; 24:26, 46; J 1:20, 25; 3:28; 4:29, 42 t.r.; 6:69 t.r.; 7:26f, 31, 41 a, b, 42; 9:22; 10:24; 11:27; 12:34 (WCvUnnik, NovT 3, ’59, 174-9); 20:31; Ac 2:30 t.r., 31, 36; 9:22; 17:3; 18:5, 28; 26:23; 1J 2:22; 5:1 (OAPiper, JBL 66, ’47, 445). J translates Μεσσίας as Χριστός 1:41; 4:25. ὁ Χριστὸς κυρίου Lk 2:26; cf.

9:20; Ac 3:18; 4:26 (Ps 2:2); Rv 11:15; 12:10.—Ἰησοῦς ὁ Χριστός Jesus the Messiah Ac 5:42 t.r.; 9:34 t.r.; 1 Cor 3:11 t.r.; 1J 5:6 t.r.; 1 Cl 42:1b; IEph 18:2. ὁ Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς Ac 5:42; 19:4 t.r. Ἰησοῦς ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός Jesus, the so-called Messiah Mt 27:17, 22.—The transition to sense 2 is marked by certain passages in which Χριστός does not mean the Messiah in general (even when the ref. is to Jesus), but a very definite Messiah, Jesus, who now is called Christ not as a title but as a name (cf. Jos., Ant. 20, 200Ἰλησοῦ τοῦ λεγομένου Χριστοῦ. On the art. w. Xr. cf.

Bl-D. §260, 1; Rob. 760f) ἀκούσας τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Χριστοῦ Mt 11:2; cf. Ac 8:5; 9:20 t.r.; Ro 9:3, 5; 1 Cor 1:6, 13, 17; 9:12; 10:4, 16; 2 Cor 2:12; 4:4; Gal 1:7; 6:2; Eph 2:5; 3:17; 5:14; Phil 1:15; Col 1:7; 2:17; 2 Th 3:5; 1 Ti 5:11; Hb 3:14; 9:28; 1 Pt 4:13; 2J 9; Rv 20:4 al.

2. as a personal name; the Gentiles must have understood Χριστός in this way (to them it seemed very much like Χρηστός [even in pronunciation—cf. Alex. of Lycopolis, III AD, C. Manich. 24 Brinkmann ’05 p. 34, 18ff], a name that is found in lit. [Appian, Mithrid. 10 §32 Σωκράτης. . . , ὅτῳ Χρηστὸς ἐπώνυμον ἦν; 57 §232 Σωκράτη τὸν Χρηστόν; Diod. S. 17, 15, 2 Φωκίων ὁ Χρηστός; Chio, Ep. 4, 3; Philostrat., Vi. Soph. 2, 11, 2: a pupil of Herodes 1061

Att.; Memnon Hist. (I BC/I AD): no. 434, fgm. 1, 4, 8; 1, 22, 5 Jac. as surname of a good ruler], in inscr. [e.g. fr.

Bithynia ed. FKDörner ’41 no. 31 a foundation by Chrestos for the Great Mother; Sb 8819, 5] and pap. [Preisigke, Namenbuch]. Cf. also Suetonius, Claud. 25.—Bl-D. §24 [lit.]; Rob. 192) Ἰησοῦς Χριστός Mt 1:1, 18; Mk 1:1; J 1:17; 17:3; Ac 2:38; 3:6; 4:10; 8:12; 9:34 al. Very oft. in the epistles Ro 1:4, 6, 8; 3:22; 5:l5 (see s.v. Ἀδάμ); 1 Cor 2:2 etc.; Hb 10:10; 13:8, 21; Js 1:1; 2:1; 1 Pt 1:1-3, 7; 2 Pt 1:1a, b; 1J 1:3; 2:1; 3:23; 2J 7; Jd 1a, b; Rv 1:1, 2, 5.—Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς (SV McCasland, JBL 65, ’46, 377-83) Ac 24:24; Ro 3:24; 6:3, 11; 8:1f, 11; 1 Cor 1:2, 4, 30 etc.; 1 Cl 32:4; 38:1; IEph 1:1; 11:1; 12:2; IMg inscr.; ITr 9:2; IRo 1:1; 2:2; IPhld 10:1; 11:2; ISm 8:2; Pol 8:1 (s.

Ltzm., Hdb. exc. on Ro 1:1).—Χριστός Mk 9:41; Ro 5:6, 8; 6:4, 9; 8:10 etc.; Hb 3:6; 9:11; 1 Pt 2:21; 3:18.—On the combination of Χριστός w. κύριος s. κύριος II 2cγ. Cf. on the formulas διὰ Χριστοῦ (Ἰησοῦ): διά A III 2a and b; ἐν Χριστῷ (Ἰησοῦ): ἐν I 5d (also Gdspd., Probs. 146f); σὺν Χριστῷ: σύν 2b. OSchmitz, D. Christusgemeinsch. des Pls im Lichte s. Genetivgebrauchs ’24.—SMowinckel, He that Cometh, tr. GWAnderson ’54; HRiesenfeld, The Mythological Background of NT Christology: CHDodd-Festschr. ’64, 81-95. θεὸς χριστός Jd 5 P72.—On the question of Jesus’ Messianic consciousness s. the lit. s.v. Ἰησοῦς 3; υἱός 2, esp. c; also J-BFrey, Le conflit entre le Messianisme de Jésus et le Messianisme des Juifs de son temps: Biblica 14, ’33, 133-49; 269-93; KGGoetz, Hatsich Jesus selbst für den Messias gehalten u. ausgegeben?: StKr 105, ’33, 117-37; GBornkamm, Jesus von Naz. ’56, 155-63 (Engl. transl. JMRobinson ’60, 169-78).—LCerfaux, Christ in the Theol. of St. Paul, tr. GWebb and AWalker, ’59; JMorgenstern, Vetus T 11, ’61, 406-31; RHFuller, The Foundations of NT Christology, ’65; WThüsing, Per Christum in Deum, ’65; HBraun, Qumran u. d. NT II ’66, 75-84; DLJones, The Title ‘Christos’ in Lk-Ac, CBQ 32, ’70, 69-76; JDKingsbury, Matthew: Structure, Christology, Kingdom ’75. M-M. χριστοφόρος, ον bearing Christ; subst. ὁ χρ. the Christ-bearer IEph 9:2 (cf. Hdb. ad loc.).* χρίω 1 aor. ἔχρισα, pass. ἐχρίσθην (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 221)anoint in our lit. only in a fig. sense of an anointing by God (cf. Hom. Hymn to Demeter 237 χρίεσκʼ ἀμβροσίῃ: Demeter anoints Demophon; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 871). He anoints 1. Jesus, the Christ, for his office Ac 4:27 (cf. Sib. Or. 5, 68). ἔχρισέν με Lk 4:18; cf. B 14:9 (both Is 61:1). αὐτὸν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ him with Holy Spirit Ac 10:38 (the dat. as Dio Chrys. 66[16], 10; Jos., Ant. 7, 357ἐλαίῳ χ.).

W. double acc. (after LXX) ἔχρισέν σε ἔλαιον ἀγαλλιάσεως Hb 1:9 (Ps 44:8).

2. David: ἐν ἐλέει αἰωνίῳ ἔχρισα αὐτόν 1 Cl 18:1 (cf. Ps 88:21).—3. the prophets: μετὰ τὸ χρισθῆναι αὐτοὺς ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ GH 10b.—4. the apostles, or more probably, all Christians (at baptism or through the Spirit) 2 Cor 1:21.—Encycl. of Rel. and Ethics XII 509-16; Reallexikon der Vorgeschichte XI ’28, 191ff.—WGrundmann, TW IX, 482-576: χρίω, χριστός et al. M-M.* χρόα, ας, ἡ (Aristoph.+) color (Pla. et al.; Diod. S. 5, 32, 2; Lucian, LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 273)Hs 9, 13, 5; 9, 17, 3f. τὰς χρόας ἀλλάσσειν (s. ἀλλάσσω 1 and cf. 2 Macc 3:16) 9, 4, 5b; 8. χρόαι ποικίλαι 9, 4, 5a.* χρονίζω fut. χρονίσω and Att. χρονιῶ Hb 10:37 v.l.; 1 Cl 23:5; LXX (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Jos., Ant. 16, 403).

1. abs. take time, linger, fail to come (or stay away) for a long time (Thu. 8, 16, 3; Maximus Tyr. 33, 6b; Da 9:19) χρονίζει μου ὁ κύριος Mt 24:48. Cf. 25:5; Hb 10:37 (Hab 2:3); 1 Cl 23:5 (Is 13:22).

2. w. inf. foll. delay, take a long time in doing someth. (Dt 23:22) Mt 24:48 t.r.; Lk 12:45.—3. w. the place indicated by ἐν stay (somewhere) for a long time (Polyb. 33, 18, 6; Alec. Aphr., Mixt. 9 p. 223, 5 Br.; Pr 9:18a v.l.) ἐν τῷ ναῷ Lk 1:21. M-M.* χρόνος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.) time, mostly in the sense a period of time πολὺς χρόνος a long time (PGiess. 4, 11; PStrassb. 41, 39; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 278) Mt 25:19; J 5:6 (πολὺν ἤδη χ. as Jos., Ant. 8, 342; 19, 28). πλείων χρ. a longer time (Diod. S. 1, 4, 3; Dio Chrys. 78[29], 15; Dit., Syll.3 421, 38; 548, 11; PPetr. II 9, 2, 3; Jos., Ant. 9, 228)Ac 18:20. ἱκανὸς χρόνος considerable time, a long time (ἱκανός 1b) Lk 8:27; Ac 8:11; 14:3; 27:9. μικρὸς χρ. (Is 54:7) J 7:33; 12:35; Rv 6:11; 20:3; IEph 5:1. ὁλίγος (Aristot., Phys. 218b, 15; Dit., Syll.3 709, 11; PPetr. II 40a, 14) Ac 14:28; 2 Cl 19:3; Hs 7:6. πόσος; Mk 9:21. τοσοῦτος (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 1, 1; Jos., Bell. 2, 413)J 14:9 (v.l. has τοσούτῳ χρονῳ as Epict. 3, 23, 16); Hb 4:7. ὅσος Mk 2:19; Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1 (ὅσος 1). ὁ πᾶς χρόνος the whole time, all the time (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 132 §553; Jos., Ant. 3, 201; Third Corinthians 3:4) Ac 20:18; cf. 1:21. ἐν παντὶ χρόνῳ at every time D 14:3. χρόνον τινά for a time, for a while (Arrian, Anab. Alex. 6, 6, 5; Synes., Prov. 2, 3 p. 121D) 1 Cor 16:7; Hs 7:2. τῷ χρόνῳ in time (Herodas 4, 33 χρόνῳ) 9, 26, 4. στιγμὴ χρόνου (s. στιγμή) Lk 4:5. τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ χρόνου (πλήρωμα 5) Gal 4:4 (cf. Pind., fgm. 147 OSchröder ἐν χρόνῳ δʼ ἔγεντʼ Ἀπόλλων). Certain special verbs are used w. χρόνος: διαγενέσθαι Ac 27:9 (s. διαγίνομαι), διατρίβειν (q.v.) Ac 14:3, 28, πληρωθῆναι 7:23; 1 Cl 25:2; Hs 6, 5, 2 (πληρόω 2). χρόνον ἐπέχω (q.v. 2b) Ac 19:22; ἔχω (q.v. 12f) J 5:6; ποιέω (q.v. I 1eδ) Ac 15:33; 18:23; βιόω (q.v.) 1 Pt 4:2.—ὁ χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας the time for the fulfilment of the promise Ac 7:17; τῆς παροικίας 1 Pt 1:17; τῆς πίστεως B 4:9; D 16:2; τῆς ἀπάτης καὶ τρυφῆς Hs 6, 5, 1; cf. 6, 4, 4. ὁ χρ. τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος the time when the star appeared Mt 2:7. ἐπλήσθη ὁ χρ. τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν Lk 1:57 (πίμπλημι 1bβ.—Ps.-Callisth. 1, 12 τελεσθέντος τοῦ χρόνου τοῦ τεκεῖν). Cf. also Mt 2:16; Lk 18:4; Ac 1:6; 13:18, Hb 5:12; 11:32; 1 Pt 4:3; Jd 18; Dg 9:1, 6; Hs 5, 5, 3.—Pl. χρόνοι of a rather long period of time composed of several shorter ones (Diod. S. 1, 5, 1; 5, 9, 4; Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 312 D.; UPZ 42, 45 [162 BC]; Sib. Or. 3, 649; Third Corinthians 3:10) χρόνοι αἰώνιοι (αἰώνιος 1) Ro 16:25; 2 Ti 1:9; Tit 1:2. ἀρχαῖοι χρ. Pol 1:2. χρόνοι ἱκανοί (ἱκανός 1b) Lk 8:27 t.r.; 20:9; 23:8. πολλοὶ χρόνοι (πολύς I 1aβ. Yet χρόνοι could somet.=years: Diod. S. 4, 13, 3 ἐκ πολλῶν 1062

χρόνων=over a period of many years; 33, 5a μετὰ δέ τινας χρόνους=after a few years; Ps.-Callisth. 2, 33 ed.

CMüller of the age of a child ἦν χρόνων ὡσεὶ δώδεκα; Wilcken, Chrest. 129, 14 [346 AD]; Lexicon Vindob. rec.

ANauck 1867 p. 19, 104 ἀφήλικες ἄνδρες μέχρι τῶν κεʹ χρόνων; Philip of Side: Anecdota Gr. Oxon. ed.

JACramer IV 1837 p. 246 ἑκατόν ἔτη. . . καὶ μετὰ ἄλλους ἑκατὸν χρόνους; Cyrill. Scyth. 45, 5; 108, 8 and oft.

Frequently in later Byzantine writers, e.g., Constantin. Porphyr. ed. GMoravcsik ’49 p. 332 [Index]) Lk 8:29; 1 Cl 42:5; 44:3. (οἱ) χρ. τῆς ἀγνοίας Ac 17:30; ἀποκαταστάσεως πάντων 3:21. οἱ νῦν χρ. 2 Cl 19:4. οἱ πρότεροι χρ.

Hs 9, 20, 4. οἱ καθʼ ἡμᾶς χρ. MPol 16:2; ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρ. 1 Pt 1:20. χρόνοι w. καιροί (the same juxtaposition: Demosth., Ep. 2, 3; Strato of Lamps. [300 BC], fgm. 10 Wehrli ’50; PLond. 42, 23 [168 BC]; Maspéro 159, 36; 167, 45. Cf. Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 291 and 290D. On the difference betw. the two Demosth., Ep. 5, 6) Ac 1:7; 1 Th 5:1.—Both sing. and pl. are very oft. governed by prepositions: by ἄχρι (q.v. 1a); διά w. the gen. (διά A II 2), w. the acc. (διά B II 1); ἐκ (q.v. 5a); ἐν (Menand., Per. 296 ἐν τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ; PRainer 13, 2; 23, 23; Jer 38:1) Ac 1:6; IEph 5:1; ἐπί w. the dat. (ἐπί II 2) 2 Cl 19:4, w. the acc, (ἐπί III 2b); κατά w. the acc. (κατά II 5aγ); μετά w. the acc. (μετά B II 1); πρό (πρό 2).—Respite, delay (Aeschyl., Pers. 692; Menand., Dyscolus 186; Diod. S. 10, 4, 3; Lucian, Syr. Dea 20; Vi. Aesopi I c. 21 p. 278, 3 χρόνον ᾔτησε; Wsd 12:20; Jos., Bell. 4, 188ἂν ἡμεῖς χρόνον δῶμεν, Vi. 370) ἔδωκα αὐτῇ χρόνον ἵνα μετανοήσῃ Rv 2:21 (Diod. S. 17, 9, 2 διδοὺς μετανοίας χρόνον). χρόνος οὐκέτι ἔσται there should be no more delay 10:6 (Gdspd., Probs. 200f).—For the history of the word s. KDietecrich, RhM n.s. 59, ’04, 233ff.—GDelling, D. Zeitverständnis des NTs ’40; OCullmann, Christus u. d. Zeit ’46, Engl. transl. Christ and Time, FVFilson ’50, 3’64, esp. 49f; 51-5; JWilch, Time and Event (OT) ’69.—GDelling, TW IX, 576-89. M-M. B. 954.** χρονοτριβέω (Aristot., Rhet. 3, 3, 3 p. 1406a, 37; Plut., Mor. 225B; D; the mid. UPZ 39, 29; 40 II, 21 [both II BC].—Cf. Jos., Ant. 12, 368χρ. ἐτρίβετο) 1 aor. inf. spend time, lose or waste time ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ Ac 20:16. M-M.* χρύσεος s. χρυσοῦς. M-M. χρυσίον, ου, τό (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 110al.; Test. 12 Patr.) gold as a metal of great value 1 Pt 1:7; MPol 18:1. Refined in the fire Rv 3:18; Hv 4, 3, 4a, b. χρ. καθαρόν (Ex 25:11; 2 Ch 3:4, 8) pure gold Rv 21:18, 21. Cf. 1 Cor 3:12 (Dio Chrys. 30[47], 14 a house of real gold, cf. 62[79], 1); Hb 9:4.—Gold ornaments, jewelry 1 Ti 2:9; 1 Pt 3:3 (pl., as Demosth. 27, 10; 13; Plut., Tim. 15, 10, Artax. 5, 4; Alciphr. 4, 9, 4; Dialekt-Inschr. 4689, 22 [Messenia]; PMich. 214, 32 [296 AD]). κεχρυσωμένη (ἐν) χρυσίῳ adorned with golden jewelry Rv 17:4; 18:16.—Coined gold (X., An. 1, 1, 9; Ep. Arist. 319) ἀργύριον καὶ (or ἢ) χρυσίον silver and gold=money (inscr., LXX; Philo, Deus Imm. 169; Jos., Ant. 15, 5)Ac 3:6; 20:33; 1 Pt 1:18. M-M.* χρυσοδακτύλιος, ον (Hesychius s.v. χρυσοκόλλητος) with a gold ring (or rings) on one’s finger (s) Js 2:2 (cf.

Epict. 1, 22, 18). M-M.* χρυσόλιθος, ου, ὁ chrysolite (Diod. S. 2, 52, 3; PLond, 928, 15 [III AD]; Ex 28:20; 36:20; Ezk 28:13; Jos., Bell.

5, 234, Ant. 3, 168); the ancients (Pliny, N.H. 37, 42) applied the term to the yellow topaz. Rv 21:20.—Lit. s.v. ἀμέθυστος. M-M.* χρυσόπρασος, ου, ὁ chrysoprase (Pliny, N.H. 37, 113) chrysoprasus. The Gk. word in Michael Psellus [XI AD] 23: Les lap. Gr. [s. χαλκηδών] p. 204; 208), an apple-green, fine-grained hornstone (variety of quartz), colored by nickel oxide and highly translucent. Rv 21:20.—Lit. s.v. ἀμέθυστος. M-M. * χρυσός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 3, 135; Test. 12 Patr.) gold, both as a raw material and as a finished product. Rv 9:7. As an esp. precious material (w. frankincense and myrrh) Mt 2:11. W. silver PK 2 p. 14, 14 and precious stones 1 Cor 3:12 t.r.; Rv 18:12. Refined in the furnace (w. silver) MPol 15:2. Of coined gold (Demosth. 9, 42), w. ἄργυρος (q.v.) Mt 10:9. This may also be the mng. in Js 5:3 and Mt 23:16f, though vessels of gold may be meant. Gold ornaments 1 Ti 2:9 v.l.; Rv 17:4 v.l.; 18:16 v.l. (s. χρυσίον). Of golden idols Ac 17:29; 2 Cl 1:6. M-M. B. 610.* χρυσοῦς, ῆ, οῦν (trag., Attic wr.; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo. Contracted fr. χρύσεος: Hom.+; inscr.; rare in pap. and LXX [Thackeray p. 173]. Both forms in Joseph. [Schmidt 491]. Uncontracted forms are found in our lit. only as v.l. in Rv: χρυσέων 2:1 AC, χρυσέους 4:4 ‫א‬, χρυσέας 5:8 ‫ ;)א‬the acc. fem. sing. χρυσᾶν Rv 1:13 instead of χρυσῆν is formed on the analogy of ἀργυρᾶν (s. PGM 10, 26 χρυσᾶν ἢ ἀργυρᾶν and Bl-D. §45; cf. Mlt.-H. 120f; Psaltes p. 187f) golden=made of or adorned with gold 2 Ti 2:20; Hb 9:4a, b; Rv 1:12f, 20; 2:1; 4:4; 5:8; 8:3a, b; 9:13, 20; 14:14; 15:6f; 17:4; 21:15; Dg 2:7.—Golden in color or appearance Hv 4, 1, 10; 4, 3, 4. M-M. s.v.-εος.* χρυσόω (Hdt., Aristoph.+; Dit., Syll.3 996, 25; POxy. 521, 2; 4; 8; LXX) perf. pass. ptc. κεχρυσωμένος (Jos., Vi. 66) make golden, gild, adorn with gold, κεχρυσωμένη, w. (ἐν) χρυσίῳ pleonastically added (cf. Hdt. 2, 132; Ex 26:32; 2 Ch 3:8-10), and the further addition of precious stones and pearls, of the harlot Babylon Rv 17:4; 18:16.

M-M.* χρῶμα, ατος, τό—1. color (Eur., Hdt.+; pap., LXX; En. 18, 7; 98, 2; Ep. Arist. 97; Philo; loanw. in rabb.) Hv 4, 1, 10; 4, 3, 1. τῷ χρωματι in color Hs 6, 1, 5. Symbol., of the complete purity of faith among the Roman Christians ἀποδιϋλισμένοι ἀπὸ παντὸς ἀλλοτρίου χρώματος filtered clear of every alien color IRo inscr.

1063

2. tone-color, melody, key note in music (Pla., Plut. et al.; Philo, Congr. Erud. Gr. 76) χρῶμα θεοῦ λαβόντες ᾄδετε IEph 4:2. B. 1050.* χρώς, χρωτός, ὁ (Hom.+; LXX) skin, surface of the body Ac 19:12; MPol 13:2. B. 200.* χωλός, ή, όν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo; Jos., Bell. 5, 474)lame, crippled (also of the hand: Eupolis Com. [V BC] 247; 343; Hippocr., Prorrh. 2, 1) ἀνὴρ χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Ac 3:2; 14:8. Pl. almost always w. τυφλοί (Antig. Car. 112; Dit., Syll.3 1168, 36; Job 29:15; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 23) and in addition oft. w. those subject to other infirmities Mt 11:5 (also taken symbol., as Pla., Laws 1 p. 634A of ἀνδρεία; Plut., Cim. 16, 10 of Hellas; s. κωφός 2); 15:30, 31; 21:14; Lk 7:22 (also symbol.; s. κωφός 2); 14:13, 21; J 5:3.—παραλελυμένοι καὶ χωλοί Ac 8:7—Deprived of one foot Mt 18:8; Mk 9:45.—τὸ χωλόν what is lame, the lame leg (s) symbol. Hb 12:13 (ἐκτρέπω, end). M-M. B. 318.* χώνευμα, ατος, τό image made of cast metal, molten image (Philo of Byzantium, Sept. Orbis Spect. 4, 1 [ed.

RHercher 1858 after his Paris ed. of Aelian]; PLeid. X, 21B; LXX) of idols 1 Cl 53:2; B 14:3 (both Dt 9:12).* χωνευτός, ή, όν (from χωνεύω=melt, pour metal; Polyb. 34, 9, 11; Diod. S. 5, 35, 4; Plut., Lucull. 37, 5; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 257) cast, poured (LXX; Eupol. in Euseb., Pr. Ev. 9, 34, 9; Jos., Ant. 8, 77)subst. τὸ χωνευτόν an image made of cast metal (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 36) B 12:6 (Dt 27:15).* χώρα, ας, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; Sib. Or.) country, land.

1. district, region, place—a. gener. Mk 6:55; Lk 2:8; 15:14f; Ac 13:49. χώρα μακρά Lk 15:13; 19:12. ἡ χώρα ἐγγὺς τῆς ἐρήμου J 11:54. ἔξω τῆς χώρας out of that region Mk 5:10. b. The district is more definitely described ὁ κύριος τῆς χώρας ταύτης the lord of this country Hs 1:4a. The greater definiteness is brought about by a gen. of the ruler 1:4b; of the inhabitants αὐτῶν (Jos., Ant. 5, 318)Mt 2:12; Ac 12:20; 1 Cl 12:2, mentioned by name (Josh 5:12; 1 Ch 20:1; Is 7:18; Ep. Arist. 107) τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν Mt 8:28. Cf. Mk 5:1; Lk 8:26; Ac 10:39; of the provincial name (1 Macc 8:3) ἡ χώρα τῆς Ἰουδαίας Ac 26:20. Also by a geograph. adj. ἡ Γαλατικὴ χώρα Ac 16:6; 18:23; cf. Lk 3:1; 1 Cl 25:3 and Mk 1:5 (here we have ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα [Jos., Ant. 11, 4] by metonymy for the inhabitants).

2. the (open) country in contrast to the city (Isocr. et al.; Diod. S. 18, 18, 9 πόλιν κ. χώραν; Appian, Iber. 10 §39; PTebt. 416, 11; Ep. Arist. 108f; Sib. Or. 3, 707) εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἐκ τῆς χώρας J 11:55. κατὰ χώρας καὶ πόλεις κηρύσσοντες 1Cl 42:4 (cf. Test. Levi 13:7). Those who were dispersed by the persecution at Jerusalem διεσπάρησαν κατὰ τὰς χώρας τῆς Ἰουδαίας κ. Σαμαρείας Ac 8:1. Cf. 11:2 D. 3. (dry) land in contrast to the sea (Isocr. 7, 1; Diod. S. 3, 40, 2; 20, 61, 4 [opp. θάλασσα]) Ac 27:27.—4. field, cultivated land (X. et al.; Sit 43:3; Jos., Ant. 7, 191)pl. Lk 21:21; J 4:35; Js 5:4. Sing. land, farm (Jos., Ant. 11, 249; 16, 250) Lk 12:16.—ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ B 7:8 refers to land which, though uncultivated, grows fruit-bearing bushes.

5. place (Ps.-Tyrtaeus 9, 42 D.2 πάντες. . . εϊκουσʼ ἐκ χώρης=they all withdraw from the place [which the seasoned soldier claims for himself]) ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου=ἐν χώρᾳ σκιᾶς θανάτου in the land of the shadow of death Mt 4:16 (Is 9:1).—For the history of the word s. KDieterich, RhM n.s. 59, ’04, 226ff. M-M. B. 1302; 1304f.* Χωραζίν s. Χοραζίν. χωρέω fut. χωρήσω; 1 aor. ἐχώρησα (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Sib. Or. 3, 18) make room, give way.

1. go, go out or away, reach (trag.+; pap.)—a. lit., of food εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ Mt 15:17 (=εἰσπορεύεται Mk 7:19.—Aristot., Probl. 1, 55 the drink εἰς τὰς σάρκας χωρεῖ). ἔκρυσις Papias 3. Of men εἰς τὸν ἴδιον τόπον μέλλει χωρεῖν IMg 5:1; cf. IEph 16:2. οὗ μέλλουσι χωρήσειν, τοῦτο that, to which they are destined to go Dg 8:2 εἴς τινα to someone (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 95 §395 χ. ἐς τὸν ἀδελφόν; 5, 29 §114) of Christ, who has gone to the Father IMg 7:2. ἔτι κάτω χώρει go down still farther Mt 20:28 D=Agr 22. Of the head of a tall figure χωροῦσα μέχρι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ it reached up to the sky GP 10:40 (like Eris: Il. 4, 443). b. fig., of a report (Pla., Ep. 7 p. 333A; 338B λόγος ἐχώρει) εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐχώρησεν it has reached us 1 Cl 47:7. εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρεῖν come to repentance 2 Pt 3:9 (cf. Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 30 §115 ἐς ἀπόστασιν χ.=turned to revolt). εἴς τι ἀγαθὸν χωρεῖν lead to some good B 21:7 (Soph., El. 615 εἰς ἔργον; Aristoph., Ran. 641 ἐς τὸ δίκαιον).

2. be in motion, go forward, make progress (Pla., Cratyl. 19 p. 402A the saying of Heraclitus πάντα χωρεῖ καὶ οὐδὲν μένει; Hdt. 3, 42; 5, 89; 7, 10; 8, 68; Aristoph., Pax 472; 509, Nub. 907; Polyb. 10, 35, 4; 28, 15, 12; Dionys. Hal. 1, 64, 4; Plut., Galba 10, 1; Jos., Ant. 12, 242; PTebt. 27, 81 ἕκαστα χωρῆσαι κατὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν πρόθεσιν) ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν my word makes no headway among you J 8:37 (Moffatt; cf.

Weymouth. Eunap., Vi. Soph. p. 103 χωρεῖ λόγος). Or perh. (as in 1b above) finds no place in you (RSV; cf.

Gdspd. and 20th Cent.; Field, Notes 94f, w. ref. to Alciphr., Ep. 3, 7; Bultmann; DTabachovitz, Till betydelsen av χωρεῖν Joh. 8:37: Eranos 31, ’33, 71f.—Perh. also=χώραν ἔχειν Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 70 §289 ὀλίγην ἐν αὐτοῖς χώραν ἔχειν; Alex. Aphr., Fat. 6 p. 169, 31 Br. χώραν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἔχει τὸ παρὰ φύσιν ‘even that which is contrary to nature has room [to be practiced] among them’).

3. have room for, hold, contain—a. lit., of vessels that hold a certain quantity (Hdt.+; Diod. S. 13, 83, 3 of stone πίθοι: χ. ἀμφορεῖς χιλίους; 3 Km 7:24; 2 Ch 4:5 χ. μετρητάς; Ep. Arist. 76 χωροῦντες ὑπὲρ δύο μετρητάς; Test.

1064

Napht. 2:2) J 2:6. Cf. Hs (9, 2, 1. In a hyperbolic expr. οὐδʼ αὐτὸν τὸν κόσμον χωρήσειν τὰ βιβλία J 21:25 (Philo, Ebr. 32 οὐδὲ τῶν δωρεῶν ἱκανὸς οὐδεὶς χωρῆσαι τὸ ἄφθονον πλῆθος, ἴσως δὲ οὐδʼ ὁ κόσμος. On this subj. cf.

ELucius, Die Anfänge des Heiligenkults ’04 p. 200, 1; OWeinreich, Antike Heilungswunder ’09, 199- 201). Of a space that holds people (Thu. 2, 17, 3; Diod. S. 13, 61, 6 μὴ δυναμένων χωρῆσαι τῶν τριήρων τὸν ὄχλον=be able to hold the crowd; Plut., Mor. 804B; PSI 186, 4 χωρήσει τὸ θέαδρον [sic]; Gen 13:6; Jos., Bell. 6, 131)without an obj. (cf. οὐ χάρτης χωρεῖ in late pap.=the sheet of paper is not large enough) ὥστε μηκέτι χωρεῖν μηδὲ τὰ πρὸς τὴν θύραν so that there was no longer any room, even around the door Mk 2:2. Cf. Hm 5, 2, 5. Of God πάντα χωρῶν, μόνος δὲ ἀχώρητος ὤν Hm 1:1; quite sim. PK 2 p. 13, 24. b. fig.—α. of open-heartedness χωρήσατε ἡμᾶς make room for us in your hearts 2 Cor 7:2 (cf. 6:12; Field, Notes 184). β. grasp in the mental sense, accept, comprehend, understand (Περὶ ὕψους 9, 9 τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ δύναμιν; Plut., Cato Min. 643 5 τὸ Κάτωνος φρόνημα χωρεῖν; Synes., Kingship 29 p. 31D φιλοσοφία has her abode παρὰ τῷ θεῷ. . . καὶ ὅταν αὐτὴν μὴ χωρῇ κατιοῦσαν ὁ χθόνιος χῶρος, μένει παρὰ τῷ πατρί=and if she comes down and the region of the earth cannot contain her, she remains with the Father; Dit., Syll.3 814, 11 [67 AD]; Wilcken, Chrest.

238, 8; PGM 4, 729; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 225) τὸν λόγον Mt 19:11. Pass. Dg 12:7. W. acc. to be supplied Mt 19:12a, b=ISm 6:1. Cf. ITr 5:1. M-M.* Χωρήβ (‫ )ב ֵֶררח‬indecl. (LXX; but, as it seems, not in Hellenistic Jewish lit.) Horeb, the mountain where the law was given ὄρος Χ. (as Ex 3:1; 33:6) PK 2 p, 15, 6.* χωρίζω fut. χωρίσω; 1 aor, ἐχώρισα. Pass.: pf. ptc. κεχωρισμένος; 1 aor. ἐχωρίσθην (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Philo, Joseph., Test 12 Patr.).

1. act. divide, separate τὶ someth. (opp. συζεύγνυμι) Mt 19:6; Mk 10:9, τινὰ ἀπό τινος (cf. Pla., Phaedo 12 p.

67c; Diogenes, Ep. 39, 1 χ. τὴν ψυχὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος; Wsd 1:3; Philo, Leg. All, 2, 96) Ro 8:35, 39.

2. pass.—a. separate (oneself) , be separated of divorce (Isaeus 8, 36; Polyb. 31, 26 κεχωρίσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ Λευκίου. Oft. in marriage contracts in the pap. ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων χωρισθῆναι: PSI 166, 11 [II BC]; BGU 1101, 5; 1102, 8; 1103, 6 [all I BC] al. Cf. Dssm., NB 67 [BS 247]) ἀπό τινος 1 Cor 7:10. Abs. vss. 11, 15a, b. b. be taken away, take one’s departure, go away of stones that represent people Hs 9, 8, 1. Of people (Jos., Vi. 215), w. ἀπό foll, Ac 1:4; 18:2. Foll. by ἐκ (Polyb. 3, 90, 2) 18:1. Abs. Phlm 15 (Polyb. 3, 94, 9; Dit., Syll.3 709, 10; 32 [w. εἰς foll.]; PTebt. 50, 9 [II BC]; BGU 1204, 6 al. in pap.; Jos., Bell. 1, 640al.). c. In the case of κεχωρισμένος ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν Hb 7:26 the mng. can include not only that Christ has been separated from sinful men by being exalted to the heavenly world (s. what follows in the context of Hb 7:26), but also that because of his attributes (s. what precedes in the context: ὅσιος, ἄκακος, ἀμίαντος) he is different from sinful men (for this mng. cf. Hdt. 1, 172; 2, 91; Epict. 2, 9, 2; 2, 10, 2; 4, 11, 1). M-M. B. 845.* χωρίον, ου, τό (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Philo, Joseph.; Test. Jud. 12:9)—1. place, piece of land, field (Thu.+; oft. pap.; Jos., Ant. 5, 324; 8, 360) Mt 26:36; Mk 14:32; J 4:5; Ac 1:18f (Diog. L. 2, 52: Xenophon χωρίον ἐπρίατο); 4:34, 37 D; 5:3, 8; 28:7; MPol 7:1; Papias 3. Of paradise Dg 12:2.

2. (a city and its) environs (Polyaenus 7, 24), i.e. the region around a city that is closely related to it economically and politically: χωρίον Ῥωμαίων IRo inscr. (this may correspond to what is called τὰ ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίοις in Appian, Hann.

29 §123). M-M.* χωρίς adv. (Hom.+)—1. used as an adv. (Hom.+; inscr.; POxy. 1088, 41 [I AD]; Jos., Ant. 17, 308)separately, apart, by itself J 20:7; ITr 11:2; Hs 8, 1, 6-17; 8, 4, 4-6, 2. in our lit. quite predom, as an improper prep. w. gen. (coming only after the word it goverus οὗ χωρίς Hb 12:14; ITr 9:2; cf. Bl-D. §216, 2; 487; Rob. 425; 647f) without, apart from (Pind.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 16, 1; Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.; the most typical Hellenistic word for ‘without’, cf. FSolmsen, Beiträge zur griech. Wortforschung ’09, 115; Bl-D, §216, 2; Johannessohn 337; 339f; MLMargolis, PHaupt-Festschr, ’26, 84ff). a. w. gen. of the pers.—α. separated from someone, for from someone, without someone (Vi. Hom. 2 χωρὶς πάντων=apart fr. everyone) ἦτε χωρὶς Χριστοῦ Eph 2:12; cf. ITr 9:1f, χωρὶς ἐμοῦ apart from me J 15:5. χ. ἐπισκόπου ITr 7:2; IPhld 7:2; ISm 8:1f; IMg 4:1, Without Christ 9:2. οὔτε γυνὴ χωρὶς ἀνδρὸς οὔτε ἀνὴρ χωρὶς γυναικός neither (is) woman (anything) apart fr. man, nor man fr. woman 1 Cor 11:11, χωρὶς ἡμῶν ἐβασιλεύσατε without us you have already become kings 4:8. Cf. Hb 11:40.—Hb 2:9 the v.l. χωρὶς θεοῦ (for χάριτι θεοῦ) apart fr. God, forsaken by God (schol. on Apollon, Rhod. 23 275 χωρὶς τοῦ Διός) is considered the original rdg. by BWeiss (Der Hb in zeitgeschichtl, Beleuchtung; TU 35, 3, ’10 p. 12, 1), EKühl (Theol. der Gegenwart 6, ’12, 252), AvHarnack (Zwei alte dogm. Korrekturen im Hb: SAB ’29, 3ff=Studien I ’31, 236-45), and HWMontefiore (The Epistle to the Hebrews ’64, 59); this opinion is in contrast to nearly all Gk. mss. beginning w. P46 and to many interpreters, among them Strathmann4 ’47 and, earlier, JKögel (BFChTh VIII 5/6 ’04, 131-41). β. without or apart from=apart fr. someone’s activity or assistance (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 65 §298 χωρὶς ὑμῶν; Dionys. Perieg.[?], De Avibus: JACramer, Anecd. Paris. I 1839 p. 33, 13 the phoenix comes into being πατρός τε καὶ μητρὸς χωρίς; Jos., Ant. 15, 226)χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν J 1:3 (cf. IQS 11, 11). πῶς ἀκούσωσιν χωρὶς κηρύσσοντος; how are they to hear without someone to preach to them? Ro 10:14.—Cf. ITr 3:1. γ. besides, in addition to, except (for) someone (Jos., Ant. 7, 352)χωρὶς γυναικῶν καὶ παιδίων besides women and children Mt 14:21; 15:38. χωρὶς τούτου μηδέν nothing except him (i.e. Christ) IEph 11:2. b. w. gen. of the thing—α. outside (of) someth. χ. τοῦ σώματος 2 Cor 12:3. β. without making use of someth., without expressing or practicing someth. (Jos., Ant. 20, 41χ. τῆς 1065

περιτομῆς τὸ θεῖον σέβειν) χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει Mt 13:34; Mk 4:34. χωρὶς θεμελίου Lk 6:49. χωρὶς γογγυσμῶν Phil 2:14. Cf. 1 Ti 2:8; 5:21. χωρὶς τῆς σῆς γνώμης without having obtained your consent (Polyb. 3, 21, 1; 2; 7) Phlm 14 (bγ below is also poss.). χωρὶς πάσης ἀντιλογίας Hb 7:7 (ἀντιλογία 1). χ. οἰκτιρμῶν without pity 10:28 (POxy. 509, 19 χ. ὑπερθέσεως=without delay). Cf. 7:20a, b; 9:7, 18, 22. Christ was tempted χ. ἁμαρτίας without committing any sin 4:15. πίστις χ. τῶν ἔργων faith that does not express itself in deeds Js 2:20, 26b, cf. vs. 18. χωρὶς τῆς ἀσφαλείας without (making use of) the security MPol 13:3. γ. without possessing someth., apart fr. the presence of someth. χ. νόμου ἁμαρτία νεκρά Ro 7:8; on ἐγὼ ἔζων χωρὶς νόμου ποτέ vs. 9 cf. [ζάω] 2a. τὸ σῶμα χ. πνεύματος Js 2:26a. Χ. τῆς σῆς γνώμης without posessing your consent (cf. POxy. 719, 27) Phlm 14 (though b β above is also poss.). Cf. Hb 11:6; 12:8, 14. δ. without relation to or connection with someth., independent of someth. χ. ἁμαρτίας without any relation to sin, i.e., not w. the purpose of atoning for it Hb 9:28. χ. ἔργων νόμου without regard to the observance of the law Ro 3:28; cf. vs. 21; 4:6. ε. besides, in addition to (Diod. S. 13, 54, 7 χ. τούτων; Appian, Iber. 20 §76 and 64, Illyr. 15 §42; PTebt. 67, 16; P0xy. 724, 6; Lev 9:17; Num 17:14; Ep. Arist. 165; Jos., Ant. 7, 350)χωρὶς τῶν παρεκτός 2 Cor 11:28 (s. παρεκτός). M-M.* χωρισμός, οῦ, ὁ (Aristot.+; Diod. S. 2, 60, 1; LXX) division (Hierocles, Carm. Aur. 24 p. 472 Mullach ὁ ἀπὸ θεοῦ χ.) of the situation in the early church οὐκ ἦν χ. αὐτοῖς there was no division among them Ac 4:32 E.* I. χῶρος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap.; 4 Macc 18:23 πατέρων χῶρος v.l.; Philo, Aet. M. 33; Jos., Bell. 5, 402;Sib. Or. 1, 51) place μέγιστος a very large place AP 5:15. εὐσεβῶν (Lycurg., Or. §96 p. 160; Socrat., Ep. 27, 1; Ps.-Pla., Ax. 13 p. 371 c; Ps.-Plut., Consol. ad Ap. 34 p. 120B; inscr. 9, 8: Eranos 13, ’13 p. 87.—Also χ. ἀσεβῶν: Ps.-Pla., Ax. 13 p. 371E; Lucian, Nec. 12, V. Hist. 2, 23; Philo, Cher. 2, Fuga 131) 1 Cl 50:3.* II.χῶρος, ου, ὁ (the Lat. corus, caurus=the northwest wind) the northwest Ac 27:12. M-M.*

1066

Ψ ψάλλω fut. ψαλῶ (Aeschyl.+; inscr., LXX; Jos., Ant. 11, 67; 12, 349) in our lit., in accordance w. OT usage, sing, sing praise w. dat. of the one for whom the praise is intended τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ Ro 15:9 (Ps 17:50). τῷ κυρίῳ Eph 5:19; in this pass. a second dat. is added τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν in or with your hearts); here it is found with ᾄδω (as Ps 26:6; 32:3; 56:8), and the question arises whether a contrast betw. the two words is intended. The original mng. of ψ. was ‘pluck’, ‘play’ (a stringed instrument); this persisted at least to the time of Lucian (cf. Parasite 17). In the LXX ψ. freq. means ‘sing’, whether to the accompaniment of a harp or (as usually) not (Ps 7:18; 9:12; 107:4 al.). This process continued until ψ. in Mod. Gk. means ‘sing’ exclusively; cf. ψάλτης=singer, chanter, w. no ref. to instrumental accompaniment. Although the NT does not voice opposition to instrumental music, in view of Christian resistance to mystery cults, as well as Pharisaic aversion to musical instruments in worship (s. EWerner, art. ‘Music’, IDB 3, 466-9), it is likely that some such sense as make melody is best here. Those who favor ‘play’ (e.g. L-S-J; ASouter, Pocket Lexicon, ’20; JMoffatt, transl. ’13) may be relying too much on the earliest mng. of ψάλλω, B 6:16 (cf. Ps 107:4). ψ. τῷ πνεύματι and in contrast to that ψ. τῷ νοΐ sing praise in spiritual ecstasy and in full possession of one’s mental faculties 1 Cor 14:15. Abs. sing praise Js 5:13. WSSmith, Musical Aspects of the NT, ’62. M-M.* ψαλμός, οῦ, ὁ (Pind., Aeschyl.+; inscr.; PGM 3, 290; LXX; Jos., Ant. 6, 214; 7, 80; 9, 35; loanw. in rabb.) in our lit. only song of praise, psalm, in accordance w. OT usage.

1. of the OT Psalms ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωϋσέως καὶ τ. προφήταις καὶ ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44. ἐν βίβλῳ ψαλμῶν 20:42; Ac 1:20. ἐν τῷ ψαλμῳ τῷ δευτέρῳ 13:33 (D, Or ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ ψ.).

2. of Christian songs of praise 1 Cor 14:26. ψαλμοῖς καὶ ὕμνοις καὶ ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς Eph 5:19; Col 3:16.—For lit. see s.v. ὕμνος. M-M.* ψευδάδελφος, ου, ὁ false brother, i.e. one who pretends to be a Christian brother, but whose claim is belied by his unbrotherly conduct. Paul applies the term to his Judaistic opponents 2 Cor 11:26; Gal 2:4. Of Christians w. wrong beliefs Pol 6:3.* ψευδαπόστολος, ου, ὁ false apostle, i.e. one who represents himself to be an apostie without the divine commission necessary for the office (cf. Polyaenus 5, 33, 6 ψευδάγγελοι=false messengers) 2 Cor 11:13.—Cf. lit. s.v. ψευδόμαρτυς.* ψευδής, ές (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Philo, Joseph.)—1. of persons (Thu. 4, 27, 4 al.; Jos., Ant. 18, 299)false, lying Ac 6:13 (cf. Pr 19:5, 9 μάρτυς ψ.); Rv 2:2. Also of the spirit of man Hm 3:2. Subst. the liar (Pla., Hipp. Min. 365D; 367A; Sir 34:4) Rv 21:8.

2. of things false, lying λόγος (Phalaris, Ep. 130; Maximus Tyr. 27, 8d; IG I2 700 λόγοι ἄδιχοι ψευδεῖς; En. 98, 15; Philo, Mut. Nom. 248; Jos., Ant. 13, 292)D 2:5. ὅρκος ψευδής a false oath B 2:8 (Zech 8:17). M-M.* ψευδοδιδασκαλία, ας, ἡ false teaching Pol 7:2.* ψευδοδιδάσκαλος, ου, ὁ false teacher, prob. one who teaches falsehoods (s. the lit. s.v. ψευδόμαρτυς) 2 Pt 2:1.* ψευδολόγος, ον (Aristoph.+; Aesop 136 Halm.—Jos., Ant. 8, 410; 17, 105 ψευδολογία) speaking falsely, lying; subst. (Polyb. 31, 22, 9; Strabo 2, 1, 9) liar 1 Ti 4:2. M-M.* ψεύδομαι in our lit. only mid.; fut. ψεύσομαι; 1 aor. ἐψευσάμην (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 104, 9; 10; Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph.).

1. lie, tell a falsehood abs. (X., Mem. 2, 6, 36 al.; Pr 14:5; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 124; Test. Jos. 13:9) Mt 5:11; Hb 6:18 (θεόν is subj. acc.); 1J 1:6; Rv 3:9; 1 Cl 27:2a, b, c (Artem. 2, 69 p. 161, 15 ἀλλότριον θεῶν τὸ ψεύδεσθαι); Hm 3:2. As a formula of affirmation οὐ ψεύδομαι (Jos., Vi. 296; cf. Plut., Mor. 1059A) Ro 9:1; 2 Cor 11:31; Gal 1:20; 1 Ti 2:7. εἴς τινα tell lies against someone, i.e. to his detriment (Sus 55) Col 3:9. κατά τινος against someth. κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας against the truth Js 3:14 (cf. Bel 11 Theod.). The pers. who is harmed by the lie can be added in the dat. (Ps 17:45; Josh 24:27; Jer 5:12) οὐκ ἀνθρώποις ἀλλὰ τῷ θεῷ Ac 5:4. πάντα in every particular 14:19 v.l. τὶ in any paint Papias 2:15.

2. (try to) deceive by lying, tell lies to, impose upon τινὰ someone (Eur., X.+; Plut., Alcib. 26, 8, Marcell. 27, 7; Jos., Ant. 3. 273; 13, 25; PSI 232, 10) Ac 5:3 (Appian, Liby. 27 §113 τίς σε δαίμων ἔβλαψε. . . ψεύσασθαι θεοὺς οὓς ὤμοσας;=what evil spirit beguiled you. . . to lie to the gods by whom you swore?); 1 Cl 15:4 (Ps 77:36, but w. αὐτῷ). M-M.* ψευδομαρτυρέω impf. ἐψευδομαρτύρουν; fut. ψευδομαρτυρήσω; 1 aor. ἐψευδομαρτύρησα (X., Mem. 4, 4, 11; Pla., Rep. 9 p. 575B, Leg. 11 p. 939C; Aristot., Rhet. 1, 14, 6 p. 1365a, 12, Rhet. ad Alex. 16 p. 1432a, 6; Jos., Ant. 3, 92; 4, 219) bear false witness, give false testimony Mt 19:18; Mk 10:19; Lk 18:20; Ro 13:9 t.r. (all fr. the 1067

decalogue Ex 20:16; Dt 5:20; cf. Philo, Dec. 138; 172); D 2:3. κατά τινος against someone (so in the two decalogue passages in the OT; also Vi. Aesopi I c. 99; schol. on Soph. Aj. 238 p. 24 Papag. [1888]) Mk 14:56f. M-M.* ψευδομαρτυρία, ας, ἡ (Pla.; Attic orators; Plut.; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 173) false witness Mt 15:19; 26:59; Pol 2:2; 4:3; Hm 8:5; D 5:1. M-M. B. 1461.* ψευδόμαρτυς, υρος, ὁ (ψευδομάρτυς L-S-J, Mod. Gk. et al.) one who gives false testimony, a false witness (Pla., Gorg. 472B; Aristot., Rhet. ad Alex. 16 p. 1432a, 6; Heraclides 15; IG V 2, 357, 4; Sus 60f; Philo, Dec. 138) Mt 26:60; AP 14:29. ψευδομάρτυρες τοῦ θεοῦ (objective gen.) men who give false testimony about God 1 Cor 15:15.—On ψευδόμαρτυς and the other compounds of ψευδ(ο)- cf. RReitzenstein, NGG ’16, 463ff, Her. 52, ’17, 446ff; KHoll, ibid. 301 ff; ADebrunner, Griech. Wortbildungslehre ’17, 37; PCorssen, Sokrates 6, ’18, 106-14; Bl-D. §119, 5; Mlt.-H. 280; 285; further lit. in the Indogerm. Jahrb. 5, ’18, 123f. CKBarrett in BRigaux-Festschr., ’70, 377-96; AATrites, The NT Concept of Witness ’77, 75-6.* ψευδοπροφήτης, ου, ὁ false prophet, one who falsely claims to be a prophet of God or who prophesies falsely (Zech 13:2; Jer 6:13 al.; Philo, Spec. Leg. 4, 51; Jos., Ant. 8, 236; 318; 10, 111; Test. Jud. 21:9; Zosimus: Hermet. IV p. 111, 2) Mt 7:15; 24:11, 24; Mk 13:22; Lk 6:26; Ac 13:6; 2 Pt 2:1; 1J 4:1; Rv 16:13; 19:20; 20:10; AP 1:1; Hm 11:1f, 4, 7; D 11:5f, 8-10; 16:3.—Harnack, Die Lehre der Zwölf Apostel 1884, 119ff, Mission I4 ’23, 332ff; 362ff; EFascher, Προφήτης ’27.* ψεῦδος, ους, τό (Hom.+; Dit., Syll.3 1268, 27; Wilcken, Chrest. 110 A, 18 [110 BC]; LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Vi. 336; Test. 12 Patr.) lie, falsehood, in our lit, predom. w. ref. to relig. matters. Gener. (opp. ἀλήθεια, as Pla., Hippias Minor 370E; Plut., Mor. 16A; Ep. Arist. 206; Philo; Test. Dan 1:3; 2:1 al.) ἀποθέμενοι τὸ ψεῦδος λαλεῖτε ἀλήθειαν Eph 4:25; cf. D 5:2; B 20:2 (here the pl. ψεύδη). In a catalogue of vices Hm 8:5; cf. s 9, 15, 3 (personified).

The sing. used collectively τὸ ψεῦδος lies, lying (opp. ἀληθές) m 3:3; but 3:5 pl. ψεύδη.—Of God (ἀληθινὸς καὶ) οὐδὲν παρʼ αὐτῷ ψεῦδος Hm 3:1. In contrast, lying is characteristic of the devil J 8:44 (cf. Porphyr., Abst. 2, 42 of the evil divinities: τὸ ψεῦδος τούτοις οἰκεῖον). For this religiously conceived contrast betw. ψεῦδος and ἀλήθεια cf.

2 Th 2:11 (12); 1J 2:21, 27. It is said of the heathen that μετήλλαξαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ψεύδει (s. μεταλλάσσω and cf. for the use of ψεῦδος as abstract for concrete Jer 3:10; 13:25) Ro 1:25. On the other hand of the 144,000 sealed ones of Rv ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν οὐχ εὑρέθη ψεῦδος 14:5. The Anti-christ appears w. τέρατα ψεύδους deceptive wonders 2 Th 2:9. ποιεῖν ψεῦδος practice (the things that go with) falsehood (in the relig. sense) Rv 21:27; 22:15.—W Luther, ‘Wahrheit u. Lüge’ im ältesten Griechentum ’35.—HConzelmann, TW IX, 590-9, ψεῦδος and cognates. M-M. B. 1170.* ψευδόχριστος, ου, ὁ one who, in lying fashion, gives himself out to be the Christ, a false Messiah (cf. Ψευδοφίλιππος Diod. S. 32, 15, 7; 32, fgm. and in Strabo 13, 4, 2; Ψευδονέρων Lucian, Adv. Indoct. 20; Ψευδομάριος Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 2 §2) pl. Mt 24:24; Mk 13:22 (both w. ψευδοπροφῆται). On the subj. s.

Bousset, Rel.3 223f.* ψευδώνυμος, ον (Aeschyl.+; Plut., Mor. 479E; Aelian, N.A. 9, 18; Philo, Mos. 2, 171 of pagan gods; Epigr. Gr. 42, 4) falsely bearing a name, falsely called of the γνῶσις of heterodox Christians 1 Ti 6:20. M.M.* ψεῦσμα, ατος, τό (Pla.+; Plut., Lucian, Aq., Sym., Theod.; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 115al., Ant. 16, 349) lie, falsehood, in our lit. in the sense lying, untruthfulness, undependability. (Opp. ἡ ἀλήθεια, q.v. 1; Philo, Aet. M. 56) Ro 3:7.—Hm 3:5; 8:3; D 3:5.* ψεύστης, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; LXX) liar J 8:55; Ro 3:4 (Ps 115:2); 1J 2:4, 22; 4:20; D 3:5. W. other sinners (Sib. Or. 2, 257) 1 Ti 1:10; Tit 1:9 v.l.; Hs 6, 5, 5. ψεύστην ποιεῖν τινα make someone a liar 1J 1:10; 5:10. The devil as a liar J 8:44 (s. ψεῦδος). The Cretans Tit 1:12 (s. ἀργός 2 and Κρής). M-M.* ψηλαφάω 1 aor. ἐψηλάφησα (Hom.+; Polyb. 8, 18, 4; PLond. 1396, 4 [709/14 AD]; LXX; Jos., Ant. 13, 262v.l.) feel (about for) , touch, handle, grope after τινά or τὶ someone or someth. (Gen 27:12; Judg 16:26 al.) ψηλαφήσατέ με Lk 24:39; ISm 3:2. Cf. 1J 1:1. λίθον Hs 9, 6, 3. In οὐ προσεληλύθατε ψηλαφωμένῳ Hb 12:18, even if the ὄρει of D t.r. et al. is dropped, the reference is to Mt. Sinai, where God revealed himself in the OT with manifestations that could be felt or touched, were tangible (ECSelwyn, On ψηλ. in Hb 12:18: JTS 12, ’11, 133f).—Symbol. (Polyb. 8, 18, 4) πάντα τόπον ἐψηλαφήσαμεν we have touched upon every subject 1 Cl 62:2.

Of men in their search for God (cf. Philo, Mut. Nom. 126 ψ. τὰ θεῖα) εἰ ἄρα γε ψηλαφήσειαν αὐτὸν καὶ εὕροιεν if perhaps (=in the hope that) they might grope for him and find him Ac 17:27 (Norden, Agn. Th. 14-18). M-M. B. 1061.* ψηφίζω 1 aor. ἐψήφισα (Aeschyl., Hdt.+; inscr., pap.; 3 Km 3:8 v.l.; 8:5 v.l.; Philo; Jos., Ant. 17, 43al.; Sib. Or. 13, 47) count (up), calculate, reckon (lit. ‘w. pebbles’) (Zen.-P. Cairo III [’28] 59328, 111 [248 BC]; Palaeph. 53 [AWestermann, Mythographi 1843 p. 311, 24] τὰς περιόδους τῶν ἡμερῶν; Plut.) τὴν δαπάνην Lk 14:28. τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ θηρίου Rv 13:18. See χξϚʹ and ἀριθμός 1. M-M.* ψῆφος, ου, ἡ (Pind., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Loanw. in Jewish Aramaic [ZNW 20, ’21, 253]) pebble—1. used in 1068

voting, in juries and elsewh., a black one for conviction, a white one for acquittal (Plut., Mor. 186E, Alcib. 22, 2 al.) καταφέρειν ψῆφον cast a vote against Ac 26:10 (καταφέρω 2.—ψῆφον φέρειν: Philo, Deus Imm. 75; Jos., Ant. 2, 163; 10, 60 [both κατά τινος]). ἡ ψῆφος τ. μαρτυρίου condemnation to martyrdom Phlm subscr.

2. as an amulet. This may well be the sense in which the ψῆφος λευκή (Paroem. Gr.: Diogenianus 6, 9) w. the new name on it (s. Artem. 5, 26 τοῦ Σαράπιδος τὸ ὄνομα ἐγγεγραμμένον λεπίδι χαλχῇ περὶ τὸν τράχηλον δεδέσθαι ὥσπερ σκυτίδα; PGM 5, 449 of a wonder-working stone: ὄπισθε τ. λίθου τὸ ὄνομα) is to be taken Rv 2:17a, b (WHeitmüller, ‘Im Namen Jesu ’03, 234; WMRamsay, The White Stone and the ‘Gladiatorial’ Tessera: ET 16, ’05, 558-61); perh. as entrance pass, WReader, Stadt Gottes ’71, 214.—TW IX, 600-04. M-M.* ψιθυρισμός, οῦ, ὁ (Plut.; Eccl. 10:11, but in a neutral sense=‘hiss, whisper’; likew, Ps.-Lucian, Amor. 15; Philopon., in Aristot., De Anima p. 263, 3; 403, 12 Hayduck 1897; Etym. Mag. p. 818, 55) in our lit. only in a bad sense whispering, (secret) gossip, tale-bearing (Philodem., De Ira p. 55 W.; Greek Apocalypse of Baruch [ed.

MRJames 1897] 8, 5 [pl.]; 13, 4 [sing.], in the two last passages not far fr. καταλαλιά; Cat. Cod. Astr. VIII 1 p. 170, 8 [pl., near διαβολαί]), always w. καταλαλιά, in the sing. 1 Cl 30:3, pl. 2 Cor 12:20; 1 Cl 35:5.* ψιθυριστής, οῦ, ὁ (in Athens an epithet of Hermes: [Ps.-] Demosth. 59, 39; Anecd. Gr. p. 317, 11 and Suidas.—Cat. Cod. Astr. X 119, 17; 191, 6; XII 190, 24; Thom. Mag. 403, 7 ψίθυρος οὐ ψιθυριστής) whisperer, tale-bearer Ro 1 29. M-M.* ψιλός, ή, όν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., Philo) bare, of land without vegetation (Aesop, Fab. 74 P.=128 H.). A mountain is ψιλόν, βοτάνας μὴ ἔχον Hs 9, 1, 5; cf. 9, 19, 2 (Jos., Bell. 4, 452ψιλὸν κ. ἄκαρπον ὄρος).* ψίξ, χός, ἡ (Plut., Aretaeus p. 142, 23; 167, 17; Herodian Gr. I 396, 22 al.; Rhet. Gr. I 646, 16) bit, crumb, esp. of bread Mt 15:27 D; Lk 16:21 D.* ψιχίον, ου, τό (dim. of ψίξ [q.v.].—Achmes 46, 22) a very little bit, crumb pl. (Soranus: CMG IV p. 86, 10) Mt 15:27; Mk 7:28: Lk 16:21 t.r. M-M.* ψοφοδεής, ές (Pla.+; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 32 p. 215 l. 15) easily frightened (lit. ‘by noise’), timid, anxious the neut. as subst. τὸ ψοφοδεές timidity, anxiety (Plut., Crass. 35, 4) Dg 4:1.* ψόφος, ου, ὁ (Eur., Thu.+; inscr. fr. Palestine: JPPeters and HThiersch, Painted Tombs in. . . Marissa ’05, 33, 4 [II BC]; PStrassb. 100, 14 [II BC]; Mi 1:13; Ep. Arist. 91; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 69; Jos., Ant. 3, 81)noise, sound Hv 4, 3, 7.* ψυγήσομαι s. ψύχω. ψυχαγωγέω (Pla., X. et al.; PHamb. 91, 22 [167 BC]; PRyl. 128, 12 [c. 30 AD]; Philo) lead someone’s soul (astray) , attract, beguile τινά someone (Epict. 3, 21, 23) ὁ πλοῦτος ὁ ψυχαγωγῶν αὐτούς Hv 3, 6, 6.* ψυχή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr., Sib. Or.) soul life; it is oft. impossible to draw hard and fast lines betw. the meanings of this many-sided word.

1. lit.—a. of life on earth in its external, physical aspects—α. (breath of) life, life-principle, soul, of animals (Galen, Protr. 13 p. 42, 27 John; Gen 9:4) Rv 8:9. As a rule of human beings (Gen 35:18; 3 Km 17:21) Ac 20:10.

When it leaves the body death occurs Lk 12:20 (cf. Jos., C. Ap. 1, 164). The soul is delivered up to death 1 Cl 16:13 (Is 53:12), whereupon it leaves the realm of earth and lives on in Hades (Lucian, Dial. Mort. 17, 2; Jos., Ant. 6, 332)Ac 2:27 (Ps 15:10), 31 t.r. or some other place outside the earth Rv 6:9; 20:4; AP 10:25 (Himerius, Or. 8[23]: his consecrated son [παῖς ἱερός 7] Rufinus, when he dies, leaves his σῶμα to the death-demon, while his ψυχή goes into οὐρανός, to live w. the gods 23).—B 5:13 (s. Ps 21:21). β. earthly life itself (Diod. S. 1, 25, 6 δοῦναι τὴν ψυχήν=give life back [to the dead Horus]; 3, 26, 2; 14, 65, 2; 16, 78, 5; Jos., Ant. 18, 358σωτηρία τῆς ψυχῆς; 14, 67) ζητεῖν τὴν ψυχήν τινος Mt 2:20 (cf. Ex 4:19); Ro 11:3 (3 Km 19:10, 14). δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν ἑαυτοῦ (cf. Eur., Phoen. 998) Mt 20:28; Mk 10:45; John says for this τιθέναι τὴν ψυχὴν J 10:11, 15, 17, (18); 13:37f; 15:13; 1J 3:16a, b; παραδιδόναι Ac 15:26; Hs 9, 28, 2. παραβολεύεσθαι τῇ ψυχῇ Phil 2:30 (s. παραβολεύομαι). To love one’s own life Rv 12:11; cf. B 1:4; 4:6; 19:5; D 2:7. Life as prolonged by nourishment Mt 6:25a, b; Lk 12:22f. Cf. 14:26; Ac 20:24; 27:10, 22; 28:19 v.l.; Ro 16:4. S. also 1d below. b. the soul as seat and center of the inner life of man in its many and varied aspects—α. of the desire for luxurious living (cf. the OT expressions Ps 106:9; Pr 25:25; Is 29:8; 32:6; Bar 2:18b. But also X., Cyr. 8, 7, 4; inscr. in Ramsay, Phrygia I 2 p. 477 no. 343, 5 the soul as the seat of enjoyment of the good things in life) of the rich man ἐρῶ τῇ ψυχῇ μου, ψυχή, ἀναπαύου, φάγε, πίε, εὐφραίνου Lk 12:19 (cf. Aelian, V.H. 1, 32 εὐφραίνειν τὴν ψυχήν; X., Cyr. 6, 2, 28 ἡ ψυχὴ ἀναπαύσεται.—The address to the ψυχή as PsSol 3, 1; Cyranides p. 41, 27). Cf. Rv 18:14.—β. of evil desires 2 Cl 16:2; 17:7. γ. of feelings and emotions (Anacr., fgm. 4 Diehl2; Diod. S. 8, 32, 3; Sib. Or. 3, 558) περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου (cf. Ps 41:6, 12; 42:5) Mt 26:38; Mk 14:34. ἡ ψυχή μου τετάρακται J 12:27; cf. Ac 2:43 (s. 2 below).—Lk 1:46; 2:35; J 10:24; Ac 14:2, 22; 15:24; Ro 2:9; 1 Th 2:8 (τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς our hearts full of love); Hb 12:3; 2 Pt 2:8; 1 Cl 16:12 (Is 53:11); 23:3 (scriptural quot. of unknown origin); B 3:1, 3, 5b (cf. on these three passages Is 58:3, 5, 10b); 19:3; Hm 4, 2, 2; 8:10; s 1:8; 7:4; D 3:9a, b. It is also said of God in the anthropomorphic manner of expr.

1069

used by the OT ὁ ἀγαπητός μου ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου Mt 12:18 (cf. Is 42:1); cf. Hb 10:38 (Hab 2:4).—One is to love God ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῆ Mt 22:37; Lk 10:27. Also ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς (Dt 6:5; 10:12; 11:13) Mk 12:30, 33 t.r.; Lk 10:27 t.r. (Epict. 2, 23, 42; 3, 22, 18; 4, 1, 131; M. Ant. 12, 29; Sextus 379.—X., Mem. 3, 11, 10 ὅλῃ τῃ ψυχῇ). ἐκ ψυχῆς from the heart, gladly (Jos., Ant. 17, 177.—The usual form is ἐκ τῆς ψυχῆς: X., An. 7, 7, 43, Apol. 18 al.; Theocr. 8, 35) Eph 6:6; Col 3:23; ἐκ ψυχῆς σου B 3:5a (Is 58:10a); 19:6. μιᾷ ψυχῇ with one mind (Dio Chrys. 19[36], 30) Phil 1:27; cf. Ac 4:32 (on the combination w. καρδία s. that word 1bη and Ep. Arist. 17); 2 Cl 12:3 (s. 1 Ch 12:39b; Diog. L. 5, 20 ἐρωτηθεὶς τί ἐστι φίλος, ἔφη, μία ψυχὴ δύο σώμασιν ἐνοικοῦσα). c. the soul as seat and center of life that transcends the earthly (Pla., Phaedo 28 p. 80A; B; Paus. 4, 32, 4 ἀθάνατός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπου ψ.). As such it can receive divine salvation σῴζου σὺ καὶ ἡ ψυχή σου be saved, you and your soul Agr 5 (JoachJeremias, Unknown Sayings of Jesus, tr. Fuller, ’57, 61-4). σῴζειν τὰς ψυχάς Js 1:21. ψυχὴν ἐκ θανάτου 5:20; cf. B 19:10; Hs 6, 1, 1 (on the death of the soul s. Achilles Tat. 7, 5, 3 τέθνηκας θάνατον διπλοῦν, ψυχῆς κ. σώματος). σωτηρία ψυχῶν 1 Pt 1:9. περιποίησις ψυχῆς Hb 10:39. It can also be lost 2 Cl 15:1; B 20:1; Hs 9, 26, 3. Men cannot injure it, but God can hand it over to destruction Mt 10:28a, b. ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχήν (ζημιόω 1) Mt 16:26a; Mk 8:36 (FCGrant, Introd. to NT Thought, ’50, 162); 2 Cl 6:2. There is nothing more precious than ψυχή in this sense Mt 16:26b; Mk 8:37. It stands in contrast to σῶμα, in so far as it is σάρξ (cf.

Dit., Or. 383, 42 [I BC]) Dg 6:1-9. The believer’s soul knows God 2 Cl 17:1. One Christian expresses the hope that all is well w. another’s soul 3J 2 (s. εὐοδόω). For the soul of the Christian is subject to temptations 1 Pt 2:11; 2 Pt 2:14, longs for rest Mt 11:29, and must be made holy 1 Pt 1:22 (cf. Jer 6:16). The soul must be entrusted to God 1 Pt 4:19; cf. 1 Cl 27:1. Christ is its ποιμὴν καὶ ἐπίσκοπος (s. ἐπίσκοπος 1) 1 Pt 2:25; its ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ προστάτης 1 Cl 61:3; its σωτήρ MPol 19:2. Apostles and overseers are concerned about the souls of the believers 2 Cor 12:15; Hb 13:17.

The Christian hope is called the anchor of the soul 6:19. Paul calls God as a witness against his soul; if he is lying, he will forfeit his salvation 2 Cor 1:23.—Also life of this same kind κτήσεσθε τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν you will gain life for yourselves Lk 21:19. d. Since the soul is the center of both the earthly (1a) and the supernatural (1c) life, a man can find himself facing the question in which character he wishes to preserve it for himself: ὃς ἐὰν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτὴν, ὃς δʼ ἂν ἀπολέσει τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, σώσει αὐτήν Mk 8:35. Cf. Mt 10:39; 16:25; Lk 9:24; 17:33; J 12:25. The contrast betw. τὴν ψυχὴν εὑρεῖν and ἀπολέσαι is found in Mt 10:39a, b (cf. HGrimme, BZ 23, ’35, 263f); 16:25b; σῶσαι and ἀπολέσαι vs. 25a; Mk 8:35a, b; Lk 9:24a, b; περιποιήσασθαι, ζῳογονῆσαι and ἀπολέσαι 17:33; φιλεῖν and ἀπολλύναι J 12:25a; μισεῖν and φυλάσσειν vs. 25b. e. On the combination of ψυχή and πνεῦμα in 1 Th 5:23; Hb 4:12 s. πνεῦμα 3a, end.—A-JFestugière, L’idéal religieux des Grecs et l’Évangile ’32, 212-17.—A unique combination is. . . σωμάτων, καὶ ψυχὰς ἀνθρώπων, someth. like slaves and bondmen Rv 18:13 (cf. Ezk 27:13). f. In var. Semitic languages the reflexive relationship is paraphrased with (secular parallels in W-S. §22, 18b note 33); the corresp. use of ψυχή may be detected in certain passages in our lit., esp. in quots. fr. the OT and in places where OT modes of expr. have had considerable influence (Bl-D. §283, 4; W-S. §22, 18b; Mlt. 87; 105 n. 2; Rob. 689; KHuber, Untersuchungen über d. Sprachcharakter des griech. Lev., Zürich Diss., Giessen ’16, 67); these may be cited: Mt 11:29; 26:38; Mk 10:45; 14:34; Lk 12:19; 14:26; J 10:24; 12:27; 2 Cor 1:23; 3J 2; Rv 18:14; 1 Cl 16:11 (Is 53:10); B 3:1, 3 (Is 58:3, 5); 4:2; 17:1. Cf. also 2 Cor 12:15; Hb 13:17.

2. by metonymy that which possesses life or a soul ψυχὴ ζῶσα (s. Gen 1:24) a living creature Rv 16:3 t.r. ἐγένετο Ἀδὰμ εἰς ψυχὴν ζῶσαν 1 Cor 15:45 (Gen 2:7. S. πνεῦμα 5f). ψυχὴ ζωῆς Rv 16:3.—πᾶσα ψυχή everyone (Lev 7:27; 23:29 al.) Ac 2:43; 3:23 (Lev 23:29); Ro 2:9; 13:1; 1 Cl 64; Hs 9, 18, 5.—Pl. persons, lit. souls (class.; PTebt. 56, 11 [II BC] σῶσαι ψυχὰς πολλάς; LXX) ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι Ac 2:41; cf. 7:14 (Ex 1:5); 27:37; 1 Pt 3:20.—This may also be the place for ἔξεστιν ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι; is it permissible to save a living person (a human life is also poss.) or must we let him die? Mk 3:4; Lk 6:9. Cf. 9:56 t.r.—EHatch, Essays in Bibl. Gk. 1889, 112-24; ERohde, Psyche9-10 ’25; JBöhme, D. Seele u. das Ich im homer. Epos ’29; EDBurton, Spirit, Soul and Flesh ’18; FRüsche, Blut, Leben u. Seele ’30; MLichtenstein, D. Wort nefeš in d. Bibel ’20; WEStaples, The ‘soul’ in the OT: Am. Journ. of Sem. Lang. and Lit. 44, ’28, 145-76; FBarth, La notion Paulinienne de ψυχή: RThPh 44, ’11, 316-36; ChGuignebert, RHPhr 9, ’29, 428-50; NHSnaith, Life After Death: Interpretation 1, ’47, 309-25; essays by OCullmann, HAWolfson, WJaeger, HJCadbury in Immortality and Resurrection, ed. KStendahl, ’65, 9-53; G Dautzenberg, Sein Leben Bewahren, ’66 (gospels); R Jewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 334-57.—G Bertram et al., TW IX, 604-67, ψυχή and cognates. M-M. B. 1087.** ψυχικός, ή, όν (in var. mngs. Diocles, Aristot.+; Ptolem., Apotel. 3, 14, 1 [opp. σωματικος]; Dit., Syll.3 656, 20 [166 BC]; 4 Macc 1:32; Philo) pertaining to the soul or life, in our lit. always denoting the life of the natural world and whatever belongs to it, in contrast to the supernatural world, which is characterized by πνεῦμα (s. PGM 4, 524f and 510=Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 175f lines 28 and 20, where the ἀνθρωπίνη ψυχικὴ δύναμις is contrasted w. the ἱερὸν πνεῦμα. On this s. πνευματικός 2aγ; also β and PGM 4, 725; Herm. Wr. 9, 9; Iambl., Myst. 6, 6 P.: the ἀνθρωπίνη ψυχή in contrast to the gods and to γνῶσις).

1. adj. ψυχικὸς ἄνθρωπος an unspiritual man, one who lives on the purely material plane, without being touched by the Spirit of God 1 Cor 2:14. σῶμα ψυχ. a physical body 15:44a, b. The wisdom that does not come fr. above is called ἐπίγειος, ψυχικός (unspiritual), δαιμονιώδης Js 3:15.

2. subst.—a. τὸ ψυχικόν the physical in contrast to τὸ πνευματικόν 1 Cor 15:46. b. Jd in vs. 19 calls the teachers of error ψυχικοί, πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly (lit. ‘psychic’) men, who do not have the Spirit, thereby taking over the terminology of his Gnostic (on ‘psychic’ and ‘pneumatic’ people in the Gnostic view cf. AHilgenfeld, Die Ketzergeschichte des Urchristentums 1884, index) opponents, but applying to the Gnostics 1070

the epithets which they used of the orthodox Christians. M-M.* ψῦχος, ους, τό (Hom.+; Dit., Syll.3 969, 92; PTebt. 278, 47; LXX; En. 100, 13. On the accent s. Bl-D. §13; Mlt.-H. 57) cold J 18:18; Ac 28:2; 2 Cor 11:27 (w. γυμνότης). M-M.* ψυχρός, ά, όν (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; En. 14, 13; Philo, Joseph.) cold.

1. lit.—α. adj. ὕδωρ (Hom.+; Sb 6941, 4; Pr 25:25; Philo; Jos., Ant. 7, 130)Mt 10:42 D; D 7:2. Symbol. of the martyrs τὸ πῦρ ἦν αὐτοῖς ψυχρόν MPol 2:3 (cf. 4 Macc 11:26). b. subst. τὸ ψυχρόν (i.e. ὕδωρ) cold water (Hdt. 2, 37 al.; Dit., Syll.3 1170, 30; ψυχρὸν πίνειν Epict. 3, 12, 17; 3, 15, 3, Ench. 29, 2) Mt 10:42.

2. fig. (trag., Hdt.+; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 255) cool, cold, i.e. without enthusiasm (Epict. 3, 15, 7; Lucian, Tim. 2 ψ. τὴν ὀργήν) Rv 3:15a, b, 16 (w. ζεστός and χλιαρός). M-M. B. 1078f.* ψύχω (Hom.+; inscr.; PPetr. II 14(3), 8 [III BC]; LXX) 2 fut. pass. ψυγήσομαι (Galen XI 388 K.—Lob., Phryn. p.

318; Moeris p. 421 P.) make cool or cold (Philo, Leg. All. 1, 5) pass. become or grow cold (Hdt. et al.; Philo, Cher.

88; Jos., Ant. 7, 343), go out, be extinguished of fire and flame (Pla., Critias 120B) fig. (cf. Jos., Bell. 5, 472of hope) ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη Mt 24:12. M-M.* ψωμίζω 1 aor. ἐψώμισα (Aristoph., Aristot.+; LXX)—1. w. acc. of the pers. (Antig. Car. 99; Num 11:4 τίς ἡμᾶς ψωμιεῖ κρέα; Test. Levi 8:5 ἐψώμισέν με ἄρτον) feed someone Ro 12:20 (Pr 25:21 v.l.); 1 Cl 55:2.

2. w. acc. of the thing (s. Num and Test. Levi under 1 above) πάντα τὰ ὑπάρχοντα 1 Cor 13:3 is either give away all one’s property bit (cf. ψωμίον) by bit, dole it out (so w. double acc. Dt 32:13; Ps 79:6), i.e. to feed those who are in need (cf. Gdspd., Probs. 163f), or divide in small pieces=fritter away. M-M.* ψωμίον, ου, τό (since PTebt. 33, 14 [112 BC]; PFay. 119, 34; POxy. 1071, 5 al. pap.; M. Ant. 7, 3, 1; Diog. L. 6, 37) dim. of ψωμός (Hom.+; LXX) (small) piece or bit of bread J 13:26a, b, 27, 30 (cf. Mod. Gk. γωμί, ‘bread’).—PKretschmer, Brot u. Wein im Neugriech.: Glotta 15, ’26, 60ff. M-M. B. 357.* ψωριάω pf. ptc. ἐψωριακώς (Hippocr., Theophr. et al.) have a rough surface of stones Hv 3, 2, 8; 3, 6, 2; s 9, 6, 4; 9, 8, 2; 9, 26, 3.* ψώχω (Hesychius; Etym. Mag. p. 818, 44; as a mid. Nicander, Theriaca 629) rub so as to thresh, etc. (Diosc., Mat. Med. 5, 159 pass.) ἤσθιον τοὺς στάχυας ψώχοντες ταῖς χερσίν Lk 6:1. M-M.*

1071

Ω Ω omega, last letter of the Gk. alphabet. On ἐγώ (εἰμι) τὸ ἄλφα καὶ τὸ ὦ Rv 1, 8, 11 t.r.; 21:6; 22:13 cf. the entry Α; also EbNestle, Philol. 70, ’11, 155-7.* ὦ interjection (Hom.+; inscr.; BGU 665 III, 8 [I AD]; LXX; Jos., Ant. 3, 84; 18, 266) O! (oft. before the voc., in accord w. the Koine and w. Semitic usage, but never used when calling upon God. Cf. Bl-D. §146; Rob. 463f; Mlt.-Turner 33).

1. mostly expressing emotion (at the beginning of a clause; Cornutus 14 p. 14, 9 ὦ πονηρέ, κτλ.) ὦ γύναι Mt 15:28; Hv 1, 1, 7. Cf. Lk 24:25; Ro 2:1, 3; 9:20; Gal 3:1; 1 Ti 6:20; Js 2:20; 1 Cl 23:4. The nom. takes the place of the voc. (Maximus Tyr. 1, 10g; Philostrat., Ep. 37) Mt 17:17; Mk 9:19; Lk 9:41; Ac 13:10.

2. without emotion (in accord w. Attic usage, also Ep. Arist. 1; 120) ὦ Θεόφιλε Ac 1:1. Cf. 18:14; 27:21.

3. in exclamations (where it can also be written ὤ)—a. w. the nom. (Aeschyl.+; Charito 6, 6, 4; Is 6:5) ὦ βάθος πλούτου Ro 11:33. b. w. the gen. (Charito 6, 2, 8; 10; 11; Galen: CMG V 9, 1 p. 387, 2 ὢ τῆς ἀσυνεσίας; Achilles Tat. 5, 11, 2; Philo, Fuga 149 ὢ θαυμαστῆς δοκιμασίας; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 301ὢ τῆς εὐχερείας) ὢ τῆς ὑπερβαλλούσης φιλανθρωπίας τοῦ θεοῦ Oh, the surpassing kindness of God to man! Dg 9:2; cf. 5a, b, c; cf. 1 Cl 53:5.—MJohannessohn, D. Gebr. der Kasus etc. in LXX, Diss. Berlin ’10, 9-13. M-M.* ὤ s. ὦ 3. Ὠβήδ t.r. for Ἰωβήδ (q.v.). ὧδε (Hom.+) adv. of ὅδε, in our lit. adv. of place (Hippocr. [Kühner-G. I p. 444, 3] et al.; Hdt. 1, 49; 5, 48; Pla., Protagoras 328D; Herodas 7, 113; 126; inscr., pap., LXX).

1. here in the sense to this place, hither (as early as Od. 1, 182; PSI 599, 3 [III BC]; POxy. 295, 3; LXX; En. 14, 24 al.) ἦλθες ὧδε Mt 8:29. Cf. 14:18; 17:17; 22:12; Mk 11:3; Lk 9:41; 14:21; 19:27; J 6:25; 20:27; Ac 9:21; Rv 4:1; 11:12; Hs 5, 1, 1. ἕως ὧδε to this place, this far (cf. ἕως II 2b) Lk 23:5; 1 Cl 20:7. ὧδε κἀκεῖσε here and there, hither and thither (Aesop 62 Halm) Hm 5, 2, 7; s 6, 1, 6; 6, 2, 7; 9, 3, 1.

2. here in the sense in this place—α. strictly of place (Herodas 2, 98; 3, 96; Dit., Syll.3 985, 54; PHib. 46, 15 [III BC]; PGrenf. II 36, 17 [95 BC]; BGU 1097, 11; 14; PFay. 123, 10; LXX; Apion in Jos., C. Ap. 2, 10; Bl-D. §103 w. app.; Rob. 299; BKeil, Her. 43, ’08 p. 553, 1) Mt 12:6, 41f; 14:17; 16:28; 17:4a, b; 20:6; Mk 9:1, 5; 16:6; Lk 9:33; 11:31f; 15:17; J 6:9; Ac 9:14; Hs 9, 11, 1b. ὧδε=here on earth Hb 13:14. καθίζειν ὧδε (cf. καθίζω 2a) Mk 14:32; Hv 3, 1, 8. τὰ ὧδε Col 4:9. ὧδε—ἐκεῖ here—there (Plut., Mor. 34A; Celsus 2, 43) Mk 13:21; Lk 17:21, 23; Js 2:3. ὧδε—ὧδε Mt 24:23 (Callim., Epigr. 30 Schn.; Herodas 4, 42 ὧδε καὶ ὧδε). Made more definite by a prepositional phrase ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς Mk 6:3. Cf. 8:4; Lk 4:23. b. w. the local mng. weakened in this case, at this point, on this occasion, under these circumstances (Herodas 5, 85; Crates, Ep. 6; Quint. Smyrn. 13, 5; PFay. 117, 12 [108 AD]; PMMeyer, Griech. Texte aus ¿g. ’16, no. 22, 6) ὧδε λοιπόν (cf. Epict. 2, 12, 24) in this case moreover 1 Cor 4:2. ὧδε ἡ σοφία ἐστίν Rv 13:18; cf. 17:9. ὧδέ ἐστιν ἡ ὑπομονή 13:10; 14:12. ὧδε—ἐκεῖ in one case—in the other Hb 7:8. M-M. ᾠδή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom. Hymns, Soph., Pla., X.+; inscr., LXX) song, in our lit. only of sacred song, a song of praise to God (εἰς [τὸν] θεόν: Philo, Somn. 2, 34, Virt. 95; Jos., Ant. 7, 305)or to Christ Rv 5:9; 14:3a, b (on ᾠ. καινή cf. Ps 143:9, on worship in heaven gener. EPeterson, Liturgisches Leben ’34, 297-306.—Lucian, Zeux. 2 ἡ νέα ᾠ.). ᾄδουσιν τὴν ᾠδὴν Μωϋσέως καὶ τὴν ᾠδὴν τοῦ ἀρνίου 15:3 (cf. Ex 15:1 and on Ex 15 as a song in the liturgy of Judaism Elbogen2 23; 86; 113; 117; 136.—ᾄδ. ᾠδήν as Achilles Tat. 3, 15, 3 ὁ ἱερεὺς ᾖδεν ᾠδήν). ψαλμοῖς καὶ ὕμνοις καὶ ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς Eph 5:19; Col 3:16 (on the hymn as a means of private edification cf. Hierocles 19 p.

460, where the examination of one’s conscience at the close of day [Hierocles 27 p. 484 the golden verses of the Pythagoreans are to be read aloud morning and evening] is designated as ἐπικοίτιον ᾆσμα θεῷ=an evening hymn in the presence of God).—Lit. s.v. ὕμνος. M-M.* ὠδίν, ι̂νος, ἡ (as a nom. in Suidas) 1 Th 5:3 (Is 37:3) for the usual form ὠδίς, ῖνος (Hom.+; Suppl. Epigr. Gr. VIII 802; Sb 4312, 4f; LXX, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 218.—Bl-D. §46, 4; Mlt.-H. 135) birth-pain (s).

1. lit. 1 Th 5:3 (sing. as Pind., Ol. 6, 73; Plut., Thes. 20, 5).—2. symbolically (Aeschyl.+; Himerius, Or. 10, 3; 18, 3; Ex 15:14; Philo)—a. ὠδῖνες τοῦ θανάτου Ac 2:24 (on the sources of the text s. MWilcox, The Semitisms of Ac, ’65, 46-8; s. also s.v. θάνατος 1bβ and λύω 4; RGBratcher, The Bible Translator 10, ’59, 18-20: ‘cords of death’). ὠδῖνες τοῦ ᾅδου Pol 1:2 (ᾅδης 1). b. of the ‘Messianic woes’, the terrors and torments traditionally viewed as prelude to the coming of the Messianic Age (Billerb. I 950) are associated with the appearance of the Son of Man at the end of history, as the beginning of the (end-time) woes ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων Mt 24:8; Mk 13:8; FBusch, Z. Verständnis der syn. Eschatol., Mk 13 neu unters. ’38.—GBertram, TW IX, 668-75. M-M.* 1072

ὠδίνω (Hom.+; Epigr. Gr. 321, 12; 1103, 2; UPZ 77 col. 2, 27 [160 BC]; LXX; Philo, Mos. 1, 280 al.; Sib. Or. 5, 514) suffer birth-pangs, bear amid throes abs. Rv 12:2 (cf. Is 66:7; Mi 4:10). As a voc. ἡ οὐκ ὠδίνουσα you who have no birth-pains Gal 4:27; 2 Cl 2:1, 2 (all three Is 54:1). W. acc. give birth to someone amid throes (trag.; Is 51:2) symbol. (PGM 2, 92; Philo) τέκνα μου, οὓς πάλιν ὠδίνω Gal 4:19. M-M.* ὠθέω impf. ὤθουν (Hom.+; LXX; Philo, Aet. M. 136; Jos., Bell. 1, 250)push, shove τινά someone GP 3:6. B. 716.* ὠκεανός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr.; POsl. 3, 14; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 10; Jos., Ant. 1, 130; Sib. Or.; loanw. in rabb.) the ocean 1 Cl 20:8.* ὠμόλινον, ου, τό (since Cratinus Com. [V BC] 9; Hippocr., Morb. 2, 47 vol. VII p. 70 L.; Sir 40:4) apron or towel made of coarse linen Hs 8, 4, 1a, b.* ᾦμος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX; Ep. Arist. 151; Philo; Jos., Ant. 3, 170; 215; Test. Zeb. 9:4) shoulder Mt 23:4 (symbol.); Lk 15:5; Hv 5:1; s 6, 2, 5; 9, 2, 4; 9, 9, 5; 9, 13, 8. M-M. B. 235.* ὠνέομαι mid. dep. (Hes., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., Philo, Test. 12 Patr.) 1 aor. ὠνησάμην (Eupolis [V BC. But cf.

Kühner-Bl. II 577]; Plut., Nic. 10, 2; Paus. 3, 4, 4; Lucian, Herm. 81; inscr. [ESchweizer, Gramm. der perg. Inschr.

1898, 177; Dit., Or. 669, 31]; pap. [UPZ 12, 16, 158 BC; POxy. 1188, 19]; Jos., Ant. 2, 39.Beside it ἐωνησάμην and the class. ἐπριάμην.—Crönert 283) buy τὶ παρά τινος someth. from someone w. gen. of price (Aristoxenus [IV BC], Fgm. 43 Wehrli ἑκατὸν μνῶν; Jos., Ant. 7, 332)Ac 7:16 (cf. Jos., Ant. 1, 237).M-M. B. 817.* ᾠόν, οῦ, τό (Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX. On the spelling s. Bl-D. §26 app.; Mlt.-H. 84) egg Lk 11:12. M-M. B. 256.* ὥρα, ας, ἡ (Hom. [ὥρη]+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.).

1. time of day ὀψὲ ἤδη οὔσης τῆς ὥρας since it was already late in the day or since the hour was (already) late Mk 11:11; cf. MPol 7:1b (s. ὀψέ 1 and 2; Demosth. 21, 84; Polyb. 3, 83, 7 ὀψὲ τῆς ὥρας). ὀψίας οὔσης τῆς ὥρας Mk 11:11 v.l. (ὄψιος 1). ὥρα πολλή late hour (Polyb. 5, 8, 3; Dionys. Hal. 2, 54; Jos., Ant. 8, 118)6:35a, b. ἡ ὥρα ἤδη παρῆλθεν Mt 14:15 (παρέρχομαι 1aβ).—Mt 24:42 t.r., 44; Lk 12:39, 40; Rv 3:3; D 16:1. W. ἡμέρα day and time of day, hour Mt 24:36, 50; 25:13; Mk 13:32; Lk 12:46.

2. hour—a. as a (short) space of time—α. beside year, month, and day Rv 9:15; the twelfth part of a day (=period of daylight) οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὦραί εἰσιν τῆς ἡμέρας; J 11:9. μίαν ὥραν ἐποίησαν Mt 20:12 (s. ποιέω 2c). Cf. Lk 22:59; Ac 5:7; 19:34 (ἐπὶ ὥρας δύο CBurchard, ZNW 61, ’70, 167f; Test. Benj. 3, 7, Judah 3, 4); MPol 7:2b, c; Hv 3, 1, 4. One ὥρα in this world corresponds to a ὥρα thirty days in length in the place of punishment Hs 6, 4, 4. μίαν ὥραν (not even) one hour Mt 26:40; Mk 14:37. Such passages help us to understand how ὥρα can acquire the sense. β. a short period of time μιᾷ ὥρᾳ in a single hour=in an unbelievably short time Rv 18:10, 17, 19. μίαν ὥραν for a very short time 17:12. Likew. πρὸς ὥραν for a while, for a moment J 5:35; 2 Cor 7:8; Gal 2:5 (cf. on this pass. KLake, Gal 2:3-5: Exp. 7th Ser. I ’06, 236-45; CHWatkins, Der Kampf des Pls um Galatien ’13; BWBacon, JBL 42, ’23, 69-80); Phlm 15; MPol 11:2. πρὸς καιρὸν ὥρας 1 Th 2:17. b. as a moment of time that takes its name fr. the hour that has just passed (Plut. et al.; Appian, Mithrid. 19 §72 ἑβδόμης ὥρας=at the 7th hour; Dit., Syll.3 671A, 9 [162/0 BC] ὥρας δευτέρας; 736, 109 [92 BC] ἀπὸ τετάρτας ὥρας ἕως ἑβδόμας; Jos., Vi. 279 ἕκτη ὥ.; Wilcken, Chrest. 1, II, 21 [246 BC] περὶ ὀγδόην ὥραν; PTebt. 15, 2 [II BC]; Sb 5252, 20 [I AD] ἀφʼ ὥρας ὀγδόης; Ep. Arist. 303 μέχρι μὲν ὥρας ἐνάτης) ἕως ὥρας δευτέρας until eight o’clock in the morning (acc. to our system) Hs 9, 11, 7. ὥρα τρίτη nine o’clock (a.m.) Mk 15:25 (Gdspd., Probs.

68f); Ac 2:15 (τῆς ἡμέρας); περὶ τρίτην ὥραν about nine o’clock (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 45 §182 περὶ τρίτην ὥραν ἡμέρας) Mt 20:3; ἀπὸ τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νύκτος by nine o’clock at night (here=tonight) Ac 23:23 (Jos., Bell.

6, 68;79 ἀπὸ ἐνάτης ὥ. τῆς νυκτὸς εἰς ἑβδόμην τῆς ἡμέρας). ἀπὸ ὥρας εʼ (=πέμπτης) ἕως δεκάτης from eleven o’clock in the morning until four in the afternoon Ac 19:9 D. περὶ ὥραν πέμπτην (PTebt. 15, 2 [114 BC]; POxy. 1114, 24 περὶ ὥ. τρίτην) at eleven o’clock (a.m.) Hv 3, 1, 2. ὥρα ἕκτη twelve o’clock noon Mt 20:5; 27:45a; Mk 15:33a; Lk 23:44a; J 4:6 (ὥρα ὡς ἕκτη about noon; Test. Jos. 8:1 ὥρα ὡσεὶ ἕκτη); 19:14 (ὥρα ὡς ἕκτη); Ac 10:9. ἐχθὲς ὥραν ἑβδόμην yesterday at one o’clock in the afternoon J 4:52b (on the use of the acc. to express a point of time s. Hdb. ad loc.; Bl-D. §161, 3; Rob. 470). ὥρᾳ ὀγδόῃ at two o’clock in the afternoon MPol 21. ὥρα ἐνάτη three in the afternoon Mt 20:5; 27:45f; Mk 15:33b, 34; Lk 23:44b; Ac 3:1 (ἐπὶ τὴν ὥραν τῆς προσευχῆς τὴν ἐνάτην); 10:3 (τῆς ἡμέρας); GP 6:22. ὥρα ὡς δεκάτη about four in the afternoon J 1:39. ἑνδεκάτη ὥρα five o’clock (in the afternoon) Mt 20:(6), 9. ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας μέχρι ταύτης τῆς ὥρας ἤμην τήν ἐνάτην προσευχόμενος four days ago, reckoned from (=at) this very hour, I was praying at three o’clock in the afternoon Ac 10:30. ἐπύθετο τὴν ὥραν ἐν ᾗ. . . he inquired at what time. . . J 4:52a; cf. vs. 53 (cf. Ael. Arist. 50, 56 K.=26 p. 519 D.:. . . τὴν ὥραν αἰσθάνομαι. . . ἐκείνην, ἐν ᾗ. . . ; 47, 56 K.=23 p. 459 D.: ἀφυπνιζόμην κ. εὗρον ἐκείνην τὴν ὥραν οὖσαν, ᾗπερ. . . ).—Less definite are the indications of time in such expressions as ἄχρι τῆς ἄρτι ὥρας up to the present moment 1 Cor 4:11. πᾶσαν ὥραν hour after hour, every hour, constantly (Ex 18:22; Lev 16:2) 15:30. Also καθʼ ὥραν (Strabo 15, 1, 55; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 69) 2 Cl 12:1. αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ at that very time, at once, instantly (Pap.; Da 3:6, 15) Lk 2:38; 24:33; Ac 16:18; 22:13.

3. the time when someth. took place, is taking place, or will take place (BGU 1816, 12 [I BC] πρὸ ὥρας=before the right time) ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ Mt 8:13; 10:19; 18:1; 26:55; Mk 13:11; Lk 7:21; Ac 16:33; Rv 11:13; MPol 7:2a.

1073

Likew. ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ Lk 10:21; 12:12; 13:31; 20:19 (on both expressions s. JoachJeremias, ZNW 42, ’49, 214-17). ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης from that time on, at once Mt 9:22; 15:28; 17:18; J 19:27. ὥρα ἐν ᾗ J 5:28. ὥρα ὅτε 4:21, 23; 5:25; 16:25. ὥρα ἵνα 16:2, 32. W. gen. of the thing, the time for which has come (Diod. S. 13, 94, 1; Ael. Aristid. 51, 1 K.=27 p. 534 D.; PGM 1, 221 ἀνάγκης; Jos., Ant. 7, 326ὥ. ἀρίστου; Sib. Or. 4, 56) ἡ ὥρα τοῦ θυμιάματος Lk 1:10; τοῦ δείπνου 14:17, cf. MPol 7:1a; τοῦ πειρασμοῦ Rv 3:10; τῆς κρίσεως 14:7; ἡ ὥρα αὐτῶν the time for them J 16:4; w. the gen. (of the Passover) to be supplied Lk 22:14. Also w. the inf. (Hom.+; Lucian, Dial.

Deor. 20, 1; Aelian, V.H. 1, 21) ἡ ὥρα θερίσαι the time to reap Rv 14:15 (cf. Theopomp. [IV BC]: 115 fgm. 31 Jac. θερινὴ ὥ.; Paus. 2, 35, 4 ὥ. θέρους). Also acc. w. inf. (Gen 29:7) ὥρα (ἐστιν) ὑμᾶς ἐξ ὕπνου ἐγερθῆναι Ro 13:11.—W. gen. of the pers. the time of or for someone to do or to suffer someth. (cf. Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 168 σὸς νῦν ὁ καιρός ἐστιν, ἐπέγειρε σαυτόν) of a woman who is to give birth ἡ ὥρα αὐτῆς J 16:21 (ἡμέρα P66 et al.).—Lk 22:53. Esp. of Jesus, of whose ὥρα J speaks, as the time of his death (Diod. S. 15, 87, 6: the dying Epaminondas says ὥρα ἐστὶ τελευτᾶν) and of the glorification which is inextricably bound up w. it ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ J 7:30; 8:20; 13:1 (foll. by ἵνα); cf. ἡ ὥρα μου 2:4 (s. Hdb. ad loc.). ἡ ὥρα ἵνα δοξασθῇ 12:23. ἡ ὥρα αὕτη 12:27a, b. Also abs. ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα 17:1 (AGeorge, ‘L’heure’ de J 17, RB 61, ’54, 392-7); cf. Mt 26:45; Mk 14:35, 41.—ἐσχάτη ὥρα the last hour in the present age of the world’s existence 1J 2:18a, b.—CCCowling, Mark’s Use of ὥρα, Australian Biblical Review 5, ’56, 153-60.—GDelling, TW IX, 675-81. M-M. B. 954 and esp. 1001.** ὡραι̂ος, α, ον (Hes., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 64; 12, 65 al.; Test. 12 Patr.)—1. happening or coming at the right time ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων how timely is the arrival of those who bring joyful tidings, who proclaim salvation Ro 10:15 (Is 52:7 cod. Q a, margin [JZiegler ’39 ad loc.]. Cf. KBarth; RBultmann, ThLZ 72, ’47, 199). But the πόδες ὡραῖοι Sir 26:18 are without doubt well-formed feet; see 2 below.

2. beautiful, fair, lovely, pleasant of persons and things, an angel GP 13:55. Trees (cf. Gen 2:9; En. 24, 5) B 11:10 (prophetic saying of uncertain origin). θύρα or πύλη Ac 3:2, 10 (ESchürer, ZNW 7, ’06, 51-68; OHoltzmann, ibid. 9, ’08, 71-4; KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 479-86.—Of costly and artistic gates of pagan temples Diod. S. 5, 46, 6 θυρώματα τοῦ ναοῦ). Cf. Mt 23:27. M-M. B. 1191.* ὥριμος, ον (Aristot.+; Diod. S. et al.; PTebt. 54, 6 [I BC]; LXX) ripe σῖτος ὥριμος 1 Cl 56:15 (Job 5:26).* ὠρύομαι mid. dep. (Pind., Hdt.+; LXX) roar of lions (Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1339; Dio Chrys., Or. 77+78 §35 Budé; Judg 14:5; Ps 21:14; Jer 2:15; Philo, Somn. 1, 108.—What drives them to it is hunger: Hesychius, ὠρυομένων of wolves and lions) 1 Pt 5:8. M-M.* ὡς (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.; loanw. in rabb.) relative adv. of the relative pron. ὅς. It is used I. as a comparative particle, indicating the manner in which someth. proceeds as, like—1. corresponding to οὕτως=‘so, in such a way’ σωθήσεται, οὕτως ὡς διὰ πυρός he will be saved, (but only) in such a way as (a man, in an attempt to save himself, must go) through the fire (and therefore suffers fr. burns) 1 Cor 3:15. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα οὕτως ὡς ἑαυτόν Eph 5:33; cf. vs. 28. ἡμέρα κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης οὕτως ἔρχεται 1 Th 5:2. The word οὕτως can also be omitted ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε make it as secure as you know how=as you can Mt 27:65. ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός (in such a way) as he himself does not know=he himself does not know how, without his knowing (just) how Mk 4:27. ὡς ἀνῆκεν (in such a way) as is fitting Col 3:18. Cf. 4:4; Eph 6:20; Tit 1:5.

2. special uses—a. in ellipses ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος I used to speak as a child (is accustomed to speak) 1 Cor 13:11a; cf. b, c; Mk 10:15; Eph 6:6a; Phil 2:22; Col 3:22. ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς περιπατεῖτε walk as children of the light (must walk) Eph 5:8; cf. 6:6b. ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ as (it is one’s duty to walk) in the daylight Ro 13:13. The Israelites went through the Red Sea ὡς διὰ ξηρᾶς γῆς as (one travels) over dry land Hb 11:29. οὐ λέγει ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐφʼ ἑνός he speaks not as one would of a plurality (cf. ἐπί I 1bγ), but as of a single thing Gal 3:16.—Ro 15:15; 1 Pt 5:3. Also referring back to οὕτως: οὕτως τρέχω ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως I run as (a man) with a fixed goal 1 Cor 9:26a. Cf. ibid. b; Js 2:12. b. ὡς and the words that go w. it can be the subj. or obj., of a clause: γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done (=it will be done) for you as you wish Mt 15:28. Cf. 8:13; Lk 14:22 t.r. (cf. ὡς τὸ θέλημά σου, Ode of Solomon 11:21).

The predicate belonging to such a subj. is to be supplied in οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω (γενηθήτω) Mt 26:39a.—ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος he did as (=that which) the angel commanded him (to do) Mt 1:24. Cf. 26:19; 28:15.—Practically equivalent to ὅ, which is a v.l. for it Mk 14:72 (JNBirdsall, NovT 2, ’58, 272-5). c. ἕκαστος ὡς each one as or according to what Ro 12:3; 1 Cor 3:5; 7:17a, b; Rv 22:12. d. in indirect questions (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 11 ἀπαίδευτοι ὡς χρὴ συμμάχοις χρῆσθαι) ἐξηγοῦντο ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου they told how he had made himself known to them when they broke bread together Lk 24:35. Cf. Mk 12:26 t.r.; Lk 8:47; 23:55; Ac 10:38; 20:20; Ro 11:2; 2 Cor 7:15. ΙΙ. as a conjunction denoting comparison, as. This ‘as’ can have a ‘so’ expressly corresponding to it or not, as the case may be; further, both sides of the comparison can be expressed in complete clauses, or one or even both may be abbreviated.

1. ὡς is correlative w. οὕτως=so. οὕτως. . . ὡς (so, in such a way). .. as: οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος ὡς οὗτος λαλεῖ ὁ ἄνθρωπος J 7:46. ὡς. . . οὕτως Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); 23:11; Ro 5:15 (ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα, both halves to be completed), 18. ὡς κοινωνοί ἐστε τῶν παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως as you are comrades in suffering, so (shall you be) in comfort as well 2 Cor 1:7. Cf. 7:14; 11:3 t.r.—ὡς. . . καί as. . . so (Plut., Mor. 39E) Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; 2 Cor 13:2; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20.

1074

2. The clause beginning w. ὡς can easily be understood and supplied in many cases; when this occurs, the noun upon which the comparison depends can often stand alone, and in these cases ὡς acts as a particle denoting comparison. οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος the righteous will shine out as the sun (shines) Mt 13:43. ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε συλλαβεῖν με as (one goes out) against a robber, (so) you have gone out to arrest me 26:55. γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις as serpents (are) 10:16b. Cf. Lk 12:27; 21:35; 22:31; J 15:6; 2 Ti 2:17; 1 Pt 5:8.

3. Semitic infl. is felt in the manner in which ὡς, combined w. a subst., takes the place of a subst. or an adj. a. a substantive—α. as subj. (cf. Da 7:13 ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἤρχετο. Cf. 10:16, 18) ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου (ἦν) ὡς θάλασσα ὑαλίνη before the throne there was something like a sea of glass Rv 4:6. Cf. 8:8; 9:7a. ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν ὡς ἡ ἄμμος from one man they have come into being as the sand, i.e. countless descendants Hb 11:12. β. as obj. ᾄδουσιν ὡς ᾠδὴν καινήν they were singing, as it were, a new song Rv 14:3 t.r. ἤκουσα ὡς φωνήν I heard what sounded like a shout 19:1, 6a, b, c; cf. 6:1. b. an adjective, pred. (mostly εἶναι, γίνεσθαι ὡς) ἐὰν μὴ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία if you do not become child-like Mt 18:3. ὡς ἄγγελοί εἰσιν they are similar to angels 22:30. πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος 1 Pt 1:24. Cf. Mk 6:34; 12:25; Lk 22:26a, b; Ro 9:27 (Is 10:22); 29a (Is 1:9a); 1 Cor 4:13; 7:7f, 29-31; 9:20f; 2 Pt 3:8a, b (Ps 89:4); Rv 6:12a, b al.

Sim. also ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου treat me like one of you day laborers Lk 15:19.—The adj. or adjectival expr. for which this form stands may be used as an attribute πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως faith like a mustard seed=faith no greater than a tiny mustard seed Mt 17:20; Lk 17:6. προφήτης ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν Mk 6:15. Cf. Ac 3:22; 7:37 (both Dt 18:15); 10:11; 11:5. ἀρνίον ὡς ἐσφαγμένον a lamb that appeared to have been slaughtered Rv 5:6.—In expressions like τρίχας ὡς τρίχας γυναικῶν 9:8a the second τρίχας can be omitted as self-evident (Ps 54:7 v.l.): ἡ φωνὴ ὡς σάλπιγγος 4:1; cf. 1:10; 9:8b; 13:2a; 14:2c; 16:3.

4. Other noteworthy uses—a. ὡς as can introduce an example ὡς καὶ Ἠλίας ἐποίησεν Lk 9:54 t.r. Cf. 1 Pt 3:6; or, in the combination ὡς γέγραπται, a scripture quotation Mk 1:2 t.r.; 7:6; Lk 3:4; Ac 13:33. Cf. Ro 9:25; or even an authoritative human opinion Ac 17:28; 22:5; 25:10; or any other decisive reason Mt 5:48; 6:12 (ὡς καί). b. ὡς introduces short clauses: ὡς εἰώθει as his custom was Mk 10:1. Cf. Hs 5, 1, 2. ὡς λογίζομαι as I think 1 Pt 5:12. ὡς ἐνομίζετο as was supposed Lk 3:23 (Diog. L. 3, 2 ὡς Ἀθήνησιν ἦν λόγος [about Plato’s origin]). ὡς ἦν as he was Mk 4:36. c. The expr. οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον Mk 4:26 is gravely irregular fr. a grammatical viewpoint; it is likely that ἄν (=ἐάν, which is read by the t.r.) once stood before ἄνθρωπος and was lost inadvertently. Cf. the comm., e.g. EKlostermann, Hdb. z. NT4 ’50 ad loc.; Jülicher, Gleichn. 539; Bl-D. §380, 4; Mlt. 185 w. notes; Rdm.2 154; Rob. 928; 968.

III. ὡς introduces the characteristic quality of a pers., thing, or action, etc., referred to in the context.

1. an actual quality—a. as τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι; why am I still being condemned as a sinner?

Ro 3:7. ὡς σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων 1 Cor 3:10. ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη as new-born children (which you really are, if you put away all wickedness) 1 Pt 2:2. μή τις ὑμῶν πασχέτω ὡς φονεύς 4:15a; cf. b, 16.—1:14; 1 Cor 7:25; 2 Cor 6:4; Eph 5:1; Col 3:12; 1 Th 2:4, 7a.—In the oblique cases, genitive: τιμίῳ αἵματι ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου Χριστοῦ with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish 1 Pt 1:19. δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός glory as of an only-begotten son, coming from the Father J 1:14.—Cf. Hb 12:27. Dative (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Κυνόσαργες: Ἡρακλεῖ ὡς θεῷ θύων): λαλῆσαι ὑμῖν ὡς πνευματικοῖς 1 Cor 3:1a; cf. b, c; 10:15; 2 Cor 6:13; Hb 12:5; 1 Pt 2:13f; 3:7a, b; 2 Pt 1:19. Accusative: οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν Ro 1:21; 1 Cor 4:14; 8:7; Tit 1:7; Phlm 16; Hb 6:19; 11:9; 1 Pt 2:11.—This is prob. also the place for ὃ ἐὰν ποιῆτε, ἐργάζεσθε ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ whatever you have to do, do it as work for the Lord Col 3:23. Cf. Eph 5:22. εἴ τις λαλεῖ ὡς λόγια θεοῦ if anyone preaches, (let him do so) as if (he were proclaiming the) words of God 1 Pt 4:11a; cf. ibid. b; 2 Cor 2:17b, c; Eph 6:5, 7. b. ὡς w. the ptc. gives the reason for an action as one who, because (X., Cyr. 7, 5, 13 κατεγέλων τῆς πολιορκίας ὡς ἔχοντες τὰ ἐπιτήδεια; Appian, Liby. 56 §244 μέμφεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς ἐπιβουλεύουσι=as being hostile; Polyaenus 2, 1, 1; 3, 10, 3 ὡς ἔχων=just as if he had; Jos., Ant. 1, 251; Dit., Syll.3, 1168, 35); Paul says: I appealed to the Emperor οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν not that I had any charge to bring against my (own) people Ac 28:19 (Zen.-P. 59044, 23 [257 BC] οὐχ ὡς μενῶν=not as if it were my purpose to remain there). ὡς foll. by the gen. abs. ὡς τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ δεδωρημένης because his divine power has granted us everything 2 Pt 1:3.—Only in isolated instances does ὡς show causal force when used w. a finite verb for (PLeid. 16, 1, 20; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 17, 2, end, Vit. Auct. 25; Aesop, Fab. 109 P.=148 H.: ὡς εὐθέως ἐξελεύσομαι=because; Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 6, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 6, 131 H. Cf. Herodas 10, 3: ὡς=because [with the copula ‘is’ to be supplied]) Mt 6:12 (ὡς καί as Mk 7:37B; Test. Dan 3:1; the parallel Lk 11:4 has γάρ). So, more oft., καθώς (q.v. 3). c. Almost pleonastic is the use of ὡς before the predicate acc. or nom. w. certain verbs ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην Mt 21:26. Cf. Lk 16:1. λογίζεσθαί τινα ὡς foll. by acc. look upon someone as 1 Cor 4:1; 2 Cor 10:2 (for this pass. s. also 3 below). Cf. 2 Th 3:15a, b; Phil 2:7; Js 2:9.

2. a quality that exists only in someone’s imagination or is based solely on someone’s statement (Jos., Bell. 3, 346)προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν, καὶ ἰδοὺ. . . you have brought this man before me as one who (as you claim) is misleading the people, and now. . . Lk 23:14. τί καυχᾶσαι ὡς μὴ λαβών; why do you boast, as though you (as you think) had not received? 1 Cor 4:7. Cf. Ac 3:12; 23:15, 20; 27:30. ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου μου as though I were not coming (acc. to their mistaken idea) 1 Cor 4:18.

3. a quality wrongly claimed, in any case objectively false ἐπιστολὴ ὡς διʼ ἡμῶν a letter (falsely) alleged to be from us 2 Th 2:2a (Diod. S. 33, 5, 5 ἔπεμψαν ὡς παρὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἐπιστολήν they sent a letter which purported to come from the emissaries; Diog. L. 10:3 falsified ἐπιστολαὶ ὡς Ἐπικούρου). τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 2 Cor 10:2 (s. also 1c above). Cf. 11:17; 13:7. Israel wishes to become righteous οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐξ ἔργων not through faith but through deeds (the latter way being objectively wrong) Ro 1075

9:32 (Rdm.2 26f).

IV. Other uses of ὡς—1. as a temporal conjunction (Bl-D. §455, 2; 3 w. app.; Harnack, SAB ’08, 392). a. w. the aor. when, after (Hom., Hdt.+; pap. [POxy. 1489, 4 al.]; LXX; Jos., Bell. 1, 445b) ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι Lk 1:23. ὡς ἐγεύσατο ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος J 2:9.—Lk 1:41, 44; 2:15, 39; 4:25; 5:4; 7:12; 15:25; 19:5; 22:66; 23:26; J 4:1, 40; 6:12, 16; 7:10; 11:6, 20, 29, 32f; 18:6; 19:33; 21:9; Ac 5:24; 10:7, 25; 13:29; 14:5; 16:10, 15; 17:13; 18:5; 19:21; 21:1, 12; 22:25; 27:1, 27; 28:4. b. w. pres. or impf. while, when, as long as (Menand., fgm. 538, 2 K. ὡς ὁδοιπορεῖς; Cyrill. Scyth. [VI AD] ed.

ESchwartz ’39 p. 143, 1; 207, 22 ὡς ἔτι εἰμί=as long as I live) ὡς ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου while you are going with your opponent Lk 12:58. ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς while he was talking, while he was opening the scriptures to us 24:32.—J 2:23; 8:7; 12:35f (as long as); Ac 1:10; 7:23; 9:23; 10:17; 13:25; 19:9; 21:27; 25:14; Gal 6:10 (as long as); 2 Cl 8:1; 9:7; IRo 2:2; ISm 9:1 (all four as long as).—ὡς w. impf., and in the next clause the aor. ind. w. the same subject (Diod. S. 15, 45, 4 ὡς ἐθεώρουν. . . , συνεστήσαντο=when, or as soon as they noticed. . . , they put together [a fleet]; Dit., Syll.3 1169, 58 ὡς ἐνεκάθευδε, εἶδε=‘while he was sleeping [in the temple]’, or ‘when he went to sleep, he saw’ [a dream or vision]) Mt 28:9 t.r.; J 20:11; Ac 8:36; 16:4; 22:11.—Since (Soph., Oed. R. 115; Thu. 4, 90, 3) ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν Mk 9:21. c. ὡς ἄν or ὡς ἐάν w. the subjunctive of the time of an event in the future when, as soon as. α. ὡς ἄν (Hyperid. 2, 43, 4; Herodas 5, 50; Lucian, Cronosolon 11; PHib. 59, 1 [c. 245 BC] ὡς ἂν λάβῃς; UPZ 71, 18 [152 BC]; PTebt. 26, 2. Cf. Witkowski2 87; Gen 12:12; Josh 2:14; Is 8:21; Da 3:15 Theod.) Ro 15:24; 1 Cor 11:34; Phil 2:23.—β. ὡς ἐάν (PFay. 111, 16 [95/6 AD] ὡς ἐὰν βλέπῃς) 1 Cl 12:5f; Hv 3, 8, 9; 3, 13, 2.

2. as a consecutive conj., denoting result=ὥστε so that (trag., Hdt.+, though nearly always w. the inf.; so also POxy. 1040, 11; PFlor. 370, 10; Wsd 5:12; Jos., Ant. 12, 229.W. the indic. X., Cyr. 5, 4, 11 οὕτω μοι ἐβοήθησας ὡς σέσῳσμαι; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 7 p. 324, 25f; Jos., Bell. 3, 343)Hb 3:11; 4:3 (both Ps 94:11).

3. as a final particle, denoting purpose—a. w. subjunctive (Hom.+; Sib. Or. 3, 130; Synes., Hymni 3, 44 [NTerzaghi ’39]) ὡς τελειώσω in order that I might finish Ac 20:24 (cf. Mlt. 249). b. w. inf. (X.; Arrian [very oft.: ABoehner, De Arriani dicendi genere, Diss. Erlangen 1885 p. 56]; PGenève 28, 12 [II AD], ZPE 8, ’71, 177: letter of MAurelius 57, cf. 44-6; 3 Macc 1:2; Joseph.) Lk 9:52 v.l. ὡς τελειῶσαι Ac 20:24 v.l. ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν Hb 7:9 (s. ἔπος). c. used w. prepositions that denote a direction, to indicate the direction intended (class. [Kühner-G. I 472 note 1]; Polyb. 1, 29, 1; LRadermacher, Philol. 60, ’01, 495f) πορεύεσθαι ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Ac 17:14 t.r.

4. after verbs of knowing, saying (even introducing direct discourse: Maximus Tyr. 5:4f), hearing, etc.=ὅτι that (X., An. 1, 3, 5; Menand., Per. 137, Sam. 245; Aeneas Tact. 402; 1342; PTebt. 10, 6 [119 BC]; 1 Km 13:11; Ep. Arist.; Philo, Op. M. 9; Jos., Ant. 7, 39; 9, 162; 15, 249 al.—ORiemann, Revue de Philol. new series 6, 1882, 73-5; HKallenberg, RhM n.s. 68, ’13, 465-76; Bl-D. §396 w. app.) ἀναγινώσκειν Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 6:4 (w. πῶς as v.l.). μνησθῆναι Lk 24:6 (D ὅσα); cf. 22:61 (=Lat. quomodo, as in ms. c of the Old Itala; cf. Plautus, Poen. 3, 1, 54-6). ἐπίστασθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 372)Ac 10:28; 20:18b v.l. (for πῶς). εἰδέναι (Mitt. d. dt. arch. Inst. Ath., Abt. 37, ’12, 183 [=Kl. T. 110, 81, 10] ἴστε ὡς [131/2 AD]) 1 Th 2:11a. μάρτυς ὡς Ro 1:9; Phil 1:8; 1 Th 2:10.—ὡς ὅτι s. ὅτι 1dβ.

5. w. numerals about, approximately, nearly (Hdt., Thu. et al.; PAmh. 72, 12; PTebt. 381, 4 [VBSchuman, Classical Weekly 28, ’34/’35, 95f-pap.]; Jos., Ant. 6, 95; Ruth 1:4; 1 Km l4:2) ὡς δισχίλιοι Mk 5:13. Cf.8:9; Lk 1:56; 8:42; J 1:39; 4:6; 6:10, 19; 19:14, 39; 21:8; Ac 4:4; 5:7, 36; 13:18, 20; Rv 8:1.

6. in exclamations how! (X., Cyr. 1, 3, 2 ὦ μῆτερ, ὡς καλος μοι ὁ πάππος! Himerius, Or. 54 [=Or. 15], 1 ὡς ἡδὺ μοι τὸ θέατρον=how pleasant. . . ! Ps 8:2; 72:1) ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων ἀγαθά Ro 10:15 (cf. Is 52:7). Cf. 11:33.

7. w. the superlative ὡς τάχιστα (a literary usage; cf. Bl-D. §244, 1; cf. Rob. 669) as quickly as possible Ac 17:15 (s. ταχέως 3).—WStählin, Symbolon, ’58, 99-104. Cf. also ὡσάν, ὡσαύτως, ὡσεί, ὥσπερ, ὧσπερεί, ὥστε.

M-M. ὡσάν or ὡς, ἄν as if, as it were, so to speak (Bl-D. §453, 3; Rob. 974) Hs 9, 9, 7. W. the inf . ὡσὰν ἐκφοβεῖν 2 Cor 10:9.—On 1 Cor 12:2 s. HLietzmann and CKBarrett.* ‫(י ִשׁוֹה‬Hebr. Ps 118:25); on the spelling s. W-H., Introd. §408; Tdf., Prol. 107; ὡσαννά=Aram. ‫=אָנ עשוֹה‬Hebr. ‫אָנּ ה‬ indecl. hosanna=‘help’ or ‘save, I pray’, an appeal that became a liturgical formula; as a part of the Hallel (Ps 113-18 Hebr.) it was familiar to everyone in Israel. Abs. Mk 11:9; J 12:13. W. additions: τῷ υἱῷ Δαυίδ Mt 21:9a, 15 (FDCoggan, ET 52, ’40/’41, 76f; CTWood, ibid. 357). τῷ θεῷ Δ. D 10:6. ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις Mt 21:9b; Mk 11:10 (s. ὕψιστος 1).—W-S. p. XV; EKautzsch, Gramm. d. Bibl.-Aram. 1884, 173; Dalman, Gramm.2 ’05, 249; Billerb. I ’22, 845ff; Zahn, Einl, I3 14; EbNestle, Philol. 68, ’09, 462; FSpitta, ZWTh 52, ’10, 307-20; FCBurkitt, JTS 17, ’16, 139-49; Elbogen2 138f; 219f; HBornhäuser, Sukka ’35, 106f; EFFBishop, ET 53, ’42, 212-14; Gdspd., Probs. 34f; EWerner, JBL 65, ’46, 97-122; JSKennard, Jr., JBL 67, ’48, 171-6; ELohse, NovT 6, ’63, 183-9, TW IX, 682-4.

M-M.* ὡσαύτως adv. (as one word [cf. MReil, ByzZ 19, ’10, 507f] it is post-Homeric; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist.; Philo, Op. M. 54) (in) the same (way), similarly, likewise ἐποίησεν ὡσαύτως Mt 20:5. Cf. 21:30, 36; 25:17; Lk 13:3 t.r., 5; 1 Ti 5:25; Tit 2:6; Hs 2:7; 5, 4, 2; 8, 4, 4; D 11:11; 13:2, 6. ὡσαύτως δὲ καί (Strabo 10, 3, 10) Mk 14:31; Lk 20:31; Ro 8:26; 1 Ti 5:25 v.l. The verb is to be supplied fr. the context (Test. Levi 17:7) Mk 12:21; Lk 22:20; 1 Cor 11:25; 1 Ti 2:9 (acc. to vs. 8 βούλομαι is to be supplied); 3:8 and 11 (sc. δεῖ εἶναι); Tit 2:3 (λάλει εἶναι); 1 Cl 43:3.—See ὁμοίως. M-M.* 1076

ὡσεί (Hom.+)—1. particle denoting comparison as, like, (something) like, lit. ‘as if’ (Hom.+; PSI 343, 10 [256/5 BC]; PTebt. 58, 26; LXX, En., Test. 12 Patr.) in the mss. oft. interchanged w. ὡς (Bl-D. §453, 3; cf. Rob. 968) πνεῦμα καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστεράν Mt 3:16. Cf. 9:36; Mk 1:10 t.r.; Ac 2:3; 6:15; 9:18 v.l. (for ὡς); 16:9 D; Ro 6:13; Hb 1:12 (Ps 101:27); B 6:6 (Ps 117:12); Hv 3, 1, 5a, b; 4, 1, 6a, b; s 6, 2, 5. γίνεσθαι ὡσεί Mt 28:4 t.r. (for ὡς); Mk 9:26; Lk 22:44. εἶναι ὡσεί Mt 28:3 t.r. (for ὡς); Hs 3:1f. φαίνεσθαι ὡσεί τι seem like someth. Lk 24:11.

2. w. numbers and measures about (X., Hell. 1, 2, 9; 2, 4, 25; PTebt. 15, 2; 25 [114 BC]; Sb 5115, 4 [145 BC]; LXX; Ep. Arist. 13; Jos., Ant. 6, 247; 12, 292) ὡσεὶ πεντακισχίλιοι Mt 14:21. Cf. Lk 9:14a, b; J 6:10 t.r. (for ὡς); Ac 1:15; 2:41; 19:7. ὡσεὶ μῆνας τρεῖς Lk 1:56 t.r. (for ὡς). Cf. 3, 23; 9:28; 22:59. ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη (Test. Jos. 8:1) 23:44; J 4:6 t.r. (for ὡς); 19:14 t.r. (for ὡς). Cf. Ac 10:3. ὡσεὶ στάδια δέκα Hv 4, 1, 2. Cf. 4, 2, 1. ὡσεὶ λίθου βολήν Lk 22:41. M-M.** Ὦσηέ or Ὦσῆε (‫ ; ◌ַ ץֵ שׁוֹה‬Hos 1:1f; Philo, Mut. Nominum 121.—In Joseph. the name is written: Ὡσῆος, ου, also Ὡσήης [Ant. 9, 277] and Ὡσῆς [278]) ὁ indecl. Hosea, one of the ‘minor’ prophets. Metonymically of his book (Caecilius Calactinus, fgm. 74 p. 56, 20: κεῖσθαι παρὰ τῷ Θουκυδίδῃ, i.e. 3, 13, 3) ἐν τῷ Ὡσηέ Ro 9:25.* ὠσί see οὖς. ὥσπερ (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Jcseph., Test. 12 Patr.) (just) as—1. in the protasis of a comparison, the apodosis of which begins w. οὕτως (καί) (just) as. . . , so (X., Mem. 1, 6, 14; Epict., Ench. 27; Dio Chrys. 17[34], 44; 19[36], 20; POxy. 1065, 6) Mt 12:40; 13:40; 24:27, 37; Lk 17:24; J 5:21, 26; Ro 5:19, 21; Js 2:26; Hv 3, 6, 6; 3, 11, 3; 4, 3, 4a, b; m 10, 3, 3; s 3:3 al.—ὥσπερ. . . , ἵνα καί w. subjunctive (as a substitute for the imper.) 2 Cor 8:7. In anacoluthon w. the apodosis to be supplied Ro 5:12; ὥσπερ γάρ for it is just like (Plut., Mor. 7c) Mt 25:14. Cf. IMg 5:2.

2. connecting w. what goes before μὴ σαλπίσῃς ὥσπερ οἱ ὑποκριταὶ ποιοῦσιν Mt 6:2. Cf. 20:28; 25:32; Hb 9:25; Rv 10:3; IEph 8:1; 21:2; IMg 4 (ὥσπερ καί, as PSI 486, 6 [258/7 BC]; PFay. 106, 24). ὥσπερ εἰσὶν θεοὶ πολλοί just as indeed there are many gods 1 Cor 8:5 (s. EvDobschütz, ZNW 24, ’25, 50).—The ὥσπερ-clause is somet. shortened and needs to be supplemented: μὴ βατταλογήσητε ὥσπερ οἱ ἐθνικοί (sc. βατταλογοῦσιν) Mt 6:7.

Cf. Ac 3:17; 11:15; 1 Th 5:3; Hb 4:10; 7:27; Dg 5:3; IEph 8:2. Foll. by gen. abs. ἐγένετο ἦχος ὥσπερ φερομένης πνοῆς βιαίας Ac 2:2 (Jos., Bell. 2, 556ὥσπερ βαπτιζομένης νεώς). εἰμὶ ὥσπερ τις I am like someone Lk 18:11. ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικός as far as you are concerned, let him be as a Gentile=treat him like a Gentile Mt 18:17. γενόμενος ὥσπερ ἐξ ἀρχῆς καινὸς ἄνθρωπος become, as it were, a new man from the beginning Dg 2:1. M-M. ὡσπερεί (Aeschyl., Pla.+; Diod. S. 5, 31, 4; 10, 3, 2; 17, 112, 5; Ps.-Lucian, Asin. 56; Sym. Ps 57:9; En. 5, 2) like, as though, as it were 1 Cor 4:13 v.l. (for ὡς); 15:8. M-M. * ὥστε (Hom.+; inscr., pap., LXX, En., Ep. Arist., Philo, Joseph., Test. 12 Patr.—Bl-D. §391, 2; 3; Mayser II 1, ’26, 297ff).

1. introducing independent clauses for this reason, therefore, so—a. foll. by the indic. (X., An. 1, 7, 7; 2, 2, 17 al.) ὥστε ἔξεστιν τοῖς σάββασιν καλῶς ποιεῖν Mt 12:12. Cf. 19:6; 23:31; Mk 2:28; 10:8; Ro 7:4, 12; 13:2; 1 Cor 3:7; 7:38; 11:27; 14:22; 2 Cor 4:12; 5:16f; Gal 3:9, 24; 4:7, 16; Hm 7:4. b. foll. by the imperative (X., Cyr. 1, 3, 18; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 6, 1; PLond. 17, 38 [cf. UWilcken, GGA 1894, 721]; Zen.-P. 26 [=Sb 6732], 19 [255 BC] ὥστε φρόντισον; Job 6:21; Wsd 6:25; 4 Macc 11:16) ὥστε ἑδραῖοι γίνεσθε 1 Cor 15:58. Cf. 10:12; 11:33; 14:39; Phil 2:12; 4:1; 1 Th 4:18; Js 1:19 t.r.; 1 Pt 4:19. ὥστε μή w.imper. 1 Cor 3:21; 4:5. The hortatory subjunctive can take the place of the imper. ὥστε ἑορτάζωμεν 1 Cor 5:8. Cf. 2 Cl 4:3; 7:1, 3; 10:1; w. the neg. μή 11:5.

2. introducing dependent clauses—a. of the actual result so that—α. foll. by the indic. (class.; POxy. 471, 89; 1672, 6 [I AD]; Jos., Ant. 12, 124)Gal 2:13. οὕτως. . . , ὥστε (Epict. 1, 11, 4; 4, 11, 19; Jos., Ant. 8, 206)J 3:16. β. foll. by the acc. w. inf. (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 4, 7; BGU 27, 13; POxy. 891, 12; Josh 10:14; Ep. Arist. 59; 64 al.; Jos., Ant. 12, 124)ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι Mt 8:24. Cf. 12:22; 13:2, 32, 54; 15:31; 24:24 v.l.; 27:14; Mk 2:12; 4:32, 37; 9:26; 15:5; Lk 5:7; Ac 1:19; 14:1 (οὕτως ὥστε); 15:39; Ro 7:6; 15:19; 1 Cor 5:1 (of such a kind that, cf. Diod. S. 11, 61, 3 ἄγνοια τοιαύτη ὥστε); 2 Cor 1:8; 2:7; 7:7; Phil 1:13; 1 Th 1:7; 2 Th 1:4; 2:4; Hb 13:6; 1 Pt 1:21; 1 Cl 1:1: 11:2; B 4:2; ITr 1:1 (οὕτως. . . , ὥστε); MPol 2:2a; 12:3; Hv 3, 2, 6 (οὕτως. . . , ὥστε); 4, 1, 8 (οὕτω. . . , ὥστε). ὥστε μή w. acc. and inf. Mt 8:28; Mk 1:45; 2:2; 3:20; 1 Cor 1:7; 2 Cor 3:7; 1 Th 1:8; MPol 2:2b.—W. the inf. alone (Aeschyl., Pers. 461; Soph., El. 393; Charito 2, 2, 2; Anth. Pal. 11, 144, 6; POxy. 1279, 14; Gen 1:17; Ep. Arist. 95; 99; Sib. Or. 5, 413; 475 [οὕτως. . . , ὥ) Mt 15:33; 24:24; Mk 3:10; Lk 12:1; Ac 5:15; 19:16; 1 Cor l3:2; 1 Cl 45:7. b. of the intended result, scarcely to be distinguished in mng. fr. ἵνα (Bl-D. §391, 3; Mlt. p. 207; 210; 249; Rdm.2 p. 197; Rob. 990) for the purpose of with a view to, in order that w. the inf. foll. (X., Cyr. 3, 2, 16; Ps.-Lucian, Asin. 46; Dit., Syll.3 736, 114 οἱ κατεσταμένοι ὥστε γράψαι; UPZ 12, 15 [158 BC]; POxy. 501, 14; Gen 9:15; Job 6:23; Jos., Ant. 19, 279)Mt 10:1; 27:1; Lk 4:29; 9:52; 20:20. M-M. ὠτάριον, ου, τό dim. of οὖς, but equivalent to it in later Gk. the (outer) ear (Lucillius [I AD]: Anth. Pal. 11, 75, 2 of the severed ear of a gladiator; Anaxandrides [IV BC] in Athen. 3 p. 95c of an animal’s ear.—Elsewh., incl. pap., the word means ‘handle’) Mk 14:47 (ὠτίον t.r.); J 18:10 (ὠτίον P66 et al.). M-M.* 1077

ὠτίον, ου, τό dim. of οὖς (s. PJoüon, Rech de Sc rel 24, ’34, 473f), but equivalent to it in late Gk.; the (outer) ear (of man and animal: Eratosth. p. 22, 22; Nicol. Dam.: 90 fgm. 119 Jac. ἀποτέμνει ὠ.; Anth. Pal. 11, 81, 3 [gladiator]; Epict. 1, 18, 18; Athen. 3 p. 95A; 107A; POxy. 1083 17 [II BC]; LXX.—In pap. it means mostly ‘handle’) Mt 26:51; Mk 14:47 t.r.; Lk 22:51; J 18:10 P66 et al., 26; B 9:1 (Ps 17:45). Cf. οὖς 1 and ὠτάριον. M-M. B. 226. * ὠφέλεια, ας, ἡ (Soph., Hdt.+; inscr., pap., LXX, Ep. Arist., Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 274; 12, 29 al.—But beside it the spelling ὠφελία is attested as early as Attic Gk.; cf. Bl-D. §23; Mlt.-H. 78) use, gain, advantage w. gen. (Ep. Arist.

241) τίς ἡ ὠφέλεια τῆς περιτομῆς, what is the use of circumcision? Ro 3:1 (AFridrichsen, StKr 102, ’30, 291-4.

Cf. Jos., C. Ap. 2, 143μηδὲν ὠφεληθεὶς ὑπὸ τῆς περιτομῆς). ὠφελείας χάριν for the sake of an advantage (cf.

Polyb. 3, 82, 8) Jd 16. M-M. * ὠφελέω fut. ὠφελήσω; 1 aor. ὠφέλησα. Pass.: 1 aor. ὠφελήθην; 1 fut. ὠφεληθήσομαι help, aid, benefit, be of use (to).

1. w. personal obj.—a. in the acc. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 61 al.; Herm. Wr. 12, 8; Sb 4305, 10 [III BC]; POxy. 1219, 12; Jos., Ant. 2, 282; Bl-D. §151, 1; Rob. 472) οὐκ ὠφέλησεν ὁ λόγος ἐκείνους Hb 4:2 (cf. Plut., Mor. 547F). Cf. D 16:2. Mostly a second acc. is added τινά τι someone in respect to someth. (Soph.+; Hdt. 3, 126) τί ὑμᾶς ὠφελήσω; how will I benefit you? 1 Cor 14:6. Cf. Mk 8:36; ISm 5:2. Χριστὸς ὑμᾶς οὐδὲν ὠφελήσει Gal 5:2 (s.

PSI 365, 19 [III BC] ὁ σῖτος οὐθὲν ὠφελεῖ ἡμᾶς). Cf. B 4:9; Papias 2:4. Pass. receive help, be benefited (X., An. 5, 1, 12; Ep. Arist. 294; Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 81οὐδὲν ὠφελοῦντο) τί ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος; what good will it do a man? Mt 16:26. Cf. Mk 5:26; Lk 9:25; 1 Cor 13:3; Hv 2, 2, 2; s 9, 13, 2. ἔν τινι by someth. (cf. Ps 88:23) Hb 13:9. τὶ ἔκ τινος ὠφεληθῆναι be benefited by someone or someth. in a certain respect (X., Mem. 2, 4, 1 al.; Jer 2:11) Mt 15:5; Mk 7:11 (Gdspd., Probs. 60-2); Pol 13:2. b. in the dat. (poets Aeschyl.+; prose wr. since Aristot., Rhetor. 1, 1; inscr.) οὐδέν μοι ὠφελήσει τὰ τερπνὰ τοῦ κόσμου the joys (but s. τερπνός) of the world will not benefit me at all IRo 6:1.

2. abs.—a. of a pers. οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ he is accomplishing nothing Mt 27:24 (s. 2b). Cf. J 12:19.—b. of a thing ὠφελεῖ it is of value Ro 2:25. W. a neg. J 6:63 (Jos., Ant. 18, 127.—LTondelli, Biblica 4, ’23, 320-7). So perh. οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ Mt 27:24 could also mean nothing does any good, avails (s. 2a). M-M. B. 1353f.* ὠφέλιμος, ον (Thu.+; Dit., Syll.3 1165, 3; PRyl. 153, 11 [II AD]; Philo; Jos., Ant. 16, 25al.) useful, beneficial, advantageous τινί for someone or for someth. (Polyaenus 8 prooem.) Tit 3:8; Hv 3, 6, 7. Also πρός τι (Pla., Rep. 10 p. 607D) 1 Ti 4:8a, b; 2 Tim 3:16. Heightened ὑπεράγαν ὠφέλιμος 1 Cl 56:2.—The superl. (Artem. 5 p. 252, 13; Ps.-Lucian, Hipp. 6; Vi. Aesopi II p. 306, 12; Jos., Ant. 19, 206; PMich. 149 XVIII, 20 [II AD]) subst. τὰ ὠφελιμώτατα what is particulary helpful 62:1 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 44 §186 τὰ μάλιστα ὠφελιμώτατα). M-M.* ὤφθην s. ὁράω.

1078